MATT MOSS - Motorcycling Australia

MATT MOSS - Motorcycling Australia
SUZ0521 - M
14mm spine
TR
2010
GSX-R60
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
x
suzuki.com.au
Print Post Approved 349077/00134 Edition 1 2010
SH
GIL
Manual of Motorcycle Sport
MATT MOSS
2008 Super X and 2009 MX pro lites champion
11
2008
2009
AUSTRALASIAN SX
AUSTRALIAN MX
CHAMPIONSHIP
PRO LITES
CHAMPIONSHIP
PRO LITES
SUZ0521 - MA Rule Book_5.indd 1
29/10/09 12:15:43 PM
3 TIME A
GSX-R10
S
Get Motovated
W CSi LOGO’S
l
0
l
N S
I N T E R N AT I O N A L
l
0
l
I N T E R N AT I O N A L
PT Y
LT D
l
0
l
ON
I O N A L
…
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
Motorcycling Australia
2010 M a nua l o f
Motorcycle Sport
Published annually since 1928
by Motorcycling australia
abn 83 057 830 083
147 Montague street
south Melbourne 3205
victoria australia
tel: 03 9684 0500
fax: 03 9684 0555
email: mail@ma.org.au
website: www.ma.org .au
Motorcycling australia is
the australian affiliate of
the fèdèration Internationale
de Motocyclisme.
this publication is available
electronically from:
www.ma.org.au
www.fim.ch
Issn 1833-2609
 2010. All material in this book is the copyright of Motorcycling Australia Ltd (MA) and may not be reproduced without prior written permission from the CEO.
enjoy the ride
Introduction
enjoy the ride
INTRODUCTION TO THE 2010 EDITION
Welcome to Motorcycling Australia’s (MA) 2010 Manual of Motorcycle Sport, a publication designed to
assist you in your riding throughout the upcoming calendar year.
While the information in the 2010 MoMS is correct at the time of printing, things can – and often do change.
For this reason, we urge you to keep an eye on the dedicated MoMS page of our website: www.ma.org.au/
infobulletins and on our fortnightly e-Newsletters for information about any changes that may occur. You
can also download an online version of the Manual from: www.ma.org.au/manual.
2009 was a massive year both at home and abroad for motorcycling, with Australian riders earning
a staggering 11 World Championship podium places, including six World Titles along with many new
Australian Champions crowned.
Despite tough economic times, the motorcycle industry has banded together and, though braced for
difficult times ahead, is working to ensure that motorcycling in Australia can continue to grow and riders
can continue to do what they love. Despite bleak financial forecasts people are still keen to get involved
in motorcycle sport, with a significant increase in MA licenses issued for 2009.
MA was thrilled when it received a special mention in the 2009 FIM Environmental Award for its extensive
work implementing and facilitating a National Environmental plan throughout our federation. The effort MA
has made to create these policies and the Environmental Code which has had a positive effect across our
entire motorcycling community is just the beginning.
There is still much to do in 2010 including endorsing and promoting initiatives such as minimising water use,
recycling; oils, lubricants, and parts, minimising noise and exhaust emissions and using environmentally
approved cleaners and Enviro-mats to competitors and clubs.
MA is committed to leading the way when it comes to matters relating to reducing the effects our sport has
on the environment, reducing our environmental footprint and taking responsibility for the way we conduct
motorcycle sport. MA understands the importance of our industry playing a leading role in protecting the
environment to ensure the future of motorcycling both recreationally and competitively.
In 2009 MA stepped into the role of Promoter with the inaugural Honda Broadford Bike Bonanza held over
the Easter weekend. The event was a huge success, with the likes of Kel Carruthers in attendance. Work
has already begun for the 2010 event, with all profits going to MA’s Museum and Heritage Committee to
preserve and maintain the rich and vibrant history of motorcycling in Australia. More information about the
2010 Honda Broadford Bike Bonanza can be found at www.ma.org.au/hbbb.
The Riders’ Division continued to grow in 2009, with a steady increase in members throughout the year
and an increase in the range and level of member discount benefits. MA is working with Riders, other
rider groups, individuals and Governments to improve motorcyclist safety and to help people continue to
Enjoy the Ride.
As part of its commitment to supporting riders competing internationally, MA contributed more than $20,000
to help riders get ahead while riding overseas. These grants were distributed among 14 riders competing
in the disciplines of Speedway, Road Racing, Track, Moto Trials, Supercross, and Motocross in the UK,
USA, New Zealand, Spain, France, Italy, and FIM Championships around the world.
Throughout 2009 MA conducted several High Performance initiatives for some of our most talented riders,
the majority of these were concentrated on the Off Road disciplines of motorcycle sport. A dedicated
Women’s Enduro Camp early in the year helped lay the foundations enabling Australia’s first ever
Women’s Trophy International Six Days Enduro (ISDE) Team to achieve exceptional results at the event
in Portugal.
A development and selection camp was held at the Australian Institute of Sport (AIS) for riders representing
Australia at the World Junior Motocross Championships in Taupo, New Zealand, with attendees going on
to achieve outstanding results on the international stage.
4
An additional preparatory camp for Australia’s entire ISDE contingent was held mid-year while a September
AIS Elite Rider Camp catered for some of Australia’s emerging Road Race, Speedway and Dirt Track
talent.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Introduction
Late in 2009, MA also held an extensive Under 21 Development Camp at the AIS for Motocross and
Enduro riders between the ages of 16 and 21 ensuring the off-bike professionalism and sport science
knowledge required to succeed at the top, trickles down to those coming up through the ranks.
It has been a massive year for Australian’s racing overseas with four new World Champions crowned and
two Aussie teams taking out World Titles.
Jay Wilson made history when he became Australia’s first ever World Motocross Champion, taking out
the 85cc class at the 2009 FIM World Junior Motocross Champions in New Zealand and Jason Crump
cemented his place as one of Australia’s greatest Speedway riders, overcoming a mid-season injury to
take out his third World Speedway Championship.
Darcy Ward continued Australia’s dominance of the international Speedway scene becoming the World
Under 21 Speedway Champion, while Steve Martin stamped his authority on the FIM World Endurance
Championship.
Our International teams also put in impressive performances with the combined efforts of Mick Headland
and Paul Waters earning the inaugural FIM World Track Racing Sidecar Championship, while World
Motocross Champ Jay Wilson’s and Tye Simmonds’ epic rides in New Zealand earned Australia the 2009
World Junior Motocross Nations Trophy.
Still overseas and Chad Reed had to settle for second place in the World Supercross Championship, before
going on to win the AMA Motocross Championship, and the Australian Women’s ISDE team managed an
impressive third place in their inaugural outing to the event. Our Speedway World Cup Team also managed
a respectable second place.
Back on home soil and a number of new Australian Champions took their place in the history books including
Australian Speedway Champion Leigh Adams who announced his retirement from World Speedway Grand
Prix racing.
Adams dominated the Australian Speedway Championship ahead of Chris Holder, while Darcy Ward also
won the Under 21 Australian Speedway Championship, capping off a massive year for the young rider.
Jay Marmont made it back to back Australian Motocross Championship following a tumultuous year, with
young Tori Dare taking out the Women’s Motocross Championship in her first year as a senior rider.
Jarrod Bewley took outright honours at the 2009 Australian Four Day Enduro (A4DE), while Alison Parker
won both the Women’s class at the A4DE and the Australian Off Road Championship (AORC), with Toby
Price winning the AORC outright.
The top three results in each of the 2009 Australian Championship classes can be found by turning to the
Motorcycling Australia Hall of Fame pages, starting on page 24.
MA would like to acknowledge all the hard work that goes on at all levels to make our sport possible,
including riders and their families, volunteers, clubs, coaches, officials, the industry for its ongoing support
and our State Controlling Bodies who work tirelessly to administer the sport.
MA would also like to thank the Australian Government for their continued funding and commitment to
our sport in this country. The Australian Sport Commission (ASC) is the Government body that develops,
supports and invests in sport at all levels in Australia. MA works closely with the ASC to develop
motorcycling from community participation to high performance level.
2009 was an incredible year to be a part of motorcycling in Australia, and as holiday celebrations wrap
up we look forward to 2010, which promises to be an even bigger and better year on the Australian
Motorcycling scene.
On behalf of the Board of Motorcycling Australia, we wish you all the best in 2010.
Ron Kivovitch
President
Motorcycling Australia is proudly supported by
the Australian Sports Commission
David White
Chief Executive Officer
5
Table of contents
enjoy the ride
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION TO THE 2010 EDITION .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 14
AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 15
A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 16
Motorcycling Australia Structure .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 17
motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 19
2010 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 36
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 38
Immediate Rule Changes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Procedure for Consideration of Items by Commission.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Rule Amendment or Inclusion Form.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
JURISDICTION .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 42
Purpose of Rules .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 43
Repeal of Current GCRs.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
By - Laws .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 43
2administration.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.1
The Controlling Bodies.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 45
2.2
Commissions .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.3
Sports Development Levy.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 46
2.4
Sports Development Account.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.5
Officials .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 46
3
3.1
3.1.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
LICENSING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 51
Licensing Requirements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Licence Types and Activity Eligibility.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 52
Licensing - General .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 53
Licensing - Seniors.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Licensing - Juniors .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Licensing - Entrants .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 54
Licensing - Speedway Mechanics.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 54
Licence Issuing and Renewals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 54
Junior Coaching Program .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 55
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
COMPETITIONS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 56
Venues.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 56
The Promotion and Conduct of Competitions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Offences.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
5
5.1
6 5.2
PROTESTS AND APPEALS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 65
Protests.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 65
Appellate Bodies.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
table of contents
5.3
Appeals.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 66
6
6.1
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
MA Hearing Guidelines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 68
7
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Creation of Commissions.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Structure of the Commissions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Structure of the Standing Committees and Special Sub-Committees .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Objectives of the Commissions.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 70
Commission Terms of Reference.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 71
8
8.1
NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 72
Coaching Background.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 74
Officials Background .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 74
Levels of Accreditation.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 74
Officials Licensing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 75
National Officials Sub-Committee Guidelines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
State Officials Review Panel Guidelines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
10
10.4
NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 76
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 77
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Anti- Doping Background .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 78
11.1 Anti-Doping Policy Responsibilities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
11.2 Anti-Doping Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 80
11.3 MA’s Position on Doping.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
11.4 Anti-Doping Policy Application .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 80
11.5 Anti-Doping Policy Obligations.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 81
11.6 Definition of Doping.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
11.7 Proof of Doping.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 82
11.8 Anti-Doping Rule Violations .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 82
11.9 Anti-Doping Prohibited List.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
11.10 Therapeutic Use.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
11.11 Anti-Doping Testing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
11.12 Retirement and Return to Competition .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 83
11.13 New Members.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
11.14 Anti-Doping Sample Analysis.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
11.14.1 Anti-Doping Investigations .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
11.15 Anti-Doping Result Management .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 84
11.16 Anti-Doping Hearings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
11.17 Anti-Doping Sanctions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 86
11.18 Doping- Consequences to Teams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
11.19 Anti-Doping Appeals .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 86
11.20 Anti-Doping Violations Ouside of ADP .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 87
11.21 Anti-Doping Confidentiality and Reporting .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
11.22 Interpretation of the Code .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 88
7
Table of contents
enjoy the ride
11.23
11.24
11.25
11.26
Anti-Doping Miscellaneous.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Alcohol Breath Testing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 88
Alcohol Blood Testing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ADP Appendix- Anti-Doping Code Prohibited List.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 89
12
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
12.8
12.9
12.10
12.11
12.12
12.13
12.14
12.15
12.16
12.17
ALL DISCIPLINES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Application of Chapter.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Eligibility - All Disciplines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Fees- All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 91
Engines – Formulae for Calculation of Capacities and Classes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Measurement - All Disciplines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Number Plates- All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 93
Radio Communication.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Frames and Parts - All Disciplines .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Fuel-All Disciplines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Noise Emissions -All Disciplines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Starts and Finishes - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 100
Stopping Events- All Disciplines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Flags and Signals- All DiscipliNes.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 101
Scoring- All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 102
Change of Machine During a Competition - All Disciplines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Junior Competition Rules - All Disciplines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 102
Junior Capacity Classes - All Disciplines .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 104
13
13.1
13.2
13.3
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
MA Events.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 106
Protocols.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Championship Medallions and Trophies.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
14
2010 IN PICTURES.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 114
15
15.1
15.2
15.3
15.4
15.5
15.6
15.7
15.8
15.9
15.10
15.11
15.12
15.13
15.14
15.15
15.16
8 15.17
Road racing .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frames and Parts – Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Engines - Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Noise Emissions - Road Racing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Clothing - Road Racing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel - Road Racing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Superbikes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supersport .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Superstock 600.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Superstock 1000.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Production .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
125cc GP Class .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250 GP Mono.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formula One Sidecars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Formula Two Sidecars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Yamaha FZ6 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Junior Competition Eligibility .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Junior Solo Road Racing 80cc.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
116
116
116
117
117
117
118
119
121
122
123
124
124
125
128
131
132
132
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
table of contents
15.18
15.19
15.20
15.21
15.22
15.23
15.24
Junior Solo Road Racing 160cc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Clothing – Minimoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Frames and Parts - Minimoto.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engines - Minimoto.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Road Bike Freestyle.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - Road Racing.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Superbike Championship.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
132
132
133
133
134
135
140
16 16.1
16.2
16.3
16.4
16.5
16.6
16.7
16.8
16.9
16.10
16.11
16.12
HISTORIC ROAD RACING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
An Overview.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Categories and Classes- Historic Road Racing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise Emissions - Historic Road Racing .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Eligibility - Historic Road Racing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Requirements- Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Solo .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Requirements - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Prohibited Uses - Historic Road Racing -Sidecars & Cyclecars.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permitted Uses - Historic Road Racing - Sidecars & Cyclecars .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel- Historic Road Racing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian Historic Road Racing Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
141
141
141
142
142
142
143
144
145
146
146
147
147
147
17
17.1
17.2
17.3
17.4
17.5
17.6
17.7
17.8
17.9
17.10
17.11
17.12
17.13
17.14
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Clothing - Motocross and Supercross.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Motocross and Supercross.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise Emissions - Motocross and Supercross .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Fuel- Motocross and Supercross .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Senior Classes- Motocross and Supercross.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Junior Classes- Motocross and Supercross .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competitor Grading- Motocross and Supercross.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules - All Ages and Classes.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competition Rules - Supercross.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competition Rules - Freestyle Motocross .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules - Fast 50’s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian Motocross Championships.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian Junior Motocross Championships.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian Supercross Championship.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
150
150
150
151
152
152
152
152
152
154
154
155
156
158
159
18.
18.1
18.2
18.3
18.4
18.4
18.5
18.6
18.7
18.8
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Clothing- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Eligibility- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Machine Requirements- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Fuel - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Machine And Class Identification- Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts -Solo - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engines - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tables of Accepted Machines- Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Frames and Parts - Sidecars - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
162
162
162
163
163
164
164
165
166
169
9
Table of contents
enjoy the ride
18.9
18.10
18.11
18.13
18.14
Engines - Sidecars - Classic Motocross and Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Eligibility - Classic Long Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Classic Long Track.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian Classic Motocross Championship.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian Classic Dirt Track Championship .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
169
170
170
170
170
19
19.1
19.2
19.3
19.4
19.5
19.6
19.7
19.8
19.9
19.10
19.11
19.12
19.13
19.14
19.15
SPEEDWAY.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing- Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Frames and Parts - Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Engines – Speedway .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engines - Junior Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Rider Identification- Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Fuel - Speedway.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classes- Junior Speedway.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
250cc Intermediate Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
350cc Solo Speedway .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classic Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules - Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Speedway Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Teams Championships -Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Test Matches- Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
World Championship Selection - Speedway.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
171
171
172
177
178
179
180
180
180
180
181
181
185
188
190
190
20
20.1
20.2
20.3 20.4 20.5
20.6
20.7
20.8
20.9
20.10
DIRT TRACK .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Clothing- Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Dirt Track.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise Emissions - Dirt Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Machine and Rider Identification - Dirt Track .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel - Dirt Track .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior Classes - Dirt Track.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Classes - Dirt Track.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competition Rules - Dirt Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Dirt Track Championship.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Australian Junior Dirt Track Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
192
192
192
193
193
194
194
194
195
195
196
21
21.1
21.2
21.3
21.4
21.5
21.6
21.7
21.8
21.9
21.10
Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Protective Clothing - Track Machines.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Clothing - Motocross or Enduro Machines.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Engines - Track .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Fuel - Track.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Track - Junior .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classic Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules - Track.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Junior Track Championships.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian Senior Track Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
197
197
198
199
200
200
201
201
201
202
202
22
10 22.1
QUADS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 203
Protective Clothing - Quads .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 203
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
table of contents
22.2
22.3
22.4
22.5
22.6
22.7
Footware in Pits .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frames and Parts- Quads.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Engines- Quads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel - Quads .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Classes and Age Groups- Quads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competition Rules - Quads.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
203
203
204
204
204
205
23
23.1
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.5
23.6
23.7
23.8
MOTO-TRIALS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Protective Clothing – Moto-Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes and Grades – Moto-Trials.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frames and Parts - Moto-Trials .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel- Moto-Trials.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Classic Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Sidecar - Moto-Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules – Moto-Trials.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian Moto-Trials Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
206
206
206
207
207
207
208
208
211
24
24.1
24.2
24.3
24.4
24.5
24.6
24.7
24.7
SUPERMOTO .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing – Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Frames and Parts- Supermoto.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Engines- Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Noise Emissions - Supermoto.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel- Supermoto.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacity Classes- Supermoto .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules- Supermoto.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Supermoto Championship.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
212
212
212
213
213
213
213
213
215
25
25.1
25.2
25.3
25.4
25.5
25.6
25.7
25.8
25.9
25.10
25.11
25.12 25.13 25.14 ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Protective Clothing - Enduro and Reliability Trials .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frames and Parts - Enduro and Reliability Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Noise Emissions- Enduro and Reliability Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Fuel- Enduro and Reliability Trials .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Competition Rules- Enduro and Reliability Trials.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Competition Rules -Junior Enduro .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australian 4 Day Enduro Championships .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
The Course – A4DE .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Preliminary Examination- A4DE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Publication of Results- A4DE .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A4DE Awards.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cross Country.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sprint.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Australian Off-Road Championships.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
216
216
217
217
217
218
226
226
227
228
229
229
230
231
231
26
26.1
26.2
26.3
26.4
26.5
26.6
MINIKHANA.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Introduction.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Clothing- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Frames and Parts- Minikhana.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engines- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Classes and Categories- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Competition Rules- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
233
233
233
233
234
234
235
11
Table of contents
26.7
enjoy the ride
Courses- Minikhana .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 237
27
27.1
27.2
27.3
27.4
27.5
27.6
ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternative Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Venues - Alternative Activities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permits - Alternative Activities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplementary Regulations- Alternative Activities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Licensing of Competitors - Alternative Activities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Specifications - Alternative Activities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
244
244
244
244
244
244
244
28
28.1
28.2
28.3
28.4
28.5
28.6
28.7
28.8
RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational Activities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controlling Bodies- Recreational Activities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Officials – Recreational Activities .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
Venues – Recreational Activities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Promotion And Conduct of Recreational Activity.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permits – Recreational Activities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Entries.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Licensing of Participants.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
245
245
245
245
245
245
245
246
246
29
NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 247
appendix 1 HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 249
30.1.1 Approval Labels For Helmets.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Helmet Fitting Guide .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 251
appendix 2 MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 252
appendix 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
1.
Purpose of this Member Protection Policy .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.
Who this Member Protection Policy Applies to: .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.
Code of Conduct.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.
Organisational Responsibilities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
5.
Individual Responsibilities.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
6.
Policy Position Statements.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.
Member Protection Policy - Screening.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
8.
Member Protection Information Officers (MPIOs).. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
9.
Child Abuse Procedures.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.
Complaints Procedures.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
11.
Breaches of This Member Protection Policy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
12.
Forms of Discipline.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.
Definitions .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Attachment A - Code of Conduct .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attachment B - Member Protection Declaration .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Attachment C - Child Protection Requirements .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..
258
258
258
258
258
259
259
261
261
261
262
263
263
263
266
267
268
Appendix 4- PRIVACY REGULATION .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Appendix 5- Occupational health and safety policy .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Appendix 6- Environmental sustainability policy .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 273
12
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Ma InforMatIon
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
Chief Executive Officer
PA to the CEO
Operations Manager
Finance & Administration Manager
Riders’ Division Officer
Commissions & Committees Manager
Risk and Compliance Manager
Communications Officer
Communications Officer
Accounts Administrator
Events Officer
National Development Officer
International Teams Officer
Address
Postal
Phone
Fax
Web
PERSONNEL
David White
ceo@ma.org.au
Kipley Firth
pa@ma.org.au
Andrew Weiss
operations@ma.org.au
Jamie Nind
finance@ma.org.au
Matthew Bennet
riders@ma.org.au
Ross Martin
commissions@ma.org.au
Claire Lawrence
compliance@ma.org.au
Erin Lagoudakis
communications@ma.org.au
Paul Fink
websiteofficer@ma.org.au
Kellie Ramstein
accounts@ma.org.au
Sam Ryan
events@ma.org.au
Asher Newton
development@ma.org.au
Sian Smith
teams@ma.org.au
147 Montague Street, South Melbourne, VIC 3205
PO Box 134, South Melbourne, VIC 3205
+61 (03) 9684 0500
+61 (03) 9684 0555 or +61 (03) 9696 9731
www.ma.org.au
OFFICE BEARERS
President
Ron Kivovitch
Vice President
Steve Foody
Patron
The Hon. Tony Street
Auditor
Terrence Jasper & Associates
National Director of Coaching
Stephen Gall
Chief Medical Officer
Dr Carl Le
COUNCILLORS
New South Wales Christine Tickner
Northern Territory Ian Jordan
Queensland Allan Halley
South Australia Ivan Golding
Tasmania Peter Kitto
Victoria Darryl Hiddle
Western Australia Paul Foster
(03) 9684 0512
(03) 9684 0512
(03) 9684 0503
(03) 9684 0506
(03) 9684 0501
(03) 9684 0504
(03) 9684 0516
(03) 9684 0511
(03) 9684 0507
(03) 9684 0530
(03) 9684 0510
(03) 9684 0502
(03) 5174 1847
Tony Street
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Ron Kivovitch President
Stephen Foody Vice- President
Lyal Allen
Les Thomas
Beach Thomas
Ron Kivovitch
Stephen Foody
Les Thomas
David White
Beach Thomas
Lyal Allen
13
enjoy the ride
MA information
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
COMMISSIONS (Chairman - bolded)
Road Racing
Derek Rumble
Phil Tainton
John Redding
John Inkster
Mark Bracks
(2011)
(2010)
(2011)
(2010)
(2012)
Historic Road Racing
Robert Mestrom
Kevin Mortimer
John Tisdale
Mark Luksich
Paul Foster
(2010)
(2010)
(2010)
(2012)
(2011)
Classic Motocross
& Classic Dirt Track
Speedway
Matt Jones
Ivan Golding
Jane Collier
(2011)
(2010)
(2010)
Dirt Track
Track, Supermoto
& Quad
Enduro
John Hand
Don Atkins
Denise Hore
(2011)
(2012)
(2011)
Moto-Trials
Braxton Laine
Colin Foulds
Cameron Scheuber
(2012)
(2011)
(2010)
Motocross/
Supercross
Junior Sport &
Development
Marcus De Caux
Alan Warner
John Simms
(2011)
(2012)
(2010)
David Tanner
Shane Fraser
Rodney
MacDonald
(2011)
(2010)
(2012)
Paul Caslick
Keith Davies
Lisa Allen
(2012)
(2010)
(2011)
Bob McGlinchy
Robert Eyres
Colin Scott
(2010)
(2012)
(2011)
Womens
Jennifer Ballard
Fiona Collins
Lynn Long
Jacqui Beattie
Sandra Hagan
Jacqui Jones
(2010)
(2012)
(2010)
(2011)
(2011)
(2010)
Officials
Sandra Palmer
Peter Smith
Peter Bell
Brendon Gledhill
Dee Maclean
Ross Earl
Dale Wyatt
Ralph Freeman
COMMITTEES
Coaching
14
Lyndon Heffernan
Rod Jenner
Stephen Gall
JudicialLegal Members
Richard Lawson
John Urquhart
Heritage and
Museum
Lindsay Urqhart
Mick Pettifer
Jim Scaysbrook
Peter Drakeford
Ian Hopkins
JudicialMotorcycle Members
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA information
AFFILIATED STATE CONTROLLING BODIES
MOTORCYCLING NEW SOUTH WALES
CEO Daniel Gatt
President Christine Tickner
Address 9 Parkes Street,
Harris Park, NSW 2150
Postal PO Box 9172,
Harris Park, NSW 2150
Phone +61 (02) 9635 9177
Fax +61 (02) 9635 5277
Email mnsw@motorcycling.com.au
Web www.motorcycling.com.au
MOTORCYCLING QUEENSLAND
General Manager Lindsay Granger
President Allan Halley
Address 2/8 Gordon Street
Ipswich, Qld 4305
Postal PO Box 2072
North Ipswich, Qld 4305
Phone +61 (07) 3281 2255
Fax +61 (07) 3812 2742
E-mail info@mqld.org.au
Web www.mqld.org.au
MOTORCYCLING WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Executive Director Rick Gill
President Paul Foster
Postal Address 25/168, Guildford Road
Maylands, WA 6051
Address 46 Seventh Ave, Maylands WA.
Phone +61 (08) 9371 5333
Fax +61 (08) 9371 5311
Email mail@motorcyclingwa.org.au
Web www.motorcyclingwa.org.au
MOTORCYCLING VICTORIA
General Manager Mark Campbell
President Darryl Hiddle
Address Suite 125 / 9 Hall Street
Port Melbourne, 3207
Postal Suite 125 / 9 Hall Street
Port Melbourne, 3207
Phone +61 (03) 9403 0600
Fax +61 (03) 9482 5488
Email info@motorcyclingvic.com.au
Web www.motorcyclingvic.com.au
MOTORCYCLING TASMANIA
Administrator Fred Bessell
President Peter Kitto
Postal PO Box 270
Latrobe, Tas 7307
Phone +61 (03) 6426 1988
Fax +61 (03) 6426 1988
E-mail mtas@southcom.com.au
Web www.mtas.org.au
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA NORTHERN TERRITORY
Manager Ian Jordan
President Ian Jordan
Address 35 Menaja Road
Howard Springs, NT 0835
Postal PO Box 154, Howard Springs NT 0835
Phone +61 (08) 8983 2200
Fax +61 (08) 8983 2200
E-mail mant@bigpond.com
Web www.mant.org.au
MOTORCYCLING SOUTH AUSTRALIA
General Manager Rob Bauman
President Ivan Golding
Address 251 The Parade
Beulah Park, SA 5067
Phone +61 (08) 8332 9000
Fax +61 (08) 8332 9100
Email administration@motorcyclingsa.org.au
Web www.motorcyclingsa.org.au
15
MA information
enjoy the ride
A SHORT HISTORY OF MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA
Subsequently, in late 1992, the name Motorcycling
Australia replaced ACCA to reflect a more modern
and progressive image, and to ensure easy
identification with motorcycling sport. A new logo
was introduced at the same time, to match the
improved image.
In 1928, the Auto Cycle Council of Australia (ACCA) was
formed to represent the interests of motorcycle clubs
and State associations at a National level. The ACCA
would eventually become Motorcycling Australia, the
representative body for motorcycle racing in Australia.
But organised motorcycle sport was established many
years before the ACCA. Speedway racing was the first
form of motorcycle competition to be organised as a
professional sport. John Hoskins has been credited with
presenting Speedway to the world, when he conducted
the first meetings at the West Maitland Showgrounds
(NSW) in 1923. His efforts laid the foundation for future
Australian successes in World Championships.
ACCA held biennial National conferences until 1972,
when they became annual affairs. Delegates from
each State Controlling Body (SCB) participated at
the conferences. These high-level gatherings had the
primary purpose of updating the General Competition
Rules (GCRs) and determining future directions of the
sport.
In 1975, ACCA moved to International recognition
by affiliating with the Fédération Internationale de
Motocyclisme (FIM).
By the 1980s, motorcycle sport was no longer an
amateur business and it was becoming unfeasible
to operate in the traditional way. In 1989, the ACCA
established a permanent office in Melbourne, staffed by
a full-time administrator and assistant. By 1991, a new
full-time National Executive Director was appointed,
replacing the administrator. It was clear that the
organisation had to change with the times and provide
the professionalism demanded by modern sport.
16
A full-time National Development Officer was
appointed in early 1993, reflecting the growth of
the sport and the organisation’s commitment to
support and encourage that growth. At the 1993
annual conference, there was an overwhelming
vote in favour of change for the long-term benefit
of the sport, including plans for restructuring the
organisation.
The following year, at the Annual conference, the
Council approved a restructuring of the organisation.
National Commissions were established and
Commissioners appointed for each branch of the sport.
Each Commission was responsible for rule changes
and the national development of its discipline. Special
Sub-committees, responsible for the business aspect of
the sport, were also established. In 1998, the Northern
Territory was formally admitted as a member.
At the 2000 Annual conference in Hobart, a new
constitution was adopted which empowered an
independent Board of Directors. Councillors were
reduced to one from each State. In the same year a
Motorsport Manager was appointed to administer
Australian championships. That role would eventually
become that of Sport and Development Manager,
merging the duties of National Development Officer
and Motorsport Manager into one role. In 2001,
Motorcycling Australia appointed a Media Manager
and in late 2002, a new role of General Manager was
created, replacing that of Operations Manager.
Motorcycling Australia established its own Public
Liability insurance arm- Motorcycling Australia
Insurance Limited (MAIL) in 2003 to free the sport from
the volatility of the public insurance market.
Today, the organisation has in excess of 21,000
competitors, more than 350 affiliated clubs, and over
3000 registered officials.
Motorcycling Australia will continue to serve its
members and the motorcycle sport community, to
ensure the healthy future of motorcycle sport.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA structure
Motorcycling Australia Structure
Motorcycling Australia (MA) is the governing body of
motorcycle sport in Australia.
States and Territories except the ACT. These are listed
on page 15.
In any sport, it is essential to have rules regulating its
conduct. This is particularly so in the case of motorcycling,
where safety is vital for participants and spectators.
MA’s National Council is made up of one delegate from
each SCB, usually the SCB President. The Council elects
4 Directors to the MA Board, which in turn appoints 2
independent Directors.
This book of rules, referred to as the GCRs, the Rule
Book, sometimes ‘The Bible’ and MoMS variously, forms
the basis of a contract between the regulating bodies of
the sport and those who participate in it, namely licence
holders, promoters and the clubs.
Our rules must be fair, they must confer on officials a
clearly defined discretion to ensure that they are applied
fairly, and must be observed by all. As the technology of
our sport is constantly changing and developing so must
our rules adapt to change.
MA’s core business
MA’s core business is to develop and apply the rules and
regulations of the sport and represent you, our 25,000
members Australia-wide.
MA operates within the framework of local, State and
Commonwealth Government legislation and regulations
and is affiliated with the international governing body,
Fédération Internationale de Motocyclisme (FIM), based
in Geneva, Switzerland.
MA is a Federation with seven voting members,
comprising State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) from all
MA’s has a full-time National Office in Melbourne as do
most of the SCBs around Australia. All are available to
help keen riders enjoy their sport to the full.
Responsibilities
In addition to electing the Board, the MA National Council
is responsible for policy development and strategic
direction.
The MA Board is responsible for implementing and
reviewing the adopted Strategic Plan, governance and
appointing suitable people to join Commissions and
Committees.
The CEO is employed to manage the organisation.
Commissions are mainly discipline-specific and exist
to develop recommendations for the management of a
particular area of the sport. They have been established
across the spectrum of motorcycle sport, including Road
Racing, Motocross & Supercross, Speedway & Track,
Enduro, Moto Trials, Classic Motocross, Historic Road
Racing, Dirt Track, Juniors and Women.
To find out more about the Commissions and Commitees
see page 66
Administration of the sport
Motorcycle sport is administered under the doctrine of
“Relevant Controlling Bodies”.
The FIM is responsible for international competitions, MA
for Australian Championships and series, and the SCBs
control state and club competitions. Although each SCB
is autonomous and incorporated in its own State, both
MA and SCBs have a mutual reliance for the efficient
management of the sport.
MA and the SCBs administer all competitions under
common rules and the SCBs have delegated authority
to licence competitions, venues and control the sport at
State/Territory level.
Together with their organisational roles, MA and SCBs
are concerned with the well-being of riders, officials,
venue and track standards, risk management, all
aspects of safety, the administration of safe, free and fair
competition in accordance with the principles of natural
17
justice and the development of the sport in Australia.
enjoy the ride
MA structure
Clubs
Clubs are the smallest, but one of the most important
units of organistation in our sport.
They often provide the face-to-face contact that
encourages people to join motorcycle sport. They have
also traditionally provided a social aspect which makes
our sport, in particular one which attracts people and
often keeps them involved for entire lifetimes.
Competitors
Competitors are the life-blood of Motorcycling Australia.
Without your involvement and enthusiasm, there would
be no sport.
MA has sought to recognise this vital contribution that
competitors bring to motorcycling by creating a Member
Benefits program that competitors can use to reduce the
cost of participating in the sport.
By arranging discounts on accommodation, car and
truck hire, bike transport, tyres, accessories, protective
clothing, etc, we hope to encourage new competitors to
join our sport, and older competitors to continue to take
part.
Volunteers
Competitors, administrators, spectators, sponsors and
government authorities are all important elements of the
successful running of a sport. One of the most overlooked
groups – volunteers – is of fundamental importance.
Volunteers fulfill the majority of roles and responsibilities
in the function of every day motorcycle sport. The many
organisations delivering sport and recreation services and
the volunteers that create and sustain these organisations
make a vital contribution to the needs of the community.
Without volunteer support, our sport would
not exist. It is also true that the volunteers
receive the least recognition or reward for
their time and effort. Competitors enjoy
the excitement of competition and the
opportunity to win prizes; Sponsors receive
increased recognition for their brand or
product; and a professional administrator or
Promoter can realise a profit.
Volunteers do it for the love of the sport,
so we acknowledge the contribution that
you make to motorcycle sport in Australia
and greatly appreciate your time and effort
given.
All our volunteers have access to the full
range of Member Benefits at no cost to them. It’s another
way that we recognise volunteers’ cricial contribution to
our success.
MA and the SCBs conduct courses in Officiating and
18 Coaching and have support services to assist volunteer
involvement in motorcycle sport.
We would encourage anyone interested in becoming
involved in motorcycle sport to contact a club.
Riders’ Division
Until recently, MA existed solely as the governing body
of motorcycle sport in Australia.
Motorcycling Australia saw the need for a national body
that was relevant to all motorcyclists, so we created the
Riders’ Division as part of a plan to become the peak
motorcycling organisation in the country.
The Riders’ Division is not only a reason for non-racing
motorcyclists to be a part of Motorcycling Australia. It is
also another reason for members to get on their bikes- to
enjoy the ride.
Members of the Riders’ Division get not only access to
Member Benefits, but also increasingly, tours, rides and
rallies to enjoy.
There’s more about the Riders’ Division at the back of
this book
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA hall of fame
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS
1936
1938
1951-1952
1957
1961
1969
1979/1981
1983
1987
1992
1994-1998
1995
1996/2005
1997
1997
2000
2000/2002
2001
2001
2001
2001
2003
2003
2003
2004
2004
2004
2006
2006
2007
2008
2008
2008
2009
2009
2009
2009
Lionel Van Praag
Bluey Wilkinson
Jack Young
Keith Campbell
Tom Phillis
Kel Carruthers
Barry Smith
Steve Baker
Wayne Gardner
Leigh Adams
Michael Doohan
Jason Crump
Troy Corser
Shane Watts
Peter Goddard
Stefan Merriman
Warwick Nowland
Troy Bayliss
Andrew Pitt
Heinz Platacis
Stefan Merriman
Stefan Merriman
Chad Reed
Chris Vermeulen
Karl Muggeridge
Stefan Merriman
Jason Crump
Jason Crump
Troy Bayliss
Casey Stoner
Chad Reed
Troy Bayliss
Andrew Pitt
Jay Wilson
Darcy Ward
Steve Martin
Jason Crump
Darcy Ward
AUSTRALIAN WORLD CHAMPIONS
Speedway
Speedway
Speedway
Road Racing (350cc)
Road Racing (125cc)
Road Racing (250cc)
Road Racing (Formula TT)
Speedway (under 21)
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway (under 21)
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway (under 21)
Road racing (Superbikes)
Enduro (125cc)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Enduro (250cc)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Enduro (400cc)
Enduro (250cc)
Supercross (250cc)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Enduro E1 (125cc 2T v 250 4T)
Speedway
Speedway
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (Moto GP)
Supercross
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Junior Motocross (85cc)
Speedway (under 21)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Speedway
Steve Martin
Jason Crump
Jay Wilson
19
enjoy the ride
MA hall of fame
MOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIA HALL OF FAME
AUSTRALIA’S WORLD CHAMPIONS
20
Lionel Van Praag
Bluey Wilkinson
Jack Young
Keith Campbell
Tom Phillis
Kel Carruthers
Barry Smith
Wayne Gardner
Michael Doohan
Stefan Merriman
Andrew Pitt
Troy Bayliss
Troy Corser
Chad Reed
Casey Stoner
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MA hall of fame
motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME
1961
1964
1968
1970
1978-1979
1983
1986/1988
1989
1991-1992
1995
1995
1996
2001
2001-2003/2005
2002
2003
2004
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2005
2006
2006
2007
2007
2007
2007
2008
2008
2008
2008
2008
2009
2009
SECOND PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
Tom Phillis
Road Racing (250cc)
Jack Ahearn
Road Racing (500cc)
Jack Findlay
Road Racing (500cc)
Kel Carruthers
Road Racing (250cc and 350cc)
Gregg Hansford
Road Racing (250cc)
Billy Sanders
Speedway
Wayne Gardner
Road Racing (500cc)
Jeff Leisk
Motocross (500cc)
Michael Doohan
Road Racing (500cc)
Daryl Beattie
Road Racing (500cc)
Troy Corser
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Ryan Sullivan
Speedway (under 21)
Chad Reed
Motocross (250cc)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Troy Bayliss
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Warwick Nowland
Road Racing (Endurance)
Broc Parkes
Road Racing (Supersport)
Casey Stoner
Road Racing (250cc)
Stefan Merriman
Enduro E2 (250cc 2T v 450cc 4T)
Jake Stapleton
Enduro (Junior)
Kevin Curtain
Road Racing (Supersport)
Chris Vermeulen
Road Racing (Superbike)
Andrew McFarlane
Motocross MX 2 (125cc 2T v 250cc 4T)
Kevin Curtain
Road Racing (Supersport)
Warwick Nowland
Road Racing (Endurance)
Leigh Adams
Speedway
Chad Reed
Supercross
Broc Parkes
Road Racing (Supersport)
Chris Holder
Speedway (under 21)
Jason Crump
Speedway
Chris Holder
Speedway (under 21)
Troy Corser
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Steve Martin
Road Racing (Endurance)
Casey Stoner
Road Racing (Moto GP)
Tye Simmonds
Junior Motocross (125cc)
Chad Reed
Supercross
1936
1950
1951
1954
1958
1959
1966
1968
1968-1969
1973
1976
1978-1979
1980
1990
1990
1991
1991-1992
1993
1994
1994
1995
1996
1998
2002
Bluey Wilkinson
Graham Warren
Jack Biggs
Ken Kavanagh
Aub Lawson
Bob Brown
Jack Findlay
Kel Carruthers
Barry Smith
John Dodds
Phil Crump
Gregg Hansford
Billy Sanders
Michael Doohan
Todd Wiltshire
Jason Lyons
Rob Phillis
Daryl Beattie
Jason Crump
Craig Boyce
Ryan Sullivan
Shane Watts
Troy Corser
Ryan Sullivan
THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
Speedway
Speedway
Speedway
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (350cc and 500cc)
Road Racing (500cc)
Road Racing (350cc)
Road Racing (50cc)
Road Racing (250cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (350cc)
Speedway
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway
Speedway (under 21)
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Road Racing (500cc)
Speedway (under 21)
Speedway
Speedway (under 21)
Enduro (250cc)
Road Racing (Superbikes)
Speedway
Jack Findlay
Chris Holder
Tye Simmonds
Aub Lawson
Ryan Sullivan
21
enjoy the ride
MA hall of fame
motorcycling australia HALL OF FAME
2005
2006
2006
2006
2007
2007
2007
2008
2009
1974
1976
1990
1994
1995
1998
1999
1999
2001
2002
2003
2006
2006
2007
2007
2008
2009
2009
2009
2009
22
Leigh Adams
Stefan Merriman
Stefan Merriman
Damian Cudlin
Jason Crump
Damien Cudlin
Steve Martin
Josh Brookes
Dylan Long
THIRD PLACE WORLD RANKINGS
Speedway
Enduro E2
ISDE (Enduro E2)
Road Racing (Endurance
Speedway
Road Racing (Endurance)
Road Racing (Endurance)
Road Racing (Supersport)
Junior Motocross (85cc)
AUSTRALIAN TEAMS
Damian Cudlin
Pairs Speedway
Team Speedway (Phil Crump, Billy Sanders, Phil Hearne, John Boulger)
Pairs Speedway
ISDE Junior Trophy
ISDE Junior Trophy (Ian Cunningham, Shane Watts, Shawn Reed Jamie Cunningham)
ISDE World Trophy
ISDE Junior Trophy
Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan Jason Lyons, Todd Wiltshire)
ISDE World Trophy
Team Speedway (Jason Crump, Leigh Adams, Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Craig Boyce,
Jason Lyons)
Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Todd Wiltshire, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Jason Lyons)
Team Speedway
Oceania Motocross (Nathan Brochtrup, Lee Ellis, Josh Strang, Kirk Gibbs, Chris Hollis, Cody
Mackie, Ryan Marmont, Joel Passlow, Harley Quinlan, Tye Simmonds, Todd Waters)
ISDE Junior Team (Christopher Hollis, Joshua Strang, Blake Hore, Darren Lloyd)
Team Speedway (Ryan Sullivan, Rory Schlein, Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Chris Holder,
Dave Watt)
Oceanic Motocross (Craig Anderson, Troy Carroll, Lee Ellis, Jay Marmont, Jake Moss,
Cameron Tatlor, Danny Anderson, Lewis Stewart, Kristy Gillespie, Ashlea Bates, Adelia Barton,
Tye Simmons, Ross Beaton, Luke Arbon)
ISDE Junior Team (Jarrod Bewley, Geoff Braico, Blake Hore, Andrew Lloyd)
Junior Motocross (Tye Simmonds, Jay Wilson)
Track Racing Sidecar 1000cc (Mick Headland, Paul Waters)
Team Speedway (Leigh Adams, Jason Crump, Chris Holder, Davey Watt, Troy Batchelor)
Women’s ISDE Team (Alison Parker, Jacqui Jones, Jemma Wilson)
2nd
1st
2nd
2nd
1st
3rd
3rd
1st
3rd
1st
1st
2nd
1st
3rd
3rd
1st
2nd
1st
1st
2nd
3rd
Women’s
ISDE Team
Track Racing
Sidecar 1000cc
L to R
L to R
Jacqui Jones
Jemma Wilson
Alison Parker
Mick Headland
Paul Waters
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2009 australian champions
2009 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2009 AUSTRALIAN ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP
Superbike
Supersport
Joshua Waters
1st
Bryan Staring
Glenn Allerton
2nd
Jamie Stauffer
Wayne Maxwell
3rd
Ben Attard
Superstock 600cc (C & D Grade)
Superstock 1000cc (B, C & D Grade)
Rick Olson
1st
Pat Medcalf
Mitchell Pirotta
2nd
Jordan Burgess
Cru Halliday
3rd
Beau Beaton
125 GP
250 GP
Blake Leigh-Smith
1st
Tim Inkster
Peter Galvin
2nd
Ric Steele
Rhys Moller
3rd
Tom Hatton
F1 Sidecar
Shane Soutar & Jeff Rowe
André Bosman & Dave Kellett
Paul Jacobs & Steve Bonney
2009 AUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD RACING CHAMPIONSHIP
Period 2 Vintage Unlimited
Period 4 Post Classic Unlimited
Greg Delsanto
1st
Robert Young
Phil Ariel
2nd
Laurie Fyffe
Terry Kavney
3rd
Terry Martin
Period 3 Classic Junior
Period 4 Post Classic Sidecar
Philip Paton
1st
Max Hooper/Matthew Johnston
Keith Campbell
2nd
Ron Bennett/Daryl Skewes
Ian Glover
3rd
John Clancy/Chrissie Clancy
Period 3 Classic Senior
Period 5 Forgotton Era Ultra Lightweight
Paul Dobbs
1st
Bernie Summers
Glen Kelleher
2nd
Lindsay McKay
Keith Campbell
3rd
Stephen Kairl
Period 3 Classic Unlimited
Period 5 Forgotton Era Lightweight
Greg Delsanto
1st
Stephen Ward
Damien Kavney
2nd
Grant Boxhall
Joe Ahern
3rd
Ken Croucher
Period 3 Classic Sidecar
Period 5 Forgotton Era Junior
Bryce Davies/Graham Marston
1st
Robbie Phillis
Warren Johnson/Matthew Johnson
2nd
Malcolm Campbell
Vic Vassella/Kristin Vidler
3rd
Grant Boxhall
Period 4 Post Classic Junior
Period 5 Forgotten Era Unlimited
Glenn Hindle
1st
Laurie Fyffe
Keith Campbell
2nd
Michael Dibb
Joe Ahern
3rd
Leo Cash
Period 4 Post Classic Senior
Period 5 Forgotten Era Senior
Craig Ditchburn
1st
Mitchell Mulligan
Barry Ditchburn
2nd
David Mason
Bob Marriner
3rd
David Nicholson
Period 4 Post Classic Lightweight
Period 5 Forgotten Era Sidecar
Terry Morris
1st
Doug Chivas/Mitchell Cluff
Dave Keenan
2nd
Peter Seike/Christine Williams
Chris Perry
3rd
Raymond Watkins/Ray Brittain
23
2009 australian champions
enjoy the ride
2009 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
24
Pro Open
Jay Marmont
Cheyne Boyd
Andrew McFarlane
U19 Lites
Luke Styke
Harley Quinlan
Josh Cachia
2009 AUSTRALIAN MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
Pro Lite
1st
Matt Moss
2nd
Tye Simmonds
3rd
Luke George
Women
1st
Tori Dare
2nd
Kristy Gillespie
3rd
Nicole Davis
2009 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
50cc Auto Div 2 7 - U9
65cc 7 - U9
Rhys Budd
1st
Taj Marshall
Thomas Bell
2nd
Callum Norton
Cody Dyce
3rd
Riley Dukes
65cc 9 - U11
65cc 11 - U13
Wilson Todd
1st
Elias Dukes
Mitchell Evans
2nd
Andrew Dinicol
Josiah Natzke
3rd
Jonte Reynders
85cc 2 stk Standard Wheels 9 - U12 yrs
85cc 2 stk Std & Big Wheels 9 - U14 yrs
Jesse Dobson
1st
Joel Milesevic
Wilson Todd
2nd
Scott Mann
Wayde Carter
3rd
Jack Simpson
85cc 2 stk Std & Big Wheels 14 - U16 yrs
100 - 150cc 2 stk 13 - U15 yrs
Luke Clout
1st
Joey Savatgy
Jay Wilson
2nd
Jacob Wright
Dylan Long
3rd
Sam Martin
100 - 150cc 2 stk 15 yrs
150cc 4 stk Standard Wheels 9 - U12 yrs
Shaun Redhead
1st
Wayde Carter
Errol Willis
2nd
Caleb Ward
Kyle Peters
3rd
Siegah Ward
150cc 4 stk Std & Big Wheel 12 - U14 yrs
150cc 4 stk Std & Big Wheel 14 - U16 yrs
Kurt Waterman
1st
Luke Clout
Nicklas Scott
2nd
Tylor Thompson
Billy Jackson
3rd
Campbell King
200 - 250 4 stk 13 - U15 yrs
200 - 250 4 stk 15 yrs
Joey Savatgy
1st
Kyle Peters
Jacob Wright
2nd
Shaun Redhead
Dion Brillanti
3rd
Michael Crugnale
85cc & 150cc Womens 12-U16 yrs
100-150 & 200-250cc Women’s 13-U16 yrs
Courtney Duncan
1st
Meghan Rutledge
Jessica Moore
2nd
Mackenzie Tricker
Tayla Jones
3rd
Jessica Moore
Pro Open
Chris Brenton
Chad McKay
Josh Higson
Veterans 35-44
Robert Booth
Darrell Knight
Dean McMillan
2009 AUSTRALIAN QUAD MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP
Women’s
1st
Donna Newman
2nd
Teniel Morgan
3rd
Jeanette Lindsay
Veterans 45+
1st
Richard Beer
2nd
Len Pipicello
3rd
Pete Middleton
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2009 australian champions
2009 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2009 AUSTRALIAN QUAD MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIP (Continued)
200cc 2 stk- 300cc 4 stk Juniors up to 16
90cc 2stk – 110cc 4stk Modified (9 - U13)
Adam Larson
1st
Christopher Bosnakis
Marcus Smith
2nd
Aston Oliver
Stephen Wilson
3rd
Cooper Van Vliet
90cc 2stk - 110 4 stk Std (9 - U13)
90cc 2 stk- 110cc 4 stk Std (7 - U10)
Christopher Bosnakis
1st
Kellan Robinson
Ryan Thomas
2nd
Ayrton Halsall
Jake Gartside
3rd
Michael Baker
2009 AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC MOTOCROSS CHAMPIONSHIPS
Pre 1970 Solo 250cc
Pre 1970 Solo 263cc & over
Robin Hall
1st
Brad Vanbarello
John Boag
2nd
Brook Lawson
Phillip Bell
3rd
Kristofer Lindgren
Pre 1975 Solo 125cc 40-49 years
Pre 1975 Solo 263cc & over 40-49 years
John Kemp
1st
Brad Vanbarello
Darryl Lewis
2nd
John Kemp
Michael Vandenbroek
3rd
Darren Ribbons
Pre 1975 Solo 125cc 50 years & over
Pre 1975 4-stroke All Powers
Allan Spencer
1st
Tony Cavell
Grant Black
2nd
Barry Haack
John Boag
3rd
Nick Maxfield
Pre 1975 Solo 125cc
Pre 1975 Solo 250cc 40-49 years
Matt Dank
1st
Tony Cavell
Jody Smith
2nd
Phil Crough
Glen Chadwick
3rd
Steven Gossage
Pre 1975 Solo 250cc
Pre 1975 Solo 263cc & over 50-59 years
Tony Cavell
1st
Andrew Bailey
Phil Crough
2nd
Henry Leatham
Andrew Bailey
3rd
John Boag
Pre 1975 Solo 263cc & over
Pre 1978 Solo 263cc & over
Brad Vanbarello
1st
Brad Vanbarello
Tony Cavell
2nd
Bill Nolan
Andrew Bailey
3rd
Arno Franz
Pre 1978 Solo 125cc
Pre 1978 Solo 250cc
Jody Smith
1st
John Kittle
Steven Freiberg
2nd
Brent Musgrove
John Tate
3rd
David Tanner
Pre 1985 Solo 250cc
Pre 1985 Solo 263cc & over
Steve Wastell
1st
Glen Bell
Bill Nolan
2nd
Robert Baird
Christopher Thomson
3rd
Tam Paul
Pre 1985 Solo 125cc
Pre 1985 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Geoffrey McMullin
1st
Preisig/Baker
Jack McMahon
2nd
Cooper/Fletcher
Luke Guy
3rd
Higgs/Holloway
Evolution Solo 250cc
Evolution Solo 125cc
Simon Broad
1st
Brad Vanbarello
Matt Dank
2nd
Grant Dodd
Grant Dodd
3rd
Kevin Fielding
Evolution 263cc & over
Dean Burt
Marco Verrecchia
Simon Broad
25
2009 australian champions
enjoy the ride
2009 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
26
2009 AUSTRALIAN SPEEDWAY CHAMPIONSHIPS
Senior
Under 21
Leigh Adams
1st
Darcy Ward
Chris Holder
2nd
Kozza Smith
Rory Schlein
3rd
Aaron Summers
Sidecar
Under 16
Mark Mitchell/Tom Golding
1st
Arthur Sissis
Darrin Treloar/Justin Plaisted
2nd
Nick Morris
Rick Howse/Adam Commons
3rd
Mason Campton
Under 16 Teams
350cc Juniors
Arthur Sissis/Robert Medson (SA)
1st
Tyson Nelson
Nick Morris/Clinton Dennis (QLD)
2nd
Mason Campton
Mason Campton/Brady Kurtz (NSW)
3rd
Nick Morris
Under 16 Sidecar
Shane Hudson/Sam Gilbert
Ashley Duncan/Mitchell Duncan
Dylan Blain/Robert Gottardi
2009 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
250cc 4 -stroke
450cc 4-stroke
Luke Richards
1st
Todd Kurtz
David Armstrong
2nd
Paul Caslick
Jace Castles
3rd
Jace Castles
500cc 2 stroke & over 450cc 4 stroke
Unlimited
Luke Richards
1st
Paul Caslick
Todd Kurtz
2nd
Jace Castles
Tyson Nelson
3rd
Ian Hamilton
600cc Sidecars
1100cc Sidecars
Rex Byrnes / Tim Edgeumbe
1st
Ken Miller / Sarah Huie
Paul Mills / Rodney Gebhart
2nd
Corey Banks / Tom Banks
Mark Stevenson / Thomas White
3rd
Shayne Davis / Nic McKirdy
2009 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR LONG TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
100cc-250cc Solo 2-Stroke 13-U16 years
250cc 4-stroke 13-U16 years
Josh Bunt
1st
Josh Bunt
Dane Cartwight
2nd
Jake Allen
Michael Vecchi
3rd
Luke Burgess
65cc 9-U13 years
65cc 7-U9 years
Ben Cook
1st
Reece Yunker
Jack Passfield
2nd
Mitchell Cluff
Josh Pickering
3rd
Noah Stewart
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 11-U13 yrs (Std Wheel)
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 11-U13 yrs (Big Wheel)
Josh Macdonald
1st
Josh Macdonald
Josh Pickering
2nd
Josh Pickering
Ben Cook
3rd
Josh McGrath
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 13-U16 yrs (Std Wheel)
85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 9-U11 yrs (Std Wheel)
Robbie Menzies-Sargant
1st
Jack Dawes
Michael Blair
2nd
Remy Gardner
Patrick McLaughlin
3rd
Lawson Walters
85cc 2-stk & 150cc 4-stk 13-U16 yrs (Big Wheel)
85cc 4-stroke Modified 8-U11 years
Robbie Menzies-Sargant
1st
Zaine Kennedy
Nathan Trigg
2nd
Jack Dawes
Luke Burgess
3rd
Lawson Walters
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2009 australian champions
2009 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2009 AUSTRALIAN SENIOR LONG TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
450cc 4-stroke FTX Solo
500cc 2-stk FTX Solo & 450cc 4-stk
Paul Caslick
1st
Damien Koppe
Damien Koppe
2nd
Paul Caslick
Jarrod Koppe
3rd
Jace Castles
250cc 4-stroke Solo
Paul Caslick
Jarrod Koppe
Jace Castles
2009 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
65cc 7-Under 9 years
65cc 9-Under 13 years
Noah Stewart
1st
Josh Pickering
Matthew Gilmore
2nd
Thomas Duggan
Mitchell Cluff
3rd
Zach Cook
85cc 4-stk 8-Under 11 years
85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 9-U11 (Std Wheels)
Lawson Walters
1st
Jack Dawes
Jack Dawes
2nd
Remy Gardner
Mitchell Cluff
3rd
Dakota Ballantyne
85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 11-Under 13 (Std Wheels)
85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 11-U13 (Big Wheels)
Joshua MacDonald
1st
Joshua MacDonald
Ben Cook
2nd
Ty Lynch
Josh Pickering
3rd
Josh Nicholas
85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 13-U16 (Std Wheels)
Robbie Menzies-Sergeant
Michael Blair
Patrick McLaughlin
100cc to 150cc 2 stk 13-U16 years
Sean McLellan
Josh Bunt
Brayden Elliot
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
85cc 2 stk & 150cc 4 stk 13-U16 (Big Wheels)
Robbie Menzies-Sergeant
Brady Kurtz
Nathan Trigg
200cc to 250cc 4 stk 13-U16 years
Josh Bunt
Luke Burgess
Jake Allen
2009 AUSTRALIAN MOTO TRIALS CHAMPIONSHIP
Open Solo
Masters
Colin Zarczynski
1st
Robert Jones
Jake Whitaker
2nd
Richard Kent
Neil Price
3rd
Simon van Baalen
Open Junior
Veteran
Alex Nolan
1st
Paul Moore
Lachlan Gibson
2nd
Steve Holzhauser
Zachary Vlamis-Hale
3rd
Peter Curtis
Sidecar
Classic
Justin Gough/Maurice Blanchard
1st
Allan Phillipson
Peter Claffey/David Parker
2nd
Dan Gollagher
Tim Loone/Kieran Clay
3rd
Steve Johnson
Post Classic
Youth
Toby Coleman
1st
Sam Rummery
Mark Beechey
2nd
Drew Anderson
Malcolm Chapman
3rd
Blake Hellyar
Open Women's
Juniors 7-12 years
Kristie McKinnon
1st
James Wager
Michelle Coleman
2nd
Tom Wager
Ailsa Anderson
3rd
Isaac Luft
27
enjoy the ride
2009 australian champions
2009 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
VIC
NSW
QLD
1st
2nd
3rd
QLD
ACT
NSW
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
Up to 200cc 2-stroke
Grant Siebenhausen
Nathan Castle
Michael Hand
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
Kirk Hutton
Josh Green
Ben Kearney
290cc-500cc 2-stk and over 500cc 4-stk
Jehi Willis
Brad Williscroft
Geoff Braico
Veterans
Stuart Bennett
Jason Cater
Garry Dukes
E1
Ben Kearney
Kirk Hutton
Josh Green
E3
Geoff Braico
Brad Williscroft
Jehi Willis
Women's
Jemma Wilson
Alison Parker
Jacqui Jones
Masters
Geoff Ballard
Ian Edgar
Steven Clarke
2009 AORC
Outright Champion
Toby Price
28
2009 AUSTRALIAN 4-DAY ENDURO
Challenge Trophy
Blake Hore, Peter Boyle, Jehi Willis, Mark Portbury, Jason Courtney, Dan Goodwin
Chris Hollis, Scott Thomas, Brad Williscroft, Damian Smith, Ben Kearney, Darren Lloyd
A.J. Roberts, Kirk Hutton, Chris Reading, Grant Siebenhausen, Dominic Hoyal, Brad Peterson
Junior Trophy
Kristian Sprenger, Nicholas Beattie, Michael Hand, Dale Schmidtke
Josh Green, Luka Bussa, Josh Ballard, Luke Tomlinson
Jarrod Bewley, Geoff Braico, Toby Price, Andrew Lloyd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
220cc-250cc 2-stroke
Rory Mead
Jason Davis
Karl Power
290cc - 450cc 4-stroke
Jarrod Bewley
Toby Price
Chris Hollis
Masters
Geoff Ballard
Rick Braico
Steven Clarke
Women's
Alison Parker
Jemma Wilson
Jacqui Jones
2009 AUSTRALIAN OFF ROAD CHAMPIONSHIP
E2
1st
Stefan Merriman
2nd
Toby Price
3rd
Jarrod Bewley
Outright
1st
Toby Price
2nd
Stefan Merriman
3rd
Jarrod Bewley
Veterans
1st
Stuart Bennett
2nd
Garry Dukes
3rd
Dave Claypole
2009 AORC
E3 Champion
Geoff Braico
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2009 australian champions
2009 AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONS
1st
2nd
3rd
2009 AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC DIRT TRACK CHAMPIONSHIP
Pre-1970 Solo All Powers
Pre-1978 263cc & over
Glen Evans
Ray Stevens
1st
Peter Lee
Greg Perry
2nd
Ross Merrick
Mark Bennett
3rd
Pre-1975 Solo 125cc
Evolution Solo 132cc to 250cc
Grant Charnock
Matt Drane
1st
Clinton McDonald
Joel Muddle
2nd
Dean Rowe
Oliver Smith
3rd
Pre-1975 Solo 132cc - 250cc up to 49 yrs
Evolution Solo 263cc & over
Grant Charnock
Greg Perry
1st
Matt Drane
Ray Stevens
2nd
Mick Gee
Paul Edwards
3rd
Pre-1975 Solo 132cc - 250cc 50 yrs & over
Pre-1985 Solo 132cc to 250cc
Peter Lee
Simon Goodchild
1st
Les Richters
Chris Thomson
2nd
Rodger Starkey
Grant Dodd
3rd
Pre-1975 Solo 263cc & over
Pre-1985 Solo 263cc & over
Glen Evans
Phil Crough
1st
Darrell Elliott
Paul Edwards
2nd
Andy Dykes
Strider Horton
3rd
Pre-1975 4-stroke All Powers
Sliders 263cc & over
Glen Evans
David Stevens
1st
David Gras
Tim Hunter
2nd
David Stevens
Strider Horton
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
S1
Davide Gozzini
Angus Reekie
Linden Magee
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
1st
2nd
3rd
2009 AUSTRALIAN SUPERMOTO CHAMPIONSHIP
S2
Angus Reekie
1st
2nd
Linden Magee
Ross Taylor
3rd
29
enjoy the ride
calendar
2010 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar
Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites
january
2
Solo Speedway C’ship, Rd 1, Gilman SA
3
Solo Speedway C’ship, Rd 2, Mildura VIC
9
Solo Speedway C’ship, Rd 3, Newcastle NSW
16
Under 21 Solo Speedway C’ship, Mildura VIC
23
350cc Junior Speedway C’ship
22-24
17th International Island Classic, Phillip Island VIC
29
Under 16 Speedway C’ship, Tamworth NSW
march
28
Motocross C’ship, Rd 1, Horsham VIC
may
30
2010 february
6
Senior Long Track C’ship, Tamworth NSW
26
World Superbike C’ship, Phillip Island VIC
2010 april
2010
2010
3
Speedway Sidecar C’ship, Newcastle NSW
2-4
Barry Sheene Festival of Speed, E’n Creek NSW
3-4
Honda Broadford Bike Bonanza, Broadford VIC
8-11
Australian Four Day Enduro, Portland NSW
9-11
Classic Motocross C’ship, Broadford VIC
18
Motocross C’ship, Rd 2, Canberra ACT
2010 june
2010
2
Motocross C’ship, Rd 3, Barrabool VIC
6
Motocross C’ship, Rd 5, Raymond Terrace NSW
16
Motocross C’ship, Rd 4, Toowomba QLD
27
Motocross C’ship, Rd 6, Albury NSW
Want to volunteer for one of these events?
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
calendar
2010 AUSTRALIAN motorcyclING calendar
Dates may be subject to change Check www.ma.org.au or respective websites
july
2010 august
2-4
Junior Dirt Track C’ship, Kurri Kurri NSW
18
Motocross C’ship, Rd 7, Port Macquarie NSW
24
Motocross C’ship, Rd 8, Coolum QLD
september
28
Moto Trials C’ship, Canungra QLD
2010 october
Historic Road Race C’ship, Phillip Island VIC
8
Junior Long Track C’ship, Somersby NSW
18-15
Australiasian Safari, WA
14-16
MotoGP, Phillip Island VIC
25-2
Junior Motocross C’ship, Lakes NSW
15
Quad Motocross C’ship, Basselton WA
21-23
Senior Dirt Track C’ship, Mildura VIC
2010 december
2010
2010
MOTORCYCLING CALENDAR
3-5
november
2010
Go to www.ma.org.au/2010calendar for the following event information as it comes to hand:
•
•
•
•
•
Australian Off Road Championship
Australian Superbike Championship
Australian Supercross Championship
Australian Supermoto Championship
MRRDA National Junior Cup
Go to www.ma.org.au/2010calendar
31
enjoy the ride
MEDIA GUIDE
mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide
FOR RIDERS, CLUBS AND PROMOTERS
Get your local media involved:
Local media such as newspapers and radio stations
are a great place to start to increase coverage
of your efforts as a rider or for an event you are
promoting.
If you’re just starting out and haven’t done much
promotion work before, don’t be afraid to ask the
media what information they need and if they have
any advice for you.
Remember, if you have any questions about
media/event promotion, your SCB and the MA
Communications Department are only a phone call
away.
Also consider asking around for someone studying
Public Relations, Journalism or Marketing and
Communications, who might be interested in
helping out with your promotion as work experience.
Contact your local university or TAFE to see if they
run related courses and have some students who
may be interested in helping out. There are many
websites where you can advertise work experience
placements to help with your promotion.
NEWSPAPERS:
Find out if your local newspaper has a separate
sports editor (if not speak to the news editor) and
tell them about your efforts or event. Ask them if
they’d be interested in coming out to see you ride or
to attend the event, or if they’d like you to send more
information through.
RADIO:
Similarly, when ringing your local radio station ask to
speak to the news producer, or if you are interested
in getting promotion on a particular program (e.g. the
Sunday afternoon sports program) then ask to speak
with the producer of that program. Again, explain
what your news is and ask if they would like you to
send them some more information.
TELEVISION:
If you are approaching a television station ask to
speak with the news desk or someone in sports.
As with radio, explain what your news is, including
opportunities to secure action footage or interviews
and ask if they would like you to send them some
more information.
If they ask you to send through more information,
find out the best way to send this information
through to them – fax, email, hard copy. Most of the
32 time email will be preferred; as such the best format
to present this information is as a press release.
PRESS RELEASES:
A press release is a short, one page news story
that provides the reader with the: who, what,
when, where, and why of the story. This
information should be included in the first one – two
paragraphs of the release. It should also include a
headline – which summarises the story, a date, and
contact details at the end of the release for anyone
seeking more information. (A downloadable press
release template is available for you to use from the
MA website at www.ma.org.au/media.)
In a press release you should;
* Write like a reporter writes a news story (read
it through in your head in a news-reader voice
to see if it works)
* Use simple and easy to understand language,
as if a 10 year old could read it.
* Ensure your writing is short and snappy and
get to the point quickly - one sentence is the
equal to one paragraph in press releases
* Answer any questions a journalist may have,
make it as easy as possible for them to write
the story.
* Present the facts in an ‘inverted pyramid’
style of writing – the most important information
always goes at the top, that way if only the first
two or three paragraphs are read they still get
the most important information.
* Proof read, proof read again and have someone
else proof read your release for you. Check for
spelling, grammar and the correct wording.
* Include an image.
INTERVIEWS:
If you are speaking with your local media and they
are interested in interviewing you or someone else
in order to write a story, the following are some
of the do’s and don’ts of interviews for TV, radio,
newspapers, magazines, and websites, as well as
pointers on preparation.
Preparation:
* Be accessible, return all calls within 24 hours
and ensure you have a professional voicemail
message that you check regularly.
* Think of questions you might be asked and
prepare some answers.
* Write down key messages you wish to tell
them about so that you stay focused when
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
MEDIA GUIDE
mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide
answering questions.
* Practice! It might sound stupid, and feel even
worse but getting someone to ‘mock’ interview
you is a great way to practice, as it should be
much easier talking to a journalist than having
a friend or family member interviewing you!
* Dress to suit the situation, always wear your
team/sponsor/club clothing for interviews and
official occasions. (And be mindful of visible
tattoos and obvious piercings.).
* Be Punctual!
During the interview:
* Find out how much the journalist knows on
the topic, it will change the type of answers you
need to give.
* Find out the length of the interview, so you
know how long your answers should be.
* Don’t feel like you have to start talking
instantly, take a slow breath and take your time
to think about the question. Speak slowly; be
confident, clear and to the point.
* Don’t feel that you have to keep talking to fill
the silence, if you’ve said all you want to say,
stop talking!
* Avoid - waffling on and using; ‘um, ah’, ‘yeah,
no, yeah’, ‘you know’ and putting ‘but’ and
the end of each sentence. If you’re talking to
someone from outside the industry, don’t use
technical industry-specific words.
* Never ‘bag’ or talk negatively about others, the
interview should be about you, and never lie.
* Keep in mind the facts of the event or your
story; don’t go off on a tangent. Make sure you
know all the facts about the race, the club, the
Championship, and the event, whatever it is
that they are interviewing you about including
things not directly related to you.
* If you had a bad race, or an event was rained
out, don’t dwell on the negative, look for a
positive angle. E.g. if you fell off and DNF’d,
rather than talk about how bad it is, talk about
how you’ve learned from it and will hopefully be
able to improve next time.
* If you feel yourself loosing it, don’t be afraid
to ask them what the question was again, and
take your time to think about an answer.
* Use the opportunity to thank sponsors,
teammates, parents and any anyone else who
has helped you.
If television cameras are present:
* Don’t look at the camera, instead look at the
person who is talking to you, maintain eye
contact with them and don’t fidget.
* Don’t wear sunglasses on camera, however if
they are sponsor glasses, place them on the top
of your head.
At the end of an interview:
* Thank the journalist for their time.
* Ask who else they are interviewing and put
them in touch with other people in the field
(even your competition) and ask if there’s
anything else you can help them with.
* Be a good resource for the journalist about the
industry, not just what directly relates to you;
if you help them out they will more likely cover
you or your events.
* Journalism is based on trust so don’t burn a
journalist with bad information.
It is important to remember that even if you have
spent hours writing press releases, made countless
phone calls and have been interviewed by a
journalist, if something more ‘newsworthy’ comes
up - it could be a dramatic car crash or something
seemingly ridiculous like a dog saving a chicken your story could be dropped and forgotten.
This can happen, and is not meant to discourage
you; however it is a reality of promotion and public
relations. It pays to have thick skin and to persevere
no matter how many times your story gets rejected.
OTHER PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES:
In addition to media coverage there are other ways
that you can increase promotion of an event that you
are organising or riding in, which include:
* Creating posters and distributing them to
shops along your town’s main street to put in
their front window is a great way of increasing
the event’s profile.
* Printing flyers to put in mail boxes of people in
the local area.
* Visits to local schools with a bike and a rider to
have a chat about what you do and rider safety.
This is a great way to get children interested in
the sport and you can take posters and some
free tickets to give away.
* Setting up a static display in your local
shopping centre (with centre permission) is also
33
MEDIA GUIDE
enjoy the ride
mOTORCYCLING AUSTRALIa media guide
a great way of getting more people interested
in the event.
Speak with your SCB or with the MA Communications
Department for more information about these
promotional activities.
SPONSORSHIP:
Sponsorship plays a vital role in the success of our
sport, for an event or so you can continue riding in
your chosen discipline.
Before approaching sponsors it is important to do
some research and preparation. You should research
potential sponsors with a similar interest, or sponsors
from outside the motorcycling industry who could
stand to benefit from exposure within it.
Preparation:
* Create a brief sponsorship proposal. Don’t be
put off by the name; it’s just an information pack
that sells you! It should include things like:
- A letter introducing yourself and
explaining what you want (product or
financial support) and how it would help
you. It should also include an explanation
of what’s in it for the sponsor – what
you can offer them in return for their
sponsorship, which is the most important
part of the proposal. The letter should
also include background information such
as: website details, statistics, member
numbers of your club and your contact
details. Even though you need to put
most of this information in, the letter still
needs to be short and sweet one to two
pages max! It pays to do several drafts
and get a few people to proof read them
for you.
- You should also include a record of your
recent results or successful events that
you have run, and if possible include some
photographs.
- Any positive newspaper clippings
about you (keep the originals and use
photocopies instead).
- In total the proposal should be no longer
than four pages.
* Find the right person in an organisation
to approach about sponsorship, often the
Marketing or Brand Manager or in small
businesses it is often the General Manager.
* Have reasonable expectations and don’t be
discouraged by rejection, you will be rejected
34
more times than you will be accepted.
Approaching potential sponsors:
* Send through a copy of your proposal – email
or hard copy - and follow up with a phone call
the day after. Explain what you are interested in,
and offer to come in and meet them.
* Be punctual.
* Present yourself well; stand up straight, dress
appropriately, speak clearly and don’t have
chewing gum in your mouth.
* When you first meet them, take off your hat,
shake their hand and make eye contact and
introduce yourself.
* Sell yourself, what’s in it for them? How can
they get value for their sponsorship of you or
your event?
* Have a copy of your materials (see preparation
section) on hand to show them even if you’ve
already sent it to them.
* Answer any questions they may have and
thank them for their time when you head off.
Retaining Sponsors:
If you are successful in securing sponsorship make
sure you keep them informed and up-to-date with your
activities.
* Ensure that you service your sponsor and
that you fulfil the terms of your agreement at
events. Don’t do the wrong thing by a sponsor,
word travels fast, and you could find yourself
blacklisted.
* Following each race/event let the sponsor
know how it went and keep in contact with them,
let them know of any exciting developments and
include them in your press release list.
* If, unfortunately, something goes wrong, keep
your sponsors informed.
* If you receive any media coverage keep a
record of it and send them a copy.
* Provide them with a yearly report to show them
(in words and pictures) what you’ve done as
part of the agreement, another alternative would
be to provide them with a framed picture with a
message of thanks for their support included.
* If for some reason a sponsor cannot continue
working with you (it happens), be good
natured about it, politely ask for a reason, and
irrespective of the answer extend them the
opportunity to re-establish the relationship in
future if they are interested.
MQ MOMS Ad [outlined].in
Th
Sports
prou
Motorcyc
MK0220
OUR 4
WHEELERS
WILL
IMPRESS YOU.
Reservations:
1300 300 035 or europcar.com.au
Europcar offers Motorcycling
Australia Members:
• Year-round discounted rental rates
• Reduced damage liability
• Over 120 locations across Australia
• Latest model vehicles
• Commercial vehicles
• 24 hour roadside assistance
Quote CCC06752 to receive your
Motorcycling Australia rates.
Are you “ready to race”?
» www.ktm.com.au
KtM australia reAdy to rAce:
Mini » Motocross » enduro » AtV » rallye » circuit » Supermoto
For your nearest authorised KtM dealer freecall 1800 644 771
www.ktm.com.au
MOTOCROSS SUPERCROSS ENDURO
FREESTYLE SUPERMOTARD MINI THUMPER
PRE-PRINTED
NUMBER BACKGROUNDS
CUSTOM MADE GRAPHIC KITS
CURVED FRONT
GUARD STICKERS
GRIPPER SEAT COVERS
PROTECTIVE CLEARSKINS
UNIVERSAL THICK SHEETS
PLAIN BACKGROUNDS
MERCHANDISE
MORE.....
E: ENQUIRIES@RINGMASTERIMAGES.COM.AU
WWW.MYSPACE.COM/RINGMASTER_IMAGES
UNIT 17/63-71 BAYFIELD RD EAST BAYSWATER NTH VIC 3153
P: (03) 9720 2223
F (03) 9720 2234
Connecting
Riders
No Annual
Membership
discussion forums links directory - member discounts
articles - monthly prizes- events calendar - social events
MQ MOMS Ad [outlined].indd 1
30/09/2009 3:28:29 PM
Winning PartnershiP
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
enjoy the ride
philosophy of GCR’s
THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES
THE PHILOSOPHY AND STRUCTURE OF THE GENERAL COMPETITION RULES
No set of Rules can anticipate every issue which may
arise in the conduct of a sport, especially one with as
wide a variety of disciplines and competing interests as
exist in motorcycling. The philosophy of these Rules is
that good sense, cooperation and a fair and reasonable
interpretation of reasonable Rules should be more
important than “Rule Book Racing”.
In Rule Book Racing, if a situation arises, the answer is
to be found by looking up the book, not by the exercise of
independent judgment. If there’s no answer in the book,
a new rule has to be devised to “plug the hole”. Rule Book
Racing assumes that Controlling Bodies have little or no
interest in working effectively with competitors, with each
other, or with Promoters to benefit the sport and those
who participate in it. It also assumes that officials have
no common sense or understanding of the sport. None of
these ideas is true or fair.
These rules confer on the Controlling Bodies and their
representatives and officials discretion in the application
and interpretation of the Rules. It is intended that
discretion will be exercised, as stated in the very first rule
in this book to ensure that competition is safe, free and fair.
Officials are expected to exercise judgment wisely
and fairly, on the understanding that if they do not,
their decisions, other than those made in the heat of
competition, will be subject to review through protest
and appeal. They will be trained and encouraged to take
responsibility for their actions, and to work in a way which
supports the underlying philosophy of the Rules.
Our rules should reflect the way that the sport is conducted.
MA and the State Controlling Bodies (SCBs) have been
careful to ensure that there is a process in place to ensure
that every participant has the opportunity to have their say
in the way these rules are written.
We actively seek constructive criticism of these Rules
and encourage participants to work through their
representatives to ensure their relevance.
STRUCTURE OF MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
This book is divided into 29 chapters.
The first 14 chapters apply to all disciplines of the sport
and the rest to the specific disciplines. There will be a
degree of crossover from the first section to the specific
disciplines and some of the Rules contained in those first
chapters need to be added to or varied according to the
needs of a particular discipline.
36
We have attempted to make this edition of the book more
user friendly, reinstating an index and reframing every
chapter into a as close to a consistent format as possible.
We have also striven to eliminate any ambiguities and
contradictions.
Chapter 1 - Jurisdiction.
This chapter states the purposes and principles
underlying the Rules. The Rules are to be applied fairly
and according to the principles of natural justice. These
Rules are binding not only on competitors but also on all
Controlling Bodies.
There is a list of definitions which may be useful while
using the rest of the Book.
Chapter 2 - Administration.
This very important chapter sets out the authority of the
Controlling Bodies. It identifies and empowers the people
and the instrumentalities through which the Controlling
Bodies exercise their authority.
MA is a member of the FIM, a federation of the controlling
bodies of motorcycle sport throughout the world, and MA
is a federation of which the SCBs are members. The
significance of this that the FIM would not exist without
the cooperation and involvement of its members, and the
same principle applies to MA.
SCBs agree to be bound by the decisions of MA as part of
the agreement they entered into with each other when MA
was formed. The SCBs are, in effect, the owners of MA,
and their control over MA is exercised through the Board.
The Board has the power under the Articles of Association
of MA to make competition Rules.
Rule 2.1.2 is a very important rule which typifies the
philosophy which underpins these Rules. In providing
for the making of agreements, the Rules clear the way for
resolving differences among Controlling Bodies and with
Promoters, by consultation, discussion and agreement
rather than by disputation and resort to a strict and
legalistic approach.
The rest of the chapter identifies the roles, responsibilities
and limits of authority of various key officials.
Chapter 3 - Licencing
The primary pupose of having a licencing regime is to
ensure the safety of competitors.
This may be applied through separating less experienced
competitiors from ‘old hands’ and, in the case of junior
competition, to ensure that all riders obtain the benefits
of a structured coaching process.
Licence holders may not compete at a level higher than
their licence.
The chapter also sets out the processes by which
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
philosophy of GCR’s
competitors can obtain a licence, and the means by
which applicants can appeal against the refusal of a
licence or the imposition of a condition on their licence.
Scheme are available in the insurance policy
documents.
Chapter 4 - Competitions
While the use of performance enhancing drugs is not
as big an issue in motorcycle sport as in some other
fields, MA recognises the need for a comprehensive
and prescriptive program to ensure that our sport is
free from the use of illicit drugs.
The intent of this long chapter is to codify present
practices throughout the sport.
Much of the chapter is taken up with establishing the
mechanisms for running competitions, and imposing
the conditions under which those competions can take
place.
The chapter also deals with breaches of these Rules,
and the processes to take place in the event that the
Rules are breached.
Chapter 5 - Protests and Appeals
The application of fair and natural justice is an inherent
condition of these rules.
Where participants wish to protest against the actions
of an official or another participant, these rules of
natural justice require a mechanism for the fair hearing
of their protests, which is established in this chapter.
The chapter also sets out the jurisdiction and limits of
power of the appelate bodies.
Chapter 6 - Judicial Committee Guidelines
This chapter sets out the composition of Judicial
Committees and also provides a commentary on the
process that the Committee undertakes to adjudicate
on the matters brought before them.
Chapter 7 - Sporting Commissions
One of the functions of the Sporting Commissions is
to reconcile the competing interests in any discipline.
Technology and other changes mean that
Commissions need to find a balance between
ensuring that motorcycle sport is affordable to as
many participants as possible while not setting up a
rule book circumscribed by anachronisms.
Chapters 8 & 9- Accreditation Schemes
All sporting bodies need to ensure that those involved
in the development and control of the sport have the
tools they need to do their jobs.
The National Accreditation schemes established by
these chapters are an effort to ensure the future of
the sport through the development and training of its
officials and coaches.
Chapter 10 - Personal Accident Insurance
The chapter on insurance is a simple summary of the
coverage of MA’s insurance scheme, setting out the
benefits available to participants in the sport.
The full details of the Personal Accident Insurance
Chapter 11 - MA Anti-Doping Policy
Guided by the principals of fair and natural justice and
ensuring that our sport is safe and fair, this chapter
sets out the mechanisms for screening participants,
the testing of samples and the consequences of being
outside of the internationally recognised WADA code.
Chapter 12 - All Disciplines
One of the most important aspects of interpretation
of these Rules is that they are permissive rather than
prohibitive. In other words, in almost all cases, the
Rules describe the things that may be done rather
than the things that may not.
This chapter contains the Rules which apply to all
disciplines. Any rule in one of the discipline specific
chapters will, unless otherwise stated, be in addition
to the provisions of Chapter 12. So Chapter 12 and
the relevant discipline chapters operate side by side.
For the purposes of these Rules, the age of Junior
competitors is now taken as on January 1 each year.
Full details are found at GCR 12.16.0.1
Competitors over the age of 16 years may not compete
in a junior competition, subject to GCR 12.16.0.1, and
a person who is under 16 may not compete in a senior
competition.
Chapter 13 - Australian Championships
These Rules prescribe the allocation, categories and
listing of Australian Championships.
Chapters 14 to 28 - Discipline Specific Chapters
As far as possible, the discipline specific chapters
follow a common format as follows:
1. Protective clothing 2. Frames and parts
3. Engines
4. Fuel
5. Classes
6. Competition rules
Appendices
These include MA’s Occupational Health and
Safety Policy and Environmental Sustainability
Policy, both of which can be found in Appedndix 5
& 6 towards the rear of this Manual.
37
enjoy the ride
rules and making rule changes
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES
Rules change from one year to the next, before they
appear in the next edition of the Manual of Motorcycle
Sport.
Ever wondered how this happens?
Feedback on current rules is sent through to the
relevant Commissions, either through one of the
Commissioners themselves, the Commission Chair or
the Manager – Commissions and Committees at MA.
Rules are sometimes altered to make the competition
easier or fairer, sometimes to reflect new technology
or equipment that has become availlable. Sometimes
rules are altered so that their meaning is made clearer.
Your feedback is encouraged and is always welcome
with regards to the rules.
We would like to know about any ways you think we
can make the sport better for our competitors.
To put forward a suggested rule amendment or rule
inclusion, see the Rule Amendment or Inclusion Form
on page 41.
If the relevant Commission decides to pursue this rule
feedback further, it will open the issue up to the SCBs
and to the general public for comment and discussion.
Depending on the input, the Commission will then either
scrap the proposal or make an official recommendation
with the wording of change put forward through the
Manager – Commissions and Committees.
The suggested rule change is then added onto the
agenda of the following Board meeting by the Manager
– Commissions and Committees.
The MA Board will then decide to accept or reject the
proposed rule change.
If rejected, this will be reflected in the Board Minutes,
and Board Report – the later which will become
available for public viewing at the MA Reports section
of the MA website - www.ma.org.au
If accepted, the rule will be appear in bold as an
amended rule in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport for the
following year.
Rules which have been deleted from the previous
Manual will appear as crossed out.
38
Immediate Rule changes
What happens when rules are required to be changed
with immediate effect?
There are times – especially at the start of the year,
where a rule will need amending or clarification with
immediate impact on the current MoMS. When this
occurs the same process as above will take place,
however, after the Board’s decision, a number of other
things will occur.
Initially, the Manager – Commissions and Committees
is informed that the appropriate rule has been amended
and passes this information onto the Communications
Manager. The Communications Manager will then
create a Media Release to inform the public of the rule
change.
Once created, the release gets sent via the Manager
– Commissions and Committees, to the relevant
Commission Chair / Commissioners so that they can
review the wording of the release before it is made
public. Changes to the release at this point can still
be made, with Commissioners to suggest appropriate
amendments.
Once approved through the Commission, the Media
Release can then be sent to the motorcycling public
via email. This release will also be posted immediately
onto the MA website.
Further to this, a one-page Rule Change Information
Bulletin will be sent out to SCB’s, to on-send to affiliated
clubs. This will be done via a standard Rule Change
template, so that the club can post this information on
their own relevant bulletin boards. The Information
Bulletins will also be posted onto the MA website. An
example of the Rule Change Information Bulletin can
be found on the next page.
Clubs will have the right to respond and give feedback
regarding the rule change via the usual means of
communication – sending written feedback to a
Commission via the Manager – Commissions and
Committees.
All rule changes, clarifications, news and information
bulletins will be available under the Rules section of the
MA website.
E
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
RULES AND MAKING RULE CHANGES
RULE CHANGE
Information Bulletin
April 13, 2007
Affected Discipline:
Motocross / Supercross
Rule pertains to:
E
L
The wearing of goggles
Current rule in 2007 Manual of Motorcycle Sport:
P
M
GCR 17.1.5
New rule after change:
A competitor must, at the start of an event, be wearing goggles or a
similar form of eye protection. It is st
strongly
rongly recommended that the competitor wear
the eye protection at all times during the event. Where the competitor removes their
eye protection during the course of an event, they do so entirely at their own risk. Eye
protection, including spectacles
spectacles,, protective goggles, helmet visors and/or ‘tear-offs’
must comply with the following:
A
X
E
a)
b)
c)
d)
Eye protectors and spectacles ar
are made of non-shattering material,
Eye protectors which cause visu
visual disturbance are not to be used
Metal or Perspex face shields are not used,
Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible material.
Rule suggested by:
Motocross/Supercross Commission
Rule adopted by:
MA Board
Date rule change takes affect from:
April 13, 2007
Feedback contact:
Ross Martin – Motorcycling Australia, Manager – Commissions and Committees
(03) 9684 0504 or rmartin@ma.org.au
39
rules and making rule changes
Procedure for Consideration of Items by Commission
Proposal from Club, SCB, or individual to MA
MA Commissions Manager refers to Commission
enjoy the ride
TIMELINE
Prior to 28 February
Mid year meeting
Proposed action to MA Commissions Manager
Referred to relevant
MA Committee, for
example, Safety, Medical
etc
Commission
recommendation referred
to SCBs and other
stakeholders
Comments received at MA office
Feedback referred to Commission
Prior to 31 July
Commission decision
MA Board for ratification
MA Office for promulgation of decision
Advice to Stakeholders
40
August Meeting
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
rules and making rule changes
RULE AMENDMENT OR INCLUSION FORM
(Can be downloaded from the MA website - www.ma.org.au)
These are your rules, and Motorcycling Australia recognises that the people who are most involved
with the Sport are extremely well placed to provided feedback on wheth these rules work to make
Motorcycle Sport safe, free and fair.
If you have a suggestion on how a rule could be changed, or a new rule be included in next year’s
Manual of Motorcycle Sport, use this form.
When completed, you can:
•
Give it to your Club Secretary, or
•
Send it to your SCB (Their contact details are on P 14) or
•
Send it to Commissions Manager, Motorcycling Australia,
P.O. Box 134 South Melbourne 3205 or fax to 03 9684 0555
If you would like to know the process required for a rule change, see above.
New Rule
Amendment Existing rule number [if applicable]______________________
Suggested wording of change or new rule: [Attach sheets if required]______________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Explain why this rule change should occur. [Attach sheets if required]______________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________
Your Contact Details Name_______________________________________________________
Telephone No [BH]_ ____________________ [AH]_ ___________________________________
Email________________________________________________________________________
41
1
enjoy the ride
jurisdiction
1
1.1
JURISDICTION
Definitions
1.1.0.1 “ASC” means Australian Sports
Commission.
1.1.0.2 “ASC Doping Policy” means the document
bearing that name, or any amendment or
equivalent thereof.
1.1.0.3 “ASADA” means the Australian Sports
Anti-Doping Authority.
1.1.0.4 ”Board” means the Board of Directors of
MA.
1.1.0.5 “Club” means an incorporated or
unincorporated body formed for the
primary purpose of promoting the sport
and being affiliated to an SCB.
1.1.0.6 “Competition” includes any competition,
event, race or race meeting and all
associated practices, tests and qualifying
sessions.
1.1.0.7 “Code” means the Sporting Code of FIM
1.1.0.8 “Constitution” means the Constitution of MA.
1.1.0.9 “Consume” in relation to any prohibited
substances includes inject, swallow
or inhale and “Consumption” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.10 “Council” means the Council of MA.
1.1.0.11 “Disqualify” means to forbid the
disqualified person, body or machine
from taking part in any competition under
these Rules and “Disqualification” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.12 “Event” means any competition involving
the use of 1 or more motorcycles.
1.1.0.13 “Exclude” means to forbid the excluded
person, body or machine from taking
further part in, or being recognised as
having taken part in, the competition from
which such person body or machine has
been excluded and “Exclusion” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.14 “FIM” means Fèdèration Internationale de
Motocyclisme.
1.1.0.15 “FMN” means a Federation Member
Nation under the FIM Statutes.
1.1.0.16 “International meeting” means any
competition inscribed as such in the FIM
calendar.
42
1.1.0.17 “Junior competition” means
a competition which only competitors
who are under the age of 16 years may
compete and “Junior competitor” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.18 “MA” means Motorcycling Australia.
1.1.0.19 “MA Series” means a series of
competitions conducted in more than 1
State or Territory.
1.1.0.20 “Meeting” means a meeting at which 1 or
more motorcycling events are conducted.
1.1.0.21 “Motorcycle” means and includes:
a) Solo - a 1-track vehicle with 2
wheels with the drive through the
rear wheel.
b) Sidecar - a 2-track vehicle with 3
road wheels, with the drive through
the rear wheel of the vehicle.
c) Cycle car - a 3-track vehicle with 3
wheels that is driven by either 1 or 2
wheels.
d) Trike - a 3-track vehicle with 3
wheels that is driven by its rear
wheels.
e) Quad - a 2-track vehicle with 4
wheels driven by the rear or all
wheels and on which a rider may be
accommodated astride the vehicle
having control of the steering by
way of handlebars operating the
front wheels.
1.1.0.22 “OEM” means Original Equipment
Manufacturer.
1.1.0.23 “Prohibited substance” means any
substance prohibited under these Rules.
1.1.0.24 “Promoter” means the holder of a
competition permit.
1.1.0.25 “Race” means any event where speed is
the determining factor in the result.
1.1.0.26 “RCB” means the Relevant Controlling
Body having control of any competition
or recreational activity under Rule 2.1.
1.1.0.27 “Recreational Activity” means authorised
motorcycle activity, which has no
competitive element.
1.1.0.28 “Record” means an event where speed,
distance and time, or any combination of
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
those factors, determine the result.
1.1.0.29 “Repealed GCRs” means the Competition
Rules of MA in force until the date of
commencement of these Rules.
1.1.0.30 “SCB” means State Controlling Body
being any Member under the Articles.
1.1.0.31 “Senior
competition”
means
a
competition which only competitors who
have attained the age of 16 years may
compete and “Senior competitor” has a
corresponding meaning.
1.1.0.32 “Sports Development Account” means the
sports development account established
under the repealed GCRs and continued
by these Rules.
1.1.0.33 “Sports Development Levy” means the
levy established by these Rules.
1.1.0.34 “SR”
means
Supplementary
Regulations.
1.1.0.35 “Steward” includes a Referee.
1.1.0.36 “Support person“ means in relation to
an entrant, rider, licensee or competitor,
any person who provides support to that
entrant, rider, licensee or competitor
including but not only mechanics, team
assistants, team members, medical staff
and family members and in relation to a
minor rider, licensee or competitor also
includes any parent or guardian of that
minor.
1.1.0.37 “Suspend” means to forbid the suspended
person, body or machine from taking
part in any competition under these
Rules during the period of suspension
and “Suspension” has a corresponding
meaning.
1.1.0.38 “Traditional Enduro” means Enduro
of one or more days of competition
over a natural terrain course of up
to 7.5 hours duration. The course
consists of a number of trail sections
between 5km and 35km in length
with time checks at the end of each
section. Riders enter the trails 3 per
minute and attempt to maintain a predetermined time allowance on each
section. There are penalties for late
and early check-in at the Time Checks.
There are a number of “Special Tests”
throughout the course. See Rule
25.5.1- “Courses”.
1.1.0.39 “Venue” means a permanent or temporary
place or facility, which has been approved
by the RCB for the conduct of motorcycle
1
jurisdiction
competition or recreational activity.
1.2
Purpose of Rules
1.2.0.1 The purpose of these Rules is to regulate
and control motorcycle competition.
a) The Rules are to be interpreted with
the intent that competition will be
safe, free and fair and conducted
applying the principles of natural
justice,
b) The Rules are Competition Rules
made under clause 71 of the
Constitution, 
c) The Rules, and any determination
made under them and in
accordance with them, bind
all Controlling Bodies and all
participants in the sport.
1.2.1 Recognition of Authority of FIM
1.2.1.1 By these Rules, MA acknowledges and
recognises:
a) FIM is the World Controlling Body of
motorcycle competition,
b) It is desirable that there be
consistent standards and Rules of
competition at all levels.
1.3
Repeal of current gcrs
1.3.0.1 The General Competition Rules of MA in
operation at the date of commencement
of these Rules are hereby repealed but
such repeal will not affect the operation
of the repealed GCRs in relation to any
competition conducted thereunder.
1.4
By - Laws
1.4.0.1 MA may make by-laws, which must be
consistent with these Rules, and which
may:
a) Proclaim model Supplementary
Regulations,
b) Prescribe forms and fees as
required under these Rules,
c) Prescribe fines for any breach of
these Rules,
d) Prescribe the requirements for, and
conditions of, insurance under these
Rules,
e) Establish National and State
Championships, titled events,
Series, competitions and meetings
4343
and for such purposes:
1
jurisdiction
i) Define criteria for the eligibility of
licensees,
ii) Define criteria for the eligibility of
machines,
iii) Publish calendars,
iv) Create prizes, trophies and
medallions,
v) Prescribe competition formats,
vi) Prescribe traveling and other
expenses,
vii)Attach any relevant FIM rule or
regulation.
f) Prescribe manuals and procedures
for the performance by any person
or body of any power, duty or
function under these Rules,
g) Provide for the establishment and
operation of training and educational
courses under these Rules,
h) Prescribe the design, function and
operation of apparatus, instruments
and equipment used for timing,
measuring, weighing, counting or
calculating, for the purposes of
these Rules,
i) Prescribe levels of noise,
atmospheric and other emissions
from motorcycles,
j) Prescribe fuel contents and
standards,
k) Prescribe laboratories for fuel
testing,
l) Prescribe track and venue
conditions, designs and standards,
m) Prescribe the weights,
measurements and other
enjoy the ride
dimensions of motorcycles, and
n) Provide for or prescribe such
acts, matters or things as shall be
necessary for the full and effective
operation of these Rules.
1.4.0.2 Subject to this Rule, an SCB may make
by-laws, which must be consistent with
these Rules, and which may:
a) Proclaim model Supplementary
Regulations,
b) Establish State and Territory
championships, titled events, series,
competitions and meetings and for
such purposes:
i) Publish calendars,
ii) Create prizes, trophies and
medallions,
iii) Prescribe competition formats,
iv) Prescribe traveling and other
expenses.
c) Provide for the establishment and
operation of training and educational
courses under these Rules,
d) Prescribe noise, atmospheric and
other emissions from motorcycles,
e) Prescribe track and venue
conditions, designs and standards,
f) Provide for or prescribe such
acts, matters or things as shall be
necessary for the full and effective
operation of by-laws.
1.4.0.3 An SCB must, not less than 1 month after
any by-law has been made by that SCB,
forward a copy thereof to the Board.
1.4.0.4 The Board may amend or revoke any bylaw made under these Rules.
asd Subscribe to MA’s e-news service –
regular motorcycle news in your inbox, free!
www.ma.org.au
44
ree!
au
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2
2.1
2Administration
ADMINISTRATION
in relation to any matter to which both
apply, the Code will prevail over these
Rules.
THE CONTROLLING BODIES
2.1.1 Administration of Rules
2.1.1.1 Subject to the provisions of the Code, the
bodies with authority and responsibility for
the administration of Rules regulating the
conduct of competitions and recreational
activity in all disciplines are as follows:
a) FIM - World Championships and FIM
Prize Events as they are defined in
the Code,
b) MA:
i) International meetings, other
than World Championship and
FIM Prize Events,
ii) Australian Championships,
iii) MA Series,
iv) Australian Record attempts,
v) Events which have a course
traversing more than 1 State,
vi) Support events at World
Championships.
c) SCBs - All other competitions and
recreational activity within the
territorial borders of their state
unless permission has been granted
by the SCB within the territory of the
proposed event for another SCB to
permit the activity.
2.1.2 Agreements for Conduct of the Sport
2.1.2.1 Subject to these Rules, any Controlling
Body may enter into agreements or
arrangements with any 1 or more of the
other, and with any Promoter, for the
conduct of competitions.
2.1.2.2 If any such agreement or arrangement:
a) Includes FIM, and
b) Is for the conduct of a meeting
which includes both International
and National events, these Rules
will apply to the National events
conducted at the meeting, but in
all other respects the FIM Rules
will apply and be binding on all
participants.
2.1.3 Conflict between Code and Rules
2.1.3.1 If these Rules and the Code are in conflict
2.2
COMMISSIONS
2.2.1
Establishment of Commissions
2.2.1.1 The following are the Commissions of the
sport:
a) Road Racing,
b) Motocross and Supercross,
c) Speedway,
d) Enduro,
e) Moto-Trials,
f) Historic Road Racing,
g) Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt
Track,
h) Junior Sport and Development,
i) Dirt Track, Track, Supermoto and
Quads,
j) Women.
2.2.2
Functions & Membership of Commissions
2.2.2.1 The functions of the Commissions are to:
a) Assist, advise, and be responsible
to the Board and to act in the best
interests of MA and the sport,
b) Prepare and propose any
amendments to these Rules, or any
by-laws, so as to ensure the orderly
conduct of competitions, and
c) Assist and advise each other and
any Committee of the Board.
2.2.2.2 The members of the Commissions will be
appointed by the Board. The terms and
conditions of appointment of members of
Commissions will be determined by the
Board.
2.2.2.3 In appointing members of Commissions,
the Board must have regard to:
a) The advancement and welfare of the
Sport and of the relevant discipline,
b) The need to appoint skilled and
experienced persons to the
Commissions.
45
2Administration
2.3sports development levy
2.3.1 Collection and Distribution
2.3.1.1 In all disciplines, there may be a Sports
Development Levy at the discretion of the
RCB.
2.3.1.2 In each year, an RCB may prescribe the
amount of the Sports Development Levy
for that year.
2.3.1.3 The Promoter of a meeting must, no
more than 14 days after the end of the
meeting, pay to the RCB the prescribed
Sports Development Levy imposed on
takings from:
a) Charges for admission by the public
to the meeting venue, and
b) Sales of programs for the meeting.
2.4sports development account
2.4.0.1 MA must pay any proceeds it receives
from the Sports Development Levy into
the Sports Development Account no
more than 28 days after receipt thereof.
2.4.0.2 In each year, the Board may determine
the purpose for and the amount of any
distribution from the Sports Development
Account.
2.4.0.3 The Board may impose any conditions on
the recipients of grants from the Sports
Development Account.
2.5
Officials
2.5.1
Powers and Authorities of Officials
2.5.1.1 In the administration of these Rules, the
powers and authorities of the Controlling
Bodies are exercisable by and through
officials.
2.5.1.2 For these purposes, the Controlling
Bodies may license any 1 or more of the
following officials:
a) Key officials:
i) Stewards or Referees,
ii) Race Directors,
iii) Clerks of Course,
iv) Race Secretaries,
b) Operational officials:
i) Marshals,
ii) Time keepers and Scorers,
iii) Measurers,
iv) Scrutineers,
46
v) Eligibility Scrutineers,
enjoy the ride
vi) Judges,
vii)Observers,
viii)Handicappers,
ix) Starters,
x) Final Control Officials,
xi) Noise Control Officer (NCO)
c) Other licensed officials:
i) Coaches,
ii) Announcers
iii)Venue Inspectors.
2.5.2 The Licensing of Officials
2.5.2.1 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may
issue, renew, recategorise or revoke an
official’s licence. The form of an official’s
licence will be as prescribed in by-laws.
2.5.2.2 No person will be issued with an official’s
licence unless that person has achieved
the minimum required standards at
a training course established and
conducted under these Rules.
2.5.2.3 A licence for a key official must not be
issued to person under 18 years of age.
A licence for an operational official must
not be issued to a person under the age
of 16 years.
2.5.2.4 An official’s licence remains in force for
no more than 4 years from the day of its
issue.
2.5.2.5 An application for an official’s licence
and for the renewal or recategorisation
thereof must be:
a) To the Controlling Body having
authority in the State or Territory
in which the applicant ordinarily
resides,
b) In the prescribed form.
2.5.2.6 An SCB which issues an official’s licence
must, within 1 month of issue, notify
MA which must enter the information
on a register of licensed officials to be
maintained for that purpose and kept at
the registered office of MA.
2.5.2.7 An RCB, which orders an investigation
into the conduct of a meeting, may
stand down any official involved in the
subject meeting, until the investigation is
concluded.
2.5.3
Categories of Officials’ Licences
2.5.3.1 Officials’ licences:
a) Are accredited at the following levels
and must be appropriately endorsed
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
i) Level 1 – Club level,
ii) Level 2 – Inter club/zone level,
iii) Level 3 - Open event / State
championship level,
iv) Level 4 – MA Series and National
Championship level,
v) International.
b) Are accredited in the following
disciplines:
i) Dirt Track,
ii) Enduro,
iii) Minikhana,
iv) Motocross,
v) Moto-Trials,
vi) Road Racing,
vii)Speedway,
viii)Supercross,
ix) Track,
x) Supermoto.
c) May be endorsed with more than 1
category.
2.5.3.2 A licensed official:
a) Must not carry out any duty or
function to which that official’s
licence category does not apply, but
may have an assistant whose licence
is endorsed with a different category,
b) May apply for a different category of
licence. An application for variation
must be dealt with in the same way
as an application for a licence,
c) May not, without the authority of the
Clerk of Course, compete in any
competition at which the official is
officiating,
d) Must comply with these Rules and
with the proper directions of any official
having authority under these Rules to
impose such directions,
e) Must carry out all duties honestly,
diligently and fairly,
f) Must be in attendance no later than
1 hour prior to the official start time
of the meeting (including practice)
and remain until the completion of
their duties at the conclusion of the
meeting.
2.5.3.3 MA may, either independently or in
conjunction with other Controlling Bodies
conduct official’s training courses. The
2Administration
content of the courses must:
a) Have regard to the various
disciplines of the sport,
b) Provide practical and theoretical
training,
c) Be as prescribed from time to time in
by-laws.
2.5.3.4 No person may compete at any meeting
to which they have been appointed a key
official with the exception of 2.5.7.1 (e).
2.5.4
Stewards
2.5.4.1 A RCB must appoint 1 or more Stewards
for any competition and, if more than 1
Steward is appointed, those Stewards
may collectively or individually exercise
the powers set out in these Rules.
2.5.4.2 Where more than 1 Steward is appointed
under this Rule the RCB must nominate a
senior Steward, whose determination on
any matter in relation to the meeting will
be binding.
2.5.4.3 In the absence of a jury, and subject to
Rule 2.5.5, Stewards of a competition
have supreme control and authority over
the conduct of that competition and may:
a) Amend any supplementary
regulation applicable to the meeting
if, in the opinion of the Steward,
exceptional circumstances arise
requiring amendments,
b) Amend the program for the meeting,
c) Give any instruction or direction to
the clerk of course of the meeting,
d) Determine the time for the
commencement and conclusion of
the meeting,
e) Stop the meeting or any part of it,
f) Order any event to be restarted or
rerun,
g) Hear and determine any protest,
h) Institute, hear and determine
any prosecution for any offence
committed during the meeting and
impose any penalty or penalties
under these Rules,
i) Abandon any meeting provided
that all entry fees must be refunded
unless otherwise provided for in the
SR for the meeting,
j) Order any competitor to submit to a
medical examination to determine if
47
the competitor is fit to participate in
2Administration
the meeting,
k) Order the administration of any fuel,
drug, or other test,
l) Impose on a competitor or entrant
any penalty of relegation time or
points penalty, exclusion, fine or
suspension as provided for in these
Rules,
m) Order any machine, which the
Steward considers does not comply
with these Rules or the relevant
SR, to be impounded at the end of
the meeting and detained under the
control or direction of the Steward
for such period as may reasonably
be necessary for it to be examined,
n) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the meeting,
o) Refer any matter to the RCB.
2.5.4.4 As soon as possible, and no more than
5 days after the conclusion of a meeting,
a Steward of the meeting must complete
and deliver to the RCB a Steward’s report
in the prescribed form which must include:
a) A copy of the program,
b) The results of the meeting,
c) Total number of competitors,
d) A plan of the venue showing the
location and number of falls where
the competitor received medical
treatment at the venue and/or the
competitor is transported to hospital,
e) The number of competitors
transported to hospital including
details of suspected injuries,
f) The number of spectators attending
the event, and
g) The number of officials on duty at
the event.
2.5.5 Race Director
2.5.5.1 MA may appoint a Race Director for any
MA Series.
2.5.5.2 The Race Director’s responsibilities are:
a) To ensure proper observance of the
Rules and regulations,
b) To ensure the efficient running of
practices and races,
48
enjoy the ride
c) To ensure effective communication
between Promoters and Stewards.
2.5.5.3 The Race Director shall have overriding
authority in relation to:
a) The control of practices and races,
including modifying the program,
b) The stopping of any race or session,
c) Starting procedure.
2.5.5.4 A Race Director may:
a) Amend any series SR if, in the
opinion of the Race Director,
exceptional circumstances arise
requiring amendments,
b) Amend the Series program,
c) Institute, any prosecution for any
offence committed during a meeting,
d) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the series.
2.5.6 Clerk of Course
2.5.6.1 Subject to the control and direction of the
Steward or Race Director of a meeting,
the Clerk of Course is responsible for its
conduct and for that purpose may:
a) Inform and instruct operational
officials,
b) Inspect the venue and do whatever
is necessary to ensure the venue is
in good and safe condition,
c) Ensure that all operational officials
are carrying out their duties fully and
effectively,
d) Receive any protest and convey it to
the Steward,
e) Impose on a competitor or entrant
any penalty of exclusion or
relegation or any time or points
penalty or fine as provided for under
these Rules,
f) Stop any event,
g) Exclude any competitor from any
competition for any reason provided
for in these Rules,
h) Exclude from any event any
machine which the Clerk of Course
considers to be dangerous,
i) Order any event to be restarted or
rerun,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
j) Collate all necessary information
from any operational official and
present it to the Steward at the
Steward’s request and direction,
k) Do any act, publish any document
and make any declaration, not
inconsistent with these Rules, which
is necessary for the fair and proper
conduct of the meeting,
l) Authorise any operational official to
compete in any event in the meeting.
2.5.7
Race Secretary
2.5.7.1 The Race Secretary is responsible for
the organisation and management of a
meeting and for those purposes:
a) Must comply with the instructions of
the Steward and the Clerk of Course,
b) May publish notices and documents
as directed,
c) May ensure that operational officials
are informed of their functions and
duties and properly equipped,
d) Must provide the Steward with a
copy of the program and the results
of events conducted at the meeting.
e) Moto-Trials and Traditional Enduro.
For club and interclub Moto-Trials
and Traditional Enduro the Race
Secretary may compete in an event
once they have completed their
duties as described in Chapter
2, and only with the authority of
the Steward and Clerk of Course.
NOTE: This doesn’t apply to other
forms of competition under the
broad “Enduro” discipline such as
Sprint, C’Country, Pony Express,
Cross Country Sprint etc.
2.5.8
Operational officials
2.5.8.1 In carrying out their duties, operational
officials must:
a) At the beginning of the meeting
report to the Clerk of the Course for
instructions,
b) Only use apparatus authorised under
these Rules,
c) Provide the Clerk of Course with
reports as required,
d) Comply with the directions and
instructions of the Steward/Referee
2Administration
and the Clerk of Course.
2.5.8.2 Operational officials must carry out their
functions to the best of their abilities and
in accordance with these Rules.
2.5.8.3 Officials must be paid such fees, expenses
and allowances as are prescribed from
time to time.
2.5.9
Eligibility Scrutineer
2.5.9.1 An eligibility Scrutineer is a person
appointed by the RCB or the Promoter
at a meeting comprising of events for
historic or classic machines. The eligibility
Scrutineer has the authority to determine
whether entered machines comply with
the relevant eligibility regulations.
2.5.10
Noise Control Officer
2.5.10.1 NCO’s are licensed after completion of
a technical seminar on the principles,
instruments and methods to be used.
2.5.10.2 NCO covers noise testing at all
levels of meeting, except FIM World
Championship and Trophy events.
2.5.10.3 NCO decisions are a judgement of fact.
2.5.11 Specialist Sub-committees
2.5.11.1 A Controlling Body may appoint specialist
Sub-committees for the following
purposes:
a) To examine any machine to
determine if the machine, or the
class or group of machines of which
the machine is an example, is
eligible to compete,
b) To issue, in respect of any machine,
any log book or other record of
eligibility,
c) To direct the issue of a replacement
log book for any machine, and
d) To grant any exemption, in respect of
any machine, class or period group
of machines, for the use of any part
or parts as provided for under these
Rules.
2.5.11.2 The relevant Commission will, unless
otherwise determined in by-laws, be the
specialist Sub-committee for each SCB.
2.5.11.3 Specialist Sub-committees will be
appointed for such term and upon such
conditions as the Controlling Body
determines.
49
2Administration
2.5.11.4 A specialist Sub-committee may have
expertise in more than 1 discipline of the
sport.
2.5.11.5 A determination of a specialist Subcommittee applies to, and binds:
a) The owner or entrant of any
machine,
b) Any subsequent owner or entrant.
2.5.12 Juries
2.5.12.1 Subject to the following 2 Rules, an RCB
may appoint, in addition to, or in lieu of,
a Steward, a jury which must comprise a
President and at least 2 members.
2.5.12.2 If a meeting is in Speedway:
a) A jury may not be appointed in lieu of
the Referee,
b) The functions of a jury are to hear
and determine any protest against
any decision or determination of the
Referee.
2.5.12.3 No person may be a member of a jury
unless that person is:
a) Appointed in writing by the RCB
under this Rule, and
b) A Steward.
2.5.12.4 The RCB may appoint to a jury, such
persons as it thinks have sufficient
expertise to be members of a jury.
2.5.12.5 The RCB must appoint the President of
the jury.
2.5.12.6 The Steward of a meeting may not be a
member of the jury for that meeting.
2.5.12.7 If, during a meeting, there is a vacancy
in the membership of a jury, the jury
President may appoint a substitute in
accordance with these Rules.
2.5.12.8 No member of a jury may participate in
any deliberations of the jury if that person
has an interest in the outcome of the
deliberations and must, immediately on
becoming aware of any such conflict of
interest, notify the other members of the
jury and withdraw from the jury.
2.5.12.9 The President of a jury:
a) Must convene the jury at the
commencement of the meeting,
b) Must ensure that the proceedings of
the jury are conducted in accordance
with these Rules,
50
enjoy the ride
c) Must ensure that the acts and
instructions of the jury are carried
out, and
d) May admit any person as an
observer of the jury’s deliberation
and must exclude any person who,
in the opinion of the jury, has no
interest in the proceedings or is not
entitled to be present.
2.5.12.10Where a jury is appointed in addition to
a Steward, the authority of the jury will
prevail over that of the Steward.
2.5.12.11In these Rules any reference to a Steward
in any discipline other than Speedway
will, in respect of a meeting for which a
jury has been appointed, be interpreted,
as if it were a reference to a jury.
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or
a new rule added, you can have your say
by working through your Club to propose
amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your
SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at
the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when
the proposer includes the new wording for an
existing rule, or where a new rule should sit
in the structure of this book, and includes a
rationale on why the rule should be changed
or added.
There’s a form to register your interest in rule
changes on page 41.
It’s YOUR SPORT-
we welcome your input
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
3
3
licensing
LICENSING
3.1 LICENSING REQUIREMENTS
3.1.1
Licensing Conditions
3.1.1.1 A person may only participate in a
competition event if they are the holder of
a competition licence as detailed in this
chapter.
3.1.1.2 A person may only participate in a noncompetition activity or event if they are the
holder of a competition or non-competition
licence detailed in this chapter.
3.1.1.3 MA may, either independently or in
conjunction with other Controlling Bodies,
establish and conduct training courses for
competition licensees. The content of the
courses must have regard to:
a) The interests of the sport,
b) The need for safety in all aspects of
the sport,
c) The desirability of fair and even
competition between competitors
having the highest possible skills at
each level of competition,
d) The graduated development of the
skills of competitors.
3.1.1.4 In the event of courses being established
under the above Rule, no person who has
not successfully completed an appropriate
course may apply for, or be issued with, a
competition licence.
3.1.1.5 An applicant for a competition licence who
is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB
under the previous Rule may appeal to
the appellate body of that SCB.
3.1.1.6 MA, or each SCB on behalf of MA, must in
each year deliver to every person issued
with a 12 month competition licence a
copy of the GCRs.
3.1.1.7 An SCB which issues a competition
licence must, within 1 month of issue,
notify MA which must enter the information
on a register of licensed competitors
maintained for that purpose by MA and
kept at the registered office of MA.
3.1.1.8 A competition licence, other than a 1 meeting
licence, continues in force for 12 months from
the date of issue except where:
a) A renewal application is lodged less
than 3 months after the expiry date in
which case the licence will continue in
force for 12 months from the date the
3.1.1.9
3.1.1.10
3.1.1.11
3.1.1.12
3.1.1.13
3.1.1.14
application was received by the SCB,
or
b) A renewal application is lodged
more than 3 months after the expiry
date in which case it will be treated
as a first time application.
A competition licensee must:
a) Produce the licence on demand to any
key official during any meeting, or
b) If unable to produce the licence,
complete a licence declaration
certifying compliance with the
licence requirements of these Rules
and forthwith pay the prescribed
non-production fee.
No person who is serving a suspension
from the FIM or any FMN may be issued
with a licence during that period of
suspension.
Any period of licence suspension ordered
by the FIM or any FMN will concurrently
apply to the competitor’s MA licence.
Subject to the next Rule, an SCB may
not issue a competition licence to, or
renew the competition licence of, any
person who has not been a resident of
that SCB’s State or Territory for at least 3
months.
An SCB may issue a competition licence
to any person who is not a resident of
that SCB’s State or Territory:
a) If that person has not been the
holder of a licence in any other
State or Territory; or
b) If that person, being the holder of a
licence in another State or Territory,
is authorised in writing by the
Controlling Body of the other State or
Territory to apply for a licence outside
that other State or Territory, or
c) If that person has recently arrived in
Australia from another Federation
and has a clearance from that
Federation to apply for an MA
licence.
Any competition licensee whose licence
is lost or destroyed may apply to an SCB
for the issue of a replacement. The SCB
may charge the prescribed replacement
fee to replace the licence.
5151
3
enjoy the ride
licensing
3.1.2 LICENCE TYPES AND ACTIVITY ELIGIBILITY
Licence Type
Age
Status
a)
b)
c)
Junior Club †
Junior National†
Junior Restricted National†*
7-Under 16 Competition
7-Under 16 Competition
(“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials)
7-Under 16 Competition
d)
e)
Senior Club
Senior National
16 & Over
16 & Over
Competition
f)
Activity Type
Club
Inter- Club National









Competition







16 & Over
Competition




One Meeting
7 & Over
Senior One Meeting National^
16 & Over
(Classic/Historic & Masters/Veteran)
Competition



X
Competition
X
X
X






X
X
X

X
X
X
Senior Restricted National*
(“Fast 50’s”, Mini Moto, Moto-Trials)
g)
h)
Practice
Coaching
Recreation


Non- Competition ♠
Non-Competition
i)
j)
Mini ♠
Single Recreational Activity
4 & Over
k)
Recreational
4 16 & Over Non -Competition
4-U16
X
X
NOTE 1: In table 3.1.2:  means Eligible, X means ineligible. The rules below explain the other symbols in the table
NOTE 2: Normal competition rules apply for all practise on all MA licensed tracks.
3.1.2.1 † Junior Competition (Club, National
and Restricted National) licences can only be held
by riders aged 7 to under 16.
*Restricted
National Licence will be
subject to the following conditions.
a) The licence will be available for both
junior and senior competitors.
b) The licence will apply to the
following categories:
i) “Fast 50’s”
ii) Minimoto
iii) Moto-Trials
c) Licencing requirements are as GCR
3.2, 3.3 and 3.4.
3.1.2.3 ♠ Club, Inter-Club and National
meetings can hold non-competitive
activities specifically for Mini licence
holders using 50cc Demo machines (4U9). This licence can also be used for
Minikhana activities (4-U16), Moto-Trials
(4-U16) and non-competitive events.
3.1.2.4 ^ Senior One Meeting National Licence is
subject to the following conditions:
a) Licence will be available to all
applicants 16 years and older,
b) Current club membership is
required,
c)
No
competency test is required if the
52
applicant can prove that they have
3.1.2.2
held an annual competition licence
within the previous 10 years,
d) Applicants who have never held
a competition licence, or who
have not held a licence within the
previous 10 years must undertake
a competency test, and apply for
the licence via the event Race
Secretary at least 21 days prior
to the race meeting in which they
wish to compete. The competency
assessment may be undertaken at
the meeting in which the participant
intends to compete.
e) This licence category will only be
available to:
i) Participants in national classic/
historic events,
ii) Competitors
using
modern
machines at a national event
specifically for Veteran and/or
Masters riders. The minimum age
to classify a Veteran or Masters
competitor for this category is 35
years.
3.1.2.5 No competition licensee may compete
in any competition above the level
endorsed on that person’s licence.
3.1.2.6 To be eligible for a competition licence
a rider must be an Australian Citizen or
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
3.1.2.7
3.1.2.8
3.1.2.9
LICENSING - GENERAL
3.2.0.1 Any rider, who is transported to hospital,
recommended to attend hospital or is advised
by a medical practitioner that they require a
medical clearance before taking part in any
further competition will have their license
suspended until such time as they supply a
medical clearance to MA, their SBC or a Key
Official at a MA permitted race meeting
3.3
Licensing - SENIORS
3.3.0.1 An application for a competition licence, other
than a one meeting licence or international
licence, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in
which the applicant ordinarily resides;
b) Be in the prescribed form.
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
licensing
ii) Proof of the age of the applicant,
iii) Proof that the applicant has passed
an appropriate licence test,
iv) Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription, and
v) The prescribed fee.
vi) Proof of current club
membership.
d) If the applicant is a minor, be
accompanied by the written
authorisation of at least 1 of the
applicant’s parents or the legal
guardian of the applicant.
e) If the applicant has never been the
holder of a competition licence, be
accompanied by any 1 of the following:
i) The applicant’s current road
motorcycle licence,
ii) Proof that the applicant has attended
a motorcycle training course
conducted by, or with the approval
of, a State Government authority,
iii) Proof that the applicant has
attended any SCB accredited
training school,
iv) Proof that the applicant has attended
a training school conducted by an
accredited coach, or
v) Endorsement on the application
by a club official authorised by the
SCB that, in the opinion of that
official, the applicant is capable
of controlling a motorcycle.
3.3.0.2 A first time licence applicant must undertake
a test of knowledge of these Rules
3.4
licensing
3.2
be a permanent resident eligible for Medicare,
or hold a licence have a clearance from their
FMN with insurance to FIM standard and
produce a start permission.
A competition licensee from any country in
which there is an FMN recognised by the FIM:
a) May compete in Australia as if that person
were a competition licencee under these
Rules, but
b) Must compete at the level, or its nearest
equivalent, endorsed on that person’s
licence, and
c) May not compete unless and until that
person satisfies the Steward of a meeting
in which that person seeks to participate
that that person is appropriately insured
and is authorised by that FMN.
No person other than a licencee competing
under the previous Rule may be issued with
a competition licence unless that person is a
member of a Club. This rule does not apply to
applicants for a Recreational and Single Use
Recreational Licence.
MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may issue a
competition licence to any person. The form of
a competition licence will be as prescribed in
by-laws.
MA may issue international licences on behalf of
FIM to holders of a current national licence with
insurance to FIM standard.
3
3
3.1.2.10
Licensing - Juniors
3.4.0.1 An application for a Junior competition
licence, other than a 1 meeting licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
ii) Proof of the age of the applicant,
iii) Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription, and
iv) The prescribed fee.
v) Proof that the applicant has meet 5353
3
the requirements of the Junior
Coaching Program (JCP) GCR
3.8
vi) Written authorisation of at least 1
of the applicant’s parents or the
legal guardian of the applicant.
v) Proof of current club membership.
3.4.0.2 No applicant will be issued with their first
competition licence if they are under the
age of 7 years.
3.4.0.3 All Junior competitors:
a) Must produce their JCP logbook
upon demand to any key official
during any meeting
b) If unable to produce their JCP
logbook, complete a declaration
certifying their compliance with the
logbook requirement of these Rules
accompanied by the prescribed fee.
3.5
54
enjoy the ride
licensing
Licensing - Entrants
3.5.0.1 A person or body corporate may not enter
any rider to participate in any competition
unless that person or body corporate is
licensed as an Entrant.
3.5.0.2 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may
issue an Entrant’s licence to any person
or body corporate. The form of an
Entrant’s licence will be as prescribed in
by-laws.
3.5.0.3 An application for an Entrant’s licence
and for renewal thereof, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form, and
c) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee.
3.5.0.4 On receipt of an application for the issue
or renewal of an Entrant’s licence, the
SCB may:
a) Issue or renew the licence
unconditionally,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
c) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions as it thinks fit.
3.5.0.5 An applicant for an Entrant’s licence who
is aggrieved by a decision of the SCB
under the previous GCR may appeal to
the appellate body of the SCB.
3.5.0.6 An entrant’s licence continues in force for
12 months from the date of issue.
3.6
Licensing - Speedway Mechanics
3.6.0.1 A person may not work as a Mechanic for
any rider in any Speedway competition
unless that person:
a) Is licensed as a mechanic,
b) Is not less than 16 years of age,
3.6.0.2 MA, or an SCB on behalf of MA, may
issue a mechanic’s licence to any person.
The form of a mechanic’s licence will be
as prescribed in by-laws.
3.6.0.3 An application for a mechanic’s licence
and for renewal thereof, must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or
Territory in which the applicant
ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
ii) Proof of the age of the applicant,
iii) Proof the applicant has current
ambulance subscription, and
iv) The prescribed fee.
3.6.0.4 On receipt of an application for the issue
or renewal of a Mechanic’s licence the
SCB may:
a) Issue or renew the licence
unconditionally,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
c) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions, as it thinks fit.
3.6.0.5 An applicant for a Mechanic’s licence
who is aggrieved by a decision of the
SCB under the previous GCR may
appeal to the appellate body of that SCB.
3.6.0.6 A Mechanic’s licence continues in force
for 12 months from the date of issue.
3.6.0.7 A Mechanic’s licensee must:
a) Carry the licence at all times during
any meeting,
b) Produce the licence on demand to
any key official during any meeting,
3.6.0.8 If unable to produce the licence, complete
a declaration certifying compliance with
the licence requirements of these Rules
and forthwith pay the prescribed nonproduction fee
3.7
LICENCE ISSUING & RENEWALS
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
3.7.0.1 Senior - An application for renewal of a Senior
competition licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in
which the applicant ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form.
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
ii) The licence to be renewed,
iii) Proof the applicant has a current
ambulance subscription, and
iv) The prescribed fee
v) Proof of current club membership.
3.7.0.2 Junior - An application for renewal of a Junior
competition licence must:
a) Be to the SCB of the State or Territory in
which the applicant ordinarily resides,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by:
i) 2 passport photographs of the
applicant,
ii) The licence to be renewed,
iii) Proof in the JCP logbook of the
required coaching hours having been
completed,
iv) Proof the applicant has a current
ambulance subscription, and
v) The prescribed fee,
vi) Proof of current club membership.
3.7.0.3 On receipt of an application for the issue or
renewal of a competition licence the SCB may:
a) Delay the issue or renewal for no more
than 14 days,
b) Issue or renew the licence unconditionally,
c) Refuse to issue or renew the licence, or
d) Issue or renew the licence on such terms
and conditions as it thinks fit.
3.8
JUNIOR COACHING PROGRAM
3.8.0.1 To obtain a competition licence, Junior riders (7
to under 16) must
a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours of
coaching by an accredited coach in the
required modules (Kick Start), and
b) Complete the written assessment.
3.8.0.2 To renew a licence, Junior riders must:
a) Undertake a minimum of 5 hours
coaching each year until they reach the
age of 16, and
b) Maintain a log book recording their coaching
hours – refer GCR 3.8.2, 3.8.4.
3
licensing
3.8.1
125cc/150cc and 250cc Endorsement
3.8.1.1 A rider wishing to compete on a
125cc/150cc 2-stroke or a 250cc 4-stroke
machine must undertake a minimum of
5 hours coaching on those respective
machines.
3.8.1.2 A rider who is endorsed for 125cc/150cc
2-stroke must receive a separate
endorsement for a 250cc 4-stroke and
vice versa before being able to compete
on those machines.
3.8.1.3 The coaching required for a 125cc/150cc
2-stroke or a 250cc 4-stroke endorsement
can be undertaken 3 months prior to
the rider’s birthday that allows them to
compete on either machine.
3.8.1.4 The minimum of 5 hours coaching
required for a 125cc/150cc 2-stroke and
250cc 4-stroke endorsement will count
toward the coaching required under GCR
3.8.0.1.
3.8.2
Coaching Delivery
3.8.2.1 Riders in a coaching session must
a) Have a licence as defined in GCR 3.1.2, or
b) Be participating in a session exclusively
for the purposes of obtaining a licence for
the first time.
3.8.2.2 Licence holders may not participate in a
JCP coaching session with non-licence
holders.
3.8.3
Junior Coaching Program Log Book
3.8.3.1 All Junior competitors will be issued with a
log book which includes:
a) Name, address and date of birth,
b) Provision to record training/coaching
hours and modules to obtain a
competition licence,
c) Provision to record Licence
assessment results,
d) Licence number,
e) Special medical conditions,
f) Ambulance subscription,
g) Provision of injury details (where
transported to hospital), and
h) Provision to record penalties (to be
countersigned by the Steward and
Clerk of Course)
3.8.3.2 A rider wishing to take out a 1 event
competition licence must produce a
log book to demonstrate they have
completed
he JCP requirements.
5555
4
enjoy the ride
competitions
4
4.1
COMPETITIONS
VENUES
4.1.1
Register of Venues
4.1.1.1 Each SCB must, for its area of
responsibility, establish and maintain a
register of:
a) Permanent venues, and
b) Temporary venues for special events
which may be altered by the addition,
removal or modification of, any 1 or more
venues.
4.1.2
Venue Inspectors
4.1.2.1 An RCB may appoint venue inspectors
whose responsibilities are:
a) To inspect venues,
b) To ensure that venues comply with
any standards established under
these Rules, and
c) To make recommendations for the
issue of licences for venues.
4.1.3
The Licensing of Venues
4.1.3.1 No venue may be operated without a
venue licence.
4.1.3.2 An application for the issue of a venue
licence must be in the prescribed form to
the RCB.
4.1.3.3 The RCB may, in respect of a venue:
a) Issue a licence subject to such terms
and conditions as it thinks fit or may
refuse to issue a licence, and
b) Revoke or suspend a venue licence
if the venue licensee fails to comply
with the licence or any condition.
4.1.3.4 During each competition or other
permitted event the venue licence
must be prominently displayed in the
administration area of the event together
with a plan of the venue and the GPS coordinates for the location of the venue.
4.1.3.5 Any Support person who enters a licensed
venue or who otherwise participates
(in whatever manner and actively or
passively) in a competition under these
GCR is bound by these GCR and any SR
in force for that competition.
4.1.4
Notices to the Public
4.1.4.1
At all meetings to which the public have
56
4.1.4.2
4.1.4.3
4.1.4.4
4.1.4.5
4.1.4.6
4.2
access, other than events on a public
road, the standard notice [shown on
opposite page] warning the public that
a motorcycle competition is in progress
shall be prominently displayed. The
sign shall measure 550mm x 450mm,
minimum.
Wherever at such meetings, it is
considered desirable by the Promoters of
the meetings, or is a condition of the grant
of a Venue Licence that the public shall be
excluded from a certain area, the standard
form of notice prohibiting the public from
access to that area [shown on opposite
page] shall be prominently displayed. The
sign shall measure 550mm x 450mm
No other form of notice for warning the
public generally or for prohibiting access
to certain areas shall be displayed.
The standard form of notice measures
550mm x 450mm.
A sign must be prominently displayed
in pit areas [shown on opposite page]
warning that the carrying or consumption
of alcoholic beverages by all personnel
in the area is prohibited. The sign shall
measure 550mm x 450mm.
At the entrances to any venue a
Promoter must prominently display the
sign entitled ‘Notice’[shown on opposite
page]. The sign shall measure 550mm
x 450mm.
Pit areas must be clearly defined. A
Promoter must prominently display the
sign [shown on opposite page] at the
entrance to the pit area. The sign shall
measure 550mm x 450mm.
The Promotion and Conduct of
Competitions
4.2.1 Authority to Promote
4.2.1.1 Subject to these Rules, competitions may
be promoted or conducted by:
a) A Controlling Body, or
b) A Promoter.
4.2.1.2 Promoters must be affiliated to the RCB:
a) Where an SCB is the RCB,
Promoters must affiliate with an SCB,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
4
coMpetItIons
WARNING TO THE PUBLIC
Motor racing is DANGEROUS, and spectators attending this track do so entirely at their own
risk. It is a condition of admission that all persons having a connection with the promotion,
and/or organisation, and/or conduct of the meeting, including the owners of the land and
the riders and owners of vehicles and passengers in the vehicles, are absolved from all
liability arising out of the accidents causing damage or personal injury to spectators or ticket
holders, except where due care and skill has not been exercised.
notice 4.1.4.1
PROHIBITED AREA
The Public is not permitted in this area.
notice 4.1.4.2
WARNING
The carrying or consumption of alcoholic beverages
in the pit area is prohibited.
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
notice 4.1.4.4
NOTICE
No Animals Allowed.
Guide Dogs Excepted
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
The riding of motorcycles in the pit area is only
allowed in marked access lanes.
By Order,
Motorcycling Australia Ltd
4.2.1.3
4.2.2
4.2.2.1
4.2.2.2
b) Where MA is the RCB, Promoters
must affiliate with MA if they have not
already affiliated with an SCB.
SCBs must notify MA of the details of
affiliated Promoters within 1 month of
them affiliating.
Competition Permits
No competition may be promoted or
conducted without a competition permit.
An application for a competition permit
must be in the prescribed form to the RCB
and must:
a) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
b) For any meeting forming part of
an Australian Championship, be
submitted at least 3 months before
the date set for the meeting,
4.2.2.3
notice 4.1.4.5
notice 4.1.4.6
c) For International meetings (i.e.
involving licensees from federations
other than MA and MNZ), MA series
or National meetings, be submitted
at least 8 weeks before the date set
for the meeting,
d) For any other meeting, be submitted
at least 14 days before the date set
for the meeting,
e) Be accompanied by proposed SR,
and
f) Identify the proposed venue.
An RCB may issue a competition permit
subject to terms and conditions or may
refuse to issue a permit.
a) At the time of issue of a competition
permit to a Promoter, the RCB may
require the Promoter to deposit with
57
the RCB a bond which:
4
enjoy the ride
competitions
i) Is equivalent to the prize money,
ii) Is an estimate by the RCB of the
gate levy payable.
b) Where a bond is not required, the
RCB will assume responsibility for
the prize money.
c) A permit must not be issued unless
the Promoter making application is
insured to the satisfaction of the RCB.
4.2.2.4 Where any of the conditions of a
competition permit are not satisfied the
RCB may revoke the permit.
4.2.2.5 The permit for an event must be
prominently displayed in the administration
area of the event.
4.2.3
Refund of Permit Fees
4.2.3.1 If a meeting does not take place, any fee
paid for the permit must be repaid unless
in the opinion of the RCB, the meeting did
not take place because of the conduct of
the permit holder. In that event, the RCB
may withhold the refund wholly, or in part
at its discretion.
4.2.4
Forfeiture of Permit
4.2.4.1 A Promoter will be liable to forfeit a permit
if the Promoter breaches any of these
Rules, and in all things done in relation
to a meeting, must comply with, and is
bound by:
a) These Rules,
b) All conditions of the permit,
c) Any SR, and
d) All venue safety and other standards
proclaimed under these Rules.
4.2.5
The Appointment of Officials
4.2.5.1 A meeting must not take place unless
there are at least the following officials
present:
a) A Steward, a Jury, or a Referee,
b) A Clerk of Course,
c) A Race Secretary,
d) A Scrutineer.
4.2.5.2 Officials for Australian Championships
forming a series must:
a) In respect of Stewards, Juries and
Race Directors, be appointed by MA,
b) In respect of all other key officials, Chief
Marshals, eligibility Scrutineers and chief
technical Scrutineers, be nominated by
the host SCB for MA approval.
58
c) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
4.2.5.3 Officials for Australian Championships
which do not form part of a series must:
a) In respect of Stewards, Jury
Presidents and eligibility Scrutineers
be appointed by MA,
b) In respect of all other key officials,
Chief Marshals and chief technical
Scrutineers be appointed by the
host SCB,
c) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
4.2.5.4 Officials for meetings controlled by MA
which are not Australian Championships
must:
a) In respect of Stewards, be appointed
by MA,
b) In respect of all other officials, be
appointed by the Promoter.
4.2.5.5 Officials for meetings controlled by SCBs
will be appointed in accordance with the
by laws of the host SCB.
4.2.6
Competitions between Categories of
Machine
4.2.6.1 In respect of any competition:
a) Unless otherwise provided for by
these Rules or any relevant SR, no
2 machines of a different category
may compete in any event,
b) No competition may be conducted
under these Rules between a
motorcycle and any other vehicle.
4.2.7 Invitations for Entries
4.2.7.1 A Promoter may invite and receive
entries to any competition authorised by
the permit. Every invitation to enter and
every entry form sent out to a potential
participant must:
a) Specify the closing date for
applications to enter,
b) Specify the amount of the entry fee,
c) Be accompanied by a copy of the
SR for the competition.
4.2.8 Applications for Entries
4.2.8.1 A competition licensee wishing to
participate in a meeting may apply to
enter the meeting. The application must:
a) Be in the prescribed form and
contain the prescribed information,
b) Be accompanied by the prescribed
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
fee,
c) If required by the RCB, be
accompanied by a medical
certificate that the applicant is fit to
participate in the meeting,
d) Contain no false or misleading
information,
e) Comply with the SR for the meeting.
4.2.8.2 The Promoter to whom such an
application is submitted may accept or
reject it and, if the application is rejected,
must inform the applicant of the rejection.
4.2.9 Responsibilities of Promoters
4.2.9.1 A Promoter, on or before the day of the
meeting must:
a) Publish a program which must
contain:
i) The names of all competitors and
the identity of each competitor’s
entrant, club and State,
ii) The identification number of
each competitor and motorcycle,
iii) Any applicable starting position
and handicap,
iv) The status and identity of all key
officials,
v) All relevant information about the
events to be conducted.
vi)A welcome message from
an MA Representative for
Australian Championships.
b) Provide copies of the program
to all key officials, entrants and
competitors.
c) Appoint officials and in so doing
may appoint assistant pit and flag
marshals who need not be the
holders of officials’ licences. No
assistant pit or flag marshal may
carry out any duty unless directly
supervised by a licensed official.
d) Provide fire extinguishers to the
satisfaction of the RCB,
e) Where MA is the RCB, at any event
where speed is the determining
factor, provide an ambulance which
is,
i) Permitted to transport injured
persons on public roads, and
ii) Staffed by paramedics.
f) At all other events where speed is
the determining factor provide, to
4.2.9.2
4.2.9.3
4.2.9.4
4.2.9.5
4
competitions
the satisfaction of the SCB:
i) An ambulance, or
ii) First aid vehicle, or
iii) A medical room, which may be
mobile.
g) Ensure medical facilities are
operated by qualified first aid
personnel.
h) Ensure that:
i) At Speedway / Track events
spectators are not permitted
inside the circuit,
ii) At all other events spectators are
not permitted in areas which may
endanger themselves or riders.
iii) The nearest police station and
the nearest hospital to the event
is notified that the event is to take
place. This notification must be
given at least 21 days prior to the
event.
A Promoter must, no more than 21 days
after a meeting pay all fees, traveling
and accommodation expenses due to
Controlling Bodies, riders and officials in
respect of that meeting.
A Promoter is responsible for the payment
of all officials’ fees and expenses other
than the Steward’s fee and any costs
associated with the Race Director.
Unless otherwise instructed by the RCB,
a Promoter must, no more 7 days after the
results have been declared official, pay all
prize monies and prizes due to the riders.
At events where drug or fuel testing has
taken place an RCB may instruct the
Promoter to delay payments of prize monies
until the results of those tests are published.
4.2.10 Betting at Meetings
4.2.10.1 No person involved in the conduct of any
meeting may conduct any bet or wager at
a competition in respect of that meeting.
4.2.11 Results
4.2.11.1 As soon as practicable and no more than
5 days after the completion of a meeting,
the Steward must send the results to the
RCB.
4.2.11.2 Unless and until all protests and
appeals arising from a meeting are
finally determined, the results will be
provisional.
4.2.11.3 In respect of any provisional results, any 59
4
enjoy the ride
competitions
public announcement or advertisement
concerning those results must state that
they are provisional and are subject to
official confirmation.
4.2.11.4 As soon as practicable and no more than
5 days after the final determination of all
protests and appeals in relation to any
meeting, the RCB must announce that the
results are final.
4.2.11.5 A meeting will commence and conclude at
the times fixed by the Steward.
4.2.12
Results in Australian Championships and
MA Series
4.2.12.1 Results in any Australian titled event or
MA series event:
a) Must be faxed or e-mailed to MA by
the Steward by 9am on the Monday
next following the event, and
b) Must include the names of all
finishers in the event.
4.2.13 Supplementary Regulations [SR]
4.2.13.1 An RCB may make SR, which must
be consistent with these Rules, for the
purposes of the promotion and conduct of
any competition.
4.2.13.2 SR:
a) Have the force and effect of these
Rules,
b) Must comply, as closely as possible,
with the model SR in Appendix 2;
c) Must be printed and in the prescribed
form,
d) Must be delivered to those persons
or bodies whom the RCB considers
necessary to enable the competition
to be conducted fairly and efficiently,
e) Must be published and displayed
in a place to which officials and
competitors have reasonable access,
f) Must not be amended after delivery
and publication in accordance with
this GCR unless, in the opinion of the
Steward, exceptional circumstances
arise requiring amendments.
4.2.13.3 SR for competitions may must prescribe:
a) Venue descriptions,
b) Dates, times and places of
competitions,
c) Entry times, methods and forms,
d) Competitor and other numbers and
number plates,
60
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
Methods of machine examination,
Methods of practicing and qualifying,
Methods of starting and finishing,
Flags and signals,
Competition officials,
Entry and other fees,
Prizes and trophies,
Competition formats,
Methods of scoring,
Timetables,
Such other facts, matters or things
as are necessary to ensure the fair
and safe conduct of competitions.
4.2.13.4 SR bind Support persons. Delivery,
publication or display of SR in accordance
with GCR 4.2.13.2(d) or (e) shall be
deemed delivery, publication and display
of the SR to Support persons
4.2.14 Supplementary Regulations for Australian
Championships & MA Series
4.2.14.1 A draft of proposed SR for an Australian
Championship and MA series must be
sent to MA in electronic form (disc or
email) at least 3 months prior to the date
of the event.
4.3
Offences
4.3.1
List of Offences
4.3.1.1 Any Promoter, licensee or Support person,
who:
a) Breaches any of these Rules, or any SR,
b) Acts in a manner which is prejudicial
to the sport or breaches the Code of
Conduct,
c) Behaves in an offensive or abusive
manner toward any competitor or
any official exercising authority under
these Rules,
d) Bribes or attempts to bribe, directly
or indirectly, any competitor,
Controlling Body, appellate body or
official exercising authority under
these Rules,
e) Offers, receives or offers to receive,
directly or indirectly, any bribe
in respect of the exercise of any
authority under these Rules,
f) Enters, or attempts to enter, any
ineligible person, body or machine in
any competition,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
g) Acts in a reckless or dangerous
manner while competing.
h) Disobeys the lawful direction, order
or requirement of any Controlling
Body, appellate body, inspector or
official under these Rules.
i) Obstructs or misleads any official in
the exercise of any of the powers
and duties conferred on that official
by these Rules,
j) Assaults any competitor or any
official exercising authority under
these Rules,
k) Without reasonable cause, fails
to participate in a competition for
which entrant fees have been paid
by or on behalf of that person or
body or in the case of Speedway a
competitor who has nominated for
that competition,
l) Does any act, the direct or indirect
purpose of which is to breach
or cause to be breached any
agreement between any Promoter,
entrant, or rider in respect of any
competition,
m) Participates in any competition for
which that person or body has failed
to complete an entry form or pay
entrant fees,
n) Being a Promoter advertises, and/
or programs riders who have not
entered the meeting,
o) Being a Promoter, club, entrant,
or rider knowingly publishes false
information concerning the results of
any competition,
p) Promotes, participates in, or
officiates at any competition which is
capable of being sanctioned by MA
but which is not authorized under
these Rules,
q) Uses other than the prescribed fuel
in any competition,
r) Fails to comply with the direction of
an authorised official to submit to a
fuel test under these Rules,
s) Being an entrant causes or permits
the rider entered by the entrant, or
any Support person of that rider not
to comply with these rules
t) Being a competitor where any of
their Support persons fails to comply
4
competitions
with any of these Rules
u) Commits a doping offence under
MA’s Anti-Doping Policy,
v) Being an official who knowingly:
i) Signs a record of measurement
as a personal record when it was
not,
ii) Assists in the promotion or
conduct of any competition which
is not authorised under these
Rules, or
iii) Fails to comply with these Rules,
is liable to be penalised under these
Rules.
4.3.1.2 Should a Support person breach any rule,
the entrant, rider, licensee or competitor,
may in addition to the Support person
be held responsible and sanctioned in
accordance with these GCR.
4.3.1.3 Subject to Rule 4.3.1.4, a prosecution for
any alleged offence under Rule 4.3.1.1
committed during the course of a meeting
must:
a) If instituted by the Clerk of Course,
be:
i) Heard and determined by the
Clerk of Course, or
ii) Referred to the Steward, or
b) If instituted by the Steward, be
i) Heard and determined by the
Steward, or
ii) Referred to the RCB, or
c) If instituted by a duly appointed
Inspector, be heard and determined
by the RCB.
4.3.1.4 A prosecution for any alleged offence
under GCR 4.3.1.1 committed during the
course of a meeting being part of an MA
Series must:
a) If instituted by the Clerk of the
Course, be:
i) Heard and determined by the
Clerk of Course, or
ii) Referred to the Steward, or
b) If instituted by the Race Director; be
referred to the Steward, or
c) If instituted by the Steward, be
i) Heard and determined by the
Steward, or
ii) Referred to the RCB, or
d) If instituted by a duly appointed
61
4
Inspector, be heard and determined
by the RCB.
4.3.2 Imposition of Penalties during Events
4.3.2.1 In any event during the course of a
meeting, a Steward or Clerk of Course
may fine, exclude, impose penalty or time
points on, or relegate, any competitor, if:
a) The whole or any part of that
competitor’s machine has left
the track and thereby gained an
advantage, unless such action was:
i) For the safety of other competitors, or
ii) Due to the action of other
competitors,
b) The competitor has gained an
advantage as a result of an unfair
start,
c) The competitor has been guilty of
unfair or unsafe conduct.
d) The competitor receives outside
assistance other than:
i) By a relevant official at the start of
an event, or
ii) In the interests of safety,
e) The competitor’s machine is
dangerous,
f) The competitor’s machine does not
comply with the requirements of
these Rules or any SR,
g) The competitor has unreasonably
refused to submit to a medical test
required by the Steward under these
Rules,
h) The competitor, or the competitor’s
team, has breached the refueling
Rule.
4.3.2.2 For the purposes of GCR 4.3.2.1, outside
assistance includes radio communication,
provided that SR may permit outside
assistance.
4.3.2.3 No person may protest against, or appeal
from, a decision to impose a penalty
during an event.
4.3.2.4 For the purpose of this GCR a decision
does not operate as such unless and until
it is notified to the competitor affected by
it or to that competitor’s team, providing
such notification is practicable within the
context of the event.
62
enjoy the ride
competitions
4.3.3
Hearing and Determination of Charges
during Meetings
4.3.3.1 In any proceeding relating to the imposition
of penalties for offences committed during
the course of a meeting:
a) The Steward or Clerk of Course:
i) May act on their own initiative,
ii) May act on such information and
in such manner as they think fit
having regard to the conduct for
which a penalty is to be imposed,
iii) Must, in respect of all prosecutions
other than those under GCR
4.3.2, conduct a hearing,
iv) Must, as soon as practicable
after determining the penalty,
inform the competitor and the
competitor’s team of the penalty
imposed, and
v) May not impose any fine greater
than the maximum prescribed in
by-laws.
b) No person may be represented by a
legal practitioner.
4.3.4
Inspectors
4.3.4.1 A Controlling Body may, by written
authority, appoint Inspectors.
4.3.4.2 The powers and duties of Inspectors are:
a) To institute prosecutions for
offences under these Rules other
than offences alleged to have been
committed by competitors during the
course of a event, and
b) To collect and collate evidence
reasonably required for the
preparation of any prosecutions
under these Rules, and to present
such evidence to the RCB,
c) To investigate the conduct
of meetings and make
recommendations to the RCB.
4.3.4.3 In performing duties under these Rules,
an Inspector:
a) May ask questions and give
directions as reasonably required,
b) Must comply with all directions of
any appellate body, and
c) Must maintain proper and accurate
records of all investigations
undertaken and any proceedings
arising therefrom.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
4.3.5
Charges
4.3.5.1 Charges for offences under these Rules,
other than by Stewards, Race Director or
Clerks of Course may only be instituted by
Inspectors.
4.3.5.2 In relation to any charge instituted by an
Inspector:
a) The offence will not be taken to have
been committed unless proved to the
satisfaction of the RCB,
b) The person charged may be
represented by a legal practitioner
or other advocate or may be
unrepresented,
c) The person charged may:
i) Give evidence,
ii) Call any witness,
iii) Produce any exhibit, or
iv) remain silent, and no adverse
inference may be drawn from the
exercise of the right of silence.
d) The RCB must
i) Have regard to the principles set
out in the next GCR,
ii) Deliver written reasons for the
finding to the person charged,
whether of guilty or innocent, and
any penalty imposed.
e) The RCB may refer charges to its
appellate body.
4.3.6
Penalties
4.3.6.1 In imposing any penalty, the Steward,
Clerk of Course, RCB or the appellate
body must have regard to the following
principles:
a) No penalty should be imposed
unless and until the offender has
been given the opportunity to make
representations as to the nature and
extent of the penalty,
b) In ordinary circumstances a single
penalty should be imposed for a
single offence,
c) The punishment for an offence
should be commensurate with the
gravity and effects of the offence,
d) The interests of the sport are
paramount,
e) The severity of penalties imposed
on an individual should increase if
that individual continues to commit
4.3.6.2
4.3.6.3
4.3.6.4
4.3.6.5
4.3.6.6
4.3.6.7
4
competitions
offences against these Rules,
f) Mitigating factors put by, or on behalf
of an offender, must be taken into
account, as must the effects on
others of the actions of the offender.
The Clerk of Course may impose the
following penalties for any offence
committed under these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $1,000,
c) Relegation,
d) Exclusion.
e) Removal or ejection from the
venue
The Steward may impose the following
penalties for any offence committed under
these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $2,000,
c) Relegation,
d) Exclusion,
e) Suspension of no more than 6
months.
f) Removal or ejection from the venue
The RCB may impose the following
penalties for any offence committed under
these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $5,000,
c) Relegation,
d) Exclusion,
e) Suspension of no more than 24
months.
The RCB may determine a period during
which a licence will not be issued to
persons falsely completing a licence
declaration under GCR 3.1.1.9. b).
An appellate body may impose the
following penalties for any offence
committed under these Rules:
a) A reprimand,
b) A fine no greater than $10,000,
c) Relegation,
d) Exclusion,
e) Suspension,
f) Disqualification.
In imposing a penalty under these Rules
an appellate body may:
a) Fix a time for payment of any fine,
63
b) Suspend the operation of any
4
competitions
penalty unconditionally or subject to
terms and conditions,
c) Fix a time for the commencement
of any penalty, but in the absence
of such fixing, the penalty will
commence from the moment of its
pronouncement,
d) Impose such conditions as are in the
circumstances just and expedient,
e) Require the offender to deliver any
document, record, material, object,
piece of equipment, machine or
thing as is reasonably necessary to
ensure:
i) That the penalty is carried into full
force and effect,
ii) That all persons or bodies
affected are made aware of the
penalty, and
iii) That any consequential orders or
directions are complied with.
f) Make such consequential orders
or directions as the appellate body
considers necessary and reasonable
for the full and effectual operation of
the penalty.
4.3.6.8 Unless otherwise ordered:
a) Every decision of an appellate body
will take effect from the moment of
pronouncement of the penalty,
b) The operation of a decision of an
appellate body will be suspended
upon the lodging of a notice of
appeal against the decision.
4.3.7
Penalties – Juniors
4.3.7.1 The Steward may fine or exclude any
junior competitor for the actions of the
agents or parents of the competitor.
4.3.8
Default Penalties
4.3.8.1 Any person or body having power to
impose any fine under these Rules must
fix a time within which the fine is to be
paid.
4.3.8.2 An RCB may impose, as a penalty in
default of payment of the fine within
that time, a penalty of suspension or
disqualification, which may be double
the period the payment of the fine was in
default.
4.3.9
Tests for Prohibited Substances
4.3.9.1 A person who commits a doping offence
64
contrary to the MA Anti-Doping Policy
enjoy the ride
[Chapter 11] will be sanctioned by MA
in accordance with that policy which is
published in this manual.
4.3.9.2 For the purposes of this GCR:
a) An SCB may, by instrument in
writing, delegate to MA its authority
to administer tests under this GCR,
and in that case, MA will be deemed
to be the RCB in relation to the
administration of tests,
b) The RCB is responsible for the
receipt of the results of tests.
4.3.10 Prohibited substances
4.3.10.1 Refer to the World Anti-Doping Agency
(WADA) Prohibited List under Chapter 11
for prohibited substances.
4.3.11 Fines
4.3.11.1 Fines are payable to the RCB.
4.3.12 Suspension and Disqualification
4.3.12.1 An order for suspension of any person
or body will operate throughout the
period thereof so as to prevent that
person or body from participating in any
competition.
4.3.12.2 An order for suspension or disqualification
from competition may operate so as to
prevent from participation in competition
a machine or machines of a particular
manufacturer provided that no such order
may be made unless the appellate body
is satisfied that the offence or offences
leading to the making of the order were
committed with the knowledge, or at the
instigation, of the manufacturer or the
manufacturer’s agent.
4.3.12.3 Any person or body who is the subject of:
a) An order of exclusion, or
b) An order for suspension or
disqualification for any offence
committed at, connected with, or
arising from, any competition;
is liable to forfeit the right to receive
or retain any award, trophy or prize in
respect of that competition.
4.3.12.4 If any penalty imposed alters the result
of any competition, the RCB must, as
soon as practicable after being notified
of the penalty, alter the record of that
competition so as to reflect the alteration.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
5
5.1
5
protests and appeals
PROTESTS AND APPEALS
Protests
5.1.1 Right of Protest
5.1.1.1 With the exception of penalties imposed
during an event any entrant or competitor
may protest:
a) Against a decision to reject an
application by a competition
licence holder to compete in any
competition,
b) Against a decision, action or
determination of any official,
c) Against the action or conduct of any
other competitor, entrant, mechanic
or team member during the course
of any event.
5.1.1.2 Any protest must:
a) Be in writing,
b) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee which will be refunded if the
protest is upheld, or if not must be
remitted to the RCB ,
c) Be made to a Steward of the
relevant meeting,
d) Comply with the following time limits:
i) For a protest under sub Rules a)
and b) of the previous Rule, as
soon as practicable after being
informed of the decision,
ii) For a protest under sub Rule c)
of the previous Rule, no more
than 30 minutes after the action
or conduct,
iii) For a protest under sub-Rule c)
in a Speedway or Supercross
meeting, no more than 5 minutes
after the action or conduct.
5.1.2 Protest Hearings
5.1.2.1 A Steward must hear and determine any
protest and must notify the outcome to
the protester, and any person materially
affected, within a reasonable time.
5.1.2.2 A Steward may refer any question raised
in any protest, or the protest itself, to the
relevant appellate body and must:
a) Notify such referral to the protester,
and to any person materially
affected by the protest,
b) Provide to the appellate body all
evidence and exhibits submitted
to the Steward in relation to that
protest,
c) Comply with all directions and
instructions of the appellate body.
5.1.2.3 In hearing and determining any protest, a
Steward may:
a) Direct any reasonable alteration or
modification to any course,
b) Alter or amend any program,
c) Overrule, vary or amend any
decision or direction of an official,
d) Substitute for any decision of an
official, the decision of the Steward
with or without conditions,
e) Give such directions, instructions or
orders as the Steward thinks fit for
the efficient and fair conduct of any
competition,
f) Alter, vary or amend the result of, or
prize for, any competition,
g) Do whatever is necessary for the
proper consideration of the protest.
5.1.2.4 In hearing and determining any protest,
a Steward must apply the following
principles:
a) The protester and any person
materially affected or likely to be
so affected by the outcome of the
protest must be notified of the protest
and the time and place fixed for the
hearing,
b) The determination of the protest
must be in writing and published
to the protester and any person
affected by the determination,
c) The principles of natural justice must
apply,
d) The protester and any person
materially affected or likely to be
so affected by the determination
may not be represented by a legal
practitioner,
e) The Steward is not bound by the
rules of evidence and may be
informed of facts in such manner as
the Steward thinks fit,
6565
5
enjoy the ride
protests and appeals
f) The Steward must determine the
protest according to equity, good
conscience and the substantial
merits of the case,
g) Unless otherwise ordered, every
decision made by a Steward will
take effect from the moment of
pronouncement of the decision.
5.1.3
Protests - Juniors
5.1.3.1 In addition to the Rules regulating the
making of protests in all competitions,
Juniors must comply with the following:
a) A protest may only be made by a
competitor,
b) The competitor must indicate the
protest to an official prior to returning
to the pits,
c) The Clerk of Course must designate
an area, to be announced at the
riders’ briefing and to be marked by
a purple flag, where an official must
be present to note any indications of
protest,
d) No discussion on the content of the
protest may take place at the marked
position,
e) A competitor who indicates a protest
must return to the pits and present
the protest to the Clerk of Course.
5.2
Appellate bodies
5.2.1
The Appointment of Appellate Bodies
5.2.1.1 Each Controlling Body must appoint a
suitably qualified person or persons as
an appellate body. A person is suitably
qualified if:
a) In the case of an appellate body
consisting of 1 member, that person
is an admitted practitioner of the
Supreme Court of any State or
Territory of Australia, or
b) In the case of an appellate body of
3 members, the chair is held by an
admitted practitioner of the Supreme
Court of any State or Territory of
Australia and the other members
have knowledge of, and experience
in, any aspect of the sport.
5.2.1.2 No person may sit as a member of an
appellate body, hearing any appeal, if that
person has an interest in the outcome of
66
the appeal.
5.2.2
Hearings by Appellate Bodies
5.2.2.1 An appellate body must hear and
determine each appeal and in so doing:
a) Is not bound by the rules of
evidence,
b) May inform itself in such manner as
it thinks fit,
c) Must act according to equity, good
conscience and the substantial
merits of the case,
d) May affirm, quash or vary the
decision appealed against in
such manner and subject to such
conditions as it thinks fit,
e) May not impose any fine greater
than that prescribed in by-laws,
f) Must publish reasons for its decision,
g) May, at its discretion, award such
costs to any party as it thinks fit.
5.2.2.2 An appellate body may not direct that an
event be re-run.
5.2.3
Decisions by Appellate Bodies
5.2.3.1 Unless otherwise ordered:
a) Every decision made by an appellate
body will take effect from the
moment of pronouncement of the
decision,
b) The operation of a decision of an
appellate body will be suspended
upon the lodging of a notice of
appeal against the decision,
5.3appeals
5.3.1
Right to Appeal
5.3.1.1 A person or body having a material
interest in a decision of:
a) A Steward or jury arising from a
protest, or
b) A specialist sub-committee
may appeal to the appellate body of the
RCB.
5.3.1.2 A person or body, including a Steward of
a meeting, having a material interest in a
decision of an SCB or the appellate body
of an SCB, may appeal to the appellate
body of MA.
5.3.2
Commencement of Appeals
5.3.2.1 Appeals must be commenced by notice of
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
appeal which must be:
a) In writing and signed by the
appellant,
b) Lodged with the relevant appellate
body, and
c) Accompanied by the prescribed filing
fee.
5
protests and appeals
5.3.3
Time Limits for Appeals
5.3.3.1 The time for lodging a notice of appeal
is 21 days after the decision has been
notified to the appellant.
5.3.3.2 An appellate body may extend the time for
lodging a notice of appeal if it considers
that it is just and equitable so to do.
5.3.3.3 Unless otherwise directed by the
appellate body, appeals must be heard
and determined no more than 4 months
after lodgment of the notice of appeal.
67
6
6
6.1
JUDICIAL COMMITTEE GUIDELINES
MA HEARING GUIDELINES
6.1.1 Composition of the Committee
6.1.1.1 The Judicial Committee is the National
appellate tribunal of MA.
6.1.1.2 Appointed members of the Committee
must be either:
a) A qualified lawyer; or
b) A person with appropriately
extensive knowledge of, and
experience in the sport.
6.1.1.3 The Committee’s President must be a
qualified lawyer.
6.1.1.4 The Committee sits either as a:
a) Panel of up to 3 members chaired
by a lawyer; or
b) Committee of 1 who must be a lawyer.
6.1.1.5 Matters generally come before the
Committee either as:
a) Appeals from State appellate
tribunals.
b) Appeals from protest hearings,
conducted by Stewards or juries,
where the event is National or is
part of a National series; or
c) As disputed questions on the
interpretation of the GCRs.
68
6.1.2 Notice of Appeal
6.1.2.1 When considering lodging an appeal to
the Committee. it is important to note :
a) The Notice of Appeal must
be lodged at the MA office in
Melbourne.
b) The time limit for the lodging of the
Notice is 21 days from the date
of the written notification of the
decision being appealed.
c) The Notice must be accompanied by
the prescribed lodging fee.
d) There is no particular setting out or
style required, however, the Notice
should specify:
i) The person or body whose
decision is being challenged;
ii) The date and place of the
decision;
68
enjoy the ride
judicial committee guidelines
iii) What the decision was;
iv) A short outline (preferably in point
form) of why the decision is said
to be wrong.
6.1.2.2 A copy of the Notice of Appeal should
be posted to the person or body whose
decision is being challenged.
6.1.3
Conduct of Hearings
6.1.3.1 Hearings are usually, but not always, held
in Melbourne. Interstate telephone hookups are used on occasions.
6.1.3.2 Hearings are normally conducted on a
mid-week evening from 7.00 pm. They
are scheduled, as far as is possible, as
the parties’ request.
6.1.3.3 Hearings generally last 2-3 hours.
6.1.3.4 Parties to an appeal can present their
own case, may choose to be represented
by a lawyer, or they may choose to be
represented by a person who, though not
a lawyer, is familiar with their case and
who can explain it to the Committee.
6.1.3.5 About one third of appellants have legal
representation, another third had nonlegal representation – and the other third
presented their case themselves.
6.1.3.6 Typically, the parties are notified in writing
of the Committee’s decision within 10 to
14 days of the hearing.
6.1.3.7 Written reasons for the Committee’s
decision accompany the decision itself.
Where the Committee sits as a panel
it arrives at 1 decision, i.e. it does not
produce a majority decision and a
dissenting minority decision.
6.1.3.8 When a hearing has concluded there can
be no further communication between the
parties and the Committee.
6.1.3.9 If a party loses an appeal, any request it
may make of the Committee to reconsider
its decision will be ignored.
6.1.3.10 Enquiries and requests about the
scheduling of hearings should be directed
to the MA office (See page 13).
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
6
judicial committee guidelines
69
7 sporting commissions & committees
enjoy the ride
7 SPORTING COMMISSIONS AND COMMITTEES
7.1
Creation of Commissions
7.1.0.1 MA has a Commission structure
comprising the following Commissions:
a) Road Racing ,
b) Motocross & Supercross,
c) Speedway,
d) Enduro,
e) Moto-Trials,
f) Junior Development,
g) Historic Road Racing,
h) Classic MX & Dirt Track,
i) Dirt Track & Track,
j) Women’s.
7.1.0.2 MA has the following Standing Committees:
a) Judicial,
b) Safety.
7.1.0.3 MA has the following Special Subcommittees:
a) Coaching,
b) Officials Training,
c) Rules.
7.2
Structure of the Commissions
7.2.0.1 Membership of Commissions will be a
maximum of 3 persons, unless otherwise
approved by the MA Board.
7.2.0.2 Vacancies must be advertised in the
Motorcycle Press and through SCBs.
Applications to close on the last working
day in September November of each
year.
7.2.0.3 Appointments will be made by the Board.
7.2.0.4 Appointments will be for up to 3 years
with 1 person due for election each year.
7.2.0.5 Casual Vacancies to be appointed by
the Board for the unexpired term of the
retiree’s appointment.
7.2.0.6 Appointments to be based on the ability
to contribute.
7.2.0.7 The Board will appoint the Chairman of
70
each Commission.
7.2.0.8 The Board has the right to dismiss all
or any members of a Commission if
performance is unsatisfactory.
7.2.0.9 Positions on Commissions are honorary.
Approved travel, accommodation and out
of pocket expenses will be met by MA.
7.3
Structure of the Standing
Committees and Special Subcommittees
7.3.0.1 Members of the standing Committees
and special Sub-Committees shall
be appointed by the Board and the
membership shall be reviewed annually
at the MA Annual General Meeting.
7.3.0.2 The structure should generally consist of
3 persons.
7.3.0.3 Applications for Committee positions will
be directed to the Board.
7.3.0.4 Members will generally be selected
because of their expertise and may be
members of the Board.
7.3.0.5 Positions on the standing committees and
special Sub-committees are honorary.
Approved travel, accommodation and out
of pocket expenses will be met by MA.
7.3.0.6 Casual Vacancies to be appointed by
the Board for the unexpired term of the
retiree’s appointment.
7.3.0.7 The Board will appoint Committee chairman.
7.3.0.8 The Board has the right to dismiss
all or any members of a Committee if
performance is unsatisfactory.
7.4
Objectives of the Commissions
7.4.0.1 To assist in the achievement of the
objectives of MA.
7.4.0.2 To encourage growth, development,
participation and safety in motorcycle
sport throughout Australia.
7.4.0.3 To provide an environment for the orderly
and structured consideration and decision
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
7.4.0.4
7.4.0.5
7.4.0.6
7.4.0.7
7.5
7 sporting commissions & committees
making on the specialised aspects of
motorcycle sport.
To enhance the promotion of motorcycling
as a sport.
To enhance the status of National
Championship competitions.
To assist riders selected in teams
competing in International competition to
achieve International rankings.
To assist individual competitors, clubs,
Promoters, SCBs, and other interested
parties wherever possible in their
specialty of the sport.
Commission Terms of Reference
7.5.0.1 Commissions may consider:
a) Sport specific items only, that
is, those that do not affect other
disciplines,
b) Budget,
c) Technical,
d) National Team Selection,
e) International Programs,
f) Other Development.
7.5.1
Responsibilities of the Commissions
7.5.1.1 To be responsible to the Board and to act
in the best interests of MA and the Sport.
7.5.1.2 To keep minutes of all Commission
meetings.
7.5.1.3 To prepare and propose Rules and/or rule
amendments.
7.5.1.4 To assist and advise other Commissions
and Committees.
7.5.1.5 To initiate appropriate strategies to
ensure the development of the particular
discipline of the sport.
7.5.1.6 Where these strategies involve policy
change, the matter must be referred to
the Board
7.5.1.7 To foster the conduct of National
Championships
and
International
competition.
7.5.1.8 To provide a report in writing to the Board
annually.
7.5.1.9 To report as required to the Board.
7.5.1.10 To prepare and maintain a discipline
specific strategic plan.
7.5.1.11 To advise the Board on matters of policy
relevant to commission discipline.
7.5.2
Meetings of the Commissions
7.5.2.1 All meetings and communication between
Commission members shall be held on an
“as needed” basis and as decided by the
Board, but generally 1 meeting per year in
person and at other times by phone linkup, email or facsimile.
7.5.2.2 Communication with the Commissions
will be through the Commissions and
Committees Manager, at the MA Office.
7.5.3
Casual Vacancies
7.5.3.1 Upon being advised of the impending
absence of a Commissioner from a
meeting (including teleconferences) the
Board may appoint a casual replacement.
7.5.3.2 The term of the replacement is not to
exceed the absence of the incumbent
Commissioner.
7.5.4
Powers of the Sporting Commissions
7.5.4.1 To recommend GCR rule changes only
after full consultation with the SCBs and
relevant state sporting Sub-committees.
Communication must be through MA to
the SCBs and then to the relevant state
sporting Sub-committees.
7.5.4.2 To deal with matters within their discipline,
(subject to the overriding control of
the Board), in accordance with the
Constitution. The Board may refer
matters back to the Commissions for
reconsideration.
7.5.4.3 To select teams for international
competitions.
7.5.4.4 The process required to effect a change
of these Rules is shown on page 41.
7171
8
enjoy the ride
national coaching scheme
8NATIONAL COACHING ACCREDITATION SCHEME
8.1
a) Demonstrate practical experience
in relation to motorcycle riding,
together with a sound knowledge of
motorcycle riding technique,
b) Satisfy any pre-requisites for
attending the coaching course
(for example, obtain a General
Principles certificate from the
ASC, achieve the first level of
accreditation prior to progressing to
next level etc.),
c) Attend, complete and successfully
pass all requirements of the
coaching course,
d) Complete any post course
assessment,
e) Show evidence you have satisfied
the necessary Child Protection
legislation in the States and
Territories in which you wish to
coach,
f) Complete and return the appropriate
licence application form to the RCB.
Coaching BACKGROUND
8.1.0.1 Motorcycling Australia (MA) is recognised
by the Australian Sports Commission
(ASC) as a National Sporting Organisation
(NSO). As such, MA is able to register
its coaching courses for accreditation
under the ASC’s National Coaching
Accreditation Scheme (NCAS). MA is in
the process of developing a fourth level
of accreditation and is currently working
towards having all levels of coaching
accreditation formally registered under
the NCAS.
8.1.0.2 The NCAS aims to:
a) Increase confidence and
competence in coaching ability,
b) Increase understanding of coaching
principles and sport science,
enabling a more in-depth approach
to coaching,
c) Encourage the development of
innovative coaching techniques,
d) Improve communication skills of
coaches,
e) Provide a credible education and
training process to attract members,
f) Increase the number of trained
coaches,
g) Provide recognition to coaches.
8.1.1
Recognition as a Motorcycle Sport Coach
8.1.1.1 There are three aspects to being
recognised as a Motorcycle Sport coach
under the NCAS:
a) Gaining a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Accreditation,
b) Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence,
c) Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation - Re-accreditation.
8.1.2
Gaining a Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation
8.1.2.1 In order to gain a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence you will be required to:
72
8.1.3
Maintaining a Motorcycle Sport
Coaching Licence
8.1.3.1 In order to maintain your coaching
licence you will be required to:
a) Complete and return the appropriate
licence application forms to the
RCB in order to keep your coaching
licence up to date,
b) Maintain the necessary Child
Protection legislation in the States
and Territories in which you wish to
coach,
c) Inform your SCB if your contact
details change.
8.1.4
Updating Motorcycle Sport Coaching
Accreditation - Re-accreditation
8.1.4.1 Motorcycle Sport coaching accreditation
lasts for four years. In order to extend the
accreditation period by another four years
(re-accredit) it is necessary to perform
updating activities that develop your
skills as a coach. This includes both sport
specific tasks and general sports tasks.
On the following page is an example
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
8
national coaching scheme
of activities that will count towards your reaccreditation. You have four years in which
to accrue the necessary hours, check with
the RCB for the hours required for reaccreditation:
SPORT SPECIFIC TASKS
Obtain a higher level of coaching accreditation
Attend motorcycling courses
Conduct practical club coaching
Present/lecture at courses
Attend coaching workshops
GENERAL SPORT TASKS
Attend State Department of Sport & Recreation courses
Attend other NCAS courses
Obtain Sport Trainer accreditation
Obtain First Aid Certificate
Obtain CPR accreditation
Obtain an officials accreditation
Attend training camps
Work with a Level 2 coach
73
9
enjoy the ride
national officials scheme
9 NATIONAL OFFICIALS ACCREDITATION SCHEME
9.1
Officials BACKGROUND
One of the recognised keys to the future of
motorcycle sport is the development and training of
officials.
9.1.1
Establishment
9.1.1.1 The National Officials Accreditation
Scheme aims to:
a) Increase confidence and
competence in officiating ability.
b) Improve communication skills.
c) Promote progressive improvement in
officiating knowledge and expertise.
d) Provide a credible education and
training process to attract new
officials and retain existing ones.
e) Ensure a uniform approach to
officiating throughout the country.
9.2
LEVELS OF ACCREDITATION
9.2.1
Level O - Basic Orientation Level
9.2.1.1 In the case where a person does not have
any accreditation, they are recognised as
Level O, and are therefore only qualified
to act as an assistant whilst in training or
assisting at a meeting.
9.2.2
Level 1 - Club Level
9.2.2.1 In order to act as an official at club
level, prospective officials are to
complete a written assessment. The
written assessment is available for
Club Secretaries to distribute or may be
obtained from SCBs.
9.2.2.2 The completed written assessment must be
endorsed by the official’s Club Secretary,
stating the person has competently
performed duties at club level.
9.2.2.3 The completed written assessment and
licence application are to be returned to
the relevant SCB for processing
9.2.2.4 Applicants complete this written
assessment in their own time and may
refer to their GCRs. The questionnaire
comprises 20 multiple choice questions.
This written assessment needs to be
successfully completed by persons
74
wishing to become, an accredited
official.
9.2.2.5 Generally, all current officials are
automatically graded at Level 1
unless application is made for higher
accreditation.
9.2.3 Level 2 - Inter Club/Zone Level
9.2.3.1 To attain this level officials are required
to attend a seminar and successfully
complete the assessment requirements.
9.2.3.2 The seminars are designed to be
practical by nature.
9.2.3.3 Level 2 is the lowest level for accreditation
of a Steward.
9.2.3.4 Applications for Level 1 and 2
accreditation are generally, reviewed by
the SCB Manager. If there is any doubt
as to the experience of the applicant, the
application may be referred to the State
Officials’ Review Panel for final approval.
9.2.4
Level 3 - National Event/State
Championship Level
9.2.4.1 As with Level 2, officials are required
to attend a seminar and successfully
complete the written assessment.
9.2.4.2 All Level 3 applications are reviewed by
the State Officials’ Review Panel before
being granted accreditation at this level.
9.2.5 Level 4 - National Championship Level
9.2.5.1 To achieve Level 4 accreditation as a
Steward, Referee and Clerk of Course,
applicants must attend a Key Officials
Seminar conducted by MA every 4
years and successfully complete the
assessment requirements.
9.2.5.2 Level 4 accreditation for all positions
other than those listed in the previous
GCR is awarded by the National Officials
Subcommittee Committee.
9.2.5.3 Level 4 officials are required to attend
seminars to retain their accreditation.
9.2.6 International (FIM) Accreditation
9.2.6.1 This includes senior officials at
international level.
9.2.6.2 To be accredited at the International
level, an applicant must hold Level 4
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
9
Accreditation and have successfully
completed an FIM Seminar.
FIM
seminars are conducted in Australia as
required to provide officials for World
Championships.
9.3
OFFICIALS LICENSING
9.3.0.1 Licences will be issued by SCBs on
behalf of MA with the exception of Level 4
Stewards, Referees and Clerks of Course
licences which will be issued by MA.
9.3.0.2 The back of the Official’s Licence has a
matrix indicating the disciplines of the
sport and types of accreditation. Numbers
indicating the level/s of accreditation will
be placed in the matrix.
9.3.0.3 It is recommended that all officials be
registered [i.e. hold an official’s licence].
9.3.0.4 Any official who has not been specifically
accredited, by their SCB [or does not
wish to be], should be issued an Official’s
Licence with no accreditation levels,
indicated in the accreditation matrix
on the back of the licence, indicating a
“General” Official’s licence not specifically
accredited for any discipline or category
of the sport, and that the holder must
always act in an assistant capacity.
9.4
NATIONAL OFFICIALS SUBCOMMITTEE GUIDELINES
9.4.0.1 To oversee the setting up in each state of
a State Official’s Panel.
9.4.0.2 To oversee the accreditation procedures
at state level for Levels 1, 2, and 3 and to
confer accreditation at Level 4.
9.4.0.3 To set down guidelines for the conduct of
the seminars at the various levels.
9.4.0.4 To provide input into the setting of the
assessment papers and questionnaires.
9.4.0.5 To provide input for the production of
resource materials.
9.4.0.6 To re-appraise accreditation levels of
poorly performing Level 4 officials.
national officials scheme
9.4.0.7 To liaise with MA, SCBs and Promoters
in the appointment of senior officials at
Australian Championships.
9.4.0.8 To review progress of the Scheme and
make any recommendations for updating
to MA.
9.4.0.9 To arbitrate on any disputes arising over
the Scheme.
9.5
STATE OFFICIALS REVIEW PANEL
GUIDELINES
9.5.0.1 To liaise with MA and the National
Officials Subcommittee Committee.
9.5.0.2 To assess the suitability of Level 2
officials when asked to do so by the SCB.
9.5.0.3 To review and accredit Level 3 officials.
9.5.0.4 To nominate officials for Level 4 to
the National Officials Subcommittee
Committee.
9.5.0.5 To organise and conduct seminars,
venues and presenters within the state
and/or zones.
9.5.0.6 To notify applicants of the success or
otherwise of their application.
9.5.0.7 To establish a timetable of when and how
often the Panel should meet.
9.5.0.8 To review the performance and
accreditation level of officials who do not
maintain the required standard.
9.5.0.9 To re-appraise accreditation levels of
poorly performed officials.
9.5.0.10 Accreditation of Level 1 and 2 officials is
an office function and is at the discretion
of the SCB, provided all necessary
criteria have been met by the applicant.
This eliminates the time-consuming
process for the State Officials’ Review
Panel to review every Level 1 and 2
application.
7575
10
personal accident insurance
enjoy the ride
10 NATIONAL PERSONAL ACCIDENT INSURANCE
10.1
SUMMARY OF POLICY COVERAGE
10.1.0.1
The following is a summary of the policy coverage. Reference should be made to policy documents for
specific details of coverage, terms and conditions. The terms and conditions of the policies will prevail.
10.1.0.2 Covering all: Competitors, Organisers, Officials, Marshals, Licence holders, Members, Volunteers,
Employees, Directors and Committee members of or associated with Motorcycling Australia and
its State bodies whilst competing, engaged in, and/or attending racing events, practice sessions,
functions and other activities officially organised by/or on the business of Motorcycling Australia and
its State bodies. Cover includes travel directly to and from such events from their place of work or
domicile.
10.1.0.3 A claim for the benefits provided must be made within 12 months from the date the injury was suffered.
10.1.0.4 Situation - Anywhere in Australia
10.2
CAPITAL BENEFITS
10.2.0.1 Injury as defined resulting solely and directly and independently of any other cause in:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
76
CLAIM
Quadriplegia or paraplegia
Death
- Under 18 years of age
- If under 18 years of age with full time employment
- All other Insured Persons
Third degree burns and/or resultant disfigurement which covers more than 40% of the entire external body
Permanent Total Disablement
Permanent and Incurable Insanity
Permanent Total Loss of Sight of Both Eyes
Permanent and Incurable Paralysis of all Limbs
Permanent Total Loss of Sight of One Eye
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of one limb
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of two limbs
Permanent Total Loss of Hearing in:
a) Both Ears
b) One Ear
Permanent Total Loss of the Lens of One Eye
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers and thumb of either hand
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers of either hand
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of 4 fingers of either hand:
a) Both Joints
b) One Joint
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of fingers of either hand:
a) Three Joints
b) Two Joints
c) One Joint
Loss of or the Permanent Total Loss of use of toes and disablement of foot:
a) All-one Foot
b) Great-both Joints
c) Great-one Joint
d) Other than great toe, each toe
Fractured leg or patella with established non-union
Shortening of leg by at least 5cm
AWARD
$150,000
$10,000
$75,000
$75,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$50,000
$37,500
$7,500
$25,000
$35,000
$20,000
$15,000
$7,500
$5,000
$3,750
$2,500
$7,500
$2,500
$1,500
$500
$5,000
$3,700
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
20
21
22
23
10
personal accident insurance
Permanent Disability not otherwise provided for under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive. Such percentage of the
Sum Insured as the insurer shall in its absolute discretion determine and being in its opinion not inconsistent with
the benefits provided under Insured Events 3 to 19 inclusive.
Funeral expenses
$2,000
Non-Medicare medical expenses
$5,000
Emergency transport costs for Officials, Marshalls and Volunteers
$10,000
WEEKLY BENEFITS
22.
Weekly Accident Benefits for Marshals and officials who are Income Earners
23.
Home Help Weekly Benefit
24.
Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit
PARENTS’ INCONVENIENCE ALLOWANCE
25
Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance – per day
Up to a maximum of
10.3
WEEKLY BENEFITS
10.3.1 Weekly Benefits Excess - 30 days.
10.3.2 Weekly Benefit Period - One Hundred
and 4 (104) weeks maximum.
10.4
Definitions
10.4.1 Home Help Weekly Benefit
10.4.1.1 The insurer will pay for the cost of hiring
help and/or child minding services
reasonably and necessarily incurred by
an Insured Person as a result of injury
from an insured event causing temporary
total disablement. Provided that:
a) Such child minding services and
nursing help are carried out by
persons other than members of the
Insured Person’s family or other
relatives or persons permanently
living with the Insured Person.
b) Such child minding services and
help are certified by a legally
qualified medical practitioner as
being necessary for the recovery of
the Insured Person.
c) Payments will commence from the
14th day of treatment by a legally
qualified medical practitioner.
10.4.2 Student Tutorial Weekly Benefit
10.4.2.1 In respect of unmarried dependant
children, the insurer will pay the cost of
hiring home tutoring services reasonably
and necessarily incurred by an Insured
Person as a result of injury from an
insured event causing temporary total
$500
$250
$250
$50
$1,500
disablement.
Provided that:
a) The Insured Person is registered as
a full-time student.
b) Such home tutoring services are
carried out by persons other than
members of the Insured Person’s
family or other relatives or persons
who are full-time students.
c) Payments will commence from the
14th day of treatment by a legally
qualified medical practitioner.
10.4.3 Parents’ Inconvenience Allowance
10.4.3.1 The insurer will pay up to $15 per day to
a maximum of $1,500 for reimbursement
of expenses incurred for travelling,
child minding or other out-of-pocket
expenses incurred whilst an insured child
is hospitalised arising from an insured
event.
10.4.4 Total Disablement
10.4.4.1 Total disablement means disablement
which entirely prevents an Insured
Person from attending to business or
occupation of any and every kind other
than motorcycling, or if the Insured
Person has no business or occupation
other than motorcycling, from engaging
in an occupation for which the Insured
Person is reasonably qualified by
education, training or experience.
77
11
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
11
ANTI-DOPING POLICY
This has been updated effective 1st January 2009 and should be reviewed before applying any of the policy.
Anti- Doping Background
Under a referral dated 1st June 2006, MA
referred the following anti-doping functions,
powers and responsibilities (“anti-doping
functions”) to the Australian Sports AntiDoping Authority (ASADA):
• Investigating possible anti-doping
rule violations within the sport of
Motorcycling;
• Issuing infraction notices or other
matters under the determined
results management process;
• Convening hearings before the
Court of Arbitration for Sport (CAS).
There is no other hearing body for
anti-doping matters in Motorcycling;
• Presenting allegations of anti-doping
rule violations and all relevant,
incidental matters in hearings before
CAS; and
• Notifying the results of investigations
and hearings and all relevant,
incidental matters to relevant
bodies including MA and the FIM.
Any notification will be subject to
the Australian Sports Anti-Doping
Authority Act 2006 (ASADA Act) and
privacy legislation.
11.1
Anti-Doping Policy
responsibilities
11.1.0.1 MA and ASADA acknowledge and agree
that under the ASADA Act, ASADA has the
function of supporting and encouraging
the development and implementation of
comprehensive programs and education
initiatives about sports drug and safety
matters. MA will assist ASADA with such
matters and will provide education and
information regarding anti-doping rules
and matters to persons within the sport
of Motorcycling within the framework
established by ASADA.
11.1.0.2 ASADA will perform and conduct the antidoping functions in accordance with this
referral and the ASADA Act. ASADA will
use its best endeavours to ensure the FIM
78
anti-doping code is recognised.
11.1.0.3 MA refers the above anti-doping functions
to ASADA on the basis that:
a) ASADA will, as soon as practicable,
subject to the ASADA Act and
privacy legislation, provide to MA
(and if necessary FIM) copies of
relevant documents including but not
only test results, infraction notices
and hearing documents;
b) MA retains the right to appear in antidoping hearings before CAS as an
interested party. MA will determine
whether it wishes to exercise this
right upon notification of a hearing
by ASADA. If MA wishes to appear
at any anti-doping hearing before
CAS it will pay its own costs of such
appearance;
c) All costs of any investigation and
hearing (including but not only CAS
application costs and any legal costs
associated with any investigation
and/or hearing) undertaken by
ASADA will be paid by ASADA;
11.1.0.4 MA will immediately advise ASADA of
any alleged anti-doping rule violation in
motorcycling and will provide assistance
to ASADA in any investigation that ASADA
might reasonably request; and
11.1.0.5 ASADA will, subject to the ASADA Act and
privacy legislation, provide such reports
to MA on ASADA’s conduct of the above
anti-doping functions as may be agreed
between ASADA and MA.
11.1.0.6 MA will recognise and enforce any
sanction determined by CAS in respect of
an anti-doping rule violation in the sport of
motorcycling and in any other sport.
11.1.0.7. MA will use its best endeavours to ensure
its members, athletes and athlete support
personnnel are aware of this referral of
the anti-doping functions to ASADA and
assist and co-operate with ASADA in the
conduct of the anti-doping functions. MA
otherwise recognises ASADA’s powers
and functions under the ASADA Act.
11.10.0.8MA has amended its anti-doping
policy (ADP) to reflect the roles and
responsibilities under the referral. The
ADP adopts and reflects the World Anti-
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11
anti-doping policy
11
Doping Code (Code) which is annexed to
and forms part of this ADP.
11.10.0.9Where an athlete or athlete support
personnel is bound by the FIM’s Anti
Doping Code as well as this ADP, that
person shall be bound to, and have
obligations in respect of, both policies.
11.2
ANTI-DOPING DEFINITIONS
11.2.0.1 Athlete means:
(a) any Person who participates in
sport at the international level
(as defined by each International
Federation), the national level (as
defined by each National AntiDoping Organisation, including but not
limited to those Persons in its Registered
Testing Pool), and any other competitor
in sport who is otherwise subject to the
jurisdiction of any Signatory or other
sports organisation accepting the Code.
All provisions of the Code, including, for
example, Testing and TUEs, must be
applied to international and national-level
competitors. For the purposes of this
ADP, ‘Athlete’ includes any participant
in sporting activity who is a Member of
MA, or a Member organisation of MA,
and meets the definition of Athlete under
the Code and/or the NAD Scheme as in
force from time to time; and
(b) Any Person who:
(i) Is registered with MA or 1 of its
Members; or
(ii) Participates, or has in the
previous 8 years participated, in
any sporting activity conducted,
authorised, recognised or
controlled, either directly or
indirectly, by MA or a body
affiliated with MA; or
(iii) Has otherwise agreed to be
bound by this ADP.
11.2.0.2 Code means the World Anti-Doping Code
adopted by WADA on 17 November
2007 at Madrid: or if the Code has been
amended, the Code as so amended.
11.2.0.3Federation Internationale de Motorcylisme
(FIM) is the international federation
recognised by the International Olympic
Committee or the General Assembly of
80
80
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
International Sports Federations as the
entity responsible for governing motorcycling
internationally.
11.2.0.4 IF means an international federation
recognised by the International Olympic
Committee or the General Assembly
of International Sports Federations as
the entity responsible for governing that
sport internationally.
11.2.0.5 Member means a Person who, or a body
which, is a member of MA; a Person who,
or a body which, is affiliated with MA; or a
Person who is a member of a body which
is a member of or affiliated with MA.
11.2.0.6Motorcycling Australia (MA) means the
national entity which is a member of
or is recognised by FIM as the entity
governing motorcycling in Australia.
11.2.0.7 National Anti-Doping (NAD) Scheme
means the National Anti-Doping Scheme
as defined under the ASADA Act.
11.2.0.8 Prohibited List means the List identifying
the Prohibited Substances and Prohibited
Methods which is published and revised
by WADA as described in Article 4.1 of
the Code as updated from time to time.
11.2.0.9 Specified Substance has the meaning
assigned to it in Article 4.2.2 of the Code.
11.2.0.10 Sporting Administration Body has the
same meaning as in the ASADA Act
2006.
11.3
MA’S POSITION ON DOPING
11.3.0.1 MA condemns doping as fundamentally
contrary to the spirit of sport. The purpose of
this ADP is to protect Athletes’ fundamental
right to participate in doping-free sport
and to ensure harmonised, coordinated
and effective anti-doping programs at the
international and national level with regard
to detection, deterrence and prevention of
doping.
11.4
Anti-Doping Policy application
11.4.0.1 This ADP applies to Athletes and Athlete
Support Personnel as defined under
the Code. It also applies to Members,
employees and contractors of MA and
any other Person who has agreed to be
bound by it.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.5
11
date whereabouts information on a
regular basis, even if not a regular
Member of MA, if required by the
conditions of eligibility established
by any applicable Anti-Doping
Organisation;
k) attend anti-doping education
as directed by MA and/or as
appropriate. Failure to attend an
anti doping education session shall
be no excuse for an alleged antidoping rule violation, nor shall it
mitigate culpability of the Athlete in
determining sanction; and,
l) accept that ignorance of this ADP, the
Code or the Prohibited List is not an
excuse from an alleged anti-doping
rule violation, and shall not mitigate
culpability in sanction.
ANTI-DOPING POLICY OBLIGATIONS
11.5.0.1 The persons identified in GCR 11.4.0.1
are bound by this ADP as a condition of
their membership, participation and/or
involvement in motorcycling. Athletes
and/or Athlete Support Personnel must
comply with this ADP and the anti-doping
rules as prescribed in the NAD scheme
under the ASADA Act. In particular:
11.5.0.2 Athletes must:
a) know and comply with all anti-doping
policies and rules applicable to
them. These include, but may not
be limited to this ADP, the FIM antidoping code and the NAD Scheme;;
b) be aware of whether they are in
FIM’s and/or ASADA’s Registered
Testing Pools and comply with
the requirements of any such
membership;
c) read and understand the Prohibited
List as it relates to them;
d) be available for Sample collection
and provide accurate and up-to-date
whereabouts information for this
purpose when identified for inclusion
in a Registered Testing Pool;
e) take full responsibility, in the context
of anti-doping, for what they ingest,
Use and Possess;
f) inform medical personnel of their
obligations not to Use or Possess
Prohibited Substances and
Prohibited Methods and to take
responsibility to make sure that any
medical treatment received does not
violate anti-doping policies and rules
applicable to them;
g) immediately refer information about
possible anti-doping rule violations to
ASADA;
h) assist, cooperate and liaise with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation or
hearing into an alleged anti-doping
rule violation,
i) act in a discreet and confidential
manner in discharging their
obligations under this ADP,
j) be available for Sample collection
and provide accurate and up-to-
anti-doping policy
11.5.0.3 Athlete Support Personnel must:
a) Know and comply with all antidoping policies and rules applicable
to them or the Athletes whom they
support. These include, but may not
be limited to this ADP; the FIM AntiDoping Policy and the NAD Scheme;
b) Support and assist Anti-Doping
Organisations, including ASADA to
conduct Doping Control;
c) Use their influence on Athletes’
values and behaviour to foster antidoping attitudes;
d) Immediately refer information about
possible Anti-Doping Rule Violations
to ASADA;
e) Assist, cooperate and liaise with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation or
hearing into an alleged Anti-Doping
Rule Violation; and
f) Act in a discreet and confidential
manner in discharging their
obligations under this ADP.
11.6
DEFINITION OF DOPING
11.6.0.1 Doping is defined as the occurrence of 1
or more of the Anti-Doping Rule Violations
set out in Article 2 of the Code (see- www.
wada-ama.org).
8181
11
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
11.7
PROOF OF DOPING
11.7.0.1 Article 3 of the Code applies (www.wadaama.org).
11.8
ANTI-DOPING RULE VIOLATIONS
11.8.0.1 Article 2 of the Code applies (www.
wada-ama.org).
11.9
ANTI-DOPING PROHIBITED LIST
11.9.0.1 This ADP incorporates the WADA
Prohibited List and otherwise applies
Article 4 of the Code (www.wada-ama.
org).
11.10
THERAPEUTIC USE
11.10.0.1Athletes with a documented medical
condition requiring the Use of a Prohibited
Substance or a Prohibited Method must
first obtain a Therapeutic Use Exemption
(TUE) in accordance with the Code, the
International Standard for TUEs and this
ADP.
11.10.0.2 Athletes who have been identified as
included in FIM’s Registered Testing Pool
may only obtain TUEs in accordance with
the rules of FIM.
11.10.0.3 Athletes who are not in FIM’s Registered
Testing Pool but are in ASADA’s Registered
Testing Pool or Domestic Testing Pool with
documented medical conditions requiring
the Use of a Prohibited Substance or a
Prohibited Method must request a TUE from
ASDMAC.
11.10.0.4 Athletes who are not in FIM’s or ASADA’s
Registered Testing Pool, Domestic Testing
Pool or have not otherwise been notified
by ASADA, in accordance with the NAD
Scheme, that they require TUEs prior to Use
of a Prohibited Substance or a Prohibited
Method, may submit applications to ASDMAC
for approval of a TUE in accordance with the
procedures of ASDMAC.
11.10.0.5 Athletes should submit applications for
TUEs no less than 21 days before they
require the approval (eg prior to a National
Event), except for retroactive TUEs under
GCR 11.10.0.6.
11.10.0.6 An application for a TUE will not be
considered for retroactive approval except in
cases where:
a) emergency treatment or treatment of an
acute medical condition was necessary; or
82 b) due to exceptional circumstances, there
was insufficient time or opportunity for an
Athlete to submit, or a TUE committee to
consider, an application prior to Doping
Control; or
c) ASDMAC procedures, in accordance with
the Code and the International Standard for
TUEs, provide for retroactive approval.
11.10.0.7 An Athlete may not apply to more than one
body for a TUE at the same time. Applications
must be in accordance with the International
Standard for TUEs and the procedures of FIM
or ASDMAC as appropriate.
11.10.0.8 The granting of a TUE by ASDMAC for an
Athlete in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool
shall be promptly reported to WADA.
11.10.0.9 WADA, on its own initiative, may review
at any time the granting of a TUE to
any International Level Athlete in FIM’s
Registered Testing Pool or nationallevel Athlete who is included in ASADA’s
Registered Testing Pool. Further, upon
the request of any such Athlete who has
been denied a TUE, WADA may review
such denial. If WADA determines that such
granting or denial of a TUE did not comply
with the International Standard for TUEs,
WADA may reverse the decision.
11.10.0.10 An Athlete who is denied a TUE by ASDMAC
must seek review by WADA of the decision
before any appeal may be commenced
under Article 13.4 of the Code. If, contrary to
the requirements of the Code, FIM does not
have a process in place where Athletes may
request TUEs, an International-Level Athlete
may request WADA to review the application
as if it had been denied.
11.11
ANTI-DOPING TESTING
11.11.0.1All Athletes subject to Doping Control agree
to submit to In-Competition Testing and Outof-Competition Testing (at any time or place,
with or without advance notice) by an AntiDoping Organisation. ASADA may test any
athlete, any time, anywhere.
11.11.0.2All Testing shall be conducted in
conformity with the WADA International
Standard for Testing in force at the time
of Testing.
11.11.0.3Athletes must comply with their
obligations under the ASADA Act
(including but not only the NAD Scheme),
the FIM anti-doping code, this ADP and
under the Code and any International
Standards in respect to providing accurate
whereabouts information to ASADA and/
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
or FIM. Whereabouts information may
be released in accordance with the NAD
Scheme.
11.12
RETIREMENT AND RETURN TO
COMPETITION
11.12.1 International Athletes
11.12.1.1 An Athlete who has been identified by FIM
for inclusion in its Registered Testing Pool
shall be subject to FIM’s retirement and
return to Competition requirements, to the
exclusion of GCR 11.12.2.1.
11.12.1.2Athletes wishing to retire should contact MA
to determine if they are in FIM’s Registered
Testing Pool and therefore are required
to follow FIM’s procedures. MA shall
immediately notify ASADA of the retirement
or reinstatement of any Athlete in FIM’s
Registered Testing Pool and provide copies
of the correspondence from FIM confirming
this retirement/reinstatement.
11.12.2 National-Level Athletes
11.12.2.1 Athletes in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool
or Domestic Testing Pool shall be subject to
the following requirements:
a) An Athlete who wants to retire from
Competition must do so by notifying
ASADA by fully completing and
forwarding to ASADA the ASADA
“RETIREMENT NOTIFICATION
FORM” (retirement notification) .
Retirement notifications that are not
fully completed will not be accepted
and will be returned to the Athlete.
An Athlete’s retirement date will be
the date ASADA receives the fully
completed retirement notification.
b) Upon receipt of a notification under
Article 11.3(a), ASADA will, as soon
as reasonably practicable, provide
the Athlete and MA with written
confirmation of the Athlete’s retirement.
c) Retirement does not::
i) excuse the Athlete from giving a
Sample requested on or before
their retirement date;
i) excuse the Athlete from assisting,
cooperating and liaising with
ASADA and other Anti-Doping
Organisations in relation to the
conduct of any investigation or
hearing into an alleged anti-doping
11
anti-doping policy
rule violation;
iii) prevent the analysis of a Sample
given by the Athlete on or before
their retirement date;
iv) affect the results of Testing under (i)
or (ii) above; or
v) exempt the Athlete from this ADP
in relation to an Anti-Doing Rule
Violation committed on or before
their retirement date.
(vi) affect ASADA’s power to conduct
results management.
11.12.2.2An Athlete who has retired in accordance
with GCR 11.12.2, and who wishes
to return to Competition, can only do
so by notifying the ASADA Chair by
fully completing and forwarding to him
or her, the ASADA “REQUEST FOR
REINSTATEMENT FORM” (reinstatement
request) . Reinstatement requests that are
not fully completed will not be accepted
and will be returned to the Athlete. The
Athlete’s reinstatement request date will
be the date the ASADA Chair receives the
fully completed reinstatement request.
Reinstatement will be at the discretion of
MA in consultation with ASADA.
11.12.2.3Upon receipt of notification under GCR
11.12.2.2, ASADA will, as soon as
reasonably practicable:
a) provide the Athlete with written
confirmation of the outcome of the
Athlete’s reinstatement request; and
b) If the reinstatement request is
approved, provide MA with written
confirmation of the Athlete’s
reinstatement.
11.12.2.4If reinstatement is granted then this ADP
will apply to the Athlete from the date of
their reinstatement request. :
a) An Athlete who is reinstated under
GCR11.12.2.2 may not compete in
Competitions and Events conducted
by or under the auspices of MA or
FIM for a period of six months from the
date of reinstatement request.
b) Upon receiving an application from an
Athlete, MA may grant an Athlete an
exemption or conditional exemption
from the requirements in Article
11.12.2.4 a) if the Athlete can satisfy
MA that, in all the circumstances, an
exemption or conditional exemption
8383
11
enjoy the ride
anti-doping policy
should be granted. Such an exemption
or conditional exemption may be
granted by MA at its sole discretion
and MA is not required to give reasons
for its decision:
11.12.2.5An Athlete must be available for
unannounced Out-of-Competition Testing
in accordance with this ADP from the date
of their reinstatement request. Being
available for Out-of-Competition Testing
means that an Athlete has provided
current and accurate and up-to-date
whereabouts information as required
under the reinstatement request and
Article 10.3 and has complied with any
request by an Anti-Doping Organisation to
provide a Sample.
11.12.2.6A decision regarding reinstatement of an
Athlete may be appealed to CAS by MA,
the Athlete or ASADA.
11.13
NEW MEMBERS
11.13.0.1 Any new Member of MA who is an Athlete
subject to Doping Control in accordance
with the NAD Scheme (including any Athlete
in ASADA’s Registered Testing Pool) must
also be available for unannounced Out-ofCompetition Testing in accordance with this
ADP for a period of 6 months from the date of
their membership request prior to competing
in national or international Competitions and
Events.
11.14anti-doping sample ANALYSIS
11.14.0.1Samples collected under this ADP
must be analysed by WADA-accredited
laboratories or as otherwise approved
by WADA. Laboratories shall analyse
Samples and report results in accordance
with the relevant International Standards.
11.15
ANTI-DOPING INVESTIGATIONS
11.15.0.1ASADA may conduct an investigation to
determine whether an anti-doping rule
violation may have occurred under this
ADP. ASADA will conduct investigations
in accordance with the Code, the ASADA
Act and the NAD scheme as published
from time to time. MA may, with the prior
agreement of ASADA, conduct its own
investigation to determine whether an antidoping rule violation may have occurred
84
under this ADP, provided that MA does
so in coordination with any investigation
being undertaken by ASADA.
11.15.0.2All persons bound by this ADP and MA
must assist, co-operate and liaise with
ASADA in relation to any investigation into
an alleged anti-doping rule violation.
11.16 ANTI-DOPING RESULT MANAGEMENT
11.16.0.1Results shall be managed in accordance
with Article 7 of the Code (www.wadaama.org), the ASADA Act 2006 and the
NAD Scheme.
11.16.0.2ASADA will conduct any follow up
investigation in accordance with the Code,
the ASADA Act and the NAD Scheme.
11.16.0.3ASADA shall be responsible for
notification of an alleged Anti-Doping Rule
Violation and all matters incidental thereto
in accordance with the ASADA Act and
the NAD Scheme.
11.16.0.4ASADA will issue an infraction notice.
ASADA will advise MA and any other
relevant parties that ASADA is issuing
an infraction notice prior to issuing the
infraction notice.
11.16.0.5The infraction notice shall:
a) notify the Person of the anti-doping
rule/s which appear/s to have
been violated and the basis for the
violation;
b) enclose a copy of this ADP and the
Code or the web site addresses
where these documents may be
found;
c) state that ASADA will refer the matter
to a hearing within 14 days (unless
the Person gives a written waiver
under GCR 11.15.0.7); and
d) state that if the Person does not
respond within 14 days (or other
period in accordance with the Code,
the NAD Scheme and the ASADA
Act) a hearing can be held in
absentia or sanction can be applied
in accordance with GCR 11.17.
11.16.0.6Any relevant party will only disclose or use
information about a Person who is alleged
to have, or has committed an Anti-Doping
Rule Violation as permitted under the
ASADA Act 2006 and the NAD Scheme.
11.16.0.7ASADA will refer the matter to hearing in
accordance with GCR 11.16. ASADA may
decide not to refer the matter to hearing if
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
the Person in writing:
a) acknowledges they have admitted
the Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and
b) waives the right to a hearing in
relation to:
(i) whether they have committed an
Anti-Doping Rule Violation; and
(ii) what sanction will apply.
11.16.0.8If the Person does not respond within
14 days or other period in accordance
with the Code, the NAD Scheme and
the ASADA Act) a hearing can be held
in absentia or sanction can be applied in
accordance with GCR 11.17.
11.16.0.9 If an Athlete or other Person retires while a
results management process is underway,
ASADA retains jurisdiction to complete its
results management process. If an Athlete
or other Person retires before any results
management process has begun, so long as
ASADA would have had results management
jurisdiction over the Athlete or other Person at
the time the Athlete or other Person committed
an anti-doping rule violation, ASADA will have
jurisdiction to conduct results management.
11.16.0.10 MA must, after consultation with ASADA,
impose a Provisional Suspension on any
Person whose Sample is the subject of an
Adverse Analytical Finding of a Specified
Substance other than a Specified
Substance.
11.16.0.11 MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
impose a Provisional Suspension on any
Person whose Sample is the subject of an
Adverse Analytical Finding of a Specified
Substance or who is issued with an infraction
notice or who is subject to an investigation.
11.16.0.12 MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
impose the following Provisional
Suspension. MA may suspend:
a) financial or other assistance to the
Person;
(b) the Person from Competition in
Events and Competitions conducted
by or under the auspices of MA; and
c) the Person’s licence or participation
permit (if relevant).
11.16.0.14MA may, after consultation with ASADA,
apply the Provisional Suspension:
a) from the date of the infraction notice;
b) following the 14 day submission
period; or
11
anti-doping policy
c) as deemed appropriate by the MA or
FIM;
until the determination of the hearing or a
determination by ASADA not to refer the
matter to hearing.
11.16.0.15If a Provisional Suspension is imposed,
the hearing under GCR 11.16 shall be
advanced to a date that avoids substantial
prejudice to the Athlete.
11.16.0.16ASADA will convene any Provisional Hearing
and will present the case at any Provisional
Hearing unless otherwise agreed.
11.16.0.17As a general rule, the Provisional
Suspension of a Person will not be publicly
disclosed. A Provisional Suspension may
however be publicly disclosed so long
as such disclosure will not be unfairly
prejudicial to the interests of the Person.
ASADA must be consulted prior to any
such disclosure.
11.17anti-doping HEARINGS
11.17.0.1 Article 8 of the Code applies.
11.17.0.2 ASADA will wait 14 days (or a shorter
period agreed between ASADA in
accordance with the Code, the NAD
Scheme and the ASADA Act or a period
less than 14 days as agreed between
ASADA and the Person) after sending
an Infraction Notice above and then will
convene CAS to conduct the hearing.
ASADA will prosecute the alleged AntiDoping Rule Violation.
11.17.0.3 CAS will determine:
a) if the Person has committed a
violation of this ADP;
b) if so, what sanction will apply;
c) how long the sanction will apply; and
d) any other issues properly brought
before it for determination.
11.17.0.4 CAS will give to the athlete, ASADA and
MA a written statement of:
a) the findings of the hearing;
b) what sanction (if any) will apply;
c) for how long the sanction (if any) will
apply; and
d) any other issues determined by it.
11.17.0.5 Sanctions will be applied under GCR
11.17.
11.17.0.6 ASADA will report the outcome of all AntiDoping Rule Violations in accordance
with the Code, the ASADA Act and the 8585
11
anti-doping policy
NAD Scheme.
11.17.0.7 Hearings under this Article shall be
completed expeditiously as reasonably
practicable.
11.17.0.8 Australian Sports Commission (ASC),
MA, FIM and WADA and any other
relevant body (for example, Australian
Oympic Committee (AOC), Australian
Paralympic Committee (APC) or
Australian
Commonwealth
Games
Association (ACGA)) shall have the right
to attend hearings as an observer or
affected party.
11.17.0.9 Decisions by CAS under this Article may
be appealed as provided in GCR 11.19.
11.17.0.10Decisions by CAS under this Article shall
not be subject to further administrative
review at the national level except as
required by applicable national law.
11.17.0.11If, during a hearing, a party to the hearing
process implicates a third party to an AntiDoping Rule Violation, ASADA may use
any information that arises as a result of
the CAS process without having to first
seek the permission of the parties. This
clause expressly ousts Rule 43 of the
CAS Code of Sports-related Arbitration.
11.18
ANTI-DOPING SANCTIONS
11.18.0.1 Articles 9 and 10 of the Code apply.
11.18.0.2 CAS or another relevant body may
require the Athlete or other Person to
repay all funding and grants received by
the Athlete from that body subsequent to
the occurrence of the Anti-Doping Rule
Violation. However, no financial sanction
may be considered a basis for reducing
the period of Ineligibility or other sanction
which would otherwise be applicable under
this ADP. Repayment of funding and grants
may be made a condition of reinstatement.
11.18.0.3 CAS may also determine, in addition to
applying the sanctions under the Code,
that a Person who has committed an AntiDoping Rule Violation, is required to go to
counselling for a specified period.
11.18.0.4 Where CAS determines that an employee
or contractor of MA has committed an
Anti-Doping Rule Violation, MA will take
disciplinary action against the employee
or contractor.
11.18.0.5 Once the period of a Person’s Ineligibility
has expired and the Person has fulfilled
86
enjoy the ride
the conditions for reinstatement, then
provided that the Person has paid
all forfeiture penalties in full and has
satisfied in full any award of costs made
against the Person by CAS and any
other requirements determined by CAS,
the Person will become automatically
re-eligible and no application for
reinstatement will be necessary. If,
however, further forfeited amounts
become due after the Person’s period of
Ineligibility has expired then any failure
by the Person to pay all outstanding
amounts on or before their respective
due dates shall entitle MA to deny the
Person’s access to further Competitions
and Events or any other MA activity until
the amounts due are paid in full unless
otherwise agreed by both parties.
11.19doping -CONSEQUENCES TO TEAMS
11.19.0.1Article 11 of the Code applies
11.20anti-doping APPEALS
11.20.0.1Decisions made under GCR 11.16 of
this ADP may be appealed to the CAS
Appeals Division in accordance with this
ADP, Article 13 of the Code and the CAS
Code of Sports Related Arbitration. Such
decisions shall remain in effect while
under appeal unless the appellate body
orders otherwise. Before an appeal is
commenced, any post-decision review
authorised in the NAD Scheme or GCR
11.16.0.9 must be exhausted. The
following persons shall have the right to
appeal::
a) the athlete or other Person who is
the subject of the decision being
appealed;
b) the other party to the case in which
the decision was rendered;
c) ASADA;
d) any other affected parties including
MA;
e) FIM and any other Anti-Doping
Organisation under whose rules a
sanction could have been imposed;
f) the International Olympic Committee
or International Paralympic
Committee, as applicable, where
the decision may have an effect
in relation to the Olympic Games
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
or Paralympic Games, including
decisions affecting eligibility for
the Olympic Games or Paralympic
Games; and
g) WADA.
11.20.0.2The outcome of all appeals must be
reported to all parties, ASC, MA, FIM and
WADA within 14 days of the conclusion
of the appeal. ASADA may inform other
Persons or organisations as it considers
appropriate.
11.20.0.3The time to file an appeal to CAS shall be
within 21 days of the release of the written
decision of the initial hearing.
11.21
Anti-doping violations
outside of adp
11.21.1 Management of alleged anti-doping rule
violations not covered by an anti-doping
policy
11.21.1.1In the case of a Person who has
committed an Anti-Doping Rule Violation
or has committed conduct which would
have amounted to an Anti-Doping Rule
Violation if the Person was bound by a
Code compliant anti-doping policy and the
Person has not been sanctioned by the
CAS or any other hearing body because
the Person was not bound by a Code
compliant anti-doping policy, MA will:
a) prevent that Person from competing
in MA Competitions, Events and
activities if the Person is an Athlete;
b) prevent that Person (so far as
reasonably possible) from having
any involvement in MA Competitions,
Events and activities;
c) not employ, engage or register that
Person;
unless and until that Person agrees to be
retrospectively bound by this Anti-Doping
Policy from the occurrence of the AntiDoping Rule Violation.
11.22anti-doping CONFIDENTIALITY
AND REPORTING
11.22.0.1 The identity of any Athlete or other Person
who is asserted to have committed an antidoping rule violation may only be Publicly
Disclosed by ASADA, or MA after consultation
with ASADA, in accordance with the Code, the
ASADA Act, the NAD Scheme and the terms
11
anti-doping policy
of the Confidentiality Undertaking signed
between ASADA and MA.
11.22.0.2ASADA or MA, or any official of either, will
not publicly comment on the specific facts
of a pending case (as opposed to general
description of process and science) except
in response to public comments attributed
to the Athlete, other Person or their
representatives.
11.22.0.3No later than 20 days after it has been
determined in a hearing in accordance with
Article 16 that an anti-doping rule violation
has occurred and the time to appeal such
decision has expired, or such hearing has
been waived and the time to appeal the
decision has expired, or the assertion of
an anti-doping rule violation has not been
challenged in a timely fashion, ASADA must
Publicly Disclose at least: the disposition of
the anti-doping matter including the sport,
the anti-doping rule violated, the name of
the Athlete or other Person committing
the violation, the Prohibited Substance
or Prohibited Method involved and the
Consequences imposed. ASADA must
also Publicly Disclose within 20 days appeal
decisions concerning anti-doping rule
violations. ASADA will also, within the time
period for publication, send all hearing and
appeal decisions to WADA. MA may also
elect to make a public statement in relation
to the matter, following consultation with
ASADA.
11.22.0.4 In any case where it is determined, after a
hearing or appeal, that the Athlete or other
Person did not commit an anti-doping rule
violation, the decision may be Publicly
Disclosed only with the consent of the Athlete
or other Person who is the subject of the
decision. ASADA will use reasonable efforts
to obtain such consent, and if consent is
obtained, will Publicly Disclose the decision
in its entirety or in such redacted form as the
Athlete or other Person may approve.
11.22.0.5 Any decision of an Anti-Doping Organisation
regarding a violation of this ADP shall be
recognised by all Sporting Administration
Bodies, which shall take all necessary action
to render such results effective.
11.22.0.6 Subject to the right to appeal provided in
GCR 11.19, the Testing, TUE and hearing
results or other final adjudications of any
organisation recognised by ASADA or any
Sporting Administration Body which are
8787
11
anti-doping policy
consistent with the Code and are within the
organisation’s authority, shall be recognised
and respected by MA. MA may recognise
the same actions of other bodies which have
not accepted the Code if the rules of those
bodies are otherwise consistent with the
Code, the NAD Scheme and/or ASADA’s
position.
11.23
INTERPRETATION OF THE CODE
11.23.0.1 Article 24 of the Code (www.wada-ama.org)
applies.
11.24
ANTI-DOPING MISCELLANEOUS
11.24.0.1Statute of Limitations – Article 17 of the
Code (www.wada-ama.org) applies.
11.24.0.2Doping Control for animals competing
in Sport – Article 16 of the Code (www.
wada-ama.org) applies (if relevant).
11.24.0.3Words not defined in this ADP have the
meaning ascribed to them in the Code
unless a contrary meaning appears from
the context.
11.24.0.4This ADP may be amended by MA subject
to prior consultation with ASADA and
ongoing compliance with the Code and
ASADA Act.
11.24.0.5Where this ADP adopts and applies an
article of the Code that article and the
terms in it shall be considered and applied
in the context of this ADP
11.25
ALCOHOL BREATH TESTING
11.25.1 Testing Procedure
11.25.1.1 This procedure applies to competitors and
officials.
11.25.1..2 Testing of competitors and officials to
determine the presence of alcohol in their
body, by analysis of their expired air, is
appropriate and necessary for the safety
of competitors, officials and the public.
11.25.1.3 In order to test fairly, an initial test will
be undertaken. Should this test return
a positive reading, a second test will
be undertaken a short time later under
controlled conditions to confirm that
positive result.
11.25.1..4 Any competitors or officials detected with
a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre
will be excluded from further participation
in the day’s competition (under GCR
88
4.3.9.1) and subject to sanctions under
enjoy the ride
Chapter 11 and other provisions of the
Anti-Doping Policy.
11.25.2 Notification to Competitors or
Officials
11.25.2.1 Competitors or officials must be informed
by written notice or in SR at least 24 hours
prior to any testing being conducted
during the event. They do not need to
be informed of the actual times when
the tests will be conducted. Evidence of
such notice being given must be lodged
with the Stewards prior to any tests being
performed.
11.25.3 Requirements of Competitors or
Officials
11.25.3.1 Competitors and officials being tested will
be asked not to consume any substances
by mouth for a period of 5 minutes prior
to any breath analysis test being carried
out.
11.25.3.2 Should an initial test indicate the presence
of alcohol, a participant will be isolated
for approximately 20 minutes, in the
company of a witness. Another test will
be undertaken no less than 15 minutes
after the initial test. No substances may
be consumed by the competitor or official
by mouth during this period.
11.25.3.3Should a competitor or official refuse to
submit to an alcohol breath test, or fails
to follow the proper and reasonable
instructions of the testing official, the
competitor or official will be considered
to have returned a positive result. In
these circumstances, no further testing is
required and the competitor or official will
be excluded from further participation in
the day’s competition.
11.25.4 Requirements for Testing
11.25.4.1 All tests must be conducted using
an appropriate instrument which has
been certified as being calibrated in
accordance with the requirements of the
manufacturer or their agent, within the
previous 6 months.
11.25.4.2 The result of all tests performed must be
recorded, together with the names of the
competitor or official and the witness, the
time and date of the test and the result of
the test eg, OK if 0, or actual reading if
>0.
11.25.5 Procedure for Testing
11.25.5.1Testing should normally be carried out in
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
11.25.5.2
11.25.5.3
11.25.5.4
11.25.5.5
11.25.5.6
11.25.5.7
11.25.5.8
11.25.5.9
the morning, prior to any competition, but
may be undertaken at any time during the
event.
Testing will be carried out by an official
authorised by MA for the purpose (refer
to GCR 4.3.9.2) and that official must
have been trained and accredited by the
manufacturer of the testing equipment or
their agent. Such officials may include
doctors and police.
Any competitor or official, whose blood
alcohol level is above 0.1g/litre, as
identified by the instrument, will be given
the opportunity to undertake a further test,
which will be undertaken no sooner that
15 minutes and no later than 20 minutes
after the initial (positive) test. In all cases,
the participant shall be accompanied by a
witness appointed by the Testing Official
for the entire period between the 2 tests.
Should the subsequent test indicate a
positive blood alcohol reading (ie above
0.1g/litre, as identified by the instrument)
the competitor or official will be excluded
from further participation in the day’s
event and sanctioned under the other
provisions of the MA Anti-Doping Policy.
A positive alcohol result is a breach of the
MA Anti-Doping Policy.
Should the subsequent (second) test be
negative, then no further action will be
taken against the competitor or official.
The RCB reserves the right however to
ask the same participant to undertake a
further test during the meeting.
In any case, the result of the tests may
be reported to the RCB and/or MA by the
official undertaking the tests in the general
event report. Any positive result on the
initial test followed by a negative test
shall not be recorded in the competitor or
official’s history file.
The following extract must be read to
competitors or officials prior to undertaking
testing:
“You are about to have your expired air
tested to ensure compliance with the
MA’s Anti-Doping Policy in relation to
the presence of alcohol in your body.
Should the test be positive, a further test
will be undertaken shortly to confirm the
test. Please follow the instructions of the
testing official.”
In the event of a positive result in the initial
11
anti-doping policy
test (single positive), the following must
be read to the competitor or official:
“Your expired air has indicated the presence
of alcohol in your body, this is a breach of
the MA Anti-Doping Policy. Another test
will be performed shortly to confirm the
initial test. You will be requested to be
accompanied by a witness at all times
for the next 20 minutes. You will not be
permitted to consume any substance by
mouth until after the test.”
11.25.6 Procedure for Processing a “Double
Positive” Result
11.25.6.1 The competitors and officials must be
advised by the testing official of the result
of both tests, that is, the reading noted on
the instrument.
11.25.6.2 The competitors and officials must be
advised that under the MA Anti-Doping
Policy, no further participation in the
meeting will be permitted.
11.25.7 Procedure following a report of a
“Double Positive” Result
11.25.7.1 The applicable action having been taken,
the procedures for notification of a positive
result will be followed (see GCR 11.2).
11.25.8 Report by Testing Official
11.25.8.1 In the case where no positive reading
was achieved on the confirming test,
the results shall be included with the
Stewards’ report of the meeting.
11.25.8.2 In the case where 1 or more positive
readings were achieved on the confirming
test, the original of the report must be
hand delivered or sent to the RCB by
registered post the following day, together
with all appropriate Stewards Reports.
11.26
ALCOHOL BLOOD TESTING
11.26.0.1 Any competitor or official detected with
a blood alcohol content above 0.1g/litre
as a result of a blood test performed by
qualified medical practitioners or police
will be subject to sanctions under GCR
11.17.
11.27adp appendix- world antidoping code prohibited list
11.27.0.1For the current list of prohibited
substances and methods refer to www.
wada-ama.org and www.asada.gov.au
8989
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12
12.1
all disciplines
ALL DISCIPLINES
Application Of Chapter
12.1.0.1 The Rules set out in this chapter are for
all disciplines.
12.1.0.2 Unless otherwise stated, the requirements
of any discipline-specific chapter override
the requirements of this chapter.
12.1.0.3 Everything that is not authorised and
prescribed in this chapter, or in the
discipline specific chapters, is strictly
prohibited.
12.2
12
Eligibility - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.2.1 General Eligibility
12.2.1.1 No person may participate in any
competition, other than an Australian
Championship, unless and until that
person’s clothing and machine have
been examined and approved by the
Scrutineer for that competition.
12.2.1.2 No person may participate in an Australian
Championship unless and until:
a) That person’s clothing and machine
have been examined and approved
by the Scrutineer for that meeting,
or
b) If stipulated in SR, the person
provides the Scrutineer with a
signed checklist that the clothing
and machine have been selfscrutineered.
12.2.1.3 At scrutineering, competitors must
produce documents or other evidence
as required to verify engine and frame
identity.
12.2.1.4 The onus of proving that a competitor,
and the competitor’s machine and
clothing, are eligible to compete, is on
the person seeking to prove it.
12.2.1.5 Where any Rule prohibits the modification
of any machine or class of machines, that
machine or that class will be deemed to
have been modified if any part or parts
thereof have been altered from the
machine or class as manufactured by the
machine manufacturer.
12.2.1.6 In the interpretation of any Rule relating to
the design requirements for any machine
or class of machines, reference may be
made to relevant diagrams appearing in
these Rules.
12.2.2
Juniors only to compete in Junior
Competitions
12.2.2.1 Subject to GCRs 12.16, 23.2.2 and 25.6,
no person who is under the age of 16
years may compete in other than a Junior
competition unless that competition is:
a) Moto-Trials,
b) 125cc GP Road Race,
c) Enduro,
d) 250 Mono class
e) Under 19 (15 years to under 19)
Australian Motocross Championship
12.2.3 Homologation
12.2.3.1 For any competition, MA may require that
any machine, or any part of a machine,
including tyres, be homologated. For
homologation details contact MA.
12.3
FEES- ALL DISCIPLINES
ACTIVITY
Replacement licence
Protest Lodgement
Appeal to SCB
Appeal to MA
Fuel Homologation fee –
First year
Fuel Homologation fee –
Subsequent years
All other fees
12.4
FEE $ (INC GST)
20.00
70.00
264.00
750.00
1,500.00
1,000.00
Apply at MA office
Engines – formulae for
calculation of Capacities
And Classes
12.4.1
Reciprocating Engines:
Cubic capacity = (D2 x 3.1416 x C x N)
4
Where: D = Bore in centimetres,
C = Stroke in centimetres,
N = Number of cylinders.
12.4.2
Rotary Engines:
Cubic capacity = (Z x V)
N
Where: V = Capacity of each chamber
comprising the engine in cubic
centimetres,
91
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
N = Number of turns of the motor
necessary to complete 1 cycle in a
chamber, and
Z = Combustion cycles per revolution.
12.4.3
Wankel System Engines With A
Triangular Piston
Cubic capacity = 2 x V x D
Where: V = capacity of a single chamber,
D = the number of rotors.
12.4.3.1 Wankel system engines are classified as
4-strokes.
12.4.4 Superchargers and Turbochargers
12.4.4.1 Superchargers and turbochargers may
only be used as follows:
a) In drag racing or record attempts,
b) In Production Class or Improved
Touring racing when fitted as factory
equipment,
c) The nominal cubic capacity of an
engine as calculated under 12.4.1,
12.4.2 or 12.4.3 that is fitted with
a supercharger or a turbocharger
shall be multiplied by 2 for the
purposes of engine classification,
d) For Historic Road Race Period
2 machines, when fitted with a
supercharger as factory equipment.
12.4.5 Engine Capacity Tolerances
12.4.5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the following
table, the actual engine capacity of a
machine competing in a capacity class
may not exceed the prescribed capacity
for that class by more than 2%:
CLASS
Sidecar
Cycle car machines
except Road Race
Period 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Historic Road Race,
Classic Dirt Track and
Classic Motocross
80cc 2-stroke machines
manufactured prior to 1/1/95
92
80cc 4-stroke (Dirt Track Modified)
Record attempts and
senior Speedway / Track.
65cc & 85cc machines
4-stroke Mini Bikes (Fast 50’s)
Road Race sidecars
PERMITTED
EX CESS
5%
5%
5%
5%
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
12.5
MEASUREMENT - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.5.1 Measurements at Meetings
12.5.1.1 A Steward of a meeting may direct the
measurement of the capacity of the
engine of any machine, to be carried out
at the conclusion of the meeting. Until the
measurement is completed the machine
must remain under the control of the RCB.
12.5.1.2 If an engine is measured at the request
of a rider or entrant, the rider or entrant is
liable for the cost of the measurement.
12.5.1.3 If an engine is measured for the purposes
of a protest, the party against whom the
decision is made is liable for the cost of
the measurement, and the machine may,
if the engine is found to be oversize, be
retained until such cost is paid.
12.5.2
Measurements - Australian and State
Championship Events
12.5.2.1 For all Australian and State championship
events:
a) All machines must have provision for
the placement of sealing wire,
b) An entrant may request that the
entrant’s machine be measured and
sealed before the event. As soon
as practicable after receiving the
request the measurer for the event
must measure and seal the machine.
Any machine examined under this
sub-rule may, on application by
the entrant, at the discretion of the
measurer, be exempted from further
examination at the event,
c) The first, second, third and
fourth placed machines must be
impounded for a period of 30
minutes immediately following the
event, pending any protest, and the
event result will be provisional,
d) At the conclusion of that period, if no
protest is received, the result will be
final,
e) If the machines are to be ridden in
another event within that period,
they must be sealed before being
returned to the competitor for that
event,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
f) If no protest is received within that
period, the seals may be removed,
g) Any machine sealed as the result of
a protest may only be measured by
a measurer. All measurer’s reports,
together with the seals, must be
delivered to the RCB within 21 days
after the event,
h) No prize monies may be paid until
measurer’s reports and seals are
received or the expiration of 21 days
whichever occurs first.
12.6
Number Plates- ALL DISCIPLINES
12.6.1 Number Plates - General
12.6.1.1 For all competitions except Moto-trials,
3 number plates must be fitted - 1 at the
front and 1 on each side.
12.6.1.2 Number plates must:
a) Be produced to a matt finish,
b) Where they are not an integral part
of the machine or streamlining and
are under 1.6mm in thickness, have
rolled or wired edges,
c) In the case of rectangular plates,
have the corners formed to a 38mm
radius,
d) In the case of bolt on number plates,
be made from a rigid material with
minimum dimensions of 235mm
height and 285mm width; and
e) In the case of sidecars, be positioned
so that they are visible from the front
and each side of the sidecar.
12.6.1.3 Front number plates must have figures
which are clearly visible at a distance of
20 metres and a solid 10mm wide border.
12.6.1.4 Side number plates must:
a) Be fitted above a horizontal line
drawn through the rear axle,
b) Be fitted so that the front edge of the
plate is behind a vertical line drawn
at 200mm to the rear of the rider’s
footrest,
c) For machines with streamlining, be
attached to or form part of a suitable
surface which is flat or with a curvature not
exceeding 50mm from the true plane.
12.6.1.5 Number backgrounds on side numberplates
may be an integral part of the rear seat
section or fairing.
12
all disciplines
12.6.1.6 Advertising must be at least 25mm clear
of the background of a number plate
unless the advertising is an integral part
of the back plate cover.
12.6.2 Number Plates–Juniors (other than
Enduro and Moto-Trials)
12.6.2.1 Number plates for Juniors must be as
follows:
a) A minimum plate size of 225mm
width and 200mm height,
b) Figures with minimum sizes of
100mm height and 20mm width of
stroke in Arial Rounded MT
Bold font.
12.6.2.2 For 50cc automatic:
a) A minimum plate size of 200mm
wide and 150mm high,
b) The figures on the plates must be
100mm high and 20mm wide,
c) The front plate must be fitted so that it
does not extend above the height of
the handlebars or grips.
93
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
12.6.3 Number Plate Colours - Except for
Enduro & Moto-Trials
12.6.3.1 Colours must be as follows:
CAPACITY or CLASS
Up to 125cc
100cc to 150cc 2-stroke, up to 250cc 4-stroke, MX /SX only
151cc to 250cc 2-stroke, 251cc to 450cc 4-stroke MX / SX only
126cc to 250cc
251cc to 350cc
351cc to 500cc
501cc to 750cc
751cc and over
Long Track 500cc
Dirt Track 251 to 450cc 4-stroke
Dirt Track over 450cc 4-stroke
Australian Superbike
Up to 500cc Sidecar
Over 500cc Sidecar
Formula Two Sidecar
BACKGROUND COLOUR
Black
Black
White
Dark Green
Mid Blue
Canary Yellow
White
Mail Box Red
White
Mid Blue
White
White
Canary Yellow
White
Mail Box Red
FIGURE COLOUR
White
White
Black
White
White
Black
Black
White
Black
White
Black
Black
Black
Black
White
BACKGROUND COLOUR
Mid Blue
Canary Yellow
Mail Box Red
Black
FIGURE COLOUR
White
Black
White
Yellow
12.6.3.2 Colours for Junior age group racing:
AGE GROUP
Under 9 years
9 to under 12 years
12 to under 14 years
14 to under 16 years
12.6.3.3 Additional colour combinations may be
used, at the discretion of the RCB.
12.6.3.4 Australian Superbikes may use any
contrasting colour on side number plates
providing they are legible at 20 metres.
12.6.4 Number Plate Figures
12.6.4.1 Figures must be Arial Rounded MT Bold
font
12.6.4.2 Figures must be clearly legible, the
Fig 12.6 .4.2.
Sample and
Dimensions
of Number
Plate Figures
[minimums]
DIMENSION
Height
Width of each figure
Space between figures
Space between figures and
edge of plate
28
75mm
12 mm
94
minimum dimensions being:
140mm
25 mm
75mm
MEASUREMENT
(mm)
140 - 148
75 - 85
25
12
Arial
Rounded
MT Bold
font
1234567890
90
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12.6.4.3 For National Motocross and Supercross
Events, where MA is the RCB and
transponders are used, numbers on side
plates may be a minimum of:
DIMENSION
Height
Width of each figure
Width of stroke
Space between 2 figures
MEASUREMENT
(mm)
100
70
25
15
NOTE: Advertising is allowed as per 12.6.4.4
12.6.4.4 Advertising is permitted on all machines,
but must be at least 25mm clear of the
number plate background and the rider’s
name by either a gap or a contrasting
colour strip.
12.6.5 Back Numbers – Juniors
12.6.5.1 No junior may compete, except in Enduro,
Moto-Trials or Road Racing unless wearing
the machine identification number on their
back in contrasting colours and with a
minimum size of 125mm height and 20mm
width of stroke.
12.7
Radio communication
12.7.0.1 Radio communications with riders is not
allowed, and will be classed as outside
assistance, except for Enduro.
12.8
Frames And Parts - all disciplines
12.8.1 Streamlining
12.8.1.1 All streamlining fitted to motorcycles or
sidecars must be free of any sharp edges
on exposed extremities.
12.8.1.2 For fibreglass construction, edges must
be rounded to their own thickness but
need not be wired.
12.8.1.3 All forward streamlining attached to
solo and sidecar machines must have a
minimum of 3 attachment points:
a) At least 1 supporting the forward
section of the shell, and
b) 1 on each side supporting the rear
portion of the shell.
12.8.1.4 Identification plates must have corners
and edges smoothed.
12.8.2 Fuel Tanks
12.8.2.1 Fuel tanks may be constructed from any
material that has been approved by the
Australian Standards Association as a
petrol or fuel container material.
12
all disciplines
12.8.3 Exhaust Systems
12.8.3.1 Exhaust systems must:
a) Be fitted with silencers,
b) Terminate at a point not more than
25mm beyond the rear extremity of
the rear tyre tread,
c) Be attached as closely as practicable
to the machine and in a manner
that does not, in the opinion of the
Scrutineer, create a hazard to other
competitors,
d) Where separate silencers are fitted,
have a minimum of 2 mountings
or locking screws on all machines
which have a capacity in excess of
85cc,
e) Where silencers are re-packable,
have safety wired securing bolts.
12.8.4 Centre and Side Stands
12.8.4.1 Centre and side stands must be removed
for all types of competition other than:
a) Moto-Trials,
b) Enduro,
c) Natural Terrain Motocross at Club
and Inter-club competitions,
d) The 50cc class of all disciplines.
12.8.4.2 Centre and Side Stands which remain on
machines under the previous GCR must
be secured in the closed position.
12.8.5 Footrests
12.8.5.1 Footrests must:
a) Be well rounded and designed so as
to ensure that no dangerous edges
are created due to wear.
b) Not touch the ground at lean unless
they are hinged or pivoted and
controlled by a return spring.
12.8.6 Handlebars
12.8.6.1 The ends of the handlebars or twist grip
sleeves must be securely plugged so as
to present a flush or rounded end.
12.8.6.2 Handlebar levers must:
a) Have ball ends with a minimum
diameter of:
i) 15mm, for levers longer than
76mm,
ii) 10mm, for levers shorter than
76mm.
b) Measure no more than 200mm from 95
12
all disciplines
the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball.
12.8.6.3 Throttle controls must be self closing.
12.8.6.4 A lanyard operated ignition cut-out switch,
operating on the primary circuit, must be
fitted to the following:
DISCIPLINE
Speedway –
Junior & Senior
Motocross –
Junior & Senior
Dirt track
Track
Road race
MACHINE
Solo & Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
Sidecars
12.8.6.5 For Road Race, Motocross and Dirt Track,
the lanyard must have a maximum length
of 1 metre.
12.8.7 Kick Start Levers
12.8.7.1 Kick start levers, other than transverse,
must be folding.
12.8.8 Drive Chain Protection
12.8.8.1 Primary drives must be guarded so as
to prevent direct access to the chain or
sprockets with the fingers.
12.8.8.2 The guard must be constructed of:
a) Metal having a minimum thickness
of 1.6mm, which may be mesh
or expanded metal provided the
openings do not exceed 10mm, or
b) Fibreglass having a minimum
thickness of 3mm.
12.8.8.3 If a plastic, fibreglass or part open chain
guard is used, a steel bolt of not less than
10mm diameter, placed outside the bottom
rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket. This
bolt, if damaged, must be replaced.;
12.8.8.4 Projecting sprockets, which are not behind
a clutch assembly or directly behind a
frame member, must be guarded where
the sprocket teeth are further than 30mm
from a frame member or swinging arm.
12.8.8.5 A counter shaft sprocket which is more
than 30mm from the outside of the swing
arm pivot, must be covered.
12.8.9 Tyres
12.8.9.1 Tyres must comply with the following:
a) Metal studs, spikes, chain, rope or
other non-skid attachments may
not be used unless permitted by the
relevant SR.
b) Treads on tyres must be at least
1mm deep on any part of the tyre
96
enjoy the ride
that comes in contact with the
ground.
c) The tread depth indicating holes on
slick tyres must be clearly visible and
at least 0.5mm deep.
d) Paddle or scoop treaded tyres may
not be fitted.
12.8.9.2 Valve caps must be used for all
competitions.
12.8.10 Mudguards
12.8.10.1Either a rear mudguard or a seat must be
fitted which extends at least 20 degrees
to the rear of a vertical line drawn through
the rear wheel axle.
12.8.10.2Mudguards must be made of a material,
which is not liable to cause personal injury
if deformed.
12.8.11 Sidecars - All Classes – except Moto
Trials
12.8.11.1Left hand and right hand sidecars may
not compete against each other with
the exception of Motocross, Classic
Motocross and Historic Road Racing.
12.8.11.2Sidecars, in addition to complying with
the requirements for solos, must be as
follows:
a) The sidecar body width must be
890mm measured from the closest
mounting point to the extremity of the
sidecar body including any step,
b) The track must be a minimum
of 580mm and a maximum of
1,005mm,
c) Ground clearance must be a
minimum of 88mm and a maximum
of 325mm,
d) The sidecar must have at least 4
mounting points,
e) The inside of the sidecar wheel must
be enclosed to floor level,
f) Rear sprockets and chains must be
enclosed around the passenger’s
working area,
g) Any step must have a maximum
width of 200mm from the sidecar,
h) A minimum of 2 hand grips must be
fitted,
i) Front mounted exhaust systems
must not protrude beyond the
outermost edges of the sidecar,
j) All outer edge sidecar chassis
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
corners must have a minimum 25mm
radius,
k) The machine and sidecar must have
front and rear wheel brakes,
l) The machine must be fitted with a
lanyard type cut-out switch,
m) Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited.
12.9
Fuel-all disciplines
12.9.1 Fuel Warning
12.9.1.1 Fuels and lubricants are highly specialised
substances and participants must be aware
they may contain substances that are
extremely dangerous to human health if
misused, inhaled or allowed to contact skin.
12.9.1.2 Some of the components of fuel and lubricants
are suspected of having the potential to cause
cancer in rare circumstances.
12.9.1.3 The use of petrol as a general cleaning
and washing agent is a common misuse
of a potentially dangerous substance.
12.9.1.4 Fuels should be used and stored with
extreme care and in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions.
12.9.2 Fuel Requirements
12.9.2.1 The fuel requirements of each discipline is
detailed in their respective chapters.
12.9.3 Fuel Testing
12.9.3.1 For any event, meeting or series, the RCB
may direct that no fuels other than fuels
of prescribed specifications and from a
prescribed source may be used.
a) Tests to ensure that only prescribed
fuels are used in an event, meeting
or series may be administered at any
time and place during the course of
the same,
b) The Clerk of Course, Race Director
or Chief Scrutineer may direct the
administration of fuel tests.
12.9.3.2 Fuel tests must comply with the following
procedures:
a) All containers for holding samples
must be clean and constructed of
robust non-reactive impermeable
material, must be sealable, and must
have provision for identification,
b) Equipment used for the extraction of
fuel from machines must be clean and
constructed of fuel non-reactive material,
c) All samples must be divided into 2
lots (Sample A and Sample B) of not
12
all disciplines
less than 5ml each, which must be
placed in separate containers,
d) Once samples are placed in
containers, the containers must
immediately be sealed and identified
by reference to the machine from
which the sample was taken. This
information must be entered on a
fuel sample certificate which must
certify the date, place and time of
taking the sample, the identity of the
machine from which the sample was
taken and the identity of the rider,
e) Both samples must remain in
the control of the official who
administered the test.
f) The rider or the representative must
sign the fuel sample certificate
acknowledging samples have been
taken and are sealed,
g) All samples held by the official must
be delivered as soon as practicable
after the competition to the RCB which
must deliver the Sample A as soon as
practicable to a laboratory approved
by MA where they must be tested for
content and quality in accordance with
standard scientific procedures,
h) The RCB must as soon as
practicable after receipt of the
results notify the rider or rider’s
team representative and MA,
i) If the rider is dissatisfied with the
test result of sample A, they may
request sample B be tested at an
MA approved laboratory in their
presence.
12.9.4 Refueling
12.9.4.1 During refueling, each machine must be
stationary with the engine stopped.
12.9.4.2 Refueling will be deemed to have
commenced when the fuel tank has been
opened and completed when the tank is
closed.
12.9.4.3 Smoking is strictly prohibited in areas
where refueling is permitted .
12.9.4.4 Riders are liable for exclusion from
an event for failing to adhere to GCR
12.9.4.3, and are responsible for the
actions of their mechanics and support
team members.
12.9.5 Homologation of Fuel
12.9.5.1 Unleaded fuel produced by an oil company 97
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
for sale in the Australian general transport fuel
market through retail petrol pumps in at least
3 states does not have to be homologated.
12.9.5.2 Organisations seeking homologation of
fuel must provide MA with:
a) Two 1-litre sealed containers of the
fuel for analysis,
b) Details of the fuels characteristics,
c) The distribution network,
d) The price structure,
e) A homologation fee of $1,500 in the first
year and $1,000 per year thereafter.
12.9.5.3 Fuels approved under this GCR will be
published at www.ma.org.au.
12.10
Noise Emissions - all disciplines
12.10.1 Specifications
12.10.1.1Noise emissions must not exceed 2 stroke
96dB(A)/ 4 stroke 94db(A) unless a lower
limit is provided for in SR or another limit
is shown in the table below:
DISCIPLINE
Road Racing
Historic Road Racing
Motocross and Supercross
Classic MX & Dirt Track
Speedway
Dirt Track
Track
Quads
Moto-Trials
Supermoto
Enduro & Reliabity Trials
Minikhana
Record Attempts
LIMIT dB(A)
102
102
94/96
96
98
94/96
98
94/96
96
94/96
94
95
No limit
12.10.1.2Where government regulations or planning
orders exist in relation to noise testing, or
where a permanent Road Race circuit
noise emission required is part of the
circuit hire contract, the noise emission
required will prevail over GCR 12.10.1.1.
12.10.2 Measurement
12.10.2.1Noise emissions must be measured with
a microphone placed 500mm from the
exhaust pipe at an angle of approx 45
degrees measured from the centre line
of the exhaust end, and at the height of
the exhaust pipe, but at least 200mm
above the ground. Where the height of
the exhaust outlet makes this impossible,
the microphone should be placed at a 45
degree angle above the outlet. see Figs.
98 12.10.2.2The reading shall be taken with engine
warmed up, running steadily at the
specified revs and with the motorcycle out
of gear. These revs are specified for Road
Racing and Historic Road Racing in the
table below. For all other disciplines, refer
to the table in 17.3.0.1.
12.10.2.3The test revs depends on the mean piston
speed corresponding to the stroke of the
engine according to the table below for
Road Racing and Historic Road Racing.
For all other disciplines of racing, refer
to the table in 17.3.0.1. The revs are
calculated using the following formula:
N= 300,000 x cm
I
Where N = prescribed revs
cm = fixed mean piston speed in
metres per second, and
I = stroke in mm
Stroke
RPM
in mm
Use for Road Race and
Historic Road Race. For
other disciplines See
17.3.0.1
30
11,000
31
10,645
32
10,313
33
10,000
34
9,706
35
9,429
36
9,167
37
8,919
38
8,684
39
8,462
40
8,250
41
8,049
42
7,857
43
7,674
44
7,500
45
7,333
46
7,174
47
7,021
48
6,875
49
6,735
50
6,600
51
6,471
52
6,346
53
6,226
54
6,111
55
6,000
56
5,893
57
5,789
58
5,690
59
5,593
60
5,500
61
5,410
62
5,323
63
5,238
Stroke
RPM
in mm
Use for Road Race and
Historic Road Race. For
other disciplines See
17.3.0.1
66
5,000
67
4,925
68
4,853
69
4,783
70
4,714
71
4,648
72
4,583
73
4,521
74
4,459
75
4,400
76
4,342
77
4,286
78
4,231
79
4,177
80
4,125
81
4,074
82
4,024
83
3,976
84
3,929
85
3,882
86
3,837
87
3,793
88
3,750
89
3,708
90
3,667
91
3,626
92
3,587
93
3,548
94
3,511
95
3,474
96
3,438
97
3,402
98
3,367
99
3,333
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Stroke
in mm
64
65
RPM
5,156
5,077
Stroke
in mm
100
RPM
3,300
12.10.3 Use of sound level meters
12.10.3.1Sound testing apparatus must comply
with international standard IEC 651, Type
1 or Type 2.
12.10.3.2Sound testing apparatus must be set
to “slow response” setting. A’ weighted
setting on sound level meter.
12.10.3.3Correction
a) Type 1 meter : deduct 1dB(A)
b) Type 2 meter : deduct 2dB(A)
12.10.3.4The revs shall be measured using a
calibrated electronic tachometer or a
vibrating reed tachometer held against
any solid part of the machine.
12
all disciplines
12.10.3.5The sound testing apparatus must be
equipped with a calibrator for control and
adjustment of the meter during periods of
use.
12.10.3.6During a sound test, machines not
equipped with a gear box neutral must be
placed on a stand.
12.10.3.7The sound level for engines with more
than one cylinder will be measured on
each exhaust end.
12.10.3.8The ambient sound within a 5m radius of the
test site should not exceed 80dB(A).
12.10.3.9Tests shall not take place in rain
12.10.3.10 In other than moderate wind, machines
shall face forward in the wind direction.
(Mechanical sound will blow forward,
away from microphone).
12.10.3.11Due to the influence of temperature on sound
tests, all figures are correct at 20°C.
3 Mtr Radius Exclusion Zone of all obstacles
5 Mtr Radius Zone Not To Exceed 80db(A) whilst testing
©
99
12
all disciplines
a) For tests taken at temperatures below
10°C, there will be a + 1dB(A) tolerance.
b) For tests below 0°C, there will be a +
2 dB(A) tolerance.
12.10.3.12Always round down meter reading, that is:
103.9dB(A) = 103dB(A).
12.10.4 Machine testing
12.10.4.1Other than the rider, the sound testing
operators and a person to hold the front
of the machine there should be no person
within 3 metres of the testing site.
12.10.4.2 Sound level measuring equipment must
include a compatible calibrator, which
must be used immediately before testing
begins and always just prior to a re-test if a
disciplinary sanction may be imposed.
12.10.4.3If a machine fails, it can be represented
for re-testing.
12.10.4.4No person may compete in any event on a
machine whose noise emissions exceed
the prescribed levels.
12.10.4.5A machine which does not comply with
the sound limits can be presented several
times.
12.10.4.6 When presented for examination, the correct
stroke must be stamped in a clearly visible
position on the crankcase.
12.10.5 Sound control during competition
12.10.5.1 The Noise Control Officer (NCO) must arrive
in sufficient time for discussions with the Clerk
of the Course and other Technical Officials in
order that a suitable test site and testing policy
can be agreed.
12.10.5.2In a competition which requires sound
control tests during the event, machines
must comply with the sound limits.
12.10.5.3Machines considered excessively noisy must
be individually tested if conditions allow.
12.10.5.2 Machines can be tested before, or after
competing in an event, chosen by ballot,
or as required by a Steward, Clerk of
Course or NCO.
12.11
Starts & finishes - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.11.1 Starts
12.11.1.1All competitors must, in relation to the
start of any event, comply with directions
issued by, and under the authority of, the
Starter. For such purposes the Starter, on
the instructions of a key official, may:
a) Delay a start,
100
b) Direct a restart,
enjoy the ride
c) Direct a competitor to start from:
i) The back of the starting grid,
ii) The pit lane,
iii) The rear of the field, or
iv) Such other position as shall be
required for the safe, fair and
orderly start of the event.
d) Exclude a competitor who is late for
the start.
12.11.1.2The method of starting will be as
prescribed by SR.
12.11.1.3The start of an event occurs:
a) When the order to start is given, or
b) For flying starts, when the starting
line is crossed.
12.11.2 Finishes
12.11.2.1For events where speed is the
determinant:
a) A chequered flag must be displayed
to each competitor as each
crosses the line, with the flag being
displayed:
i) To the first to complete the event,
who will, subject to the results of
any protests, be the winner, and
ii) Thereafter to each competitor who:
• Has completed not less than
75% of the event distance,
• Is still competing in the event on
the lap in which the chequered
flag is displayed to the winner,
with the sequence of completion
of the event being the
determinant of placings.
b) The finish of the event occurs when
the flag is displayed to the last
competitor under GCR 12.11.2.1 a),
c) The finish occurs for each machine
when the foremost part of the
machine crosses the line,
d) Where there are 2 competitors
required to be on 1 machine
together, both must finish the event
on the machine. On a solo machine
the competitor must finish the event
on the machine,
e) In case of a dead heat between
competitors for a place:
i) The places and the awards for
those places will be combined,
ii) The participants in the dead heat will
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
share the places and awards equally,
iii) The remaining places will be
relegated by the number of
participants in the dead heat.
12.11.3 Juniors - Starts and Finishes
12.11.3.1In addition to the general start
requirements for all competitors, juniors
must comply as follows:
a) Competitors may use up to 2 starting
blocks (1 per side) up to a maximum
of 100mm high and must be able
to start in the event unaided while
sitting on the machine,This does not
apply to Road Racing.
b) When assembled for the start of
an event, and during the event, no
competitor may receive outside
assistance other than at the direction
of the Steward, the Clerk of Course
or the Starter,
c) Pit board signals will not be used
in junior competition with the
exception of junior road racing.
Riders/Pit crew who fail to obey this
instruction are liable to exclusion for
the duration of the competition. Refer
GCR 4.3.7
d) When the number of competitors
exceeds 1 full grid:
i) Elimination heats and semi finals must be held,
ii) The RCB may direct that events
be decided by a final or finals,
consisting of a number of rounds.
12.12
Stopping Events- all disciplines
12.12.0.1Where an incident causes an event to be
stopped, the Steward or Clerk of Course
may declare the event complete if at
least 75% of the event distance or time,
whichever is the less, has been run.
12.12.0.2The results so declared will be based on
the placings at the finish line of the last full
lap completed before the incident but will
exclude those competitors who:
a) Caused the incident, or
b) Having been involved in the incident,
could not continue in the event.
12.12.1 Stopping and Re-Running Events
12.12.1.1The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
12
all disciplines
and considers that such conduct has:
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member, or
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or
more of the other competitors in the
event,
may declare the event void and order a rerun.
12.12.1.2If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct, or
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
12.12.1.3A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop an
event and order it to be re-run if it would
be dangerous for it to continue.
12.12.1.4In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down his or her
machine in the interests of safety,
or
iii) Left the course in the interests of
safety,
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from,
v) Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event,
may not participate.
12.13
Flags and Signals- all disciplines
12.13.0.1The minimum dimensions of all flags must
be 500mm x 500mm.
12.13.0.2Track flags and signals have the following
meanings:
101
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
FLAG SIGNAL
National flag dropped or raised
Red flag displayed
MEANING, AND REQUIREMENT OF COMPETITOR
Start
Race or practice stopped prematurely. Competitors must slow down, must
not overtake and must slowly proceed to the parc fermé, pits, or other area
indicated to them by officials. The red flag will also be used to signal the end
of a demonstration
Black flag held stationary and black board Competitor with number indicated on black board must stop at the pits on the
with rider’s number
next lap
Yellow flag held stationary
Danger, ride slowly, overtaking is forbidden
Yellow flag waved
Immediate danger, slow down, prepare to stop, overtaking forbidden
Yellow with Black diagonal cross
Last lap flag for Speedway only
No Jump Light
Danger, Overtaking forbidden, Jumping forbidden
Yellow flag with red stripes held stationary Deterioration of adhesion of the track
White flag waved
Slow moving intervention vehicle on track
Blue flag held stationary
Overtaking signal warning that competitor is soon to be overtaken
Blue flag waved
Overtaking signal warning that rider is about to be overtaken
Green flag held stationary
Course Clear
Last lap board
The last lap of the race is about to commence
Purple Flag
Protest flag for all junior competitors
Black and white chequered flag waved
Finish of Race, Practice session or Qualifying
12.13.0.3Flag signals may be supplemented by
light signals as follows:
SIGNAL
1 or 2 flashing yellow lights
Green light
Red light
SUPPLEMENT TO/
EQUIVALENT TO
Yellow flag
Green flag
Red flag
12.13.0.4The National flag signifying the start of an
event may be replaced by:
a) A light signal,
b) A starting tape,
c) A rubber band, or
d) A dropping gate
12.14
Scoring- all disciplines
12.14.0.1For events, other than:
a) The Australian Supercross
Championship which have fewer
than 15 start gates, and
b) Australian Superbike Championship
where a point scoring system is
used, points will be allocated from
1st to 20th placing as shown in the
following table:
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
102
POINTS
25
22
20
18
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
12.14.0.2An alternative points scoring system may
be approved for an MA series event.
12.14.0.3If a tie on points occurs for any position
in an event which is conducted over more
than 1 leg, the tying competitor who has
the higher finishing position in the final leg
of the event will be awarded the position.
12.14.0.4If a tie on points occurs for any position in
a series, the tying competitor who has the
greatest number of higher placings in the
series will be awarded the position.
12.15
Change of Machine during a
Competition - ALL DISCIPLINES
12.15.0.1During any competition, other than an
attempt at a record, no machine may be
exchanged for another unless permitted
under these Rules or any SR.
12.16
Junior Competition Rules ALL DISCIPLINES
12.16.0.1In Junior competition,
a) A rider’s age on 1st January will
determine their age for competition
purposes for that year,
b) A rider may move to the next higher
age class when they become
eligible by reason of celebrating a
birthday, but once the rider moves
to that higher age class, they may
not move back to the lower age
class,
c) Any points earned by the rider in
the lower age class cannot be
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12
all disciplines
Fig. 12.16.0.3 b)
AGE RANGE
4 to under 9
7 to under 9
7 to under 13
8 to under 16
JUNIOR DIRT TRACK & LONG TRACK
50cc Auto Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
Up to 80cc solo 4-stroke.
65cc Solo
Up to 100cc Solo 4-stroke
9 to under 12
9 to under 16
11 to under
16
12 to under
16
13 to under
16
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke
80/100cc 2 stroke/up to 150cc 4 stroke
Sidecar (Rider & Passenger)
JUNIOR MOTOCROSS & ENDURO
50cc Auto Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
65cc Solo
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (standard wheel
only)
80cc to 160cc Solo 4 stroke
80/100cc 2 stroke/up to 150cc 4 stroke Sidecar (Rider &
Passenger)
80cc to 160cc Solo 4-stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 Stroke
200 to 250cc Solo 4-stroke
transferred when the rider moves to the
higher age class,
d) This GCR applies to all riders up to
and including the age of 16 years.
12.16.0.2No person who is unable to lift his or her
machine unaided from the horizontal to
the vertical may compete in any Junior
competition.
12.16.0.3Subject to GCR12.16.0.1a) a Junior
who is under the age of 9 years may
compete on a 50cc automatic machine
notwithstanding that the Junior is unable
to lift the machine unaided from
the horizontal to vertical.
a) Junior competitors in the age
groups listed in the table above
may compete in the corresponding
classes:
b) No applicant will be issued with their
first competition licence if they are
under the age of 7 years,
c) Unless otherwise permitted in writing
by the RCB, for any event there must
be no greater age variation between
competitors than 4 years,
d) No participant in the 50cc automatic
class may compete in any other class
other than at Club level competitions,
e) In the 4 years to Under 9 years 50cc
Demo Class automatic non competitive
class, all riders are entitled to receive a
prize or award of the same size/value,
f) Subject to the following 2 GCRs, an
RCB may permit age group racing,
graded racing, or a combination of
both,
85cc Solo 2-stroke & 150cc 4-stroke (standard or big
wheels)
200 to 250cc Solo 4-stroke
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke
g) Age group racing:
i) Subject to sub-Rule ii), only
competitors in the same age
groups may compete against
each other,
ii) Competitors from different age
groups in the following classes may
compete with each other if there are
insufficient entries for each class:
85cc 2-stroke big wheels and
100cc - 150cc 4stroke single
cylinder,
125 100cc - 150cc single cylinder &
250cc 4-stroke,
Sidecars,
h) An RCB may grade junior competitors
according to their respective skills,
i) Demo class is a non competitive
class,
12.16.0.44-stroke non-motocross type machines
80cc to 160cc excluding 80cc 4-stroke
Modified for Dirt Track and Track
are approved for competition under the
following conditions:
a) Use limited to natural terrain Motocross
(no man-made jumps) , Enduro and
Dirt track competitions only.
b) Exhaust systems may be modified or
changed.
c) External gearing and carburetor
jetting may also be altered.
d) No other modifications are allowed.
12.16.0.54-stroke 150cc motocross-type machines
may compete against 85cc 2-stroke
machines in Junior competition.
103
12
enjoy the ride
all disciplines
12.16.1 Junior Trail Bikes
12.16.1.1The following machines are eligible for
club and inter-club competitions:
a) 7 to under 13 years 65cc class
MANUFACTURER
Honda
Kawasaki
Suzuki
Yamaha
MODEL(s)
CRF70, X R70
KLX 110, KLX110C,
KLX110L
JR80, DR-Z70
PW80, TT-R90 TT-R110
MANUFACTURER
Honda
Kawasaki
Yamaha
Suzuki
MODEL(s)
X R100, CRF100
KE100 KLX 140
TT-R125
DR-Z125/L
and similar machines approved by Board.
b) 9 to under 16 years 85cc class:
h)
and similar machines approved by Board.
12.17
Junior capacity classes - ALL
DISCIPLINES
i)
12.17.1 50cc Automatic - Demo Class Machines
12.17.1.1Eligible Machines are:
MANUFACTURER
FMC
Honda
HM
Husqvarna
Kawasaki
Kazuma
KTM
LEM
Suzuki
TM
Yamaha
MODEL(s)
PY50, X RX 50EY
CRF50, QR50
Baja Junior
Husky Boy Junior
KDX 50
Tiger Cat 50
Mini Adventure, 50ADV
Senior, 50SX Mini, 50SX
Junior 2008, 50SX Mini 2009
LX 1, CX 2, LX R50, RX 2AIR, RX2
JR50
50C1
PW50, TT-R50E
and similarly specified machines as
approved by the Board may be used.
12.17.1.2Machine Requirements:
a) Engine capacity must not exceed 50cc,
b) The gearbox for 2-stroke machines
must have 1 gear,
c) The gearbox for 4-stroke machines
may have up to 3 gears,
d) Standard gear ratios must be retained,
e) The clutch must be of centrifugal type,
and of OEM type,
f) 10” [254mm] wheels must be fitted,
g) The appearance of a machine must
104
remain as manufactured provided
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
that the following may be altered:
i) Colour,
ii) Seat,
iii) Mudguards,
iv) Handlebars,
v) Grips,
vi) Levers,
vii)Cables,
viii)Chains,
ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern,
x) Carburettor Jets,
xi) Spark Plug.
The frame of a machine may be
gusseted and strengthened but not so
as to alter the geometry of the frame.
A certificate issued by a qualified
engineer in respect of any such
gusseting and strengthening must be
available at machine examination,
The restricting washer in the exhaust
header pipe abutting the cylinder
barrel may be removed,
Throttle limiting devices may be removed,
A separate kill switch may be
installed in place of the standard,
Steel serrated foot pegs may replace
standard rubber pegs,
Handlebars must be securely plugged
and be no wider than 630mm,
Engine, Carburettor, Fuel system, Exhaust
System, Electrics & Air Box must remain
as per manufacturers specifications,
Carburettor size must not exceed 14mm.
12.17.2 50cc Auto Class - Machines
12.17.2.1Eligible Machines are
MANUFACTURER
Cobra
Gas Gas
HM
Husqvarna
Italjet
KTM
LEM
Malagutti
Polini
TM
MODEL(s)
King CX 50
EC 50
CRX 10/10 Senior, Baja
10/10, X 3R
Husky Boy SF03
Action Outlaw
SXR PRO SNR, 50SX, SXR
PRO JNR, 50 SX 2009
RX 2, RX 3, RX 3 2008,
LX 2F-USA, CR2, CR2S
RCX 10
X R3
50 C1
and similarly specified machines asapproved
by the Board may be used.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
12.17.2.2Machine Requirements:
a) Engine capacity must not exceed
50cc,
b) The gearbox must have 1 gear,
c) External gearing may be altered,
d) The clutch must be of centrifugal type,
and of OEM type,
e) 10” rear wheels must be fitted.10”
[254mm] or 12” [304mm] front
wheels may be fitted,
f) The appearance of a machine must
remain as manufactured provided
that the following may be altered:
i) Colour,
ii) Seat,
iii) Mudguards,
iv) Handlebars,
v) Grips,
vi) Levers,
vii)Cables,
viii)Chains,
ix) Tyre brand and tread pattern.
g) The frame of a machine may be
gusseted and strengthened but not
so as to alter the geometry of the
frame. A certificate issued by a
qualified engineer in respect of any
such gusseting and strengthening
must be available at machine
examination,
h) Throttle limiting devices may be
removed,
i) A separate kill switch may be
installed in place of the standard,
j) Steel serrated foot pegs may replace
standard rubber pegs,
k) Handlebars must be securely
plugged and be no wider than
630mm,
l) After market exhaust systems and
silencers are permitted.
12
all disciplines
12.17.3 Junior Solo – Wheel Sizes
CLASS
50cc Demo Class
50cc Auto Class
65cc
80cc 4-stroke
Standard &
Modified
85cc 2-stroke &
150cc 4-stroke
85cc 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke Big Wheel
85cc 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke Big Wheel
(Dirt Track & Track)
85cc 2-stroke & 150cc
4-stroke Standard
Wheel (Dirt Track &
Track)
100cc
125cc & over
250cc 4-stroke
FRONT
[Approx.
Metric Equiv.
in mm]
10” [254]
10” or 12”
[254 or 305]
14” to 15”
[356 to 381]
16” to 17”
[407 to 432]
15” to 17”
[381 to 432]
19” to 21”
[482 to 534]
19”
[482]
REAR
[Approx.
Metric Equiv.
in mm]
10” [254]
10” [254]
12” [305]
14”
[356]
14” [356]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” or 17”
[407 to 457]
17”
[457]
14”
[356]
18” to 21”
[457 to 534]
17” to 21”
[432 to 534]
17” to 23”
[432 to 586]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
16” to 19”
[407 to 482]
12.17.4 Junior Solo- Handlebars
12.17.4.1Solo handlebars must be plugged and have no greater than the following widths:
CAPACITY
50cc Automatic
65cc
85cc 2-stroke / 150cc
4-stroke
Over 85cc / 150cc
4-stroke
HANDLEBAR WIDTH
630mm
750mm
800mm
850mm
12.17.5 Junior Sidecar- Wheel Sizes
12.17.5.1The maximum wheel rim sizes for all
relevant classes are:
WHEEL
Front
Rear
Sidecar
SIZE [Approx. Metric Equivalent]
19” [482mm]
16” [407mm]
14” [356mm]
105
13
13
13.1
AUSTRALIAN CHAMPIONSHIPS
MA EVENTS
13.1.1 Events for which MA is the RCB
13.1.1.1 The events for which MA is the RCB are
detailed in GCR 2.1.1.1 (b)
13.2
Protocols
13.2.1
Protocols for MA Series Events and
International Meetings
13.2.1.1 Promoters are to deal directly with MA
including:
a) The submission of date applications,
b) The submission of draft SR,
c) Payment of fees, bonds and levies.
13.2.1.2 MA will advise SCBs of series dates by
1 October in order that SCBs may avoid
clashes,
13.2.1.3 Permits may not be issued for Supercross
meetings at venues within 100kms of
a round of the Australian Supercross
Championship 8 weeks prior to and 4
weeks after the Championship round.
13.2.2
13.2.2.1
13.2.2.2
13.2.2.3
13.2.2.4
106
enjoy the ride
australian championships
Protocols
for
Australian
Championships not forming a Series
Promoters may make application to MA
to host Championships, with a copy of
the application sent to the relevant SCB.
The application will include the proposed
dates, venue, Promoter and address the
criteria in GCR 13.2.
MA will award a Championship to Promoter
which becomes responsible for ensuring
the meeting is conducted to a standard befitting an Australian Championship.
MA may require a Promoter to lodge a
performance bond which may be totally
or partially forfeited if key performance
criteria are not met.
The Promoter is responsible for:
a) Providing MA with email draft SR for
approval,
b) Paying MA the performance bond,
permit fee and rider insurance levy,
c) The adequate circulation of SR,
d) Providing MA with comprehensive
and accurate results by email the
day after the meeting,
e) Ensuring there is appropriate
promotion and publicity, which is to
also incorporate the MA logo,
f) Ensuring all Rules governing
the administration of Australian
Championships are adhered to,
g) Ensuring the prescribed level of
medical service is provided.
13.2.2.5 The following issues are key performance
criteria Promoters will be assessed on:
a) Adequate number of officials and
other personnel to properly conduct
the meeting,
b) The performance of officials,
c) The appropriate promotion of
Championships,
d) Providing prescribed medical
services,
e) Ensuring there are no date clashes
with the Championship,
f) Correct signage,
g) An effective radio communication
system,
h) An adequate control tower (where
appropriate),
i) A safe venue,
j) Adequate public facilities,
k) Ensuring the MA logo and flag are
displayed as required.
13.2.3 SR and Entry Forms
13.2.3.1 MA will publish SR and entry forms on
www.ma.org.au for entrants to download.
13.2.3.2 SR and entry forms for:
a) Series Championships may only be
accessed from the MA website or
the Promoter,
b) Stand-alone Championships may be
accessed from the MA website, the
host SCB or the Promoter.
13.2.4 Protest Fees, Licence Declaration
Fees and Fines
13.2.4.1 Protest fees, licence declaration fees and
fines are to be collected by the Steward
and paid to MA.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13
13.2.5 Venues
13.2.5.1 Venues will be licensed by:
a) MNSW in the case of all NSW
venues;
b) MA – Road Racing venues;
c) Stewards / Race Director –
temporary Supercross venues.
d) SCBs – all other venues; and
e) FIM – World Championships.
13.2.6
The Allocation of Australian Championships
which do not form a Series
13.2.6.1 Promoters may make application to MA
to host championships, with a copy of the
application sent to the relevant SCB.
13.2.6.2 The
protocols
for
Australian
Championships are detailed in this
Chapter.
13.2.6.3 In considering applications, MA may have
regard to any 1 or more of the following
considerations:
a) The likely level of media exposure
of, and public support for, the event,
b) The level of support for the discipline
by the relevant SCB,
c) The regularity and frequency with
which State championships in the
discipline in the area of the relevant
SCB,
d) The financial resources of the
Promoter and of any proposed
Promoter of the event,
e) The quality of any proposed venue,
f) The provision of access to
any proposed venue, and
accommodation, for spectators.
g) The availability of quality officials,
h) The previous record of the
Promoter in conducting Australian
championships,
i) Such other considerations, as MA
considers relevant.
13.2.6.4 MA may refuse the application or may
grant the same and may impose such
conditions as it considers are necessary
and reasonable for the fair, safe and
effective conduct of the event. Within 1
month of receipt of written notification of
the issue of the grant, the SCB must pay
the prescribed permit fee to MA.
australian championships
13.2.6.5 In the event of a Promoter to which an
Australian Championship has been
granted failing to pay the permit fee or to
conduct the event in accordance with the
grant:
a) The performance bond will be
forfeited and may be applied by
MA in reduction of the permit fee
payable by any other Promoter to
whom the conduct of the event is
granted,
b) MA may offer the event to another
Promoter.
13.2.7 The
Allocation
of
Australian
Championships Forming a Series
13.2.7.1 Promoters in each State may apply
to MA to host a round of the relevant
Championship.
107
13
13.2.8
Categories for Senior Australian Championships
A4DE
E1: 100cc to 150cc 2-stroke &
150cc to 250cc 4-stroke
E2: 175cc to 250cc 2-stroke &
275cc to 450cc 4-stroke
E3: 290cc to 500cc 2-stroke &
475cc to 650cc 4-stroke
State Trophy Team
Junior Trophy Team
Veterans
Masters
Womens
OFFROAD
E1: 100cc to 150cc 2-stroke &
150cc to 250cc 4-stroke
E2: 175cc to 250cc 2-stroke &
275cc to 450cc 4-stroke
E3: 290cc to 500cc 2-stroke &
475cc to 650cc 4-stroke
Veterans
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
125cc GP
Solo-132cc-250cc
250cc GP
Solo-263cc-350cc
Supersport
Solo-368cc-500cc
Solo-526cc-1300cc
Sidecar-up to 1300cc
Period 2 up to 350cc
Period 2 368cc to 1300cc
Period 3 Formula 700 526cc to 700cc
Period 4 Formula 750 526cc to 750cc
Sidecars F1
Production Superbikes
GP 250cc Mono
Superstock 600cc (C & D Grade)
Superstock 1000c (B,C&D Grade)
Period 5 Formula 750 526cc to 750cc
Under 19 (15 years to under 19)
CLASSIC MX & DIRT TRACK
Pre 1960 Solo All Powers
Masters
Pre 1965 Solo 250cc
SPEEDWAY
Solo Individual
Solo Pairs
Pre 1965 Solo 263cc – over
Pre 1975 Age group racing (a)
under 30 (b) 30 to 39 (c) 40 to 49
(d) 50 to 59 (e) 60 plus
Pre 1970 Solo 250cc
Pre 1970 Solo 263cc – over
Pre 1975 Solo 125cc
Under 21
Pre 1975 Solo 132cc – 250cc
Sidecar
Pre 1975 Solo 263cc – over
SUPERMOTO
S1: Over 250cc 2-stroke &
over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke
S2: Up to 250cc 2-stroke &
up to 450cc 4-stroke
S3: 125cc to 200cc 2-stroke &
up to 250cc 4-stroke
S4: Quad Open
MOTOCROSS
Pro-Lites
Women’s
MOTO-TRIALS
Solo
Sidecar
Classic
Post Classic
Youth
Veteran
Masters
Women
ROAD RACING
Solo-up to 125cc
Pre 1975 4-stroke – All Powers
108 108
enjoy the ride
australian championships
Pre 1978 125cc
Pre 1978 132cc to 250cc
Pre 1978 263cc - over
Pre 1985 125cc solo
Pre 1985 132cc to 250cc solo
Pre 1985 263cc & over
Slider Class up to 250cc [DT only]
Slider Class 263cc & over (DT only)
Evolution 125cc solo
Evolution 132cc to 250cc solo
Evolution 263cc to 1300cc solo
Pre 1968 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 1975 Sidecar up to 1300cc
Pre 1985 Sidecar up to 1300cc
100cc to 150cc 2-stroke
200cc to 250cc 4-stroke
Pro-Open
151cc-250cc 2-stroke
251cc-450cc 4-stroke
Sidecar
Women’s
SUPERCROSS
SX -Lites
100cc to 150cc 2-stroke
200cc to 250cc 4-stroke
SX -Open
151cc-250cc 2-stroke
251cc-450cc 4-stroke
QUAD MOTOCROSS
Pro Open Men
Pro Open Women
Veterans-35 to 44 years
Veterans-45 years on
Classic
Post Classic
Youth
Veteran
Masters
Women
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13
Unlimited Open
DIRT TRACK
Capacities
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX
Frame
250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc
4-Stroke, MX Frame
Up to 250cc
500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc
4-Stroke, MX Frame
Unlimited MX & Slider
Women’s Open
Unlimited Capacity, MX Frame
1100cc Dirt
Track Sidecar
Up to 1100cc Dirt Track
Sidecar
Quads Pro Open
Men’s
Quads Pro Open
Women’s
Quads Unlimited
450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame
Classes
Pro Lites*
Pro Open
250 Slider
MX Open
450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame
Unlimited Capacity, OEM
Frame
australian championships
Classes
Pro Lites*
Pro Open
250 Slider
MX Open
500cc Long
Track Slider
Women’s Open
1100cc Dirt
Track Sidecar
1100cc Long
Track Sidecar
Quads Pro Open
Men’s
Quads Pro Open
Women’s
Quads Unlimited
TRACK
Capacities
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX
Frame
250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc
4-Stroke, MX Frame
Up to 250cc
500cc 2 Stroke & Over
460cc 4-Stroke, MX Frame
500cc 4-Stroke Slider
Unlimited Capacity, MX
Frame
Up to 1100cc Dirt Track
Sidecar
Up to 1100cc Long Track
Sidecar
450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame
450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame
Unlimited Capacity, OEM
Frame
* Sliders eligible until 1/1/2011
109
109
13
enjoy the ride
australian championships
13.2.9 Categories for Junior Australian Championships
TRACK, DIRT TRACK
65cc MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard Wheel, OEM MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX frame, Junior Girls
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke, Slider
80cc 4-Stroke Modified, OEM frame
100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc 2-Stroke, MX frame
100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke & 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX frame, Junior Girls
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke & 200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, Slider (separate from
01/01/2011)
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX frame
7-U 9 YRS, 9–U 13 YRS
9-U11 YRS
11-U13 YRS, 13-U16 YRS
11–U16 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
7-U10 YRS, 10- U14 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
13–U 16 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
OFF ROAD
85cc 2 stroke & Up to 150cc 4 stroke (Standard Wheels only)
9-11yrs
85cc 2 stroke & Up to 150cc 4 stroke
12-13yrs
85cc 2 stroke & Up to 150cc 4 stroke
14-15yrs
125cc - 200cc 2-stroke & 150cc - 250cc 4-stroke
13-14 yrs
125cc - 200cc 2-stroke & 150cc - 250cc 4-stroke
15 yrs
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS AND DIRT TRACK
Up to 125cc 2-stroke and up to 250cc 4-stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
MOTOCROSS
50cc Division 2
7 to under 9yrs
65cc Solo
7 to under 9yrs, 9 to under 11yrs, 11 to under 13yrs
85cc 2-stroke (Standard Wheel)
9 to under 12yrs
85cc 2 stroke (Standard / Big Wheel)
12 to under 14 yrs, 14 to under 16 yrs
150cc 4 stroke (Standard Wheel)
9 to under 12 years
150cc 4-stroke (Standard / Big Wheel)
12 to under 14yrs, 14 to under 16yrs
200cc to 250cc 4stroke
13 to under 15yr. 15yrs
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke
13 to under 15yrs, 15yrs
Sidecar 80cc-100cc 2 stroke/ 150cc 4 stroke
9 to under 13 yrs
Sidecar 80cc - 100cc 2 stroke/ 150cc 4 stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
85cc 2 stroke/150cc 4 stroke All Wheel Female
12 to under 16 yrs
150cc 2 stroke/250cc 4 stroke Female
13 to under 16 yrs
Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Std 7 to under 10 years
Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Std 9 to under 13 years
Quad 90cc 2 stroke & 110cc 4 stroke Mod 9 to under 13 years
Quad 200cc 2 stroke & 300cc 4 stroke 12 to under 16 years
125 Solo
125 Solo
350cc Solo
250cc Sidecar
CLASS
Junior 7-12 years
Junior Open
Junior Women
110
SPEEDWAY
Under 16 years - Individual
Under 16 years - Teams
14 to under 16 yrs- Individual
11 to under 16 years-Rider & Passenger
MOTO-TRIALS
CAPACITY
Up to 200cc
13 to 15 years Open capacity
7 to under 15 years Open Capacity
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
13.3
13
CHAMPIONSHIP MEDALLIONS AND
TROPHIES
13.3.1 Individual Competitions
13.3.1.1 MA medallions will be presented to
the 1st, 2nd and 3rd riders in each
championship solo class and the first,
second and third rider and passenger
in the championship sidecar class at all
Australian championship meetings.
13.3.2 All Competitions
13.3.2.1 At least the first 3 place getters in any
Australian Championship event must be
awarded a sash or similar permanent
memento of the achievement by the
Promoter, irrespective of MA awards.
13.3.3 Australian Enduro Teams Championships
13.3.3.1 MA medallions will be presented to the
members of the 1st, 2nd and 3rd placed
teams in the state trophy and junior trophy
competition at the Australian Enduro
teams Championships.
13.3.4 Australian Road Race Championships
13.3.4.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in
the Australian Road Race Championships
where there are:
a) 15 or more starters for solo classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
b) 10 or more starters for sidecar
classes which actually participate in
practice, qualifying or races.
13.3.5 Other Australian Championships
13.3.5.1 Medallions and points will be awarded in
all other Australian Championships where
there are:
a) 10 or more starters for solo classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
b) 6 or more starters for sidecar classes
which actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races,
c) For Historic Road Racing see GCR
16.12
d) For Moto Trials see GCR 13.3.5.3
e) 6 or more starters for Pre 60 and
Pre 65 Classic Motocross and Dirt
Track.
f) 6 or more starters for all fermale
australian championships
classes which
actually participate in practice,
qualifying or races.
13.3.5.2 For the purposes of determining eligibility
to compete for medallions, the capacity
categories set out in the above table for
pre-1975 Classic Motocross are divided
into the following age group classes:
a) Under 30,
b) 30 years to under 40,
c) 40 years to under 50,
d) 50 years to under 60,
e) 60 years and over,
f) Juniors aged 13 to under 16
years.
13.3.5.3 For Moto-Trials, the minimum number of
starters shall be 5.
13.3.6 Duke of Edinburgh Trophies
13.3.6.1 The Duke of Edinburgh Trophies will be
inscribed each year with the names of
the winners of the highest capacity solo
and sidecar Australian Championship for
the following:
a) Australian Superbike Championship
Series – Superbike and Sidecar,
b) Open class of the Australian
Motocross Championships,
c) Australian Dirt Track Championships
Up to 450cc 4stroke FTX Solo and
Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar,
d) Australian Speedway
Championships — Solo and
Sidecar,
13.3.6.2 The winners of the Duke of Edinburgh
Trophy will be entitled to have a
photograph taken of them with the
trophy.
13.3.6.3 The cost of the photograph will be
subject to price approval by the SCB and
recoverable from MA.
13.3.6.4 The trophies will be held by MA.
13.3.7 Promotion of Australian Championships
13.3.7.1 Programs for Australian Championships
must:
a) Indicate on the front cover the
nature of the event,
b) Give visual prominence to title
events over support events.
111
13
13.3.7.2 At all Australian Championships:
a) An MA flag and banner must be on
display at the start or finish line at
the event,
b) Competitors must place an MA
supplied logo on the front number
plate of their machines.
13.3.7.3 The MA logo must be displayed following
the logo use style-guide issued by MA:
a) On all publications relating to the
event,
b) On the front cover of the event
program.
112 112
enjoy the ride
australian championships
13.3.8
Listing of Australian Championships in
State Calendars
13.3.8.1 The event calendar of an SCB hosting 1
or more Australian Championships in any
year:
a) Must list each Australian
Championship being hosted by that
SCB in that year,
b) Must be sent to MA and all other
SCBs by no later than 31st October
of the preceding year.
14
2009 in pictures
enjoy the ride
Clockwise from below:
Jarrod Bewley at the Australian Off Road
Championship; David White congratulates Darryl
Hiddle at World Environment Day; Podium at the
2009 Australian Speedway Sidecar Championship;
Mandy Beales at the innaugural Honda Broadford Bike
Bonanza; Jay Marmont during the 2009 Australian
Motocross Championship.
114
from below:
he Australian Off Road
White congratulates Darryl
nment Day; Podium at the
way Sidecar Championship;
ugural Honda Broadford Bike
during the 2009 Australian
Championship.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
14
2009 in pictures
Clockwise from above:
Jason Crump wins the 2009 Speedway World
Championship; Matt Moss at the 2009 Australian
Motocross Championship; Attendees at the 2009
Women’s ISDE training camp.
115
enjoy the ride
15
15.1
Road racing
Frames and parts - ROAD RACING
15.1.1 Streamlining
15.1.1.1 Streamlining must leave the front wheel
and mudguard exposed.
15.1.2 Brakes
15.1.2.1 At least 2 efficient brakes must operate
independently of each other on the front
and rear wheels.
15.1.2.2 Front brake caliper bolts to be lockwired in
the tightened position
15.1.3 General
15.1.3.1 Radiator protection guards may be fitted
providing there is no modification to the
radiators or bodywork.
15.1.3.2 Frame protection devices may be added
providing they do not protrude more than
80mm from the bodywork and are no
more than 80mm in diameter.
15.1.3.3 A chain guard made of a suitable material must
be fitted in such a way to prevent trapping
between the lower drive chain run and the final
drive sprocket at the rear wheel.
15.1.3.4 All lateral covers/engine cases containing
oil and which could be in contact with the
ground during a crash, must be protected
by a second cover made from composite
materials, type carbon or Kevlar , or be
fitted with heavy duty crash resistant
end cases made from solid metal. Plates
and/or bars from aluminium or steel are
also permitted. All these devices must be
designed to be resistant against sudden
shocks and must be fixed properly and
securely. Bonding alone is not a suitable
method of mounting.
15.1.3.5 Lap timers with a maximum retail value of
$700.00 including GST may be used.
15.2
116 116
Engines - ROAD RACING
15.2.1 General
15.2.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked or
otherwise secured in the tightened position
in a manner approved by the Scrutineer.
15.2.1.2 Where flexible oil lines other than those
supplied as standard equipment by the
original machine manufacturer are used,
they must incorporate high pressure hose
secured by high pressure connections.
For other than historic machines, worm
drive hose clamps may not be used.
15.2.1.3 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
a) The ground,
b) Tyres or other moving parts over the
full movement of the suspension.
15.2.1.4 4-stroke motorcycles must be equipped
with an oil catch tank or sealed airbox:
a) With a minimum volume of 300cc,
b) Which is to be emptied after each
event.
15.2.1.5 The only liquid coolant permitted is water.
15.2.1.6 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic
fluid levels must be maintained within
manufacturers’ specifications.
15.2.1.7 A self-closing throttle must be fitted.
15.2.1.8 With the exception of Period 1-5 Historic
machines,
and
production-based
machines without a lower fairing which
have ADR compliance, all machines,
including sidecars, must be fitted with
an integral lower fairing dam or separate
catch tray, which must be constructed to
trap and hold engine oil and / or coolant:
a) For 4-strokes machines, a capacity
of at least 3 litres,
b) For 2-stroke machines, a capacity of
at least 2.5 litres,
c) With no less than 2 holes, each of
25mm, which may only be opened in
wet race conditions.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.3 NOISE EMISSIONS-ROAD
RACING
15.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided
for in the SR or by the circuit hire
agreement
15.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10.2
15.3.0.3 The FIM guidelines for use of sound level
meters must be followed.
15.4
Protective Clothing – road
racing
15.4.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any road racing competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
15.4.1 Helmet
15.4.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
15.4.2 Clothing
15.4.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of
leather or enclosed plastic foam at
least 8mm thick:
i) Shoulders,
ii) Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint,
and
iv) Knees.
15.4.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers or a
full kevlar suit.
15ROAD RACING
15.4.3 Footwear
15.4.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection
which must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability. but not constructed of
rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
15.4.3.2 Knee and boot scrapers that spark when
dragged on the ground are forbidden
15.1.3.3 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear
ankle length boots.
15.4.4 Gloves
15.4.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.4.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers
on sidecars.
15.4.5 Goggles and Visors
15.4.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are
not used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
15.4.6 Hair and Jewellery
15.4.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
15.4.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
15.4.7 General footwear
15.4.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
lane at all times.
15.5
Fuel - ROAD RACING
15.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines, unless otherwise
specified must:
a) Be Unleaded,
b) Be no more than 100 RON,
117
117
enjoy the ride
15Road racing
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating
oils,
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
15.5.0.2 Fuels other than those listed in the
previous GCR may be leaded, provided:
a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers
approved by Environment Australia.
15.6
Superbikes
15.6.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superbike
machines must:
a) Be fitted with the ADR compliance
plates for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which they
compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e) Be fitted with a 4-stroke engine with
a capacity not less than 800cc nor
greater than 1000cc, or 2 cylinder/4
stroke engine not greater than
1200cc capacity,
f) Be homologated in accordance with
Chapter 12, provided that, before any
machine of a particular make and
model may compete in any event.
i) The range of vehicle
identification numbers for each
model must be provided to MA,
ii) At least 20 production machines
of that make and model must
have been imported into
Australia by the manufacturer
or the Australian distributor
representing that manufacturer.
15.6.0.2 The choice of tyre is optional but any
restriction on the number of tyres which
may be used must be included in SR.
15.6.0.3 To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all
118
15.6.0.4
15.6.0.5
15.6.0.6
15.6.0.7
15.6.0.8
other fluids at optimum levels, must weigh
no less than 165kg. A 1% tolerance at
post race control will be allowed.
The following must be removed:
a) Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horns,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
Any sharp edges left by the removal of the
above components must be protected by
a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm
diameter.
Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle
vent, must exhaust into the airbox to the
rear of the intakes. The lower airbox
breather tube must be blocked.
The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Instruments and associated cables,
c) Chain guard and registration plate
brackets,
d) Air injection pollution control system,
e) Carburettor anti-icing device,
f) Rear fender,
g) Rear number plate bracket,
h) Air filter element,
i) Starter Motor and starter motor drive
system,
j) Alternator,
k) Steering damper.
The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster. The link arm
rod may be changed or modified but
the suspension linkage must remain
standard,
c) Data acquisition, computers,
recording equipment (Note:
Telemetry devices are prohibited),
d) When items under the preceding
GCR are added, a Scrutineering
downloading access plug connector
is mandatory,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
e) Fuel injection control devices.
15.6.0.9 The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine:
a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses,
b) Fairings, screens, rear bodywork
and rear seat so as to provide for
the mounting of a rear number plate,
rider’s seat, mudguards, air intake
lids in bodywork, airbox intake tubes,
tank covers and side covers, but
replacements must be the same in
shape and appearance as the original,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens but the replacements must
be mounted on the frame at the
original mounting points,
d) Fuel tank filler cap assembly
providing there is no modification
required to fuel tank.
e) Handlebars, handlebar mounted
levers, master cylinders and controls,
f) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted on the
frame at the original mounting points,
g) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the motorcycle
manufacturer has no specified torque
setting or it is less than 10Nm,
h) Air filter element,
i) Air funnels (velocity stacks),
j Instruments,
k) Wiring loom, ECU and fuel injection
control units,
l) Spark plugs and high tension leads,
m) Battery and alternator,
n) Exhaust system,
o) Clutch plates and springs,
p) External gearing,
q) Radiator expansion tank,
r) Valve retainers and valve springs,
s) Camshafts and cam wheels,
t) Head gaskets,
u) Front suspension springs and damping
parts and fork top caps may be
modified or replaced, but the external
appearance of the forks must not be
changed,
v) Rear suspension damping units and
springs,
w) A supplementary radiator, provided
15ROAD RACING
there are no changes to the
bodywork, main radiator or frame.
15.6.0.10The following may be replaced by other parts
made by the manufacturer and fitted as OEM
equipment on another Australian Design
Rules approved model sold in Australia:
a) Wheels, providing diameter is the
same as original fitment.
15.6.0.11The following OEM parts may be modified:
a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted
or replaced to alter valve timing,
b) Water pump impeller,
c) Gearbox drive dogs may be
undercut,
d) Cylinder head valve seats may be
recut,
e) Cylinder head ports by removal of
material only,
f) Cylinder head and cylinder block
mating surfaces may be machined,
g) Alternator cover,
h) OEM piston valve pocket machining.
15.7
Supersport
15.7.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Supersport
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which they
compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e) Have an engine capacity of:
i) No more than 600cc for 4
cylinder engines,
ii) No more than 675cc for 3
cylinder engines, and
iii) No more than 750cc for 2
cylinder engines.
15.7.0.2 At least 20 production machines of that
make and model must have been imported
into Australia, by the manufacturer or the
Australian distributor representing the
manufacturer.
15.7.0.3 By the 1st January in the year of
competition the tyre manufacturers/
119
119
enjoy the ride
15Road racing
distributors must provide a list of tyres that
will be available and if any additional tyres
are to be introduced during the course of
the year the tyre distributor must notify MA
prior to the tyres becoming available
15.7.0.4 Tyres must comply with GCR 15.10.0.2
15.7.0.5 Only when a race or practice has been
declared “wet”, the use of a special
tyre, commonly known as a wet tyre, is
allowed. Homologation is not required for
wet tyres.
15.7.0.6 To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all
other fluids at optimum levels, must
weigh no less than
a) 158kg for 4 cylinder 600cc,
b) 162kg for 3 cylinder 675cc, and
c) 166kg for 3 cylinder 750cc.
A 1% tolerance at post race control will
be allowed.
15.7.0.7 The following must be removed:
a) Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horns,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
15.7.0.8 Any sharp edges left by the removal of
these components must be protected
by a rolled edge or beading of minimum
3mm diameter.
15.7.0.9 Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle
vent must exhaust into the airbox to the
rear of the intakes. The lower airbox
breather tube must be blocked.
15.7.0.10The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Instruments and associated cables,
c) Chain guard and registration plate
brackets,
d) Air injection pollution control system,
e) Carburettor anti-icing device,
f) Rear fender,
g) Registration plate/bracket and label 120
holder,
h) Steering damper.
15.7.0.11The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster,
c) MA approved and official series
timing devices.
d) MA approved fuel metering
devices.
15.7.0.12The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine.
a) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses,
b) Fairing, screen, rear seat so as to
provide for the mounting of a rear
number plate, rear bodywork, Rider’s
seat, mudguards, tank covers,
airbox intake tubes, air intake lids
in bodywork and side covers, but
replacements must be the same
in shape and appearance as the
original,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens but the replacements must
be mounted on the frame at the
original mounting points,
d) Handlebars, handlebar mounted
levers, master cylinders and controls,
e) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted on
the frame at the original mounting
points,
f) External gearing,
g) Exhaust system,
h) Wiring Loom and Fuel Injection
Control Unit / ECU,
i) Spark plugs and high tension leads,
j) Rear suspension damping units and
springs,
k) Clutch plates and springs,
l) Radiator expansion tank,
m) Battery, but the replacement must be
capable of starting the machine prior
to, and post race,
n) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the motorcycle
manufacturer has no specified torque
setting or it is less than 10Nm,
o) Engine cam wheels, provided they
are manufactured in the same
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
material as the original,
p) Head Gasket,
q) Camshaft may be replaced, but the
lift must remain standard,
r) Valve springs, collets and retainers,
s) Front suspension, springs and
damping parts and fork top caps
may be modified or replaced, but
the external appearance of the forks
must not be changed,
t) Air filters and Air funnels (Velocity
Stacks),
u) Fuel tank filler cap assembly
providing there is no modification
required to fuel tank.
15.7.0.13The following OEM parts may be
modified:
a) Engine cam wheels may be slotted
to alter valve timing,
b) Gearbox drive dogs may be
undercut,
c) Cylinder head valve seats may be
recut,
d) Cylinder head and cylinder block
mating surfaces may be machined,
e) Carburettor slides.
15.8
Superstock 600
15.8.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superstock 600
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which they
compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e) For 2 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 750cc,
f) For 3 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 675cc,
g) For 4 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 600cc,
h) At least 20 production machines of
that make and model must have
been imported into Australia by
the manufacturer or the Australian
distributor representing the
15ROAD RACING
manufacturer.
15.8.0.2 Tyres must be homologated by MA and
must:
a) Be commercially available in
Australia,
b) Be manufactured for road use in all
weather conditions,
c) Be not less than the machine
manufacturer’s recommended speed
and load rating,
d) Be worn no more than to the
minimum tread depth indicators,
e) Not be manufactured for only
competition use,
f) Not have an augmented or modified
tread pattern,
g) Comply with the service description
(load and speed rating) as
permanently moulded on the OEM
tyre side wall,
h) Comply with the relevant requirements
of the nominated standard. e.g.
ETRTO, JATMA & TRA.
15.8.0.3 When, a race or practice has been
declared ‘wet’, the use of a special tyre
commonly known as a wet tyre is allowed.
Homologation of wet tyres is not required.
15.8.0.4 To be permitted to compete, a machine,
without rider, empty of fuel, but with all
other fluids at optimum levels, must weigh
no less than:
a) 162kg for 4 cylinder,
b) 162kg for 3 cylinder,
c) 170kg for 2 cylinder.
15.8.0.5 A 1% tolerance at post race control will be
allowed.
15.8.0.6 The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
15.8.0.7 The following may be replaced or
modified:
a) Fairing,
b) Screen,
121
121
15Road racing
15.8.0.8
15.9
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
Rear body work,
Seat,
Mudguards,
Tank covers, and
Frame side covers,
but replacements must be the same in shape and appearance as the original.
h) Mounting bracket for fairing, screen
and instruments, but replacements
must be mounted in the original
position on the frame,
i) Passenger footrests,
j) Spark plug type, leads and cap,
k) External gearing and chain, but not
chain pitch,
l) Brake pads, linings and brake
hoses,
m) The muffler and tail connector pipe
at the bolt-on or slip-on flange joints
only, the original header pipes
must remain as supplied by the
manufacturer,
n) Front and rear suspension springs
and internal components, but
external appearance must remain
unchanged,
o) Handlebars, but replacements must
be mounted in the original position
on the fork assembly and have
the same profile and shape as the
original assembly,
p) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted at
the original mounting points,
q) Air filter element,
r) Engine and gearbox breather tubes
and the radiator bottle overflow
must exhaust into the airbox to the
rear of the intakes. The lower airbox
breather tubes must be blocked.
The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Ride height adjuster, providing there
is no modification or alteration to
frame or rear suspension unit.
SUPERSTOCK 1000
15.9.0.1 Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Superstock
122
enjoy the ride
1000 machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all
States and Territories in which they
compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer,
e) For 2 and 3 cylinder engines, have
an engine capacity of no more than
1200cc,
f) For 4 cylinder engines, have an engine
capacity of no more than 1000cc,
g) At least 20 production machines of
that make and model must have
been imported into Australia by
the manufacturer or the Australian
distributor representing the
manufacturer, with a maximum
retail price of $35,000 (price to be
regulated by MA as new models are
released and as prices increase and
decrease)
h) To be permitted to compete, a
machine, without rider, empty of fuel,
but with all other fluids at optimum
levels, must weigh no les than:
i) 165kg for all 4 cylinder machines
ii) 170kg for all 2 and 3 cylinder machines
A 1% tolerance at post race control will
be allowed
15.9.0.2 Tyres:
a) Must comply with GCR 15.10.0.2
b) Brand, type and quantity will
be specified in Supplementary
Regulations.
c) Only when practice or a race has
been declared wet is the use of a
special trye, commonly known as a
wet tyre, is allowed. Homologation is
not required for wet tyres.
15.9.0.3 The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horn,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
e)
f)
g)
h)
15.9.0.4
15.9.0.5
15.9.0.6
15.9.0.7
15.9.0.8
Traffic indicators,
Mirrors,
Centre and side stands,
Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
Any sharp edges left by the removal of
compontents mentioned in GCR 15.9.0.3
must be protected by a rolled edge or
beading of a minimum 3mm diameter
Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle
vent must exhaust into the air box to the
rear of the intakes. The lower breather
tube must be blocked off.
The following may be removed:
a) Passenger handholds and footrest
assemblies,
b) Chain guard,
c) Polution air injection control
systems,
d) Rear fender,
e) Steeting damper.
The following may be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Rider height adjuster, providing
there is no modification or alteration
to the frame or rear suspension
control unit,
c) MA approved lap timing devices,
d) MA approved fuel metering devices
that plug into the original electrical
connectors with no modification to
the wiring harness. Std OEM ECU
must be retained and operative,
e) Frame protective sliders, and,
f) Engine cut lanyard attached to the
rider that will cut either the ignition
or fuel supply to the engine.
The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine:
a) Brake pads and brake hoses,
b) Fairings and stream lining including
screen, rear body work and seat
section, mudguards, tank covers, air
box intake tubes and side covers,
providing the replacements are of
the same shape and appearance as
the original,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
15ROAD RACING
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k) l)
m)
n)
15.10
screens provoding replacements are
mounted on the frame at the original
mounting points,
Spark plug brand and type, leads
and cap,
External gearing and chain, but not
chain pitch,
Exhaust system and mounting
brackets,
Rear suspension damping units and
springs,
Front suspension, springs and
internal damping parts, including
fork top caps may be modified
or replaced, but the external
appearance of the forks must not be
changed,
Clutch springs,
Air filters,
Fasteners for fitting extrnal components
where the manufacturer has no specific
torque setting, or, it is less than 10nm,
Handlebars, but replacements must
be mounted at the original mounting
points, and,
Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted at
the original mounting points.
Crash resistant engine end cases
and frame protectors as per the
GCR’S
Production
15.10.0.1Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, solo Production
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR compliance plates
for the particular machine,
b) Be eligible for registration in all States
and Territories in which they compete,
c) Be of a make and model lawfully
sold in Australia,
d) Be as constructed by, or
modified with the approval of, the
manufacturer so as to conform with
Australian Design Rules for normal
road use.
15.10.0.2Tyres must:
a) Be commercially available in
Australia,
b) Be manufactured for road use in all
123
123
enjoy the ride
15Road racing
124 124
weather conditions,
c) Be not less than the machine
manufacturer’s recommended speed
and load rating,
d) Be worn no more than to the
minimum tread depth indicators,
e) Not be manufactured for only
competition use,
f) Not have an augmented or modified
tread pattern,
g) Comply with the service description
(load and speed rating) permanently
moulded on the OEM tyre side wall,
h) Comply with the relevant
requirements of the nominated
standard. e.g. ETRTO, JATMA &
TRA.
15.10.0.4The following must be removed:
a) Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands,
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder.
15.10.0.5Any sharp edges left by the removal of the
above components must be protected by
a rolled edge or beading of minimum 3mm
diameter.
15.10.0.6The following may be replaced or
modified:
a) Fairing,
b) Screen,
c) Rear bodywork,
d) Seat,
e) Mudguards,
f) Tank covers and
g) Side covers,
but replacements must be the same in
shape and appearance as, and no lighter
in weight than, the original.
h) Mounting bracket(s) for fairing,
screen and instruments, but
replacements must be mounted in
the original position on the frame,
i) Handlebars, but replacements must
be mounted in the original position
on the fork assembly,
j) Instruments and handlebar switches,
provided disconnections are made
at the standard connectors and the
main wiring loom is not cut,
k) Passenger footrests,
l) A steering damper may be fitted,
m) Fuel metering jets, but not
carburettor slides or needles.
Replacements must be within a
numerical tolerance of plus or minus
10% of the original,
n) Spark plug type, leads and caps,
o) External gearing, but not chain pitch,
p) Brake friction materials.
15.11
125cc GP Class
15.11.0.1 14 year old competitors may participate in
the 125cc GP class or the 250 GP Mono
class only provided they:
a) Satisfy their SCB of their
competence,
b) Obtain a licence endorsement for
Road Racing only,
c) Compete in the 125cc GP class or
in combined classes with similar
performing machines. eg. 250cc
Production, 400cc 4-Stroke.
d) State legislation will overide these
rules where applicable
15.11.0.2 Machines must be up to 125cc single
cylinder with a maximum of 6 speeds in
the gearbox.
15.12
250 GP Mono
15.12.0.1Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Solo 250 GP
Mono machines must:
a) Be as homologated by MA.
b) Be fitted with a single cylinder four
stroke engine with integral gearbox
with a capacity no less than 200cc
and no greater than 250cc
c) Be fitted with a complete upper and
lower fairing or stream lining
d) Chassis must be as manufactured by
the manufacturer and homologated
by MA. with no modifications.
e) Engine must be homologated with
MA. And must be as manufactured by
the manufacturer apart from the listed
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
mounted levers
p) Carburettor or throttle body intake
air funnels
15.12.0.4The following OEM parts may be replaced
with parts of the same manufacturer from
another OEM model:
a) Gearbox Shafts, gears and selector
mechanism
15.12.0.5The following OEM Parts may be
modified:
a) Cylinder head may be ported by
removal of material only
b) Piston valve pockets may be
machined
c) Compression ratio’s may be altered
by machining of the cylinder and
cylinder head surfaces
d) Crankshaft balancing by normal
OEM methods of drilling holes
and not by excessive lightening,
Crankshaft flywheel diameter and
width dimensions must remain
standard
15.12.0.6Fuel must comply with GCR rule
15.5.0.1
15.12.0.7The following may be added:
a) OEM engine oil cooler of the
same or other homologated
engine manufacturer provided
that connecting oil lines are of an
accepted high pressure type with
either screw on or swaged fittings as
per GCR rule 15.3.1.2
b) Steering damper providing there is
no modification to the main frame
15.13
FORMULA ONE sidecars
15ROAD RACING
modifications set out below.
f) Carry all relevant Chassis and
Engine numbers
g) Fairings and or stream lining
must be predominately painted
in the Engine Manufacturers
Corporate colours i.e. Honda=Red,
Kawasaki=Green, Suzuki=Yellow,
Yamaha=Blue, KTM=Orange.
h) One (1) machine per rider only
must be recorded with the Chassis
and or VIN number on the official
entry form and that will be the only
machine accepted by the race
officials for practice, qualifying and
racing.
15.12.0.2Tyres:
a) The choice of tyre is optional but any
restrictions on the number of tyres
that may be used must be included
in the Supp Regs.
b) Must be commercially available in
Australia
c) Be worn no more than the minimum
tread depth indicators
d) Not have an augmented or modified
tread pattern
15.12.0.3The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine:
a) Fuel metering jets, but carburettors
and throttle bodies must remain as
supplied by the engine manufacturer
for that model.
b) Piston,Pin,Clips and Piston Rings
c) Wiring harness
d) Spark plug type and range
e) Internal suspension parts only
f) External suspension springs
g) Brake pads, linings and brake hoses
h) Rear drive chain and sprockets
i) Camshafts and cam wheels
j) Valve springs, collets and retainers
k) Footrests and foot controls, but
replacements must be mounted on
the frame at the original mounting
points
l) Clutch plates and springs
m) Cylinder head gaskets
n) Exhaust and muffler system
o) Handle bars and handle bar
15ROAD RACING
15.131 Formula One - Frames & Parts
15.13.1.1The distance between the tracks left by
the centre lines of the rear motorcycle
wheel and the sidecar wheel must be
at least 800mm, but not more than
1150mm.
15.13.1.2The overall width of the motorcycle and
sidecar, including exhausts must not
exceed 1700mm.
15.13.1.3The overall height of the motorcycle and
sidecar must not exceed 800mm, but the
airbox and the immediate bodywork over
the airbox only may be a maximum of
950mm.
125
125
15Road racing
15.13.1.4The overall length of the motorcycle and
sidecar must not exceed 3300mm.
15.13.1.5The wheelbase must not exceed
2300mm.
15.13.1.6The minimum weight of the sidecar
including passenger and rider at the
completion of practice, qualifying or
racing is 375 kg.
15.13.1.7The ground clearance, measured at the
lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar,
race-ready with rider and passenger on
board and with the handlebars in the
straight ahead position, must be not less
than 65mm. After a race, a tolerance of
-5mm is allowed. After a wet race this
check is not performed.
15.13.1.8Devices which reduce the ground
clearance during the course of a race are
not permitted.
15.13.1.9Attachment points between motorcycle
and sidecar:
a) Must be not less than 4 if the sidecar
is not integrated with the motorcycle,
b) Must not allow movement at the
joints,
c) If the angle of inclination is
changeable, must be secured by
locking and not merely clamped.
15.13.1.10The engine must be positioned:
a) In such a way that the centre line of
the engine must not exceed 160 mm
beyond the centre line of the rear
wheel of the motorcycle,
b) In front of the rear wheel.
15.13.1.11The drive must be transmitted to the
ground only through the rear wheel.
15.13.1.12The underside of the platform must be
flat.
15.13.1.13The lean of the motorcycle must not
exceed 10 degrees from the vertical.
15.13.1.14Banking sidecars are prohibited.
15.13.1.15Machines must have a solid and effective
protective barrier between the engine and
the rider’s torso.
15.13.1.16Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
15.13.1.17 A suitable passenger hand-hold must be
provided on the outer side of the rear wheel.
15.13.1.18 Hand-holds must:
a) Be moulded or positioned so as to
prevent direct access by the rider or
126
passenger to any moving parts of the
enjoy the ride
machine, and
b) Not project beyond the outer edge of
the sidecar mudguard or bodywork.
15.13.1.19 Sidecars must be equipped with a rearfacing red lamp:
a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and
a maximum of 100cm2,
b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5
watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt
conventional bulb,
c) Installed at the rear of the main body
and mounted above the driving wheel,
at least 400mm above the ground,
d) Visible at all times, and
e) Switched on when the track is
declared wet.
15.13.2 Formula One - Sidecar Measurements.
15.13.2.1The passenger must be carried in a
suitably constructed sidecar with minimum
platform dimensions of 800mm x 300mm,
measured at a height of 150mm above
the platform.
15.13.2.2The body must be forward of the centre
line of the baseboard, a forward portion
of which must have an area of 230mm
high, 300mm wide and 300mm long with
at least 25mm radius to all corners.
15.13.2.3The maximum space between motorcycle
and sidecar baseboard must be 50mm
with the rider in a normal racing position.
15.13.2.4The body must be covered in at the front
end.
15.13.2.5Where a fairing is fitted:
a) The forward extremity of the
streamlining must not be more than
400mm in front of the foremost part
of the front tyre,
b) The extreme rear edge of the
streamlining must not be more than
400mm beyond the rear edge of the
rear wheel,
c) The rear wheel and sidecar wheel
must be enclosed down to the level
of the sidecar platform on the inside
and to the top of the rim flange on
the outside,
d) Spoilers and other aerodynamic
devices must not extend beyond the
overall dimensions of the bodywork,
and must be an integral part of the
fairing and body.
15.13.3 Formula One - Oil Containment and
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2,300mm max
400mm max
3,300mm max
Underside Protection
15.13.3.1In case of an engine breakdown, an oil
containment tray must be constructed
directly below the engine to:
a) Hold at least half of the total oil
and engine coolant capacity of the
engine (minimum 5 litres), and
b) Protect the rear wheel from any
possible oil spray.
15.13.3.2The edges of the oil containment tray
must be at least 50mm above the bottom
of the tray.
15.13.3.3The front of the oil containment tray must
extend upward to the base of the barrel or
assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel
is integral.
15.13.3.4The underside of fuel tanks, engine casings
and drain plugs must be protected from
direct contact with the road surface by:
a) Their location, or
b) The fitting of an underpan, which
must cover the area of the underside
of the tank, case or plug.
15.13.3.5Where a guard or underpan is used it
must be constructed of:
a) Steel, which must have wired
or rolled edges, and a minimum
thickness of 1.6mm, or
b) Aluminium which must have wired
or rolled edges, and with a minimum
thickness of 3mm, or
c) Fibreglass which must have edges
rounded and smoothed and with a
minimum thickness of 3mm.
15.13.3.6Oil cooler(s) and oil tanks must be
mounted below the main body, in a crash
secure position.
15ROAD RACING
15.13.3.7
The fuel tank breather pipe must
be fitted with a non-return valve
and must discharge into a catch
tank with a minimum capacity of
500cc.
15.13.3.8
Any oil breather pipe fitted must
discharge into a catch tank:
65mm min a) With a minimum capacity of 2
litres,
b) Which is located in an easily
accessible position,
c) Which must be empty before
the start of each meeting.
15.13.3.9All fuel and oil lines must be of an
approved type with high-pressure fittings.
15.13.4 Formula One - Braking
15.13.4.1Brakes must:
a) Have at least 2 circuits operating
independently, 1 of which must operate
the sidecar and rear wheel, the other
must operate the front wheel,
b) Be designed so that if 1 circuit fails,
the other works efficiently.
15.13.4.2Carbon brakes are not permitted.
15.13.5 Formula One - Rider’s Seat
15.13.5.1In the normal riding position, the rider’s feet
must be positioned behind the knees.
15.13.5.2The rider’s seat must be a minimum
of 150mm above ground level, and a
minimum of 200mm width.
15.13.5.3Notwithstanding the provisions of the
preceding 2 sub-Rules, “feet forward”
sidecars constructed before the 1st
January 1998:
a) May compete below State
Championship level,
b) Must be registered with MA.
15.13.6 Formula One - Steering
15.13.6.1Steering must be to the front wheel only,
and may be by direct or indirect linkage.
15.13.6.2The motorcycle must be steered by
handlebars.
15.13.6.3The handle bar extremities must not be:
a) Lower than the front wheel axle, nor
b) More than 500mm behind the front
wheel axle.
15.13.6.4Whatever the position of the handlebars,
there must be a space of at least 20mm
between the streamlining and the ends of 127
15Road racing
the handlebars or other steering systems
including any attachments thereto.
15.13.6.5The steering axis must not be offset more
than 75mm from the motorcycle front
wheel centre line.
128
15.13.7 Formula One - Engine and Gearbox
15.13.7.1Engines in Formula One must comply
with the following:
a) 4-strokes (maximum 4 cylinders) up
to 1200cc maximum,
b) Engines must be commercially
manufactured and readily available
to the public,
c) Bore and stroke must be as specified
by engine manufacturer,
d) Increasing the bore size to reach
class limits is not allowed,
e) From 1 January 2009, Formula One
engines will be 4-stroke up to 4
cylinder with a maximum capacity of
1000cc.
15.13.7.2The following may be altered or replaced:
a) The original cylinder head, but
the number of ports must remain
as originally produced by the
manufacturer,
b) Camshaft, but method of cam drive
must remain as originally produced
by the manufacturer,
c) Pistons, rings and pins,
d) Conrods, however titanium or carbon
rods are not permitted,
e) The ignition system, but maximum
revs are restricted to 13,000rpm,
f) Carburettors,
g) Crankshaft by lightening and
balancing,
h) Clutch basket, clutch plates, springs
and hub,
i) Sump, oilpan and oil pump.
j) Oil lines containing positive
pressure, but must be of metal
reinforced construction with swaged
or threaded connectors.
15.13.7.3The gearbox must have no more than 6
gear ratios.
15.13.7.4The following are permitted if originally
fitted by the manufacturer:
a) Dry clutch,
b) Fuel injection. Throttle bodies must
be as originally produced by engine
128
enjoy the ride
manufacturer,
c) Vacuum slides may be removed or
fixed in the open position,
d) Secondary throttle valves and shafts
may be removed or fixed in the open
position and the electronics may be
disconnected or removed.
15.14 Formula Two Sidecars
15.14.1 Formula Two - Frame & Parts
15.14.1.1The minimum weight (without fuel) is
136.5kg.
15.14.1.2The maximum overall width is 1,700mm.
15.14.1.3The maximum overall height is 800mm.
15.14.1.4The maximum wheelbase is 1,651mm.
15.14.1.5Track, as measured from the centre of
the rear wheel to the centre of the sidecar
wheel shall be:
a) Maximum of 800mm,
b) Minimum of 1,100mm.
15.14.1.6The ground clearance, measured at the
lowest point of the motorcycle and sidecar,
with the handlebars in the straight ahead
position must be not less than 65mm.
15.14.1.7The forward extremity of the streamlining
must not be more than 400mm in front of
the foremost part of the front tyre.
15.14.1.8The extreme rear edge of the streamlining
must not be more than 400mm to the rear
extreme edge of the rear tyre.
15.14.1.9At all positions of the handlebars, there
must be a minimum space of 20mm
between the ends of the handlebars and
al other parts of the machine.
15.14.1.10The passenger platform must be at least
800mm long and 300mm wide, measured
150mm above the platform.
15.14.1.11Hinged sidecars and steerable sidecar
wheels are not permitted.
15.14.1.12The Rider and Passenger must not be
attached to the machine or in any way
restrained from separating from the
machine.
15.14.1.13Glass Rear view mirrors are not
permitted.
15.14.1.14Reinforcement of the steering head is
allowed to a maximum of 225mm from the
centre line of the steering head.
15.14.1.15Monocoque construction is not permitted.
15.14.1.16The frame tubing must be of good quality
steel tube, with a maximum diameter of
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.14.2 Formula Two - Oil Containment and
Underside Protection
15.14.2.1In case of an engine breakdown, an oil
containment tray must be constructed
directly below the engine to:
a) Hold at least half of the total oil
and engine coolant capacity of the
engine (minimum 5 litres), and
b) Protect the rear wheel from any
possible oil spray.
15.14.2.2The edges of the oil containment tray
must be at least 50mm above the bottom
of the tray.
15.14.2.3The front of the oil containment tray must
extend upward to the base of the barrel or
assumed bottom of the barrel line if barrel
is integral.
15.14.2.4The fuel tank must be independently
protected from the ground.
15.14.2.5The fuel tank breather pipe must be
fitted with a non-return valve and must
discharge into a catch tank with a
minimum capacity of 500cc.
15.14.2.6The fuel filler cap must be in such a
position that it does not protrude from the
fairing and cannot be torn off in a crash.
15.14.2.7Any oil breather pipe fitted must discharge
into a catch tank:
a) With a minimum capacity of 500ml,
b) Which is located in an easily
accessible position,
c) Which must be empty before the
start of each meeting.
15.14.3 Formula Two - Wheels, Suspension and
Brakes
15.14.3.1Hub centre steering, remote steering
linkages and the use of articulated
joints in the steering mechanism are not
permitted.
15.14.3.2The minimum diameter of an inflated tyre
must be 400mm.
15.14.3.3All wheels must be of metal construction
and unmodified from original manufacture.
15.14.3.4The front suspension must be either a 9 or
trailing fork, or links with the wheel equally
supported on each side.
15.14.3.5The rear suspension must be of the
swinging arm type and may be single
sided.
15.14.3.6Minimum suspension travel must be
20mm.
15.14.3.7A sidecar must have a brake system
which must consist of:
a) 1 main system with at least 2 circuits
operating separately, 1 of which must
operate on at least 2 of the 3 wheels,
b) An emergency system operated by a
handlebar lever with a simple circuit
operating on either the front or rear
wheel of the motorcycle.
15ROAD RACING
100mm at the broadest point.
15.14.1.17Composite construction may only be used
in the sidecar platform.
15.14.1.18Titanium may not be used in the
construction of the frame, front forks,
handlebars, swinging arm and wheel
axles.
15.14.1.19Light alloys may not be used for wheel
axles.
15.14.1.20The streamlining must be easily detachable
for Scrutineering.
15.14.1.21Aerofoils or spoilers on streamlining are
not permitted.
15.14.1.22A solid and effective protection must be
fitted between the driver and the engine,
so as to prevent:
a) Direct contact between the rider’s
body or clothing,
b) Escaping flames or leaking fuel or oil.
15.14.1.23The rider’s seat must be at least 200mm
long and 150mm wide and be fitted at
least 150mm above the sidecar platform.
15.14.1.24Cooling air intakes must have no forward
projection or protrusion.
15.14.1.25The battery must be covered such that
neither the driver nor the passenger can
come into contact with the battery or its
contents.
15.14.1.26Sidecars must be equipped with a rearfacing red lamp:
a) Measuring a minimum of 35cm2 and
a maximum of 100cm2,
b) Fitted with LED lights, a 2.5
watt halogen bulb or a 10 watt
conventional bulb,
c) Installed at the rear of the main
body and mounted above the driving
wheel, at least 400mm above the
ground,
d) Visible at all times, and
e) Switched on when the track is
declared wet.
15ROAD RACING
129
129
15Road racing
15.14.3.8The rear mudguard must cover at least
240° of the rear wheel on the side nearest
to the sidecar wheel.
15.14.3.9The rear driving wheel must be covered
down to the level of the sidecar platform
and around the periphery.
15.14.3.10The sidecar wheel must be enclosed
from the sidecar platform and level with
the sidecar platform on the outside and
around the periphery.
15.14.4 Formula Two - Steering and Control
Levers.
15.14.4.1Handlebar levers must:
a) Have ball ends attached with a
minimum diameter of 19mm,
b) Measure no more than 200mm from
the fulcrum to the extremity of the ball.
15.14.4.2Handlebar grips must be:
a) Attached to the end of the
handlebars,
b) No longer than 150mm.
15.14.4.3Handlebars must;
a) Be above the mid-point of the riders
seat,
b) Be 450mm wide,
c) Be located on the sprung portion of
the front suspension,
d) Not touch any part of the
streamlining, regardless of the
position of the bars.
15.14.4.4All controls must be independently
mounted.
15.14.4.5Steering of the front wheel must be by
non-adjustable handlebars fixed directly
to the steering head of the motorcycle.
15.14.4.6The front wheel axle must support the
machine equally on each side of the wheel.
15.14.4.7Steering lock angle each side of straight
ahead position and measured horizontally
at ground level must be a minimum of
20°.
15.14.4.8Handlebar clamps must be radiused and
engineered so as to avoid fracture points
in the bar.
15.14.4.9The steering head centre may be offset
no more than 75mm from the centre line
of the rear wheel.
15.14.5 Formula Two - Rider and Passenger
15.14.5.1The rider seated in the normal driving
position must be completely visible, with the
exception of the rider’s forearms, from the
130
enjoy the ride
side opposite the sidecar and from above.
15.14.5.2The rider’s legs must not be enclosed.
15.14.5.3The rider’s position, regardless of whether
a driving seat is fitted, must be such that
the rider’s feet are positioned behind the
knees.
15.14.5.4The passenger must be able to lean out
to either side of the sidecar and for this
purpose the vehicle must be fitted with
suitable closed loop type hand holds.
15.14.6 Formula Two- Engine and Gearbox
15.14.6.1Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Formula Two
Sidecars must be fitted with a 4-stroke
engine:
a) For 2 cylinder engines, with an
engine capacity of no more than
1,000cc,
b) For 4 cylinder engines, with an
engine capacity of no more than
600cc.
15.14.6.2The engine must be positioned such
that the lateral centre line of the engine
must not be more than 160mm beyond
the centre line of the rear wheel of the
motorcycle.
15.14.6.3The engine must be positioned behind the
steering head and in front of the driver.
15.14.6.4Throttle controls must be self-closing.
15.14.6.5The drive must be transmitted through the
rear wheel.
15.14.6.6Exhaust fumes must be discharged
towards the rear but not so as to raise dust,
foul the tyres or brakes or inconvenience
a passenger or any other rider.
15.14.6.7The furthest extremity of the exhaust pipe
must not exceed a vertical line drawn at
a tangent to the rear edge of the sidecar
platform.
15.14.6.8On the side opposite the sidecar, the
exhaust pipes must not extend beyond
the streamlining.
15.14.6.9On the other side, the exhaust pipe
must not extend beyond the width of the
sidecar.
15.14.6.10Exhaust pipes must be fitted and
positioned so as to prevent entanglement
with other machines.
15.14.6.11The gearbox must have no more than 6
gear ratios.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.15
YAMAHA fz6
15.15.0.1Subject to the required and permitted
altereations set out below, Yamaha FZ6
machines must:
a) Be fitted with ADR Compliance
plates marked with ADR approval
numbers 31705 (FZ6-N) and 31060
(FZ6-S) with a date of manufacture
no earlier than 09/03
b) Be FZ6-N or FZ6-S models as
constructed by YAMAHA
15.15.0.2Tyres:
a) Must comply with GCR 15.2.4.2,
b) Brand, type and quantity will
be specified in Supplementary
Regulations,
c) Only when practice or a race has
been declared wet is the use of a
special trye, commonly known as a
wet tyre, is allowed. Homologation is
not required for wet tyres.
15.15.0.3The following must be removed:
a) Head lamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Reflectors,
d) Horn,
e) Traffic indicators,
f) Mirrors,
g) Centre and side stands.
h) Registration plate / bracket and label
holder, and,
i) Pillion or passenger handholds and
footpeg assemblies.
15.15.0.4Any sharp edges left by the removal of
compontents mentioned in GCR 15.14.0.3
must be protected by a rolled edge or
beading of a minimum 3mm diameter
15.15.0.5Engine and gearbox breathing hoses and
tubes, and the radiator overflow bottle
vent must exhaust into the air box to the
rear of the intakes. The lower breather
tube must be blocked off.
15.15.0.6The following may be removed:
a) Chain guard,
b) Polution air injection control systems,
c) Rear fender and inner guards,
d) Steeting damper,
e) Thermo fan,
f) Any unused electrical wiring
sections that can be unplugged
15ROAD RACING
at original factory plug points with
no modification to originalk wiring
harness,
g) Lean angle sensor mounting
bracket may be removed from
frame.15.15.0.7 The following may
be added:
a) Steering damper,
b) Rear ride height adjuster, providing
there is no modification to chassis or
linkage,
c) MA approved lap timing devices,
d) Frame protective sliders, and,
e) Engine cut lanyard attached to the
rider that will cut either the ignition or
fuel supply to the engine.
15.15.0.8The following may be replaced with parts
not manufactured by the manufacturer of
the machine:
a) Brake pads and brake hoses,
b) Bikini fairing and screen,
c) Mounting brackets for fairings and
screens provoding replacements are
mounted on the frame at the original
mounting points,
d) Spark plug brand and type, leads
and cap,
e) External gearing and chain pitch and
size,
f) Exhaust muffler and tail pipe, but
original header and collector system
must be retained,
g) Rear suspension damping units and
springs,
h) Front suspension, springs and
internal damping parts may be
modified or replaced, but the external
appearance of the forks must not be
changed,
i) Clutch springs,
j) Air filters,
k) Fasteners for fitting external
components where the manufacturer
has no specific torque setting, or, it is
less than 10nm,
l) Handlebars,
m) Footrests and foot controls, but the
replacements must be mounted at
the original mounting points,
n) Seat and seat foam style and type,
o) Crash resistant engine end cases
131
131
15Road racing
and frame protectors as per the
GCRs
15.16
Junior Competition Eligibility
15.16.0.1In addition to the General Rules regulating
all competition, the following apply to
Junior Competition:
a) 7 to under 10 up to 50cc automatic,
b) 9 to under 13 up to 50cc manual,
c) 9 to under 13 up to 70cc manual,
d) 13 to under 16 up to 85cc 2-stroke or
160cc 4-stroke manual,
e) 14 and above 125cc Grand Prix,
15.17
Junior Solo Road Racing 80cc
15.17.0.1Subject to the required and permitted
alterations set out below, Junior Solo Road
Race 85cc 2-stroke machines must:
a) Be of no greater capacity than 80cc,
b) Carry all relevant chassis and engine
numbers,
c) Be 1 of at least 10 machines sold in
Australia,
d) Be as constructed by the
manufacturer in accordance with
specifications supplied by MA.
15.17.0.2Tyres must:
a) Be commercially available in
Australia, and homologated,
b) Be worn to no more than the
minimum tread depth indicators,
c) Can have treaded or slick tyres fitted
15.17.0.3Tyre warmers may be used. Tyre
treatment may not be used.
15.17.0.4The following may be altered or modified.
a) The fuel system, with a 1 way vented
system breathing into a separate
steel or aluminium catch bottle with a
minimum capacity of 250cc.
b) Fuel metering jets,
c) The cylinder and cylinder head, for
the purposes of repair but original
material and all original dimensions
must be retained,
d) Spark plug type and range,
e) Front fork oil and spring pre-load
settings,
f) Brake friction materials,
g) Sprockets and chains,
132
enjoy the ride
h) The cooling system, but only water
may be used as a coolant,
i) No other alterations or modifications
are permitted.
15.17.0.5OEM carburetors must be used. The
throat diameter must not exceed 28mm.
15.17.0.6Paper or foam type filters must be fitted.
15.17.0.7Still air boxes or air filter assemblies may
not be fitted.
15.17.0.8Data loggers are not allowed.
15.18 Junior Solo Road Racing 160cc
15.18.1.1Machines must be 4-stroke and OEM.
15.18.1.2The following may be modified:
a) External gearing,
b) Carburettor jetting,
c) Handlebars and footrests, provided
original mounting points are used.
15.18.1.3 Only treaded tyres may be used.
15.18.1.4The use of tyre warmers is permitted.
15.18.1.5Data loggers are not allowed.
15.19 Protective Clothing – MINIMOTO
15.19.0.1No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Minimoto competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
15.19.1Helmet
15.19.1.1An approved and correctly fitting fullfaced helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
15.19.2 Clothing -Classes other than Supers
15.19.2.1Protective Clothing must consist of:
a) Full leathers (1 or 2 piece),
b) Minimoto race suits, or
c) Motocross pants/jeans (Including
body armour and knee sliders),
d) A leather jacket must be worn in any
class and while riding at any time.
15.19.2.2A commercially manufactured back
protector.
15.19.3 Clothing - Supers Class
15.19.3.1Protective Clothing must consist of:
15.19.3.2A 1 piece suit or jacket and trousers
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.19.3.3Where jackets or 1 piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a
safety strap must be fitted and secured
at the neck.
15.19.3.4A commercially manufactured back
protector.
15.19.4Footwear
15.19.4.1Boots with ankle protection which must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability. but not constructed of
rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
15.19.5Gloves
15.19.5.1Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
15.19.7Hair and Jewellery
15.19.7.1Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
15.19.7.2Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
15.19.8 Footwear in pits
15.19.8.1Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
lane at all times.
15.20
FRAMES and PARTS - minimoto
15.20.0.1Minimotos must be fixed or rigid framesno suspension.
15.20.0.2Minimotos must have a working handlebar
mounted engine kill-switch.
15.20.0.3Foot pegs must be covered in plastic,
rubber or nylon.
15.20.1 Tyres
15.20.1.1Knobby tyres are only permitted in
Minimotard classes.
15.20.1.2Treaded road tyres may be used at any time.
15.20.2 Rims
15.20.2.1Classes other than Minimotard - Rims
must be 6.5” diameter.
15.20.2.2Minimotard classes - Rims other than 6.5”
diameter may be used.
15.20.3 Brakes
15.20.3.1A pin or locknut must be fitted to the brake
pad fixture. The safety wire used on the
brake caliper bolts must be visible.
15.20.3.2Classes other than Minimotard- Brakes
must be cable operated.
15.20.3.3Handlebar levers must have ball ends
with a minimum diameter of 10mm.
15.20.4 Rider identification
15. 20.4.1Additional to numbers on the machine,
competitors must wear a high visibility vest
with the number on the front and the rear.
Numbers must comply with GCR 11.5.
15.21
ENGINES - minimoto
15.21.1 As per GCR 15.2 plus:
15.21.1.1Lock wiring used on oil and water filler
caps and drain plugs must be visible.
15.21.1.2Classes other than Minimotard:
a) Single cylinder,
b) Pull-start,
c) 2-stroke engines,
d) Less than 51cc.
15.21.1.3A non-return valve must be fitted to the
tank breather pipe which must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 100cc.
15.21.1.4Production based and Junior Classes do
not allow:
a) Any interior engine work that will
benefit performance, including
porting and flowing,
b) Abrasives to be used to clean interior
engine parts,
c) Machining of any description,
d) Replacement of standard engine
parts for performance parts.
15ROAD RACING
15.19.6Goggles and Visors
15.19.6.1Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet
visors and/or “tear-offs” must be worn
provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are
not used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
15ROAD RACING
133
133
15Road racing
15.21.1.5Other than Minimotards: Final drive must
be single speed via a dry centrifugal
clutch (adjustable allowable).
15.21.1.6Minimotards may have manual or
automatic gearboxes.
15.21.1.7Minimotards must be fitted with a hose
running from the crankcase breather into
a catch tank with a minimum capacity of
200cc.
15.21.1.8Fuel must not leak when machine is laid
on each side. Use of an O-Ring under
cap permitted.
15.21.2 Supers
15.21.2.1Engine can have any modifications within
capacity restrictions.
15.21.3 Production Heavies
15.21.3.1Minimum rider weight 80kg.
15. 21.3.2Standard air/water cooled engines.
15. 21.3.3No modifications may be made, other
than:
a) Main jet,
b) Spark plug,
c) Rubber inlet manifold,
d) Carbon reeds (not dual stage),
e) Airbox open,
f) Exhaust;
i) Any type made by same
manufacturer as the machine,
ii) With a proven part number on
parts list of country of origin,
iii) No one off exhaust systems
allowed,
iv) No systems not sold or made by
the manufacturer in the country
of origin.
g) Open gearing.
15.21.4 Production Lights
15.21.4.1Maximum rider weight 80kg.
15.21.4.2Standard air/water cooled engines.
15.21.4.3No modifications may be made, other
than:
a) Main jet,
b) Spark plug,
c) Rubber inlet manifold,
d) Carbon reeds (not dual stage),
e) Airbox open,
f) Exhaust;i)
Any type made by
same manufacturer as the machine,
ii) With a proven part number on
134
enjoy the ride
parts list of country of origin,
iii) No one off exhaust systems
allowed,
iv) No systems not sold or made by
the manufacturer in the country
of origin.
g) Maximum gearing 66 teeth at rear.
15.21.5 4.2hp Seniors
15. 21.5.1 Minimum rider weight 50kg.
15. 21.5.2 4.2hp maximum air cooled mini or midi.
15. 21.5.3 No modifications may be made, other than:
a) Main jet,
b) Spark plug,
c) Airbox open,
d) Gearing for riders up to 75kg, 66
teeth rear,
e) Gearing for riders over 75kg, open.
15. 21.5.4 Standard exhaust.
15. 21.6 Minimotard Seniors
15. 21.6.1 4-stroke up to 160cc (auto or manual) or
2-stroke up to 85cc (auto or manual).
15. 21.7 Juniors
15. 21.7.1 Ages 9 to under 13 years.
15. 21.7.2Junior riders (under 16 years) cannot compete with Senior riders.
15.21.7.3 4.2 hp air-cooled mini only.
15.21.7.4 No modifications may be made, other than:
a) Main jet,
b) Spark plug,
c) Airbox open,
d) Open gearing.
15.21.7.5 Standard exhaust only.
15.21.8 Minimotard Juniors
15. 21.8.1Ages 9 to under 13 years, 4-stroke up to
125cc (auto or manual) or 2-stroke up to
85cc (auto or manual).
15.21.8.2Ages 13 to under 16 years, 4-stroke up to
140cc (auto or manual) or 2-stroke up to
85cc (auto or manual)
15.22 ROAD BIKE FREESTYLE
15.22.0.1Any size machine is acceptable for Road
Bike Freestyle.
15.22.1 Road Bike FreestyleLicence Conditions
15.22.1.1No person may participate in Road Bike
Freestyle unless they:
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
a) Are at least 18 years of age,
b) Have a current MA Senior National
Competition licence endorsed for Road
Bike Freestyle by the relevant RCB,
c) Wear the required protective clothing
as per GCR 15.1
15.22.1.2To gain a Road Bike Freestyle
endorsement, a rider must:
a) Have a MA Senior National
Competition licence,
b) Successfully complete the MA
competency assessment for Road
Bike Freestyle conducted by an
assessor approved by MA.
15ROAD RACING
15.22.1.3A person with this endorsement can only
perform at MA approved events.
15.22.1.4The endorsing Assessor/Coach must:
a) Reach the requirements set by MA to
endorse Road Bike Freestyle,
b) Have a minimum Level 1 Coaching
Accreditation and Licence.
15.23 Competition Rules - ROAD RACING
15.23.1 Road Racing - Qualifying
15.23.1.1Unless otherwise provided for in the SR,
qualifying for starting grid positions must
be held.
135
135
enjoy the ride
15Road racing
15.23.1.2For events consisting of more than 1 race,
starting grid positions will be determined
by the following methods:
a) For the first, by qualifying time,
b) Subject to the SR, for a subsequent
race in the same event, by qualifying
order or by the order of finishing in
the immediately preceding race.
15.23.1.3In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
15.23.1.4Subject to the SR, the Clerk of Course
may permit any competitor who does not
qualify to start.
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or
a new rule added, you can have your say
by working through your Club to propose
amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your
SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at
the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when
the proposer includes the new wording for an
existing rule, or where a new rule should sit
in the structure of this book, and includes a
rationale on why the rule should be changed
or added.
There’s a form to register your interest in rule
changes on page 41.
15.23.2 Starting Grid Format - Solo
15.23.2.1The starting grid format for solo machines
will be as follows:
a) The fastest qualifying machine will
occupy pole position which will be
in the front row on the opposite side
of the track from the direction of the
first corner,
b) The remaining machines will be
arranged on the grid in descending
order of qualifying times according to
the following pattern.
c) All machines must start within
their nominated grid position
parallel to track direction.
Pole
1m
1m
5th
9th
136
3m
3rd
6th
10th
13th
we welcome your input
2m
2nd
8m
It’s YOUR SPORT-
4th
7th
Direction of racing
11th
14th
8th
12th
15th
FIG 15.23.2
16th
Starting Grid (solo)
Use 1st row dimensions
(shown) as a model for
each subsequent row.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
15.23.3 Starting Grid Format - Sidecars
15.23.3.1The starting grid format for sidecars will
be as follows:
a) The fastest qualifying machine will
occupy pole position which will be
in the front row on the opposite side
of the track from the direction of the
first corner,
b) The remaining machines will be
arranged on the grid in descending
order of qualifying times according to
the following pattern:
2m
Pole
10m
15ROAD RACING
machine is not in its nominated grid
position when the field is in the starters
control prior to the start signal being
shown.
15.23.7 Minimoto – False Starts
15.23 7.1Upon recommendation of the Clerk of
Course, a board showing “Stop & Go” as
well as the riding number will be shown at
the finish area to the rider who made the
false start.
15.23.7.2The rider making the false start must:
2m
FIG 15.23.3
Starting Grid
(side-cars)
2nd
3rd
8m
4th
5th
Use dimensions
(shown) as
a model for
subsequent
rows.
6th
Direction of racing
15.23.4 Grid Positions - Minimoto
15.23.4.1There must be a maximum of 5 riders per
row with a minimum of 1 metre between
the riders; and
15.23.4.2There must be a minimum of 2 metres
between rows.
15.23.4.3No more than 30 riders may participate in
each race.
15.23.5 Starting - Minimoto
15.23.5.1Unless otherwise provided for in SR,
massed starts must be used.
15.23.5.2Unless otherwise provided for in SR,
qualifying for starting positions must be held.
15.23.5.3In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
15.23.6 Road Racing- Jump Starts
15.23.6.1Each machine must remain stationary
within its grid position until the start
signal is given.
15.23.6.2A jump start occurs when there is any
movement from the machine or the
a) Go to the designated “Stop & Go”
penalty zone,
b) Bring their machine to a stop (the
engine must not be turned off),
c) Remain stationary for a full 5
seconds.
15.23.7.3The rider may then re-join the race.
15.23.7.4This procedure is under the strict control
of the designated Marshals.
a) If a rider fails to stop after being
shown the Stop & Go board 3 times,
the rider will be black flagged,
b) If more than 1 rider is to be
penalised, the riders will be signaled
on subsequent laps.
c) Where the Marshals have been
unable to carry out the “Stop & Go”
procedure before the end of the race,
the rider will incur a time penalty of
15 seconds.
15.23.8 Road Racing - Stopping and Re-running
15.23.8.1The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
and considers that such conduct has:
137
137
15Road racing
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member, or
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or
more of the other competitors in the
event,
may declare the event void and order a
re-run.
15.23.8.2If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct, or
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
15.23.8.3A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop
an event and order it to be re-run if it
would be dangerous for it to continue.
15.23.8.4In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down his or
her machine in the interests of
safety, or
iii) Left the course in the interests
of safety,
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from, or
v) Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event,
may not participate.
15.23.8.5Where the Steward or Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger, the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed:
i) The stopped race will be
declared null and void,
ii) The race may be re-run,
iii) The re-run race will be for the
138
138
enjoy the ride
full race distance,
iv) The original grid positions will
be used,
v) The place of any machine
unable to take part in the re-run
race will be left vacant,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance, have
been completed:
i) The race may be re-started, but
only once,
ii) The restart must occur no more
than 30 minutes after the race
has been stopped,
iii) The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv) Positions on the grid for the restarted race will be determined
by the order of competitors at
the finish line of the last full lap
of the stopped race,
v) Only competitors who have
completed at least 75% of
the laps completed by the
leading competitor at the time
of stopping will be permitted
to participate in the re-started
race,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer,
vii) The stopped race and any rerun will be deemed to be parts
of the 1 race,
viii)The winner will be the
competitor having the highest
number of laps at the finish,
ix) Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps, the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x) If at least 75% of the scheduled
race distance is completed, full
points will be awarded,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
xi) If less than 75% of the
scheduled race distance is
completed, half points will be
awarded.
15.23.9 Road Racing - Refueling
15.23.9.1During refueling, each machine must be
stationary with the engine stopped.
15.23.9.2Refueling will be deemed to have
commenced when the fuel tank has been
opened and completed when the tank is
closed.
15.23.9.3While refueling is being undertaken in pit
lane, 1 pit crew member must:
a) Be designated to attend to any fire
which may occur,
b) Stand near the machine and
overhead tower (if used),
c) Have a minimum 9kg fire
extinguisher suitable for
extinguishing inflammable liquid fires
ready to operate.
15.23.10 Road Racing - Refueling Devices
15.23.10.1When the SR allow for refueling in pit
lane during an event, the Scrutineer
of the meeting, or their nominee, prior
to that event must specifically approve
the refueling equipment. The inspection
procedure will be detailed in SR.
15.23.10.2Refueling may only be carried out by the
use of either:
a) An overhead tower, or
b) A refueling churn.
15.23.10.3Overhead tower refueling systems must
comply with the following:
a) Fuel to be stored in a single
container no more than 2 metres
above pit lane,
b) The container must not exceed 40
litres in capacity and must have a
closed top,
c) A filler cap must be fitted,
d) A breather pipe not exceeding 70mm
inside diameter must be fitted,
e) The container may have a conical
bottom, with the overall height of the
container and cone not exceeding
800mm,
f) A flexible hose not exceeding 40mm
inside diameter and 2 metres in
length must be fitted to the bottom
15ROAD RACING
of the container and equipped with a
“dead man” shut-off valve,
g) The container may be fitted with
tubing of not more than 120mm in
length and inside diameter of 25mm
beyond the shut off valve,
h) The container must be mounted on a
self supporting tower and must not be
held by or attached to any person,
i) Cistern type fuel cocks are not
permitted.
15.23.10.4The overhead tower, including reservoir
and delivery hose must:
a) Remain behind the pit wall, or
b) Be contained entirely within the pit
garage.
15.23.10.5Delivery hoses may be moved into the
pit lane from pit garages a maximum of 3
minutes prior to any pit stop and must be
held by the relevant attendant at all times
while in pit lane.
15.23.10.6Refueling churns must comply with the
following:
a) A maximum capacity of 40 litres,
b) Be designed to prevent fuel spillage
regardless of the angle at which the
churn is oriented,
c) May have a conical bottom, with the
overall height of the churn and cone
not exceeding 800mm,
d) Be fitted with a single flexible
delivery hose with minimum flexibility
between the churn and the fuel cock.
15.23.10.7All churns and associated equipment
must;
a) Remain behind the pit wall, or
b) Be contained entirely within the pit
garage.
15.23.10.8Churns may be moved into the pit lane
from pit garages a maximum of 3 minutes
prior to any pit stop and must be held by
the relevant attendant at all times while in
pit lane.
15.23.10.9Any refueling in pit lane or paddock area
not utilising the above procedures must:
a) Be under taken with the machine
either totally within a pit garage, or
b) In an area of the paddock specifically
designated for the purpose of
refueling.
139
enjoy the ride
15Road racing
15.24 Australian Superbike
championship
15.24.1 Australian Superbike Championship Allocation of Numbers
15.24.1.1In each class, riding numbers from 1 to 10
will be allocated to riders in the order they
finished the previous year’s Series.
15.24.2 Australian Superbike Championship Starting
15.24.2.1Each event:
a) Must use a clutch start,
b) Must be preceded by a sighting lap
and a warm-up lap.
15.24.2.2Any competitor who does not complete
the warm-up lap must start the event from
Pit Lane.
15.24.2.3Pole position will be on the side of the
track opposite to the direction taken by
the track in the first corner after the start.
15.24.3 Australian Superbike Championship Restriction on Tyres
15.24.3.1In Superbike events, where there is a
restriction on the number of tyres used,
hand cut slicks will be deemed to be slicks.
15.24.4 Australian Superbike Championship Points and Ties
15.24.4.1The competitor who obtains pole position
will receive 1 additional point in the
Championship.
15.24.4.2In the event of a tie, the competitor with
the greatest number of highest placings
will be awarded 1 additional point.
15.24.4.3Where a tie still exists, the competitor with
the highest placing in the round, which is
that competitor’s lowest scoring event in
the series, will be awarded 1 additional
point.
15.24.5 Australian Superbike Championship Race Distances
15.24.5.1The race distances will be according to
the Series SR.
15.24.6 Australian Superbike Championship
-Scrutineering
15.24.6.1Machines must be delivered to an area
nominated by the series Scrutineer at
the conclusion of each series race and
qualifying session.
15.24.6.2Machines may not be removed from that
140
area without the permission of the series
Scrutineer.
15.24.7 Scoring
15.24.7.1 The results for each competitor in each
event will be determined by the allocation
to that competitor of points in accordance
with the following table:
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POINTS
25
20
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
15.24.7.2 If a tie on points occurs for any position in
an event which is conducted over more
than 1 race, the tying competitor who has
the higher finishing position in the final
race of the event will be awarded the
position.
15.24.7.3 If a tie on points occurs for any position
in a Series, the tying competitor who has
the greatest number of higher placings in
the Series will be awarded the position.
2009
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
16
HISTORIC ROAD RACING
An Overview
The following Rules governing Historic Road Racing
motorcycles are written to facilitate the organisation of
uniform and fair competition.
The express purpose of these Rules is to ensure
the motorcycles are in a condition, which is visually
compatible with the period of racing being portrayed.
These Rules are to be interpreted so as to ensure that
motorcycles are presented in the spirit of the period.
16.1
Protective Clothing –
HISTORIC road racing
16.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Historic Road Racing
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
16.1.1 Helmet
16.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
16.1.2 Clothing
16.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather
or enclosed plastic foam at least
8mm thick:
i) Shoulders,
ii) Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint,
and
iv) Knees.
16.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers or a
full kevlar suit.
16.1.3 Footwear
16.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater durability.
but not constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
16.1.3.2 Sidecar rider and passengers may wear
ankle length boots.
16.1.4 Gloves
16.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
16.1.4.2 Gloves need not be worn by passengers
on sidecars.
16.1.5 Goggles and Visors
16.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
16.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
16.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
16.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
141
enjoy the ride
16Historic Road racing
16.1.7 Footwear in pits
16.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
lane at all times.
16.2
16.2.2.3
Categories & ClassesHistoric Road Racing
16.2.0.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility,
machines are categorised as follows:
PERIOD
NAME
Period 1
Veteran
Period 2
Vintage
Period 3
Classic
Period 4
Post Classic
Period 5
Forgotten Era
DATE RANGES
Up to 31st December
1919.
1st January 1920 to
31st December 1945.
1st January 1946 to
31st December 1962.
1st January 1963 to
31st December 1972.
16.2.2.4
16.2.2.5
16.2.2.6
1st January 1973 to
31st December 1982.
16.2.1 Classes
16.2.1.1 For the purposes of determining eligibility
there will be the following classes:
CLASS
Ultra lightweight
Lightweight
Junior
Senior
Unlimited
Sidecar
Period 2 Junior
Period 2 Unlimited
Period 3 Formula 700
Period 4 Formula 750
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
Sidecar
Solo
Solo
Solo
Solo
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc
132cc to 250cc
263cc to 350cc
368cc to 500cc
526cc to 1300cc
Up to 1300cc
Up to 350cc
368cc to 1300cc
526cc to 700cc
526cc to 750cc
Period 5 Formula 750
Solo
526cc to 750cc
16.2.1.2 Competitors are eligible to enter:
a) the capacity and Era class as
shown in the machine’s logbook
and,
b) the next capacity class in that Era
16.2.2 Log Books
16.2.2.1 Log books are mandatory for Historic
Road Racing competitions.
16.2.2.2 Log books must:
a) Be produced by the entrant at
Scrutineering,
b) Be available for presentation at any
other time during the race meeting,
142
c) Contain provision for Scrutineers to
record any alterations or changes to
machine.
Bona-fide international competitors riding
machines from countries other than
Australia may compete without a log book
providing prior approval is granted by MA,
and the machine complies with a safety
inspection.
With the exception of machines covered
by GCR 16.2.2.3, machines that do not
hold a log book cannot compete.
Log book application forms are available
from MA, the MA website www.ma.org.au,
or from SCBs.
To assist in the issuing of a logbook
upon completion of the machine, before
commencing the building of a machine
that consists primarily of replicated
parts, plans and specifications must be
submitted to MA for interim approval.
Application forms for this purpose are
available from www.ma.org.au.
16.3
NOISE EMISSIONS-HISTORIC ROAD
RACING
16.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
102dB(A) unless a lower limit is provided
for in the SR or by the circuit hire
agreement
16.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10.2
16.3.0.3 The FIM guidelines for use of sound level
meters must be followed.
16.3.0.4 Provided noise emission levels are
not exceeded, exhaust systems may
operate without silencers.
16.4
Eligibility - Historic Road Racing
16.4.0.1 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest
wholly upon the rider or entrant of the
machine. Service and Parts Manual
publication dates are not proof of eligibility.
16.4.0.2 Entrants must enter their motorcycles
at historic meetings quoting the year of
manufacture.
16.4.0.3 The eligibility and dating of Historic
motorcycles shall be considered in terms
of major and minor components and the
period of the motorcycle shall be the
period of the latest major component.
16.4.0.4 For all historic competition, the year of the
manufacture of a motorcycle is defined as
the year of manufacture of the machine or
of its latest major component.
16.4.0.5 For the purpose of these rules “Year of
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
manufacture” is defined as the year in
which:
a) For a road based bike the machine
or its latest major component was
first generally available for sale and
delivery to the purchaser,
b) For a race bike the year in which
the machine or the latest major
component first appeared in open
competition.
16.4.0.6 The dating of replicated major components
is defined as the year of manufacture of
the original component being replicated.
16.4.0.7 Major components are:
a) All engine and gearbox external
castings,
b) Frames,
c) Swingarms,
d) Brakes,
e) Forks and fork yokes,
f) Carburettors.
16.4.0.8 All other components shall be considered
as minor components.
16.4.0.9 Major components that were manufactured
outside a specific period, but which are
visually indistinguishable from period
components shall be eligible for that period.
16.4.0.10 Modifications to major components are
allowed, providing such modifications are
visually indistinguishable from modifications
proven to have been used in the period.
16.4.0.11Components, whether major or minor,
prohibited from use in any period will
be deemed to be prohibited from use
in all earlier periods unless specifically
permitted under these Rules.
16.4.0.12Minor components may be modified or
updated, provided that they remain visually
compatible with the period being depicted.
16.4.0.13Components manufactured outside the
period are eligible, if permitted under
these Rules.
16.4.0.14Fairings, streamlinings and cosmetic
components must be based on patterns
known and used in the period.
16.4.0.15Worm drive hose clamps on oil lines are
permitted.
16.4.0.16All machines, whether standard
or modified, must comply with the
specifications of the period.
16.4.0.17Everything that is not authorised and
prescribed for use under these Rules is
16
historic ROAD RACING
strictly forbidden.
16.4.1 Modification
16.4.1.1 The following parts must be removed from
any machine before it may be entered in a
competition:
a) Headlamp,
b) Tail lamp,
c) Traffic indicators,
d) Reflectors,
e) Horns,
f) Rear vision mirrors,
g) Centre, rear and side stands, and
h) Registration plate and label holder.
16.4.1.2 Any sharp edges left by the removal of
these components must be protected by
a rolled edge or beading of a minimum
diameter of 3mm.
16.4.2 Capacities
16.4.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 1300cc.
16.4.3 Noise Control
16.4.3.1 All exhaust systems must be fitted with a
effective silencer.
16.4.4 Engine Cut Out Switch
16.4.4.1 All machines must be fitted with an engine
cut out switch which must be either a
lanyard type or handle bar mounted.
16.4.4.2 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fliuds must be lockwired
or otherwise secured in the tightened
position in a manner approved by the
scrutineer. Worm drive hose clips may be
used.
16.4.4.3 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
(a) The ground
(b) Tyres or other moving parts over
the full movement of the suspension
16.4.4.4 All machines must be fitted with an oil
catch tank of a minimum capacity of
500cc, to be emptied at the end of each
race.
16.4.4.5 The only liquid coolant permitted is water.
No additives allowed.
16.4.4.6 A self closing throttle must be fitted.
16.5
Requirements- Historic Road
Racing - Solo
143
enjoy the ride
16Historic Road racing
16.5.1 Periods 1 and 2
16.5.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a
primary drive guard if so driven;
16.5.1.2 Round or Oval number plates.
16.5.1.3 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications wheel
rim widths must not exceed WM3.
16.5.2 Period 3
16.54.2.1Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications, wheel
rim dimensions of a minimum of 18”
(457mm) diameter, and maximum WM3
width on all wheels.
16.5.2.2 Oval number plates.
16.5.2.3 Front and Rear Brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.5.3 Period 4
16.5.3.1 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications, wheel
rim dimensions of a minimum of 18”
(457mm) diameter, and maximum WM4
width on all wheels.
16.5.3.2 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.5.3.3 Reed valves and crank case induction on
2-stroke engines, but only if the engine of
original manufacture was so fitted
16.5.3.4 All lateral covers/engine cases
containing oil and which could be
in contact with the ground during a
crash, must be protected by a second
cover made from composite materials,
type carbon or Kevlar , or be fitted with
heavy duty crash resistant end cases
made from solid metal. Plates and/
or bars from aluminium or steel are
also permitted. All these devices must
be designed to be resistant against
sudden shocks and must be fixed
properly and securely. Bonding alone
is not a suitable method of mounting.
16.5.4 Period 5
16.5.4.1 Unless otherwise contained in the
machine’s original specifications,
a) For 125cc to 500cc machines, the
wheel rim must have:
i) A minimum diameter of 18”
(457mm), and
ii) A maximum width of 2.5”
(63.5mm) front and 4”
144
16.5.4.2
16.5.4.3
16.5.4.4
16.5.4.5
16.6
(101.6mm) rear.
b) For Unlimited class the wheel rim
must have:
i) Minimum diameters of 16”
(407mm) front and minimum of
17” (432mm) rear, and
ii) A maximum width of 3.5” (89 mm)
front and 4.5” (114 mm) rear.
Period forks:
a) Forks of a type manufactured in the
period up to a maximum diameter of
41mm,
b) Forks which replicate the type
manufactured in the period up to a
maximum diameter of 41mm.
Rectangular number plates.
Front and rear brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
All lateral covers/engine cases
containing oil and which could be
in contact with the ground during a
crash, must be protected by a second
cover made from composite materials,
type carbon or Kevlar , or be fitted with
heavy duty crash resistant end cases
made from solid metal. Plates and/
or bars from aluminium or steel are
also permitted. All these devices must
be designed to be resistant against
sudden shocks and must be fixed
properly and securely. Bonding alone
is not a suitable method of mounting.
PROHIBITED USES - Historic
Road Racing - Solo
16.6.1 For all periods except period 5:
16.6.1.1 Slick or grooved slick tyres.
16.6.1.2 Shock absorbers with remote or external
reservoirs.
16.6.2 Periods 1 and 2
16.6.2.1 Reed valves on 2-strokes.
16.6.2.2 Gear boxes with more than 4 speeds.
16.6.2.3 Hydraulic & telescopic steering dampers.
16.6.3 Period 3
16.6.3.1 Direct crankcase induction other than
rotary disc valve on 2-strokes.
16.6.3.2 Reed valves on 2-strokes.
16.6.3.3 Non-motorcycle
engines
and
transmissions.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
16.6.3.4 Disc brakes.
16.6.4 Period 4
16.6.4.1 Accessory air assisted front forks.
16.6.4.2 Electronic fuel injection.
16.6.4.3 All power jet carburettors and all other
carburettors that are fitted with any form
of auxiliary/primary jet mounted so as to
feed into the air stream prior to the main
carburettor body.
16.6.4.4 Mono-shock rear ends.
16.6.4.5 The following machines or their major
components:
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD,
16.6.4.6 Mag wheels (Cast metal wheels).
16.6.4.7 Rear disc brakes, unless originally
factory fitted.
16.6.5 Period 5
16.6.5.1 Floating front and rear discs unless:
a) Manufactured in the period, or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period.
16.6.5.2 The following machines or their major
and minor components:
i) Suzuki Katana,
ii) Suzuki RG500 MkVI,
i) Yamaha TZ250H,
ii) Yamaha TZ250J,
iii) 1981 Suzuki RG 500,
iv) 1982 Suzuki RG 500.
16.6.5.3 Unless contained in the machine’s
original specifications, all anti-dive
devices and external fork damping.
16.6.5.4 Replica fork sliders, calipers and antidive must be visually indistinguishable
from factory original.
16.6.5.5 Electronic fuel injection.
16.6.5.6 The use of carbon fibre and Kevlar
materials, and other materials presented
as having the appearance of carbon fibre
16.7
Permitted uses - Historic
Road Racing - Solo
16.7.1 Periods 1 and 2
16.7.1.1 Methanol Fuel.
16.7.1.2 Amal GP, Monobloc and MK1 concentric
to 35mm (1 ⅜ inch).
16.7.1.3All period carburettors.
16
historic ROAD RACING
16.7.2 Period 3
16.7.2.1 Methanol Fuel.
16.7.2.2 The following carburettors:
a) All non-period Amal carburettors up
to 40mm, or
b) Dellorto SS1and Dellorto concentric
non-pumper carburettors up to
3840mm,
c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series
carburettors up to a nominal 30mm.
d) Mikuni 40mm VM round slide
carburettors
e) Gardner Type C csrburettors up
to 40mm.
16.7.2.3 Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives
and electronic ignition, provided they are
concealed from view.
16.7.2.4 Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads.
16.7.2.5Reinforced gearbox castings.
16.7.3 Period 4
16.7.3.1 Mechanical fuel injection.
16.7.3.2 Methanol Fuel.
16.7.3.3 Keihin CR Special round slide
carburettors up to 33mm bore size.
16.7.3.4 Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers.
16.7.4 Period 5
16.7.4.1 The following machines or their major
components:
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD and LC.
16.7.4.2 Spoked and mag-type (Cast metal)
wheels.
16.7.4.3 Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and
racing wets.
16.8
Requirements - Historic Road
Racing - sidecars & Cyclecars
16.8.0.1Ground clearance of no less than 65mm
for the whole of the underside of the
machine (excluding wheels), measured
with the machine handlebars in the
straight ahead position, race ready with
rider and passenger on board,
16.8.0.2 Left Hand & Right Hand sidecars may
compete against each other in Historic
Road Racing.
16.8.1 Period 1&2
16.8.1.1 At least 1 efficient braking system and a
145
145
primary drive guard if so driven.
enjoy the ride
16Historic Road racing
16.8.1.2 Sidecars must:
a) Use a frame of a type which could be
ridden solo, with an outrigger sidecar
chassis of tubular steel construction,
b) Be bolted at a minimum of 4 points.
16.8.1.3 Wheel rim dimensions of a minimum of
18” (457mm) diameter, and maximum
WM4 width on all wheels.
16.8.1.4Oval number plates.
permitted.
g) Disc brakes manufactured in the
period or are an exact replica of
those manufactured in the period,
h) Front brakes must be hand
controlled. Rear and linked sidecar
brakes must be foot controlled.
16.8.3.5 Front exit sidecar chassis configuration only.
16.8.3.6 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.8.2 Period 3
16.8.2.1 The height to the top bearing of the
steering head must be at least 710mm
(28”) unladen.
16.8.2.2 Wheel rim diameters of at least:
a) Front
16” (406mm),
b) Rear 13” (330mm),
c) Sidecar 10” (254mm).
16.8.2.3 Wheel rim widths of no more than:
a) Front 3” (76mm),
b) Rear 4.5” (115mm),
c) Sidecar 4” (102mm).
16.8.2.4 Tyre outside diameters must be at least
22” (560mm) front and rear.
16.8.2.5 Oval or rectangular number plates.
16.8.2.6 Front and rear Brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Sidecar wheel brake prohibited,
d) Linking of brakes is prohibited,
e) Front brakes are to be hand
controlled and rear brakes are to be
foot controlled.
16.8.4 Period 5
16.8.4.1 Wheel rim diameters to be no greater 13”
(330mm).
16.8.4.2 Wheel rim widths to be no greater than:
a) Front
7” (178mm),
b) Rear
9” (229mm),
c) Sidecar
8” (203mm).
16.8.4.3 Rectangular number plates.
16.8.4.4 Front, rear and sidecar brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Hydraulic bias adjusters permitted,
d) Linking of brakes permitted,
e) Must be fitted with an emergency
system operated by a handlebar
lever with a simple circuit operating
on either front or rear of the
motorcycle.
16.8.4.5 Front and/or rear sidecar exit
configuration.
16.8.4.6 Steering / front forks:
a) Leading or trailing forks, with front
wheel equally supported on both
sides,
b) A cycle car with 2 forward wheels
that was manufactured in the period
or is an exact replica of those
manufactured in the period.
16.8.4.7Sidecars must use a frame of circular or
non-circular tubular steel construction
with a maximum diameter of 102mm
(4”) at the broadest point, which was
manufactured in the period or is a replica
of a frame manufactured in the period.
16.8.4.8 Methanol Fuel
16.8.3 Period 4
16.8.3.1 Wheel rim diameters of be at least 10”
(254mm).
16.8.3.2 Wheel rim widths of no more than 6”
(153mm).
16.8.3.3 Moulded tread type tyres.
16.8.3.4 Front and rear brakes:
a) Manufactured in the period,
b) Which replicate those manufactured
in the period,
c) Sidecar brake permitted,
d) Only mechanical brake bias
adjustment permitted,
e) Linking of front and rear brakes
prohibited,
f)
Linking of rear and sidecar brakes
146
16.9prohibited uses - Historic
Road Racing -sidecars &
Cyclecars
16.9.1 Period 3
16.9.1.1 Sidecar kneelers.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
16.9.1.2 Non-motorcycle
engines
and
transmissions, except where originally
fitted.
16.9.1.3 Disc brakes.
16.9.2 Period 4
16.9.2.1 The following machines or their major
components:
a) Kawasaki 900Z1,
b) Yamaha TZ,
c) Yamaha RD.
16.9.2.2 Electronic fuel injection.
16.9.2.3 Power jet carburettors.
16.9.3 Period 5
16.9.3.1 Liquid cooled 4-stroke motorcycle
engines.
16.9.3.2 Rear engine sidecars.
16.9.3.3 Steerable sidecar wheels.
16.9.3.4 Monocoque construction.
16.9.3.5 Banking sidecars.
16.9.3.6 Electronic fuel injection.
16.9.3.7 Floating front discs unless:
a) Manufactured during the period; or
b) Which replicate those manufactured
during the period.
16.9.3.8 The following machines or their major and
minor components:
a) Suzuki Katana,
b) Suzuki RG500 MKVI,
c) Yamaha TZ250H.
16.9.3.9 Unless contained in the machines original
specifications, all anti dive devices and
external fork damping.
16.9.3.10Replica fork sliders, calipers and anti dive
must be visually indistinguishable from
factory original.
16.10 Permitted uses - Historic Road
Racing - sidecars & Cyclecars
16.10.1 Period 3
16.10.1.1Methanol fuels.
16.10.1.2The following carburettors:
a) All Amal carburettors up to 38mm,
b) Dellorto SSI and Dellorto concentric
non-pumper carburettors up to 38mm,
c) Keihin CR & PW round bore series
carburettors up to a nominal 30mm,
d) All period carburettors.
16.10.1.3Diaphragm clutches, tooth belt drives
and electronic ignition, provided they are
concealed from view.
16
historic ROAD RACING
16.10.1.4Triumph 8- and 9-stud cylinder heads.
16.10.1.5Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing
they meet existing dimensional criteria.
16.10.1.6Reinforced gearbox castings.
16.10.2 Period 4
16.10.2.1Methanol fuels.
16.10.2.2Mechanical fuel injection.
16.10.2.3Non-motorcycle wheels and brakes providing
they meet existing dimensional criteria.
16.10.2.4Hydraulic brake master cylinders of
cylindrical appearance.
16.10.2.5Keihin CR Special round slide carburettors
up to 33mm bore size.
16.10.2.6Lockheed 4-fin brake calipers.
16.10.3 Period 5
16.10.3.1Slick type racing tyres, cut slicks and
racing wets.
16.10.3.2Motorcycle
engines
that
were
manufactured in the period.
16.10.3.3 Methanol Fuel
16.11
Fuel- Historic Road Racing
16.11.0.1Fuel for historic Road Racing must be:
a) Methanol (with the exception of
Period 5 solo machines).or,
b) Unleaded that is no more than 100
RON,
c) Which contains no additives other
than those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil,
d) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
16.11.0.2Leaded fuel, providing that:
a) The fuel is purchased from suppliers
approved by Environment Australia,
16.12aUSTRALIAN HISTORIC ROAD
RACing CHAMPIONSHIPS
16.12.0.1The minimum number of entries to
constitute a class for an Australian Historic
Road Race Championship is:
a) 10 or more bona-fide entries for all
solo classes.
b) 6 or more bona-fide entries for
sidecar classes.
16.12.0.2A bona-fide entry is defined as a full entry
received quoting:
a) A current MA National or National 1
event licence for the rider,
b) An MA Historic Logbook number for
147
147
the machine entered
16Historic Road racing
c) Current contact details for the entrant,
d) An entry fee paid, and
e) The entry not withdrawn prior to the
commencement of the race meeting.
16.12.1 Format
16.12.1.1The Australian Historic Road Race
Championship will be conducted as a
single meeting at a venue selected by the
Historic Road Race Commission.
16.12.1.2The Australian Championship shall consist of
no more than 3 races per period per class.
16.12.1.3Race distances will be determined by
148
enjoy the ride
the Historic Road Race Commission, in
consultation with the Promoter.
16.12.2 Log Books
16.12.2.1Machines entered in the Australian Historic
Road Race Championships must have a
log book issued by MA, or be covered by
GCR 16.2.2.3.
16.12.2.2Log book application forms are available
on www.ma.org.au or from SCBs.
16.12.2.3Log bookb applications may not be
processed if lodged within 6 weeks of the
Championship.
enjoythe
theride
ride
enjoy
17
17.1
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
Protective
Clothing
MOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.1.0.1No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Motocross or Supercross
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
17.1.1 Helmet
17.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69 &
01.70 of the FIM Technical Rules
[see Appendix 1].
17.1.2 Clothing
17.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of
similar durability.
17.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be noncombustible and be fitted with a lining,
17.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
17.1.3 Footwear
17.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least cover
¾ of the length of the lower leg, with
the rider in a racing position on the
machine.
17.1.4 Gloves
17.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
17.1.5 Goggles and Visors
17.1.5.1 A competitor must, at the start of an
event, be wearing goggles or a simila
form of eye protection. It is strongly
recommended that the competitor wear
the eye protection at all times during the
event. Where the competitor removes
their eye protection during the course of
150
an event, they do so entirely at their own
risk. Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must comply with the following:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are made
of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or Perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
17.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
17.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
17.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
17.1.7 Footwear in pits
17.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn at all times
in the pit area.
17.1.8 Junior Clothing
17.1.8.1 In addition to the general requirements for
clothing, Juniors must comply as follows:
a) Protective clothing must not be loose
or flapping,
b) Synthetic or rubber boots may be
worn as an alternative to leather for
competitors with smaller than a size
1 foot,
c) Commercially manufactured body
armour must be worn. Soft roost
protection is unacceptable.
17.2
Frames And Parts - MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.2.1 Solo
17.2.1.1 Hand lever protectors:
a) Must be single mounted for
Motocross and Supercross,
b) May be double mounted on
machines in club and inter-club
natural terrain Motocross events.
17.2.1.2 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front
and rear wheels.
17.2.1.3 When the brake cam arm or lever is of the
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
17.2.1.4No machine may be fitted with scoop or
paddle tyres.
17.2.1.5The handlebars must be equipped with a
protection pad on the cross bar. Handlebars
without a cross member must be equipped
with a protection pad located in the middle
of the handlebars,m covering the handlebar
clamps.
17.2.2 Sidecar
17.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken between
the longitudinal centres of the rear and
sidecar wheels must be between 810mm
and 1,200mm.
17.2.2.2 The minimum ground clearance must be
175mm unladen.
17.2.2.3 The maximum lean of the motorcycle at
saddle height must be 50mm.
17.2.2.4 There must be no less than 4 sidecar
attachment points.
17.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in
plan view, taken from a line drawn no further
rearwards than the lowest point of the front
down-tube to the forward most point of
the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no
further rearwards than a line drawn at right
angles to the machine from the rearmost
point of the rear tyre, must be:
a) A minimum of 760mm long adjacent
to the sidecar wheel,
b) A minimum of 300mm width, with at
least 25mm radius to all corners.
17.2.2.6 There must be no more than 50mm
between baseboard and motorcycle and
between baseboard and sidecar wheel. The
baseboard must be arranged to prevent the
passenger’s feet being trapped.
Motocross and supercross
17.2.2.7 All handholds must be finished with a loop
of at least 100mm.
17.2.2.8 Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
17.2.2.9 Handholds on the sidecar:
a) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork,
b) Adjacent to the nose section of the
sidecar and less than 200mm from
the track surface must be at an angle
of at least 45° from the horizontal.
17.2.2.10The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 65° above
a horizontal line drawn through the rear
wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard
level on the inside.
17.2.2.11The sidecar mudguard must cover at least
135° of the periphery of the wheel and be
valanced to baseboard level on the inside.
17.2.2.12No machine may be fitted with scoop or
paddle tyres.\
17.3
Noise emissions - MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.3.0.1 Motocross machines must comply with
noise emission tests as per GCR 12.10,
however the following table should be
substituted for 12.10.2.
CAPACITY
RPM
Up to 85cc
8,000
85cc to 125cc
7,000
Over 125cc up to 150cc
4-stroke
6,000
126cc to 250cc
5,000
251cc to 500cc
4,500
Over 500cc
4,000
151
enjoy the ride
17motocross and supercross
17.4
17.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4 stroke
engines
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”
17.5
Senior Classes- MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.5.1 Machines Other Than Junior
17.5.1.1 The capacity classes for machines
a) Other than for Junior competitions,
b) Other than Australian
Championships are:
CLASS
Lite
CAPACITIES
2-stroke 100cc to 150cc Big Wheel
4-stroke 200cc to 250cc Big Wheel
Wheel sizes (16” - 19” rear and 19”
- 21” front)
2-stroke from 165cc to 500cc
4-stroke from 255cc to 650cc
Open
Under 19
Up to 250cc (2 or 4 stroke)
17.5.1.2 Sidecars.
17.5.1.3 Modern.
17.5.1.4 Pre 1985 - Note Frame and motor must be
manufactured prior to 31st December 1984.
152
b)
c)
d)
e)
Fuel- MOTOCROSS AND
SUPERCROSS
17.6
Junior CLASSES- MOTOCROSS
AND SUPERCROSS
17.6.1
50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR
12.16.
17.6.2 80cc 4-Stroke Class
17.6.2.1 Machines in the 80cc 4-stroke classes
must remain standard with the
manufacturer’s specifications with the
exception of:
152
a) Exhaust system,
17.7
Gearing,
Carburettor jetting,
Plastics, and
Handlebars.
COMPETITOR GradingMOTOCROSS AND SUPERCROSS
17.7.1 Senior Grades - Motocross and Supercross
17.7.1.1 The grades of competitors in Senior
classes are:
a) Pro Class,
b) Intermediate Class,
c) Clubman.
17.7.2 Freestyle Motocross
17.7.2.1 There are 2 levels of Freestyle Motocross
Endorsement:
a) Freestyle Motocross,
b) Professional Freestyle Motocross
17.8competition Rules - all ages
and classes
17.8.1 Starting
17.8.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
17.8.1.2 The order and position of each competitor
will be at the discretion of the Promoter
and will be determined on the day of the
event.
17.8.1.3 The starting grid for all events will:
a) Have not less than 1 metre space for
each solo motorcycle,
b) Be in 1 straight line,
c) Allow for no more than 40
competitors.
17.8.1.4 The maximum number of starters must
be specified in SR.
17.8.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
for solo events:
a) Individually backward falling devices,
with each gate a minimum of
500mm and a maximum of 600mm
in height, must be used,
b) A rear barrier must be placed to
prevent riders from moving their
motorcycles no more than 600mm
back from the gate.
c) Preparation on the start gate is to
be confined to the area between
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
the rollback barrier and gate hinge
and no materials may be brought
onto the start area unless directed
by the starter, on the instructions
from a key official
d) No work is to be done in front of
the start gate (track proper) unless
directed of a key official.
17.8.1.6 Unless otherwise determined in the
SR, for sidecar events, the width of the
starting grid must permit a minimum of 15
machines in 1 row, with 2 metre space for
each machine.
17.8.1.7 Unless otherwise determined in the SR:
a) All competitors must be called to the
start line at least 2 minutes before
each start,
b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and
when the starter is ready, the starter
will hold up a 15 second sign for a
full 15 seconds,
c) At the end of 15 seconds, a 5 second
sign will be displayed,
d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10
seconds after the 5 second sign is
shown.
17.8.1.8 Competitors may use up to 2 starting
blocks (one per side) up to a maximum
of 100mm high and must be able to
start in an event without additional aid
while sitting on the machine.
17.8.2 No Jump Signals
17.8.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Motocross
events to indicate immediate danger,
17.8.2.2 When yellow flags are waved, competitors
must not:
a) Jump,
b) Overtake other competitors.
17.8.2.3 During the first lap of practice, yellow flags
will be displayed stationary indicating
there will be no jumping.
17.8.3 Stopping and Rerunning of Events where
electronic timing is used.
17.8.3.1 Where the Steward or the Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed.
i The stopped race will be declared
null and void,
ii The race may be rerun,
Motocross and supercross
iii The rerun race will be for the full
race distance,
iv The original grid positions will be
used,
v The place of any machine unable
to take part in the rerun race will
be left vacant,
vi Machines may be repaired or
replaced providing this has
been approved by the Clerk of
Course.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance has been
completed:
i The race may be restarted if
possible, but only once,
ii The restart must occur no more
than 1 hour after the race has
been stopped,
iii The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv Selection of grid positions for the
re-started race will be determined
by the order of competitors at the
finish line of the last full lap of the
stopped race,
v Only competitors who have
completed at least 75% of
the laps completed by the
leading competitor at the time
of stopping will be permitted
to participate in the re-started
race,
vi Machines may be repaired or
replaced providing this has been
approved by the Clerk of Course,
vii The stopped race and any rerun
will be deemed to be parts of 1
race,
viiiThe winner will be the competitor
having the highest number of
laps at the finish,
ix Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x If more than 15 laps of the
scheduled race distance is
completed full points will be
awarded,
153
xi If less than 75% of the scheduled 153
17motocross and supercross
race distance is completed half
points will be awarded.
17.8.4 Finishing
17.8.4.1 The finish line must be:
a) Marked with a flexible post at each
side of the track, and
b) Clearly visible to the judge.
17.9competition Rules - Supercross
17.9.1 Supercross Licence Conditions
17.9.1.1 No person may compete in a Supercross
race unless they:
a) Are at least 12 years of age,
b) Have a current national competition
licence which is endorsed under the
following rules.
17.9.1.2 To be endorsed as a Supercross
competitor, a person must:
a) Use a solo machine with a capacity
of at least 80cc;
b) Attend a Supercross training school
conducted by an MA accredited coach,
c) At the conclusion of the Supercross
training school, be able to
competently display to the MA
accredited coach the following:
i) Jump a double jump, which is:
 8 metres for 85cc riders,
 10 metres for 150/250cc riders,
ii) Jump a tabletop, which is:
 8-10 metres for 85cc riders,
 10-12 metres for 150/250cc riders,
iii) Ride through stutters at a
competitive speed in a straight line,
iv) A sound knowledge of
Supercross Rules and safety
issues as examined by a
multiple-choice questionnaire.
17.9.1.3 The coach conducting the assessment
under the preceding GCR may endorse
the licence of a person as a Supercross
competitor. A decision to:
a) Endorse the licence,
b) Refuse an endorsement, or
c) Grant an endorsement conditionally,
will have the same force and effect as if it
was a decision by an SCB under GCR 3.1
17.9.1.4 A person who:
a) Has entered a Supercross competition,
154
enjoy the ride
b) Has paid the entry fee for the
relevant meeting,
c) Is required to submit to an
assessment under these Rules, and
d) Fails to be endorsed as a Supercross
competitor at the meeting.
is entitled to a refund of the fee.
17.9.1.5 Once endorsed for Supercross, a person
retains that endorsement unless:
a) They fail to participate in a
Supercross event each year,
b) During the course of a Supercross
meeting, the Steward or Clerk of
Course determines otherwise.
17.9.2 No Jump Signals
17.9.2.1 Yellow flags will be waved in Supercross
events to indicate immediate danger.
17.9.2.2 When yellow flags are waved competitors
must not:
a) Jump,
b) Overtake other competitors,
at the set of jumps where the yellow flags
are waved.
17.9.2.3 The penalties for breaching this GCR are:
a) First offence, relegation of 3 places
and up to a $500 fine,
b) Subsequent offences in the same
year, exclusion and $500 fine.
17.9.3 Warm Up Lap
17.9.3.1 During the first lap of any practice yellow
flags are to displayed stationary to
indicate there will be no jumping.
17.10competition Rules FREESTYLE Motocross
17.10.1 Freestyle Motocross Licence
Conditions
17.10.1.1No person may participate in Freestyle
Motocross unless they:
a) Are at least 16 years of age, and
b) Have a current MA Senior National
competition licence which is
endorsed under the following Rules.
17.10.1.2To be endorsed as a Freestyle Motocross
competitor, a person must use a solo
machine with a capacity of at least 125cc.
17.10.1.3To gain a Freestyle Motocross
endorsement a rider must:
a) Have a MA Senior National Licence
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
and be endorsed for Supercross,
b) Attend a Freestyle Motocross Training
School conducted by an accredited
Freestyle Motocross Coach
Assessor,
c) Successfully complete the MA
competency assessment,
d) A rider with this level of endorsement can
only perform under the following conditions:
i) Jump with a minimum takeoff and landing zone of 25m
(distance is from front wheel to
base of ramp),
ii) Jump a maximum distance of 18m
(distance is from end of jump ramp
to start of landing ramp).
17.10.1.4To gain a Professional Freestyle
Motocross endorsement a rider must:
a) Have a MA Senior National Licence,
b) Be endorsed for Freestyle Motocross,
c) Perform at a minimum of 6 MA
permitted events with a Freestyle
Motocross Endorsement,
d) Consistently demonstrate an ability to
jump a minimum distance of 23m with
a run-up and run-off of 20m or less,
e) Successfully complete the MA
competency assessment for
Professional Freestyle Motocross
conducted by approved coach.
17.10.1.5The Endorsing coach Assessor must:
a) Be identified and approved by
the MA Motocross Commission to
endorse Freestyle Motocross,
b) Obtain a Coaching Permit from the
RCB in which the assessment is
taking place.
17.11competition Rules - FAST 50s
17.11.1 Fast 50s - Protective Equipment
17.11.1.1As per GCR 16.1 except 16.1.3 which is
replaced by:
17.11.1.2Footwear which must be:
a) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material; and
b) Of a length that must at least cover
the ankle, with the rider in a racing
position on the machine.
17.11.2 Fast 50s - Classes of Competition
17.11.2.1Senior Classes- 16 years of age and over:
Motocross and supercross
a) Stock 50cc,
b) Limited 50cc,
c) Mod 88cc,
d) Mod 110cc,
e) 110 Big Wheel Mid Size,
f) Super Mod,
g) 125cc,
h) Open Outlaw,
i) Women,
j) Vets over 30 years of age,
k) Seniors. Pro Class,
l) Seniors. Amateur Class.
17.11.2.2Junior Classes-. 12 to under 16 years:
a) Stock 50cc.
b) Limited 50cc.
c) Mod 88cc.
d) Mod 110cc.
17.11.3 Fast 50s - Approved Modifications
17.11.3.1The following may be modified:
a) Cosmetic changes, including but not
limited to:
i) Colour,
ii) Handle bars,
iii) Graphics,
iv) Foot pegs,
v) Gear levers,
vi) Heavy duty rims,
b) Air filters may be replaced with aftermarket products,
c) Heavy duty springs and front and
rear shock absorbers,
d) Gearing, limited to sprockets,
e) Exhaust pipes,
f) After market camshaft and timing
chain.
g) Stock 50cc machines in both senior
and junior classes may strengthen
the frame / chassis.
h) All machines, except those in Stock
50cc class in either senior or junior
class, may use:
i) After-market frames / chassis,
ii) After-market forks,
iii) Rear shocks,
iv) Heavy duty clutches,
v) CDI units,
vi) After market close ratio
gearbox.
155
155
enjoy the ride
17motocross and supercross
17.11.3.2
Modifications to limited specific classes of machines as per table on following page, unless
otherwise specified in the SR:
CLASS
Stock 50cc Snr
Stock 50cc Jnr
Limited 50cc to 90cc Snr
Limited 50cc to 90cc Jnr
Mod 88cc - Snr
Mod 88cc - Jnr
Mod 110cc Snr
Mod 110cc Jnr
110cc Big Wheel Mid Size
Super Mod
125cc
Open Outlaw
Women / Vets
Seniors. Pro Class
Seniors. Amateur Class
FRONT
WHEEL
(inches)
REAR
WHEEL
(inches)
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
14
12
12
14
14
Open
Open
10
10
10
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Open
Open
HEAD INCL
PORTING
AND
GRINDING
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
17.11.4 Fast 50s - Capacity Tolerances
17.11.4.1The actual engine capacity of a machine
competing in a capacity class may not
exceed the prescribed capacity.
17.11.5 Fast 50s - Competition Rules
17.11.5.1All machines must be an open cradle
frame unless specified in SR; and
17.11.5.2All entrants and competitors declare that
by entering an event, that their machine
/ machines are suitable for the class in
which they are entered.
17.11.5.3All entrants and competitors declare that
they have satisfied themselves as to the
suitability of their machine for the purpose
of racing.
17.11.5.4GCR 12.8.4 (side stands) does not apply
to this discipline.
17.11.5.5GCR 17.6.2 (80cc 4-Stroke Class) does
not apply to this discipline.
17.11.5.6GCR 12.16.0.3 does not apply to this
discipline.
17.11.6 Fast 50s - Starting
17.11.6.1GCR 17.8.1.3 c does not apply to this
discipline as there can be no more than 20
competitors on the track at any time. This
number may be lower than 20 depending
on the track conditions.
17.11.6.2Starting as per 17.8.1, excluding
17.8.1.3 c.
156
BARREL
AND
INNER
ROTOR
AUTO/
MAN
std 50cc
std 50cc
90cc
90cc
88cc
88cc
110cc
110cc
110cc
124cc
125cc
150cc
150cc
125cc
125cc
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Either
Either
Either
Either
Either
CARBURETTOR
STD
OEM
CRANK
CASE
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
17.12 AUSTRALIAN Motocross
CHAMPIONSHIPS
17.12.1Senior Championship Classes
CLASS
Pro-Lites
Pro-Open
Under 19
CAPACITY
2-STROKE
CAPACITY
4-STROKE
100cc-150cc
200cc-250cc
251cc to 450cc
156cc to 250cc
up to 250cc
up to 250cc
17.12.1.1The under 19 Australian Motocross
Championship will be for riders from
15 years to under 19 years. A rider’s
age on 1st January will determine
their age for the Championship. 15
year olds may participate provided
they meet the following criteria:
a) Satisfy their SCB of their
competence,
b) Obtain a licence endorsement for
AMXC under 19,
c) State legislation will overide these
rules where applicable.
17.12.2 Riders who turn 15 before the first
round of the Under 19 Australian
Motocross Championship may place
an entry for the series provided they
meet the criteria above. If they do they
will be deemed to have moved up an
age group.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
17.12.3 15 year olds will compete with an
endorsed MA National Junior licence.
Riders who turn sixteen during the
series can continue in other relevant
competition as a junior, they are
competing in the Championship as
Juniors.
17.12.2Format
17.12.2.1The
Championship
format
will
be determined by the Motocross
Commission and published in SR.
17.12.3Practice and Qualifying
17.12.3.1As directed in the SR, any heats and
qualifiers are to be held on the day of the
meeting.
17.12.3.2Timed practice for any event may be held
either on Saturday afternoon or Sunday
morning.
17.12.3.3All grid positions will be determined by
qualifying times.
17.12.3.4No competitor may enter the track
for practicing on any of the 8 days
immediately preceding the event other
than the official press day..
17.12.3.5The 10 competitors leading the
Championship prior to each subsequent
round will qualify for the round.
17.12.3.6The remaining 30 competitors shall lodge
an Expression of Interest for the series as
per the SR.
17.12.3.7U19 Championship
All competitors eligible for the U19
Championship in their first year of senior
national competition must compete in the
U19 years Championship. Exception may
be granted by the MX Commission where
a rider has been senior at State level for a
period of time and can demonstrate his or
her ability at State open events, or where
exceptional circumstance (ie rider size)
is more suited to the Open class. On
having moved to Pro-Lite or Pro-Open
events except as a wildcard entry then
a competitor will no longer be eligible
for the U19 years Championship series.
This rule will be effective from January 1,
2009.
17.12.4 The Event
17.12.4.1For each class, a round will consist of 2
races.
17.12.4.2The duration of each race will be
specified in SR.
Motocross and supercross
17.12.4.3The races must be conducted on the
same day with a minimum of 15 and a
maximum of 40 competitors in each race.
17.12.4.4Each competitor may compete on a
substitute machine, provided that the
competitor must notify the Clerk of Course
before commencement of the race in
which the substitution is to be made.
17.12.5 Allocation of Numbers
17.12.5.1The No 1 numberplate in each class will
be allocated to the winner of the previous
year’s Championship.
a) The recipient of this number can choose
not to use No.1, but instead use their
career number. No.1, or that competitor’s
career number will not be used by any
other competitor in that class.
b) For the first round of each
Championshipthe
previous
years
Champion will carry a numberplate with
red background and white figures.
c) The leader of each championship after
the first round will use the numberplate
with red background & white figures.
17.12.5.2Pro Lite and Pro Open numbers after
No.1 will be allocated as career numbers
by the MX Commission to a maximum of
20 riders using the following method:
a) For 2009 A competitor’s overall
Championship results from the previous
three year’s Motocross & Supercross
Championships will be used to decide
the order in which they pick their career
number, which is determined by:
b) Aggregated Championship points
awarded in both competitions and ,
c) Aggregating them as a percentage as
calculated by the Motocross Commission
of MA.
d) For 2010 and beyond the method used
to determine the order in which available
career numbers are chosen, may be the
same as 17.12.5.2 (a),(b) & (c), with the
results from the previous year only used.
e) Numbers 2 to 10 can only be chosen
as career numbers by competitors who
finished in the top ten of either Lites or
Open Championships. The first three from
the U19 Championship may also choose
a 2 to 10 number if available.
f) Competitors who do not fit the above
criteria may make an application to the
Motoctoss Commission of MA for special 157
enjoy the ride
17motocross and supercross
consideration for a career number. The
criteria for this would be recognised
International riders, previous Champions,
etc.
17.12.5.3If 2 or more competitors aggregate the
same number of points, preference will be
given to:
a) Competitor who competed in the
most championship events, then
b) The competitor who achieved the
highest number of points at the
last championship round they both
competed at.
17.12.5.4For competitors to retain their career
number they must compete in at least one
round each year of either the MX or SX
Championships, and score a minimum of
50 points in total of both Championships
combined. Exemptions to be considered
for injury, or international competitors.
17.12.5.5No competitor may compete unless
wearing the machine identification number
on their back in contrasting colours and
with a minimum size of 125mm height and
20mm width of stroke.
17.12.6 Scoring for Each Race
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POINTS
25
22
20
18
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
17.13 AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR MOTOCROSS
CHAMPIONSHIPS
17.13.1 Format
17.13.1.1The format of the championships will be:
CLASSES
Under 80cc
Sidecars
80cc and over
FORMAT
7 minutes + 1 lap
7 minutes + 1 lap
10 minutes + 1 lap
17.13.1.2 At least 5 practice laps must be offered to
riders prior to the commencement of racing.
17.13.1.3There will be a minimum of 5 legs per
158
class.
17.13.1.4If heats and finals are required:
a) Heats will be 3 legs per class, with
heats to be mixed, and
b) Finals will be 3 legs per class.
17.13.2 Allocation of Numbers
17.13.2.1A competitor’s racing number will be
determined as follows:
a) The first digit will be the first digit of
the postcode for the competitor’s
state of residency, except the
Northern Territory, which will be 1,
b) The remainder of the number will be
at the discretion of the RCB.
17.13.3 Venues
17.13.3.1Venues used for Australian Junior
Motocross Championships will be closed
to competitors for a minimum of 21 days
prior to the event.
17.13.4 Interstate Challenge
17.13.4.1 Format - Each state is to choose a
team of eight (8) junior competitors
from a minimum of four (4) different
classes to compete for the Interstate
Cup Challenge. Each competitor must
be entered for the Australian Junior
Motocross Championship, prior to the
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
17
closing date. Team members must
be named and the Race Secretary be
informed by the end of practice.
17.13.4.2 Scoring - Each competitor will be
scored as per GCR 12.14.0.1 within their
own class. At the end of the Australian
Junior Motocross Championship the
highest point scoring six (6) team
members from each state, will have
their final placing re-scored using
12.14.01 (table) to give an overall score.
The State with the highest overall team
score will be deemed the winner of the
Interstate Cup Challenge.
17.13.4.3 Awards - A Perpetual Trophy will be
awarded to the winning State, with
each member of the team receiving a
participation memento.
17.14 AUSTRALIAN SUPERCROSS
CHAMPIONSHIP
17.14.1 Championship Classes
CLASS
SX -Open
CAPACITY
4-STROKE
100cc-150cc
200cc-250cc
251cc to 450cc
156cc-250cc
17.14.2 Format
17.14.2.1The format for both classes of the
championships will be as determined
by the Motocross and Supercross
Commission and published in SR.
17.14.3 Allocation of Numbers
17.14.3.1The No 1 numberplate in each class will
be allocated to the winner of the previous
year’s Championship.
a) The recipient of this number can
choose not to use No.1, but instead
use their career number. No.1, or that
competitor’s career number will not be
used by any other competitor in that class.
b) For the first round of each Championship
the previous years Champion will carry a
numberplate with red background and
white figures.
c) The leader of each championship after
the first round will use the numberplate
with red background & white figures.
17.14.3.2Pro Lite and Pro Open numbers after
No.1 will be allocated as career numbers
by the MX Commission to a maximum of
20 riders using the following method:
a) For 2009 A competitor’s overall
Championship results from the previous
three year’s Motocross & Supercross
Championships will be used to decide
the order in which they pick their career
number, which is determined by:
b) Aggregated Championship points
awarded in both competitions and ,
c) Aggregating them as a percentage as
calculated by the Motocross Commission
of MA.
d) For 2010 and beyond the method used
to determine the order in which available
career numbers are chosen, may be the
same as 17.12.5.2 (a),(b) & (c), with the
results from the previous year only used.
e) Numbers 2 to 10 can only be chosen
as career numbers by competitors who
finished in the top ten of either Lites or
Open Championships. The first three
from the U19 Championship may also
choose a 2 to 10 number if available.
f) Competitors who do not fit the above
criteria may make an application to the
Motoctoss Commission of MA for special
consideration for a career number. The
criteria for this would be recognised
International riders, previous Champions,
etc.
17.14.3.3If 2 or more competitors aggregate the
same number of points, preference will
be given to:
a) Competitor who competed in the
most championship events, then
b) The competitor who achieved the
highest number of points at the
last championship round they both
competed at.
17.14.3.4For competitors to retain their career
number they must compete in at least one
round each year of either the MX or SX
Championships, and score a minimum of
50 points in total of both Championships
combined. Exemptions to be considered
for injury, or international competitors.
17.14.3.5No competitor may compete unless
wearing the machine identification
number on their back in contrasting
colours and with a minimum size of
125mm height and 20mm width of stroke.
17motocross and supercross
SX -Lites
CAPACITY
2-STROKE
Motocross and supercross
159
17motocross and supercross
17.14.4 Qualifying
17.14.4.1Conditions of qualifying must be stipulated
in the SR.
17.14.5 Grid Positions.
17.14.5.1Grid selection will be determined by
qualifying times.
17.14.6 Practice & Timed Qualifying
17.14.6.1Practice for championship events must
be:
a) Outdoor events - minimum 8 minutes
for first session and minimum 10
minutes for second session,
17.14.6.2If the track is altered during the course of
the meeting, at least 1 inspection lap must
be offered to all qualified competitors.
17.14.7 Points Allocation
17.14.7.1For events which have a minimum of
10 start gates points will be allocated in
accordance with the previous GCR.
17.14.7.2For events which have fewer than 10 start
gates, points will be allocated to finishers
in the Final and Last Chance Qualifier on
a descending basis.
PLACE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POINTS
25
22
20
18
16
15
14
13
12
11
PLACE
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
POINTS
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
17.14.7.3If a tie on points occurs for any position
in the championship, the tying competitor
who has the greatest number of higher
placings will be the awarded the position.
160
enjoy the ride
enjoy the ride
18
18.1
CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIRT TRACK
Protective Clothing- classic
MX & Dirt Track
18.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete under this Chapter unless
wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
18.1.1 Helmet
18.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1]
18.1.2 Clothing
18.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material
of similar durability.
18.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining,
18.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural
or synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
18.1.2.4 Dirt track riders must wear a commercially
manufactured back protector, which
continuously covers the back area
between the collar line and the base of
the spine.
18.1.3 Footwear
18.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type for
Motocross and of Dirt Track type for
Dirt Track,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least cover
¾ of the length of the lower leg, with
the rider in a racing position on the
162
machine.
18.1.4 Gloves
18.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
18.1.5 Goggles and Visors
18.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are
not used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
18.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
18.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
18.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
18.1.7 Footwear in pits
18.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
18.2eligibility- classic MX & Dirt
Track
18.2.1 Eligible Machines
18.2.1.1 Only machines conforming to the
following requirements will be accepted.
18.2.1.2 The onus of proof of eligibility shall rest
wholly upon the rider or entrant of the
machine. Service and Parts Manual
publication dates are not proof of
eligibility.
18.2.2 Classes
18.2.2.1 The following classes shall be recognised
for Classic Motocross and Classic Dirt
Track.
a) Pre-1960: Solo All Powers,
b) Pre-1965: Solo 250,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
18CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
k)
l)
m)
n)
o)
p)
q)
r)
s)
Pre-1965: Solo 263 & over,
Pre-1968: Sidecar up to 1300cc,
Pre-1970: Solo 250,
Pre-1970: Solo 263 & over,
Pre-1975: Solo 125,
Pre-1975: Solo 250,
Pre-1975: Solo 263 & over,
Pre-1975: Solo All Powers 4-stroke,
Pre-1975: Sidecar up to 1300cc,
Pre-1978: Solo 125,
Pre-1978: Solo 250,
Pre-1978: Solo 263 & over,
Pre-1985: Solo 125,
Pre-1985: Solo 250,
Pre-1985: Solo 263 & over,
Pre-1985: Sidecars up to 1300cc,
Slider class up to 250cc (Dirt Track
events only),
t) Slider class over 263cc (Dirt Track
events only),
u) Juniors Pre-1975: Up to 125cc
2-stroke or up to 250cc 4-stroke,
v) EVO 125cc Solo
w) EVO 250cc Solo
x) EVO 263cc & over
18.2.3 Age Groups
18.2.3.1 Age is determined as at the date of the
meeting or 1st round for series events.
18.2.3.2 Age grouping applies to competition Pre1975 only
18.2.3.3 Age groups are:
a) Under 30,
b) 30 – 39,
c) 40 – 49,
d) 50 – 59,
e) 60 plus,
f) Juniors, aged 13 to under 16 years.
18.2.3.4 Junior riders can only compete in the
Junior class, and not with Senior riders.
18.3
Machine requirementsclassic MX & Dirt Track
18.3.0.1 Methanol is permitted.
18.3.0.2 Maximum engine capacity shall be
1300cc.
18.3.0.3 Number of gears ratios shall remain as
per original model specifications.
18.3.0.4 Exhaust:
a) May be modified but must generally
follow original lines.
b) Must be fitted with a silencer
18.3.0.5Self returning folding footrests must be
fitted.
18.4
FUEL - classic MX & Dirt Track
18.4.1
Fuel for CMX & CDT racing must be:
a) Methanol, or,
b) Unleaded fuel that is no more than
100 RON and meets rule 12.9.5.1,
c) Which contains no additives other
than those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating
oil, or,
d) Be a brand of fuel homologated
by MA that is compatible with
the “Fuel Quality Standards Act
2000”, or,
e) Leaded fuel provided that the
fuel is purchased from suppliers
approved by Environmental
Australia.
18.4
Machine and class Identificationclassic MX & Dirt Track
18.4.0.1 Number plates shall be either oval or
rectangular and in the following colours:
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc
126cc to 250cc
251cc and over
BACKGROUND
COLOUR
Black
Dark Green
Canary Yellow
FIGURE
COLOUR
White
White
Black
18.4.1 Class Identification
18.4.1.1 A letter will be:
a) Used to identify the class of the
machine,
b) Placed on the left side of all 3 race
plates,
c) 50mm high, and in upper case,
d) The same colour as the race
number.
18.4.1.2 Identification letters for each class are:
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Pre-1960
Pre-1965
Pre-1970
Pre-1975
Pre-1978
“A”.
“N”.
“H”.
“X ”.
“Z”.
163
18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
f)
g)
18.5
Evolution
Pre-1985
e) Rear wheel travel must be no more
than 102mm (4”) measured at the
axle,
f) Machines fitted with suspension of
more than 102mm (4”) of rear travel
standard, shall have spacers fitted to
the shock absorber shaft to reduce
wheel travel to 102mm (4”),
g) Rear shock absorbers shall be in the
original position, using the original
mounting points,
h) Remote reservoir rear shocks are
not eligible, except where fitted as
standard for that model.
“E”.
“Y”
frames & parts - Solo- classic MX & Dirt Track
18.5.0.1 Replica frames are acceptable provided:
a) They conform with the original, and
b) They meet the year cut-off dates for
the class in which the machine is to
compete.
18.5.0.2 It is not acceptable for frame tube runs
to be different to the original, even if the
frame geometry is apparently the same.
The machine must look like the original.
18.5.0.3 For the Pre-1960 class, plastic or
fibreglass is not permitted for tanks,
mudguards, seats and side panels.
18.5.0.4 Brakes:
a) As per relevant period for the class
in which the machine is to compete,
b) Disc brakes as originally fitted by
manufacturers (Rokon, Dalesman
and Tyron/Wassel).
18.5.0.5 Rear tyre:
18.5.0.6 Any modern Motocross tyre may be used
provided:
a) The width across the tread does not
exceed:
i) Pre-1960- 4.5” (114mm),
ii) Pre-1965, Pre-1970, Pre-1975 5” (127mm).
18.5.0.7 For the Pre-1960 class, Lightweight alloy
rims must be of the Borrani pattern (mud
catcher type).
18.5.0.8 Suspension:
a) Front wheel travel shall be no more
than 178mm (7”),
b) Front fork tubes up to a maximum
of 35mm diameter only permitted
except when larger was originally
fitted to that machine (exception
Maico 36mm) AJS, Bultaco Matador
and Hatta leading axle forks allowed,
c) Maximum travel by leading/trailing
link front suspension is limited to
150mm (6”) vertical movement at the
axle,
d) Pre-1960 class: No Ceriani-type
forks are permitted. This includes
M.P., REH, Husqvarna, CZ, Betor,
Bultaco, Montesa or late BSA/
164
Triumph,
enjoy the ride
18.6
Engines - classic MX & Dirt Track
18.6.0.1 Engines must remain externally
unchanged.
18.6.0.2 All major components must have been
manufactured within the period, or be
replicas of components manufactured
within the period, specified for the class in
which the machine competes, other than
those listed in the Components Tables.
18.6.0.3 Specials must comprise of components
manufactured within the period, or be
replicas of components manufactured
within the period, specified for the class
in which the machine competes and be a
true reflection of the period depicted.
18.6.0.4 Carburettors:
a) Any round-slide carburettor of a type
available pr e-1975 may be used
except the Pre-1960 class where
a Mk1 Amal Concentric or period
carburettor may be used.
b) Flat-slide carburettors are prohibited
on all machines except EVO and
Pre85,
c) No reed-valves permitted on
machines up to and including Pre1970 class.
18.6.0.5 Ignition:
a) Any ignition system can be used as
long as the external appearance of
the engine remains unchanged.
18.6.0.6 Yamaha X S1 and X S650 engines are
eligible in both the Pre-1970 and Pre1975 classes.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
18.7
18CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
Tables of accepted MachinesClassic MX & Dirt Track
18.7.0.1 The tables set out in this Chapter lists
the machines and components which the
Commission and Scrutineers may use as
a guide in determining eligibility.
18.7.1
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre-1960
18.7.1.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1960 class are
machines built up to and including the
1959 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
MAKE
AJS/
Matchless
Ariel
BSA
Cotton
DOT
DMW
ESO
FN
Francis
Barnett
Gilera
Greeves
Husqvarna
James
LITO
Norman
Norton
Metisse
Sarolea
Sun
Tandon
Triumph
Villiers
Vincent
Velocette
Japanese
MODEL(S)
All except G85CS and G85ICS
All 4-strokes
All pre-unit, C15 distributor models and
Bantams (No Cheney frames allowed).
Single down tube, leading link only
(250cc conversion allowed)
Round tube frames only (250cc
conversion allowed)
Up to and including Mk12 (250cc
conversion allowed)
4-stroke
All
Up to Falcon 82.
Saturno Cross
Up to and including Hawkstone SAS,
25SA, 24 and 20SAS and SCS.
175cc 3-speed 2-stroke, 500cc Albinbased 4-stroke
Up to Cotswold with AMC engine.
All BSA/LITO engines Some LITO/
Albin engines
All
All singles, 500 and 650 twins
Mk1 Triumph engine BSA duplex frame
and Mk2 Triumph engine (The Mk2 has
fibreglass bodywork which is acceptable).
All
All
All
All pre-unit and distributor unit models
only.
Only Ajax and Vale Onslow conversions
for Villiers engines are acceptable. No
Starmaker engines.
All
All
All pre-1960
18.7.2
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre 1965
18.7.2.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1965 class are
machines built up to and including the
1964 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
MAKE
AJS
Ariel
Bultaco
BSA
MODEL(S)
All 4-strokes
All
Pre 1965 only
All except B44 and B50.
All originally fitted with leading link forks.
(Also permissible are machines fitted
Cotton
with telescopic forks at a later date.
Villiers and Triumph engines only).
CZ
250cc Twin port models only
All Enfield of India without modern
Enfield
attributes which contravene the
general requirements.
ESO
All 2-valve 4-strokes
DOT
All
DKW
All pre-1965
DMW
All
FN
All
Francis Barnett All
Gilera
Saturno Cross
Greeves
All 250cc alloy beam up to Mk3.
Hedlund
All
2-stroke: 250 bolt up frames only to
1967. Later American Enduro frames
Husqvarna
are not acceptable.
4-stroke: All Albin-based engines.
James
All
2-stroke: All except ISDT
Jawa
4-stroke: All 2-valve
LITO
All
Maico 250
Pre 1965 only
Maico
MC175
Matchless
All
All Albin-based engines. Some early
Monark
2-strokes may be eligible.
Montesa
All pre 1965
Moto Parilla 250cc 4-stroke engines.
Norman
All
Norton
All except P11 and Commando
Puch
Some early 2-strokes may be eligible
Royal Enfield All
All 4-strokes
Sarolea
All pre 1965
Sprite
All Villiers and Triumph engines
Sun
All
Tandon
All
165
18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
Triumph
Velocette
Vincent
Japanese
SPECIALS
Cheney
Greeves
Kyffin
MABSA
Metisse
Puissant
TRIBSA
Wasp
Cochise
18.7.3
Wheels
Controls
Handlebars
Frames
Engines
DKW
DOT
All Gold Star
Triumph: all
DOT and Sapphire
All
Up to Mk3 only
4-strokes only
All
All
All
Husqvarna
Table of Acceptable Components Pre1965
Forks
Brakes
All except T140, TSS, T150, T160 and
BSA unit single derivatives
All
All
All pre 1965
Ceriani, MP, REH, Husqvarna, CZ,
Betor, Bultaco, Montesa BSA/Triumph.
(Note: Late-type Ceriani and Betor
[Can-Am] with long sliders are not
permitted).
Rickman alloy and magnesium,
REH, BSA/Triumph conical alloy,
AJS Stormer, Greeves conical, small
Husqvarna, CZ Motocross and pattern
parts to these designs. Early Bultaco
full width hubs and Montesa full width
hubs are allowed.
All side pull throttles and late clutch
and front brake levers.
All, including alloy.
Single leading shoe brakes only
unless manufactured prior to
31/12/1964.
This includes replica frames. BSA B50
and B25SS frames are not permitted.
All JAP (J A Prestwitch).
18.7.4
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre 1970
18.7.4.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1970 class are
machines built up to and including the
1969 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
MAKE
AJS
BSA
Bultaco
166
CZ
MODEL(S)
Stormer (all)
B44 up to & incl. B25, C15, Bantam
Up to & incl. MK4 boat tail Pursang &
El Bandido, Sherpas & their Enduro
versions (Lobito, Matador, Campera).
Twin port, 360(969-0), 250(980-02)
Greeves
Honda
Hodaka
Jawa
Kawasaki
Maico
Montesa
MZ
Ossa
Suzuki
Triumph
Yamaha
Zundapp
enjoy the ride
5 speed
Any
Any alloy beam model. All steel tubing
frame models numbers 56, 58, & 59
CL175, CL350
Ace 100, Ace 90
Any oval case engine in original frame
250, 360 & 400
Scrambler & banana frame 6 day bike,
Jawa early CZ 250 trail bike
F2IM(250), F4(250), F5(350)
Oval case engine square barrel 250
& 360
Lacrosse 250, Orange Capra GP250,
GP360 & early King Scorpion
ISDT
Stiletto 4 speed, 230 Pioneer 4 speed
TS250 1969 model, points ignition &
appropriate engine cases
T100 and all pre 1970 models
AT1, DT1, CT1, rectangular swing arm
DT1 & RT1 pre-reed block
ISDT
18.7.5
Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre 1975
18.7.5.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1975 class are
machines built up to and including the
1974 model. The only exception to
this GCR is where the model remains
unaltered after this date.
MAKE
AJS
Benelli
BSA
Bultaco
Carabela
Can-Am
CCM
Cooper
CZ
DKW
Ducati
Gemini
Greeves
Honda
Hodaka
Husqvarna
Harley
Davidson
MODEL(S)
410 (all inclusive)
175 trail
B50
Up to & incl. MK7 125, 250 & 360
200
175, 250 TNT only
BSA based
All
Up to & incl. 1974 models incl CMS
framed CZs
6 speed radial finned 125
RT 450
175 trail
All models
CR125M & M1, CR250M, X L250 K0,
XL250 K1, X L350 K0,K1, all SL100,
all SL125, all SL350, all X L100 K0,
MT250.
All 100 & 125 models
Up to & incl. Magnesium engine reed
valve 250 & others. Pre Mikkola replica
- no radial finned engines.
All SX 125, SX 250, SX 175 trail
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Indian
Jawa
Kawasaki
KTM
Maico
Montesa
Monark
MZ
Ossa
Puch
Rickman
Rokon
Suzuki
SWM
Triumph
Wassel
Yamaha
Zundapp
18.7.6
18CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
All
ISDE 250, 402
KX 125 74, KX 250 74, KX 450 74,
F11M, F12M, F81M
Up to & incl. 1974 GS & MC125, 175,
250. Check date stamp on engine
below counter shaft right case
Up to & incl. 1974; 250, 400, 440LTR,
501. Check date stamp on top of
barrel & nut holding sprocket to
countershaft. 4 speed gearbox only.
Cappra 250 VR,
All
400 ISDT
Phantom 250, 125, SDR 250, Stiletto
250
MC 125, MC 175 only.
Montesa 250 & Zundapp 125
RT 340
TM125, 250, 400 K, L, R. TS185,
TS250, TS125, TS100 J,K,L and R
models.
Sachs engine model only 125cc
Pre 1975
125
MX 100, 125, 175, 250, 360 A models,
YZ125, 250, 360A & B models, DT250
and 360A. MX B not eligible for this
class
All 125 models
Pre-78 Classes: Eligibility
The Pre-1978 classes are intended to represent
the “first generation” of long-travel bikes that were
commercially available in the 1975-77 periods. The
time frame is provided only as a guideline, as some
1977 models are of the second generation long-travel
bikes that would clearly outclass the earlier models
if allowed to run together. For this reason, we do not
classify motorcycles strictly by the year they were
produced, but by some similar characteristics that were
possessed by the majority of these first-generation
long-travel motorcycles, such as suspension travel.
18.7.6.1 Acceptable for the Pre-1978 class are
machines built up to and including the
1975, 1976 and 1977 model. The only
exception to this GCR is where the model
remains unaltered after this date.
18.7.6.2 Motorcycles in all of the Pre-1978 classes
may use an aftermarket frame. Many were
available during the intended time frame of
the class, including, C&J, Champion, Dick
Mann, Cheney, Cycle Factory, HallmanAberg and many others. Regardless of
the manufacturer, all motorcycles must
meet the class technical specifications for
wheel travel and suspension components.
18.7.7 Pre-1978 Classes: Technical Specifications
18.7.7.1 The following specifications apply to all
motorcycles, regardless of the year of
manufacture, that fall within the scope of
the classes.
a) Regardless of original specification,
no motorcycle may have more than
229mm (9”) of suspension travel at
the front and rear wheels,
b) No water-cooled motorcycles,
c) Front Suspension:
i) 35mm leading-axle Husqvarna
and Betor forks are allowed,
provided travel is limited to a
maximum of 229mm (9”),
ii) Early 9-inch-travel Simons forks
are allowed. Fox Factory Forks
are prohibited,
iii) Maximum diameter of fork tube
38mm.
18.7.8 Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre- 1978 up to 125cc
18.7.8.1 Certain 125cc and smaller machines
built up to and including the 1975, 1976
and 1977 model year that made up the
first generation long-travel, small bore
motorcycles. Eligible machines include:
MAKE
Bultaco
Can-Am
CZ
Honda
Husqvarna
Kawasaki
Maico
Montesa
Penton/
KTM
Suzuki
Yamaha
MODEL(S)
Pursang 125
TNT, Qualifier and MX
125, up to MX 3
125
CR, MR, MT 125
CR, WR 125.
KX , KE, KD 125
125 GP
Cappra 125 VA & Enduro
125
125 with Sachs or KTM
engine
RM, TM, 125
MX , YZ, DT, 125
YEAR(S)
1975-77
1975-77
1975-78
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
18.7.9 Tables of Machines and Components –
Pre- 1978 125- 250cc
18.7.9.1 Certain 126-250cc machines built up
to and including the 1975, 1976 and
1977 model year that made up the first
generation long-travel motorcycles.
Eligible machines include:
167
18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
MAKE
Bultaco
Can-Am
CZ
Honda
Husqvarna
Kawasaki
Maico
Montesa
Ossa
Penton-KTM
Suzuki
Yamaha
MODEL(S)
Pursang, Frontera, Alpina
250, to include the 1977
MK10 Pursang
MX, TNT and Qualifier
175-250, up to MX 3.
250 Falta Replica
CR, MT, MR, X L 175-250
CR, WR 250 and 1977
WR 250
1977 Husqvarna CR/OR
models are allowed, with
fork travel limited to 229mm
KX , KLX , KD, 175-250
MC, AW 250. 1977 model
AW 250 must comply with
the class suspension limits
King Scorpion & Cappra
VR 250 V-75, VA &
Enduro 250H (VB models
see the Grand Prix
classes)
Phantom & Desert
Phantom 250, up to GPIII
model
175-250. 1977 models
must comply with the
class suspension limits
RM, TM, PE 175 & 250
MX , YZ, DT, IT 175-250
YEAR(S)
1975-77
1975-77
1975-78
1975-77
1975-76
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
18.7.10 Tables of Machines and Components
– Pre- 1978 125- 500cc
18.7.10.1Certain 325-460cc 2-stroke and up to 636cc
4-stroke machines, built up to and including
the 1975, 1976 and 1977 model year, that
make up the first generation long-travel
motorcycles. Eligible motorcycles include:
MAKE
Bultaco
CCM
CZ
Honda
Husqvarna
168
Kawasaki
MODEL(S)
Frontera, Alpina, Pursang
360-370
MX up to 636cc. No CCM
4-valve heads are allowed.
Must comply with the class
suspension limits
400 Falta Replica
X L 350, side- or centreport engine
CR, WR 360. 1977 WR
360 is allowed. 1977
Husqvarna CR & OR 390
models are allowed Must
comply with the class
suspension limits
KX 400-450
YEAR(S)
1975-77
1975-78
1975-78
1975-77
1975-76
1975-77
Maico
Montesa
PentonKTM
Suzuki
Yamaha
enjoy the ride
MC, AW 400-440. 1977 AW
400-440 Must comply with
the class suspension limits
Cappra 360 VA
400. 1977 models must
comply with the class
suspension limits
RM, TM, PE 370
YZ, MX , DT, IT 360 & 400
TT500, up to 500cc
displacement, with
allowable overbore
1974-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-77
1975-78
18.7.11 Evolution Class- General
18.7.11.1Evolution class shall be run as a national
championship and can be independent of
other classic Motocross classes.
18.7.12 Evolution Class- Eligibility
18.7.12.1Bikes will be OEM.
18.7.12.2Modifications converting later equipment
to comply will not be allowed
18.7.12.3All components will be of the period the
machine was manufactured.
a) No linkage suspension,
b) No Disc brakes,
c) Air cooled motors.
18.7.13 Evolution Class- Classes
a) Solo 125cc,
b) Solo 250cc,
c) Solo 263cc and over.
18.7.13.1No age-group classes will be run.
18.7.14 Pre 1985 class
18.7.14.1 Pre 1985 class can be run as a National
Championship, and can be independent
of other classes
18.7.14.2 Pre 1985 eligibility. Acceptable machines
for pre 1985 are machines built up to
and including the 1984 models. The only
exception to this GCR is where the model
remains unaltered after this date. The
onus of proof of eligibility shall rest wholly
on the rider or entrant of this machine
18.7.14.3 Modifications using later equipment are
not allowed.
18.7.14.4 All components will be of the period the
machine was manufactured
18.7.14.5 Classes
(a) Solo 125cc
(b) Solo 250cc
(c) Solo 263cc and over
18.7.14.6No age group classes will be run.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
18CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
18.8frames & parts - Sidecars classic MX & Dirt Track
18.8.0.1 For the Pre-1975 class, all performance
parts except frames must be
manufactured before 31st December
1974 and comply with the following:
a) Wheel track measurement, taken
between the longitudinal centres of
the rear and sidecar wheels must be
between 810mm and 1100mm,
b) The minimum ground clearance
must be 175mm unladen.
c) The maximum lean of the
motorcycle at saddle height must be
50mm,
d) The dimensions of the sidecar
baseboard in plan view, taken from
a line drawn no further rearwards
than the lowest point of the front
down-tube to the forward most
point of the sidecar wheel tyre and
terminating no further rearwards
than a line drawn at right angles to
the machine from the rearmost point
of the rear tyre, must be:
i) At least 760mm long adjacent to
the sidecar wheel,
ii) At least 300mm wide with
at least 25mm radius to all
corners.
e) There must be no more than 50mm
between baseboard and motorcycle
and between baseboard and sidecar
wheel. The baseboard must be
arranged so as not to allow the
passenger’s feet to be trapped,
f) There must be no less than 4
sidecar attachment points,
g) Stirrup fitting for the passenger’s
feet are not permitted,
h) Handholds:
i) Must be finished with a loop of
at least 100mm,
ii) Must not project beyond a line
taken with the outer edge of the
sidecar mudguard or bodywork,
iii) Adjacent to the nose section
of the sidecar and less than
200mm from the track surface
must be at an angle of at least
45° from the horizontal,
i) The rear end of the rear wheel
mudguard must terminate not more
than 65° above a horizontal line
drawn through the rear wheel axle
and be valanced to baseboard level
on the inside,
j) The sidecar mudguard must cover
at least 135° of the periphery of
the wheel and be valanced to
baseboard level on the inside,
k) No machine may be fitted with scoop
or paddle tyres,
l) Suspension travel must not exceed:
i) 152mm (6”) measured at the
front axle,
ii) 102mm (4”) at the rear axle.
m) Rear tyre width must not exceed
135mm (5.3”),
n) Brakes:
i) Front - single caliper, single
disc may be fitted provided they
were manufactured before 31st
December 1974,
ii) Rear - rear disc brakes may be
used provided they were fitted
as standard equipment for that
particular combination.
18.8.0.2 Pre-1985 is for sidecars contructed from
frames and motors manufactured before
31st December 1984
18.9
ENGINES - Sidecars - classic
MX & Dirt Track
18.9.0.1 For the Pre-1975 class, all performance
parts must be manufactured before 31st
December 1974 and comply with the
following:
a) Only round-slide carburettors
manufactured within the relevant
period may be used.
b) Engine capacity must be:
i) Up to 1300cc,
ii) Within the tolerances in GCR
12.4
18.9.0.2 Pre-1968 will be for sidecars constructed
from road going frames and all major
components be are those commercially
available within the period. This class will
have a trial period of 2 years (2006/2007).
169
169
18 CLASSIC MOTOCROSS & DIrt track
18.9.0.3 The following table sets out the machines
and components which eligibility
Scrutineers may use as a guide in
determining eligibility. Entrants must
prove eligibility of machines not listed
below.
MAKE
Wasp
Hagon
Yamaha
Honda
Norton
Weslake
Triumph
CCM
18.10
MODEL(S)
All up to and including RT2, RT8 and
RT14
All up to 31st December 1974
X S 650 all models
Any K series
All 750, 850 to MK2 only
All up to 850cc and 31st December 1974
All up to T150
All BSA B50 based models
Eligibility - CLASSIC LONG
TRACK
18.10.0.1Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
18.10.0.2Competitors must be aged at least 30
years at the date of the competition.
18.11
FrameS & pARTS - Classic Long
Track
18.11.0.1The frame must:
a) Have conventional swingarm
rear suspension with twin shock
absorbers,
b) Have a front wheel diameter of 23”
(594mm),
c) Have a rear wheel diameter of
19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as
specified in the SR.
d) Have rear tyres with a maximum
tread pattern depth of 8mm.
e) Not be fitted leading-link front forks.
170
18.11.1 Engine Specifications - Solo
18.11.1.1The engine must:
a) Be single cylinder,
b) Be 2- valve with push rod operation,
c) Have a single spark plug,
d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc
+
/- 2% tolerance,
e) Be vertical in the chassis,
f) Be fitted with a round slide
carburettor of 38mm maximum bore,
enjoy the ride
g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross
flow cylinder head.
18.11.2 Gearbox - Classic Long Track
18.11.2.1The gearbox must have at least 2 gears.
18.11.3 Frames - Sidecars
18.11.3.1Conventional type frames as used prior
to 31st December 1976 must be used.
18.11.4 Engine Specifications - Sidecars
18.11.4.1Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
18.12
Competition Rules - Classic
MX and Dirt Track
18.12.0.1Pre-1960, Pre-1965, Pre-1970. Should
a class have insufficient entrants (10)
then the entries will compete in the next
later period and compete as that class.
e.g. Pre-1960 has less than 10 riders,
the entrants will then combine with pre1965 and race as pre-1965. Should that
combined class still not have sufficient
numbers then both the entrants in pre1960 and pre-1965 will combine with pre1970 and race as that class. This GCR
applies equally to the pre-1965 250cc
who will combine with pre 1970-250cc if
there are insufficient numbers for a pre1965 class.
18.13
AUSTRALIAN classic
MOTOCROSS and dirt track
CHAMPIONSHIPs
18.13.1.1The Championships will be conducted
as single meetings at a venue selected
by the Classic Motocross and Dirt Track
Commission.
18.13.1.2Evolution class and Pre 85 may be run as
part of the Australian Classic Motocross
Championship or independently.
18.13.1.3 The Sidecar Classic Motocross
Championship may be run independently
from the solo Australian Classic
Motocross Championship.
18.14
AUSTRALIAN CLASSIC dirt
track CHAMPIONSHIP
18.14.0.1The Australian Classic Dirt Track
Championship shall generally be
conducted on either the 2nd or 3rd
weekend of September each year.
2009
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19
19.1
19
speedway
SPEEDWAY
Protective ClothingSPEEDWAY
19.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Speedway or Track
competition on a Speedway machine
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
19.1.1 Helmet
19.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
19.1.2 Clothing
19.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability which meets
FIM requirements written in Art 65.07 and
65.08,
19.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a safety
strap must be fitted and secured at the
neck,
19.1.2.3 When jackets and trousers are worn,
provision must be made to securely
attach the jacket to the trousers by press
studs, buttons, laces, Velcro or zippers.
The trousers, and jacket must be attached
while competing.
19.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather or
enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick
at the:
a) Shoulders,
b) Elbows,
c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and
d) Knees.
19.1.2.5 Solo’s ONLY or as above:
a) Trousers of leather or synthetic
material of similar durability
b) Trousers of other than leather
must be non-combustible and
fitted with a lining
c) A jersey made of close knit fabric
of natural or synthetic fibre, which
must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms
d) Full body armour must be worn
under clothing.
19.1.2.6 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine.
19.1.3 Footwear
19.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must be:
a) Constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability but must not be
constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position, and
c) For solo competitors, in the case of
the left foot, have a steel skid and be
made with a curved front extending at
least 50mm over the toe of the boot.
19.1.4 Gloves
19.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other
material of similar or greater durability and
having the following properties:
a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm,
171
171
19 speedway
b) Be fire retardant,
c) Be resistant to abrasion,
d) Have perspiration absorbing
qualities,
e) Be medically non-toxic and nonallergenic.
19.1.5 Goggles and Visors
19.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are
not used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
19.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
enjoy the ride
confined in the helmet or jersey.
19.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
19.1.7 Footwear in pits
19.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
19.1.7.2 Mechanics must be dressed in pit
uniforms for a specific rider, team, dealer
team, factory team or dress in clean
overalls. A promoter may specify pit attire.
19.2frames and Parts - Speedway
19.2.1 General
19.2.1.1 Titanium may not be used in the
construction of the frame, the front forks,
the handlebars, the swingarms or the
wheel axles of any machine.
19.2.1.2 Handlebars must:
a) Be fitted to the unsprung part of the
front suspension,
b) Be securely plugged so as to present
a flush or rounded end,
c) Have a width of not more than
19.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
19.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
Fig 19.2 Plan and side view- 500 solo speedway
machine
172
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
900mm nor less than 700mm, and
d) Have handlebar grips attached to
the ends with a maximum length of
150mm.
19.2.1.3 Clutch levers must:
a) Have ball ends with a minimum
diameter of 19mm,
b) Measure no more than 200mm from
the fulcrum to the extremity of the
ball.
19.2.1.4 Throttle controls and mechanical
carburettor linkages must:
a) Be self closing,
b) Be enclosed so as to prevent
jamming.
19.2.1.5 There must be a kill switch which must:
a) Cut out the ignition,
b) Operate on the primary circuit,
c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must:
i) Have a total extended length not
exceeding 500mm,
ii) Be attached around the rider’s
right wrist when the machine is
in motion,
iii) Not be secured to the handlebar
unless by a readily torn
material.
19.2.1.6 Stops or other devices must be fitted to
ensure a minimum clearance of 30mm
between the handlebars and any other
part of the machine when on full lock.
19.2.1.7 Steering must be:
a) Direct,
b) Through the front wheel,
c) By a classic telescopic fork, leading
link, earles, or girder type.
19.2.1.8 Light alloys may not be used for wheel
axles.
19.2.1.9 The front wheel must be fitted with a
knockout spindle or an approved clamp
to fasten on the fork tips.
19.2.1.10Brakes may not be fitted.
19.2.1.11For any cast or welded wheel, the gaps
between the spokes must be filled in.
19.2.1.12Machines need not carry number plates.
19.2.1.13FIM homologated dirt deflectors must be
fitted to all solo Speedway machines with
the exceptions of 125cc Junior machines,
19
speedway
Fig 19.2.1.13 Dust Deflector detail
and 500cc upright engined machines
when used in classic Speedway events.
19.2.2 500 Solo
19.2.2.1 Rear chain guards must:
a) Be fitted to the back end of the rear
assembly of machines,
b) Provide protection where the rear
chain enters onto the rear wheel
sprocket.
19.2.2.2 Exhaust systems must not extend
beyond the outer circumference of the
Fig 19.2.2.5 500 Solo exhaust details
rear wheel rim and tyre.
19.2.2.3 The gap between the silencers and the
tyre must not exceed 60mm.
19.2.2.4 Exhaust gases must be discharged from
the system horizontally and parallel to
173
19 speedway
the centre line of the machine.
19.2.2.5 The exhaust pipe must be fixed to the
cylinder head and frame with a minimum
of 3 clips, 1 of which must be attached to
the cylinder head.
19.2.2.6 The silencer must be attached to the
frame with at least 1 clip. A second
moveable coupling must be fitted from
the first third of the silencer to the frame
with steel cable of at least 3mm or strong
steel spring.
19.2.2.7 The diameter of the exhaust pipe must
not exceed 50mm or an equivalent area
and must remain constant up to the
silencer.
19.2.2.8 The outlet area of the silencer must
remain constant over a length of 50mm,
must not exceed 45mm, or an equivalent
area, and must not be perforated.
19.2.2.9 The outside shell of the silencer must
form 1 unit. The end of the pipe must be
cut at right angles.
19.2.2.10Where turbo or similar types of approved
silencers are fitted:
a) The silencer must be mounted in a
position to discharge the exhaust
fumes at a minimum deflection
of 15° from the centre line of the
machine and a maximum of 30° to
the ground,
b) The silencer must not be altered in
shape or modified in any way, other
than a welded transition section to
allow clamping to the exhaust pipe,
c) The maximum internal outlet
diameter must be 47mm and must
remain as manufactured.
19.2.2.11Machines must be fitted with front
mudguards that extend at least 5° ahead
of a vertical line running through the
centre of the front wheel axle and at least
5° under the top edge of the mud-shield
protecting the front of the engine.
19.2.2.12The rear mudguard must extend at least
5° behind a vertical line running through
the centre of the rear axle.
19.2.2.13Rear tyre requirements are as follows:
a) Subsequent modification of tyres is
not permitted,
b) The overall width must not exceed
100mm,
174 174
enjoy the ride
Fig 19.2.2.13 Solo Tyre details
c) The tyre must be mounted and
inflated to 14 psi at Scrutineering,
d) The tread depth must not exceed
8mm measured at right angles to
the face of the tread,
e) All blocks in the same circumference
must be of the same depth,
f) The space between the blocks
must not exceed 9.5mm across the
tyre or 13mm in a circumferential
direction,
g) The space between the blocks
must not exceed 22mm. The space
across C in the relevant diagram
must not extend completely across
the tyre measured at right angles to
the wall of the tyre, unless broken
by a block.
19.2.2.14The front tyre may be of any size or type
but limited to an overall width of 80mm.
19.2.2.15Tyres may not be treated by chemicals,
tyre warmers or other means which
tend to alter the shape, minimum
shore hardness, construction or other
characteristics.
19.2.2.16The minimum weight, without fuel, is
77kg.
19.2.2.17Footrests:
a) Must be on the right hand side of
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
the machine and must not exceed
320mm in length measured from
the centre line of the motorcycle,
b) Must have metal protection at the
end of at least 8mm radius,
c) May be folding and, if so, must
be fitted with a device which
automatically returns them to the
normal position.
19.2.2.18 Rear suspension is prohibited.
19.2.2.19 A single gear only is permitted.
Fig 19.2.3 Sidecar Dimensions
19.2.3 Sidecar
19.2.3.1 The overall width must not exceed
1500mm.
19.2.3.2 The length from the leading edge of
the front tyre to the outside of the rear
mudguard must not exceed 2600mm.
19.2.3.3 Overall height must not exceed 1200mm.
19.2.3.4 The wheel base taken at axle height from
19
speedway
the centre of the front axle to the centre
of the rear axle must measure between
1280mm and 1800mm.
19.2.3.5 The wheel track, taken between the
tracks left by the centre lines of the rear
motorcycle wheel and the sidecar wheel,
must measure between 500mm and
1100mm.
19.2.3.6 The centre lines of the tracks made by the
front and rear wheels of the motorcycle
when the machine is proceeding directly
forward must be no further apart than
75mm.
19.2.3.7 The width of the kneeling pad on the
offside of the machine must not exceed
400mm.
19.2.3.8 The tubing used in the construction of
the main frame of a sidecar motorcycle
must have a minimum wall thickness of
1.5mm.
19.2.3.9 The sidecar must be on the left of the
motorcycle and, if not an integral part
of the chassis, must be fixed to the
motorcycle in at least 4 places.
19.2.3.10 The sidecar wheel must be staggered
inwards. If the sidecar wheel is mounted
by a plate on both sides, the diameter of
the axle must exceed 12mm.
19.2.3.11 The sidecar frame must have a
continuous bar along the exterior of the
sidecar wheel.
19.2.3.12 The streamlining:
a) Must not be in front of a vertical line
drawn through the leading edge of
the front tyre,
b) Must not to the rear of a vertical line
drawn through the exterior edge of
the rear rim,
c) May come into contact with the
ground with the rear wheel raised
300mm from the ground.
19.2.3.13 In all handlebar positions, there must
be a space of at least 30mm between
the streamlining and the ends of the
handlebars, including any attachments.
19.2.3.14 Aero panels, side panels and similar
attachments may be used provided they
are:
a) Constructed of metal, fibreglass or
polycarbonate material,
175
175
19 enjoy the ride
speedway
b) Free of sharp or protruding edges, and
c) Not dangerous to the rider or other
competitors.
19.2.3.15Horizontal wings and aerodynamic
friction assisting devices are prohibited.
19.2.3.16Fuel tanks must be of a material approved
by the Australian Standards Association
for fuel containers.
19.2.3.17Drive must only be transmitted through
the rear wheel of the motorcycle.
19.2.3.18Tyres may be cut or grooved and of any
size or type provided:
a) Solo 2 ply and 4 ply 76mm (3”)
tyres may not be used on rear rims
exceeding 127mm (5”) in width,
b) The rear wheel rim width must not
exceed 175mm (7”),
c) Knobby tyres may not be used.
19.2.3.19The area inside a spoked wheel must
be covered by a disc or shield so as to
prevent a rider’s or passenger’s feet
or hands coming into contact with the
spoked area.
19.2.3.20Any space between the sidecar body and
the rear or sidecar wheel of the motorcycle
greater than 76mm must be decked so as
to prevent the passenger’s hands or feet
entering between the chassis bars.
19.2.3.21Any open area between the footrests, the
continuous bar and the right hand side to
the direction of travel must be filled in with
a suitable material so as to stop a rider or
passenger from trapping their feet.
19.2.3.22Where the sidecar wheel is mounted
with a bracket on 1 side only, the axle
diameter must be a least 20mm.
19.2.3.23Stub axles must have a minimum
diameter at the base plate of 40mm.
Fully valanced rear mudguard filled in to level of
support strut
Support
strut
Rear mudguard
170 mm from track
170 mm
20mm
Rear Guard & Flap Assembly details [side view]
176
19.2.3.24The sidecar wheel must be covered by a
non-rotating shield which must:
a) Be constructed of sheet metal,
fibreglass or similar material and be
flat or nearly so,
b) Be securely fitted to the sidecar,
c) Incorporate a 25mm horizontal crash
bar surrounding the outer side of the
sidecar wheel at floor level,
d) Cover at least the outward facing
spoked area, and,
e) If trials tyres are fitted, cover the tyre
area as well.
19.2.3.25The sidecar wheel must be either spoked,
moulded type mag, or other approved
wheel. Riveted type mag wheels are not
permitted.
19.2.3.26The fitting of a front mudguard is not
compulsory.
19.2.3.27Rear mudguards:
a) Must be valanced on both sides
down to axle level, to a maximum of
170mm from ground level
b) Must be fitted with a 1 piece flexible
mud flap without any slots, which:
i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm
and be of a reinforced belting
type rubber,
ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard,
iii) Ends no more than 20 mm
above ground level,
iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the
mudguard and projects forward
by a minimum of 75 mm on each
side,
v) Is a consistent width from top to
bottom,
vi)And/or be
Min 150%
fitted with an FIM
of A
homolgated dirt
A
deflector,
Mudguard and
c)May be
rear flap shall be a
incorporated into
minimum of 150%
of rear tyre width
the passenger’s
seat moulding,
Rear flap
19.2.3.28
Promoters
may
20 mm
require additional
specifications
for
Rear Guard &
Flap Assembly details
the protection of
[rear view]
spectators.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.2.3.29Footrests must be on the right hand side
to the direction of travel and linked by a
continuous bar.
19.2.3.30All exterior barwork and tubework ends
must be plugged or capped so as to
present a flush or convex end.
19.2.3.31A suitable handhold must be provided
for the passenger on the offside of the
machine and near the front.
19.2.3.32Exhaust fumes must be discharged
towards the rear of the machine. Exhaust
fumes must not be discharged so as to
raise dust, foul the tyres or inconvenience
the passenger or any other rider or
passenger.
19.2.3.33The exhaust must be attached to the
machine at a minimum of 3 locations, 2
on the frame, (1 to the rear), in addition to
the 1 on the cylinder head.
19.2.4 Junior - 125cc Solo
19.2.4.1 Wheelbase must not exceed 1375mm.
19.2.4.2 Rear rim diameter must not exceed 17”
(432mm).
19.2.4.3 Rear tyres must:
a) Have Trial pattern tread tyres,
b) Not exceed 90mm x 432mm (3.5” x
17”),
c) Not be modified.
19.2.4.4 Front rim diameter must not exceed
482mm (19”).
19.2.4.5 Front tyres must:
a) Have Trial pattern or Speedway
tread,
b) Have a diameter not exceeding 19”
(482mm),
c) Not be modified.
19.2.5 Junior - Sidecar
19.2.5.1 Overall length from the leading edge of the
front tyre to the outside edge of the rear
mudguard must not exceed 2100mm.
19.2.5.2 Overall width must not exceed 1250mm.
19.2.5.3 Wheelbase, taken at axle height and from
the centre of the front axle to the centre
of the rear axle, must measure between
1,500mm and 1,200mm.
19.2.5.4 Stub axles must have a minimum diameter
at the base plate of 25mm.
19.2.5.5 Wheel track, taken between the tracks left
by the centre lines of the rear motorcycle
wheel and the sidecar wheel, must
measure between 800mm and 600mm.
19
speedway
19.2.5.6 The width of the kneeling pad on the off
side of the motorcycle must not exceed
300mm.
19.2.5.7 The sidecar wheel must be covered by a
non-rotating shield which must:
a) Be fitted securely to the sidecar,
b) Incorporate a 20mm horizontal crash
bar surrounding the outer side of the
sidecar wheel at floor level,
c) Cover at least the outward facing
spoked area, and
d) If trials tyres are fitted, the tyres.
19.2.5.8 Rear mudguards:
a) Must be valanced on both sides
down to axle level,
b) Must be fitted with a 1 piece flexible
mud flap without any slots, which:
i) Is a minimum thickness of 6mm
and be of a reinforced belting
type rubber,
ii) Is attached to the rear mudguard,
iii) Ends no more than 20 mm
above ground level,
iv) Is attached to 3 sides of the mudguard and projects forward by a
minimum of 75 mm on each side,
19.2.5.9 Front and rear rim diameter for the
motorcycle must not exceed 19”
(482mm).
19.2.5.10Rear rim width for the motorcycle must
not exceed 102mm and trial pattern tread
tyres must be fitted.
19.2.5.11Hand holds and footrests must comply with
the requirements for Senior Speedway
sidecars.
19.2.5.12Sidecar wheels and tyres:
a) Knobby tyres are not permitted,
b) Cutting or grooving tyres is permitted,
c) The sidecar wheel must be either
spoked, moulded type mag, or other
approved type wheel. Riveted type
mag wheels are not permitted.
19.3engines – Speedway
19.3.1 General
19.3.1.1 Primary chain guard protection must be
provided by:
a) Fully enclosing the chain with a steel
guard, or
b) If a plastic, fibreglass or part open
177
177
19 enjoy the ride
speedway
throttle valve or throttle butterfly.
19.3.2.5
The fuel output section of the
carburettor must be of circular
shape.
19.3.2.6
Direct injection must comply
with the above carburettor
sizes.
19.3.2.7
Supercharging
and
turbocharging are not permitted.
Fig 19.3.1.1 Chain guard details
chain guard is used, a steel bolt
of not less than 10mm minimum
diameter, placed outside the bottom
rear quadrant of the clutch sprocket.
This bolt, if damaged, must be
replaced.
19.3.1.2 Mechanical carburettor linkages must be:
a) Enclosed by a suitable material, or
b) Fully enclosed by a box.
19.3.1.3Noise emissions must not exceed 98dB(A)
when measured as per GCR 12.10.
19.3.2 500 Solo
19.3.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 500cc.
19.3.2.2 Engines must be:
a) Single cylinder,
b) 4- stroke,
c) 4 valves maximum,
d) Fitted with 1 carburettor of 34mm +/0.1mm diameter, and
e) 1 spark plug.
19.3.2.3 2-valve engines may use a carburettor of
36mm +/- 0.1mm diameter.
19.3.2.4 The carburettor measurements must:
a) Remain constant over a distance of
no less than 25mm on the engine
side and 5mm on the air intake side,
b) Be taken from the edges of the
178
19.3.3 Sidecar
19.3.3.1 An event may be restricted to machines of
a capacity of no more than 500cc, which
will be known as a 500cc class event.
19.3.3.2 For a machine competing in a 500cc class
event, the engine must comply as follows:
a) Where electronic fuel injection is
installed, it must be of a standard
production type,
b) The engine may not be turbocharged
or supercharged.
19.3.3.3 For a machine competing in any event
other than a 500cc class event, the
engine must comply as follows:
a) The engine capacity must not
exceed 1,045cc,
b) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
c) On liquid cooled engines an overflow
pipe must be used to direct any
overflow of coolant away from the
rider and passenger.
d) Titanium may be used if fitted as OEM.
19.4
Fig 19.3.2.4 Carburettor dimensions
Engines - Junior speedway
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.4.1 125cc Solo
19.4.1.1 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the
gearshift lever must be removed and the
machine must remain in 1 gear while
racing.
19.4.1.2 The engine capacity must not exceed
125cc with a +1mm tolerance of the bore
diameter.
19.4.1.3 A single cylinder, 4-stroke engine, fitted
with 1 carburettor, of a mass produced
type must be used.
19.4.1.4 The cylinder head must be as follows:
a) 2-, 3- or 4-valve cylinder heads
can be fitted, but 3- and 4-valve
heads must retain manufacturers
specifications,
b) The action of the valves must be
controlled by valve springs,
c) The cylinder head may be ported
and, if damaged in use, bearing
journals may be bored and bearings
replaced with either roller or bronze
bearings,
d) For 2-valve heads, maximum valve
size must be:
i) Exhaust - 25mm, and
ii) Inlet - 30mm.
19.5
19
speedway
19.4.1.5 Carburettors no bigger than 24mm can be
fitted.
19.4.1.6 Inlet manifold must be round for entire
length.
19.4.1.7 Early model crankcases may be used with
late model heads but the compression
ratio must not exceed 9.7:1.
19.4.1.8 Any type of ignition system may be used.
19.4.1.9 Later model parts, or parts of different
manufacture, may be installed.
19.4.1.10The “Shupa” brand junior Speedway
machine is approved for competition in the
Junior 125 Solo class when the machine
is fitted with the 2- or 3-valve head.
19.4.2 Junior - Sidecar
19.4.2.1 Engine capacity must not exceed 250cc.
19.4.2.2 Machines must be fitted with unmodified
production engines and may be fitted with
an operating gearbox.
19.4.2.3 Junior sidecar competitors on junior
sidecar machines are:allowed to compete
on senior tracks to a maximum length of
450 metres. Rider and passenger must be
aged 14 to 16 years of age. Riders must
be assessed by an accredited coach prior
to competition.
Rider identification- speedway
19.5.0.1 Speedway competitors must:
a) Wear helmet colours, as prescribed in the program for the competition, selected from the
following table , and subject to the following sub-Rules:
RACE
Scratch
4 Riders
Scratch
6 Riders
Handicap
RED
BLUE
WHITE
YELLOW
YELLOW
& BLACK
GREEN
ORANGE
BLACK
BLACK &
WHITE.





X
X
X
X







X
X









NOTE: In table19.5.0.1  means available, X means unavailable.
b) At all race meetings, wear racing numbers as allocated to the competitor by the RCB as
follows:
i) A number worn on a competitor’s back which must:
Measure 230mm x 230mm,
For solo riders, be black, with a white background,
For sidecar riders, be black with a yellow background,
Have a maximum background area of 300mm2.
ii) A number worn on a competitor’s front must:
Measure at least 100mm x 80mm,
179
179
19 For solo riders, be black, with
a white background,
For sidecar riders, be black
with a yellow background,
Be worn on the left breast.
c) Not have advertising on
clothing within 25mm of number
backgrounds.
19.5.0.2 The helmet of each competitor must be
clearly visible to the Referee, the Judge
and the Timekeeper throughout each
event.
19.5.0.3 A competitor who has a helmet of the
specified colour for an event may wear
the helmet in that event without a helmet
cover.
19.6fuel - SPEEDWAY
19.6.0.1 Fuel must:
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON; and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines; and
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
19.6.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition, and
250cc and 350cc Junior machines, the
following fuels are permitted:
a) Commercially available Methanol, or
b) Unleaded fuel which complies with
GCR 19.6.0.1.
19.7
Classes- Junior Speedway
19.7.0.1 Junior - age groups and capacities - solo
and sidecar
180 180
enjoy the ride
speedway
AGE GROUP
7 years to
under 9 years
9 years to
under 16 years
11 years to
under 16 years
9 years to
under 16 years
CLASSES AND CAPACITY
125cc Single 4-stroke Solo
125cc Single 4-stroke Solo
250cc 4-stroke Sidecar
250cc 4-stroke Sidecar Passenger
19.8
250cc INTERMEDIATE SPEEDWAY
19.8.0.1 This class is for club-level competition
only and will be conducted under the
requirements of this chapter.
19.8.0.2 Promoters intending to conduct competition
for 250cc intermediate class must:
a) Obtain approval from the Speedway
Commission, in addition to obtaining
approval from the SCB,
b) Provide the Commission with a
report on the merits of the class.
The report should include statements
from riders and officials and
engineering personnel.
19.8.1 Engines
19.8.1.1 An upright 4-stroke single cylinder engine
up to 250cc.
19.8.1.2 If the engine is fitted with a gearbox, the
gearshift lever must be removed and the
machine must remain in 1 gear ratio while
racing.
19.8.2 Frames and Parts
19.8.2.1With the following exceptions GCRs
19.2.1 and 19.2.2 apply:
a) Telescopic forks must be used,
b) No minimum weight restriction.
19.8.3
CLASS
Junior
Senior
19.9
Speedway Classes
AGES
13 years to under 16 years
16 years and over
350cc SOLO SPEEDWAY
19.9.0.1 Competition for 350cc machines is
allowed under Speedway Rules.
19.9.0.2 Riders must be assessed by an accredited
coach prior to competition.
19.9.0.3 Riders using these machines must be 14
years to under 16 years.
19.9.0.4 Other special conditions will apply to
the use of these machines and these
conditions will be made available from MA
upon request.
19.9.0.5 Tracks must be no more than 450 metres
in length, and licenced by MA or the
relevant SCB.
19.9.0.6 Engines must be OEM 350cc and
carburetors are free.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.10
CLASSIC SPEEDWAY
19.10.1 Eligibility - solo
19.10.1.1Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
19.10.1.2Competitors must be aged at least 30
years at the date of the competition.
tread pattern depth of 8mm.
19.10.2 Frame - Classic Speedway
19.10.2.1The frame must:
a) Have a front wheel diameter of 23”
(594mm).
b) Have a rear wheel diameter of 19”
(482mm).
c) Have rear tyres with a maximum
tread pattern depth of 8mm.
d) Not be fitted leading-link front forks.
19.10.5 Eligibility – Sidecars
19.10.6 Engine Specifications - Sidecars
19.10.6.1Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
19.11
Competition Rules - Speedway
19.11.1 General
19.11.1.1Competitions may be solo events or team
events.
19.11.2 Change of Machines
19.11.2.1Subject to the SR, a competitor may
compete on a machine other than that
described in the competitor’s entry
application but:
a) Must inform a key official of any
change, and
b) May not, in any heat or final, use the
machine on which another rider has
qualified for the same heat or final.
19.11.3 Identification of Machines
19.11.3.1All machines must have the competitor’s
name displayed on the rear mudguard,
seat or valance, in letters with a minimum
height of 25mm.
19.11.3.2All sidecars must have the competitor’s
race number on the side wing of
the machine. The number must be
150mm (min.) high with a contrasting
background.
19.11.4 Log Books
19.11.4.1Each competitor must possess a
prescribed log book which must:
a) Be produced by the competitor at
Scrutineering,
b) Be available for production at any
other time during the meeting,
c) Contain provision for the following
entries:
i) The meeting date and place,
ii) The Scrutineer’s report as to any
defects or faults in the machine,
iii) Any penalties imposed by the
Referee.
19.11.4.2A competitor must correct any machine
defects noted in the log book before being
permitted to compete on that machine
again.
19.11.5 Competitors
19.11.5.1A competitor who has entered for a
meeting may practice on a machine on
the track before the commencement of
the meeting where the competitor has:
a) Not ridden on the track previously,
b) Had an accident, which has
damaged the machine so as to
require major repairs to the frame.
19.11.5.2The Referee may require any:
a) Newly licensed competitor,
b) A competitor whose abilities are not
known to the Referee,
to submit to such test as the Referee considers proves that the competitor is able to perform safely in competition.
19.11.6 Juniors
19.11.6.1Where a Junior track is situated on the
infield of a Senior track, Junior Speedway
speedway
19.10.4 Frames - Sidecars
19.10.4.1Conventional type frames as used prior to
31st December 1976 must be used.
speedway
19
19.10.3 Engine Specifications - Solo
19.10.3.1The engine must:
a) Be single cylinder,
b) Be 2- valve with push rod operation,
c) Have a single spark plug,
d) Have a maximum capacity of 500cc
+/ 2% tolerance,
e) Be vertical in the chassis,
f) Be fitted with a round slide
carburettor of 38mm maximum bore,
g) Not be fitted with a centre port cross
flow cylinder head.
19
181
181
19 speedway
event may be conducted in conjunction
with a Senior meeting.
19.11.6.2A Junior licence holder who has turned
15 years of age and who in the opinion
of a MA accredited coach is capable of
handling a 500cc solo Speedway machine
may give a demonstration during a break
in the Senior program. Only 1 rider in this
category is allowed on the track at 1 time.
19.11.7 Late Arrival
19.11.7.1The Referee may refuse permission to
compete to a competitor who arrives at
the venue for a meeting later than the
arrival time prescribed in the SR.
19.11.8 Sidecar Passenger
19.11.8.1In the event that the nominated sidecar
passenger is unable to continue during the
meeting, they may be replaced providing
the new passenger signs the relevant
forms and is authorised by the Clerk of
Course and Referee prior to taking part.
182
19.11.9 Starting
19.11.9.1Competitors must be ready for the start
when called upon to do so by the relevant
official.
a) The Referee may sound a 2 minute
warning signal in the pit area,
b) At the order of the Clerk of Course,
competitors must leave the pit area
together and proceed by the shortest
practical route to the starting tapes
and there stop under the control of
the starting Marshal,
c) Any competitor not ready to start at
the expiration of 2 minutes after the
signal will be excluded from the race,
d) A competitor so excluded may be
replaced by a reserve,
e) Unless otherwise directed by the
Referee, the time between the finish
of 1 race and the start of the next will
not exceed 5 minutes.
19.11.9.2Competitors who are members of the
same team or pair may exchange their
starting positions.
19.11.9.3Standing starts, operated by the Referee,
are to be used.
19.11.9.4For other than handicap starts:
a) Competitors must form up in the
prescribed order behind the tapes,
b) Once all competitors are correctly
enjoy the ride
positioned and stationary, a green
light or flag is shown,
c) The starting Marshal then leaves the
area of the tapes,
d) After a pause of not less than 2
seconds, the Referee then releases
the gate to start the race,
e) The first competitor whose machine
touches 1 or more of the tapes
during the pause before the gate is
raised will be excluded and the event
will be restarted.
19.11.9.5For handicap starts in Speedway:
a) Competitors must form up at their
handicap marks on indication by red
light or red flag,
b) Once all competitors are correctly
positioned and stationary, the
red light is extinguished or flag
withdrawn to indicate that a start is
imminent,
c) After a pause, the Referee then
shows a green light or flag to start
the race,
d) The first competitor whose machine
crosses the applicable starting line
in the pause before the green light
or flag is shown will be excluded and
the event will be restarted,
e) A machine is deemed to have
crossed the starting line when its
rear wheel axle passes over the line.
19.11.9.6A race may be re-started if, in the opinion
of the Referee:
a) Any aspect of the start is unfair or
incorrect,
b) The actions of any competitor have
given that competitor an unfair
advantage over another.
19.11.9.7A competitor may not receive outside
assistance after the showing of the green
light or flag, or, in handicap events, the
red light or flag, other than if:
a) The engine has stalled,
b) The assistance is from authorised
pushers,
c) The assistance is given before
the machine reaches the 30 metre
marker.
19.11.9.8For the purposes of the preceding subRule:
a) A marker must be placed on the
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
track 30 metres from the starting
line,
b) A machine will be deemed to have
reached the 30 metre marker when
the front wheel axle passes it.
19.11.9.9A competitor will be excluded if, in the
opinion of the Referee:
a) The competitor’s machine is not
moving under its own power at the
30 metre marker,
b) The competitor fails to ride directly
and without delay from the pits to the
starting line,
c) The competitor touches the tapes or
crosses the applicable starting line at
the start.
19.11.9.10A competitor excluded under the preceding
Rule in:
a) Individual contests; may be replaced
by a reserve,
b) Teams contests; may be replaced by
a track reserve,
c) Test and teams matches; may be
replaced by a team reserve,
must leave the track without delay and
return to the pits as soon as the race
finishes or is stopped.
19.11.10 Leaving the Course
19.11.10.1A rider whose machine crosses the inner
edge of the track with 2 wheels must be
excluded unless, in the opinion of the
Referee, the action was taken in the
interest of safety of other riders or the
rider was forced off course by another
rider.
19.11.10.2When tracks do not have an outer
fence and are marked by other means,
a competitor will be excluded if 1 wheel
crosses the outer marker.
19.11.10.3A rider who returns to the track and
continues to race when not entitled to
shall be excluded.
19.11.11 Retirements
19.11.11.1A competitor who, in the opinion of the
Timekeeper:
a) Has not completed the race distance
within 3 minutes of the start,
b) Has not started the last lap before the
winner has crossed the finish line;
will be deemed to have retired from the
race.
19
speedway
19.11.11.2If the chequered flag has not been shown
after the race distance has been completed
by the leading competitor, it will be deemed
to have been shown and that competitor
will be declared the winner.
19.11.12 Reserves
19.11.12.1The Clerk of Course may direct a reserve
to compete in the place of any competitor
who is unable to compete or continue in
a competition or who has been excluded
The Referee may direct a reserve to
replace a competitor who has failed to
start in an event.
19.11.12.2Reserves will be used in rotation.
19.11.12.3A reserve is not entitled to any points
towards any subsequent race but must
be paid any prize monies to which the
reserve would have been entitled if the
reserve had been an original competitor.
19.11.12.4A reserve who replaces an excluded
competitor in pairs or team races may
use:
a) The reserve’s original start position,
b) The competitor’s original start
position.
19.11.13 Re-runs
19.11.13.1 When a chequered flag is displayed
before the race distance has been
completed by the leading competitor, the
Referee must order a re-run.
19.11.13.2In a re-run:
a) Competitors must start from their
original starting positions, and
b) Reserves must occupy the position
of the replaced competitors.
19.11.13.3 Any competitor who has failed to start in
or been excluded from any race may not
compete in the re-run.
19.11.13.4Any competitor who has retired from
any race may not compete in the re-run
unless, in the opinion of the Referee, the
competitor retired in the interests of safety
or after being fouled.
19.11.14 Scoring
19.11.14.1 In every heat, unless otherwise prescribed
by the SR:
a) The winner receives 3 points,
b) The second receives 2 points,
c) The third receives 1 point.
d) The fouth receives 0 points
e)
0 for last place is better than
183
183
19 enjoy the ride
speedway
M,R,F,T,E
and N
where:
O= For last place,
M= Excluded for 2
minute rule,
R= Retired from the
race,
F= Fall but not
excluded,
T= Excluded for false
start,
E= Excluded,
N= No start.
19.11.14.2 In individual events, ties will be resolved
by a run-off between the tied competitors.
19.11.14.3Alternatively, in individual events ties may
be resolved as follows:
a) The competitor who attains the
highest number of firsts in the heats
will be the winner,
b) If there is still a tie, the competitor
who attains the highest number of
seconds in the heats will be the
winner,
c) If there is still a tie, the competitor
who receives the highest number of
thirds in the heats will be the winner,
d) If there is still a tie, an “O” for the last
place is better than M,R,F,T,E or N,
where:
M= Excluded for 2 minute rule,
R= Retired from the race,
F= Fall but not excluded,
T= Excluded for false start,
E= Excluded,
N= No start.
19.11.14.4 In team events, ties will be resolved by a
run-off with 1 competitor from each team.
19.11.14.5All competitors taking part in a run-off
in the event of tied scores must be paid
prize money for the run-off.
19.11.15Dead Heats
19.11.15.1In the event of a dead heat between
2 or more competitors, the combined
points will be shared between the tied
competitors.
184
19.11.16Flags and Signals
19.11.16.1The dimensions of flags must be 600 x 600 mm.
19.11.16.2All control lights:
a) Must be visible to all competitors,
b) May only be operated by the Referee
or the Referee’s nominee.
19.11.16.3 In addition to, or in substitution for the flags
and lights applicable to other disciplines
the following signals apply:
a) Start - Green or National flag,
b) Race stoppage - Red flag,
c) Last lap - Yellow flag with black
diagonal cross 50mm wide.
d) Exclusion- Black flag, light or disc,
indicating competitor’s number or
helmet colour.
19.11.17 Pit Control
19.11.17.1 No persons may be or remain in the pits
during a meeting other than:
a) Competitors,
b) Competitors’ mechanics,
c) Police, fire or medical staff,
d) Officials,
e) Others authorised by the Clerk of
Course or pit Marshal
19.11.17.2 The pits will be under the control of the pit
Marshal who may:
a) Report to the Clerk of Course any
person who breaches any Rule or
disobeys any instruction given by the
pit Marshal,
b) Direct any person as to that person’s
mode of dress or behavior,
c) Eject any person who, in the opinion
of the pit Marshal, is behaving in an
unsafe or unsatisfactory manner.
19.11.17.3Mechanics may not enter the racing area
unless authorised to do so by the Clerk of
Course for the purposes of:
a) Push starting the competitor’s
machine,
b) Attending to the accident damaged
machine of the relevant competitor.
19.11.17.4A mechanic may not attend any riders’
briefing without the permission of the
Referee.
19.11.17.5 It is recommended that mechanics be
dressed in pit uniform for a specific rider,
team, factory team, or dress in clean
overalls. A promoter may specify pit
attire.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.11.18 Payments
19.11.18.1Prize monies and traveling expenses
must be prescribed in the SR.
19.11.18.2All traveling monies must be paid in cash
unless the competitor otherwise agrees.
19.11.18.3A competitor will be deemed to have
qualified for starting money if, after
receiving the starting signal, the
competitor moves forward under power
from the starting position.
19.11.18.4In races other than handicaps, a
competitor who defeats a competitor of a
higher grade is entitled to prize monies at
the level of the defeated rider.
19.11.19 Referee - Speedway
19.11.19.1 In Speedway, the functions and authority
of Steward and Clerk of Course, as
described in chapter 2 will be exercised
by the Referee.
19.11.19.2The Clerk of Course shall be responsible
to the Referee:
a) For the conduct of the meeting and
its administration in accordance with
these regulations and the official
program,
b) To put into effect all instructions
given by the Referee received
verbally or in writing, directly or by
telephone,
c) Ensure that all the necessary
officials, riders and spectators
are informed without delay of the
Referee’s decision,
d) To prevent any person from
communicating directly with the
Referee, including communicating
by telephone, during the meeting
without the Referee’s permission,
e) Must ensure that protests are in
order and accompanied by the
appropriate fees before passing
them to the Referee.
19.12 Australian Speedway
Championships
19.12.1 Applications to Conduct
19.12.1.1Applications for the conduct of Australian
Championships must be delivered to MA
by 1st April each year received by MA by
February 1st in the preceding year.
19
speedway
19.12.1.2The Commission strongly reccomends
that the permit fees for Australian
Speedway Championship events be
set and released by November 30th of
the previous year.
19.12.2 Dates for Conduct
19.12.2.1Unless otherwise determined by the
Commission, the Australian 500cc Solo
Championships must be run in January or
February of each year and the Australian
Sidecar Championships at the Easter
weekend in each year.
19.12.3 Selection Committee
19.12.3.1The selection committee will be the
Commission which must;
a) Forward the competitor and reserve
selections to MA,
b) MA will notify the competitors and
the Promoter of the selections.
19.12.4 Selection and Qualification
19.12.4.1To qualify for selection for an Australian
championship event, a competitor must
apply in writing no less than 30 days
prior to the event, and:
a) Be the current Australian Champion,
or
b) Be the best performing competitor in
the State championship of the State
which issued the competitors licence,
held a minimum of 30 days prior to
the Australian Championship, or
c) Apply in writing to MA no less than
30 days from the event and be
selected by the Selection Committee
d) Competitors who are not Australian
citizens may nominate to compete
in the Australian Speedway
Championships and may be
considered by the Speedway
Commission for inclusion.
19.12.4.2Any State unable to conduct a
championship of 12 entries or more
prior to the close of entries in the SR
for an Australian championship may
nominate 1 competitor for the Speedway
Commission’s approval to represent that
State. The nominated competitor may be
the competitor selected in the Australian
Championship. If the State Championship
is held between the close of entries
in the SR and the relevant Australian
Championship the State title holder may 185
185
19 speedway
not be eligible for selection.
19.12.4.3The team for a State will be selected by
that State’s Speedway sub-committee.
19.12.4.4The selected competitors must notify
the Promoter of their acceptance of the
conditions and the anticipated time of
arrival at the track concerned.
19.12.5 Alternate Qualification
19.12.5.1A Promoter may run qualifying and, if so:
a) The Promoter must obtain the
permission of MA,
b) The Australian Champion automatically
qualifies for the Australian
Championship meeting,
c) Current State Champions are
automatically seeded into qualifying
meeting in the event they are
overlooked for a direct transfer into the
Championship,
d) After nominations have closed the
Promoter and the Commission will
decide ona race format (to be put to the
Board for its consideration),
e) If more competitors have nominated
for the meeting than positions are
available, the Commission may select
to compete those competitors its
considers appropriate based on merit.
19.12.6 Practice
19.12.6.1Practice must be conducted for all
Australian Championships.
19.12.6.2Practice times and format must
be stipulated in the SR for each
Championship.
19.12.7 Examination before an Event
19.12.7.1Before an event, the Promoter must set a
time and place, giving reasonable notice
to every competitor, for:
a) Identification and examination of
licences,
b) Examination of motorcycles,
c) Noise testing,
d) Checking of helmets and protective
clothing, and
e) Such other examinations as are
necessary.
19.12.7.2The Referee may forbid:
a) Any competitor who does not comply
with the Rules mentioned above, or
186 186
enjoy the ride
b) Any competitor who can be a danger
to other participants or to spectators
from participating in any practice or
event at the meeting.
19.12.8 Carburettor Examination
19.12.8.1All solo machine carburettors must be
checked, measured and sealed before
the meeting.
19.12.8.2The carburettor seal must be secured to
the cylinder head by wire and official seal.
19.12.8.3During the meeting carburettors may
not be measured, but the seals may be
checked.
19.12.8.4Every machine at the end of the meeting
must have the seal of the carburettor
checked by the machine examiner as the
competitors come out for the last 4 rides.
19.12.9 Twenty Two Race Format
19.12.9.1There will be 20 heats and an A & B final.
19.12.9.2The 3 competitors who accumulate the
most points during the course of the heats
will compete in the A final.There will be a
B Final made up of the riders who finish
4th to 7th. The winner of the B Final will
go to the A Final.
19.12.9.3Starting positions will be offered to the
riders in descending order of points
accumulated in the heats. In the case
of riders for the final being tied on
points, gate choice will be determined
by countback, where 0 is better than
M,R,F,T,E and N where :
M= Excluded for 2 minute rule,
R= Retired from the race,
F= Fall but not excluded,
T= Excluded for false start,
E= excluded,
N= No start.
19.12.9.4In case of riders being tied on points for
the A & B Final:
a) All final places will be determined by
oountback.
19.12 .9.5There must be 16 competitors with the
heat format according to the table on the
following page.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19
HEAT NUMBER
speedway
HELMET COLOUR
Red(Inside)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
5
10
15
13
14
11
4
6
12
8
13
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
7
2
16
9
1
9
3
5
Blue
White
Competitor’s Starting Numbers
2
3
7
6
11
9
14
16
1
5
10
2
15
7
8
12
16
1
5
15
9
3
4
10
Interval
12
14
13
8
3
10
6
4
8
15
2
7
12
13
14
11
Yellow/Black(Outside)
4
8
12
13
9
6
3
16
11
2
14
7
1
11
5
15
10
16
6
4
19.12.10 Twelve Race Format
19.12.10.1As an alternative to the preceding GCR there may be a 12 race format of 3 laps, with 18 competitors
plus reserves, according to the following table:
HEAT NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
HELMET COLOUR
Red
(Inside)
Blue
1
7
13
3
16
4
18
5
14
2
8
14
17
12
6
15
10
9
White
Yellow/Black
Competitor’s Starting Numbers
3
4
9
10
15
16
1
15
5
2
11
18
7
12
17
11
13
6
19.12.10.2The above format must be used where
the track is over 450 metres in length and
is licensed for 6 competitors.
19.12.10.3 In races 10 and 11, the highest 12 point
scorers in heats 1 to 9 must participate as
follows:
a) Race 10: Competitors finishing in
1st, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th & 12th places,
b) Race11: Competitors finishing
in 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th & 11th
places,
Green
White/Black
(Outside)
5
11
17
8
9
14
2
16
3
6
12
18
10
13
7
1
4
8
c) Final: The highest 6 point scorers.
19.12.10.4Any vacancies for races 10 and 11 must
be filled from those competitors who were
placed 13th or lower after heats 1 to 9 in
descending order of point scores.
19.12.10.5Any vacancies for the Final must be filled
from those competitors who were placed
7th or lower after races 10 and 11 in
descending order of point scores.
19.12.10.6Starting positions for races 10 and 11
must be balloted in the presence of the
187
187
19 enjoy the ride
speedway
Referee or Clerk of Course.
19.12.10.7Starting positions for the Final will be
offered to the 6 competitors in descending
order of points accumulated in the heats.
In the case of competitors for the Final
being tied on points, gate choice will be
determined by countback.
19.12.10.8In the case of competitors being tied on
points at the conclusion of heats:
a) Finalists will be determined by run off,
b) Other places will be determined by
countback.
19.12.10.9The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings. After completion of the series
if any of the 4 point scorers are tied the
respective positions shall be decided by a
run-off.
19.12.11 Prizemoney
19.12.11.1Prizemoney for reserve riders will be
determined by the Promoter and the
selection committee and the amount will
be included in the SR.
19.12.11.2 Prizemoney will be as follows:
PLACING
First
Second
Third
Fourth
Fifth
Sixth
Seventh
Eighth
$AUD
$3.000
$2,500
$2,000
$1,700
$1,500
$1,300
$1,200
$1.050
PLACING
Ninth
Tenth
Eleventh
Twelfth
Thirteenth
Fourteenth
Fifteenth
Sixteenth
$AUD
$1,000
$900
$800
$750
$700
$700
$700
$700
19.13 Australian Teams
Championships -SPEEDWAY
188
19.13.1 Qualifying
19.13.1.1Teams championships will consist of qualifying
rounds run in each State and 1 final.
19.13.1.27 Teams will take part in each meeting.
19.13.1.31 team from each state will qualify. Should
a State not have qualified competitors,
or decide not to nominate a team, the
extra team required will be selected by
the Commission based on performance
during any qualifying rounds.
19.13.1.4The Commission must send the names of
the 7 qualifying teams to the Promoter of
the event as well as the RCB.
19.13.1.5For championship qualifying rounds,
the SCB must, within 48 hours after the
meeting, send the results to MA and to the
188
SCB organising the final.
19.13.2 Practice
19.13.2.1Practice for a meeting must not be earlier
than 2 days before the meeting.
19.13.2.2All competitors must report at the time
stipulated in the SR.
19.13.2.3Competitors will be divided into groups of
4 as listed in the SR.
19.13.2.4Competitors from the host State will
practice last.
19.13.2.5Competitors not ready to take their turn
must fall back and wait until the next
group has finished its practice.
19.13.2.6Competitors will practice in the same
order for free practice and starting gate
practice.
19.13.2.7Between each group there must be an
interval for track preparation.
19.13.2.8The format for practice will be as
determined by SR.
19.13.2.9Practice will be organised in 2 sessions:
a) Free practice:
i) 12 minutes for each group’s
session, divided into:
ii) 1 session of 12 minutes per
group,
iii) 2 sessions of 6 minutes each
per group, same order followed
twice, or
iv) 4 sessions of 3 minutes each
per group, same order followed
4 times,
v) Competitors testing more than 1
machine may bring them on to
the track in the same outing, but
may not bring extra fuel on to
the track,
vi) Competitors with mechanical
trouble may be allowed extra
time for practice,
vii) Competitors may not practice
starts in the starting area.
b) Practice with the starting gate in
operation:
i) No more than 4 competitors at a
time may practice,
ii) Each competitor may have 2
practice starts and full laps,
iii) Green lights will be used to
familiarise competitors with
starting procedures.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19
speedway
19.13.3 Twenty One Heat Format – Teams
HEAT NO.
HELMET COLOURS
White
Blue
Competitor’s Starting Numbers
3
2
7
6
11
10
1
14
5
4
9
8
11
14
5
2
3
8
13
10
1
12
Interval
9
4
11
6
7
14
9
2
3
12
13
6
1
8
13
4
5
10
7
12
Red (Inside)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
5
9
13
3
7
13
1
7
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
3
5
13
1
11
5
7
3
9
11
Yellow/Black (Outside)
4
8
12
2
6
10
12
6
4
14
2
10
12
8
10
4
14
2
14
6
8
19.13.4Heat Format - Teams
19.13.4.1There must be 14 heats with 3 Teams per heat according to the following table:
HEAT
HELMET COLOURS
Red
Blue
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
3
9
5
13
7
11
10
6
14
12
8
4
2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
10
6
14
12
8
4
2
1
3
9
5
13
7
11
White
Yellow
Competitors Starting Numbers
7
2
1
4
3
10
9
6
5
14
11
8
13
12
Interval
2
7
4
1
10
3
6
9
14
5
8
11
12
13
19.13.4.2The above format must be used where
the track is over 400 metres in length and
is licensed for more than 4 competitors.
19.13.4.3Heats must be as follows:
a) There must be 7 teams with each
Green
Black &White
9
5
13
11
7
3
1
8
2
4
10
6
12
14
8
2
4
10
6
12
14
9
5
13
11
7
3
1
team having 6 heats and each team
meeting all teams twice,
b) Between each heat there must be
either another event or a 4 minute
break,
189
19 enjoy the ride
speedway
c) Competitors cannot change gate
position.
19.13.5 Ties
19.13.5.1A tie for 1st, 2nd or 3rd places will be
resolved by 1 heat with 1 rider from each
tied team taking part.
19.13.6 Finals
19.13.6.1If 1 or both competitors of a team who
qualify for the final cannot participate
they may be replaced by competitors
nominated by the selection committee.
19.13.6.2If a qualified team is not present, its place
in the final will be taken by the team which
has scored the next highest number of
points in the previous meeting.
19.13.6.3Inability to take part in the final must be
notified to the RCB as soon as possible.
19.13.6.4When competitors of the same team finish
1st, and 2nd or 2nd and 3rd in a heat, the
competitor finishing 2nd or 3rd respectively
will be awarded a bonus point, entitling
that competitor to remuneration, but the
point will not be counted towards the heat
or in the Finals.
19.14 Test Matches- SPEEDWAY
19.14.1 Definition
19.14.1.1A test match is an International event
between 2 or more countries appointed
by their respective FMNs.
19.14.2 Format
19.14.2.1There must be 18 heats in a format
according to the following table.
HEAT NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
190
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Red
1
3
5
3
5
1
5
1
3
HOME TEAM
19.14.3 Bonus Points
19.14.3.1Bonus points are allotted for prize money
only with an additional bonus point
for a competitor who finishes 2nd or 3rd
immediately behind their team mate.
19.14.4 Starting Positions
19.14.4.1The captains of each team will toss for
starting positions in the first heat, the
choice being positions 1 and 3 or positions
2 and 4, counting from the inside of the
track.
19.14.4.2The team that selects positions 1 and 3 in
the first heat must take positions 2 and 4
in the second heat, and so on alternately
throughout the meeting.
19.14.4.3The relative positions of the 2 competitors
of each team in each heat may be
changed.
19.14.5 Reserves
19.14.5.1A competitor who has been unable to
commence or complete an event due
to an accident, and who has not been
excluded, may be replaced by a reserve.
The event will be deemed to be a new
event with the reserve as a competitor.
19.14.5.2A reserve may not ride in more than 6
events.
19.14.5.3Only 1 reserve may participate in each
event.
Blue
White
2
1
4
3
6
5
4
1
6
3
2
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
Interval
1
2
1
3
4
3
5
6
5
3
4
1
5
6
3
1
2
5
5
6
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
Competitors Nos. 7 & 8 or No. 7 of each team are the reserves.
Yellow &Black
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2
4
6
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
19.15
world championship selection
- SPEEDWAY
19.15.1 Open Solo Eligibility and Qualifying
19.15.1.1The placings from the Australian
Speedway Championships will dictate
the following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider
who has not already achieved World
Championship qualification for the
following year will be qualifier 1.
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2.
c) The riders who will occupy the
third and any additional positions
(where applicable) will be chosen
by the Speedway Commission of
Motorcycling Australia.
d) Should a rider who qualifies choose to
forfiet his or her right to participate
in the subsequebt rounds, again
the Commission will choose the
replacement riders/s.
19.15.1.2.World Championship selection - Under
21 Solo
The placings from the Australian
Speedway Championship will dictate the
following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider will
be qualifier 1.
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2.
c) The riders who will occupy the third
and any additional positions (where
applicable) will be chosen by the
Speedway Commission of Motorcycling
Australia.
d) Should a rider who qualifies choose
to forfiet his or her right to participate
in the subsequent rounds, again the
Commission will choose the replacement
rider/s.
19.15.1.3. World Cup
The riders for the FIM World Cup will
be chosen by the Australian Speedway
Team Manager in consultation with the
Speedway Commission of Motorcycling
Australia and the Team Captain. Team
selection will be based on current form,
previous achievments, suitability to
the venue and willingness to represent
Australia.
19.15.1.4. FIM Gold Trophy Selection - Sidecar/
Under 16 solo.
19
speedway
The placings from the Australian
Championship will dictate the following:
a) The highest placed Australian rider
will be qualifier 1.
b) The next highest will be qualifier 2.
c) The riders who will occupy the third
and any additional positions (where
applicable) will be chosen by the
Speedway Commission of Motorcycling
Australia.
d) Should a rider who qualifies choose to
forfiet his or her right to participate in the
subsequebt event, again the Commission
will choose the replacement rider/s.
19.15.1.5.Inability to compete - (Applies to Open,
U21 and Gold Trophy events)
Riders who are unable to compete
in the National Championship due to
exceptional circumstances, but have
previously shown strong support for
Australian Speedway may be considered
for selection. This avenue is only open
where the rider in question has informed
MA in writing prior to the event, stating
the reasons for non participation.
191
enjoy the ride
20
20.1
DIRT TRACK
continuous and cover all of the back
area between the collar and the base
of the spine.
Protective Clothing- DIRT TRACK
20.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Dirt Track competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
20.1.1 Helmet
20.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1 ].
20.1.2 Clothing
20.1.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material of
similar durability.
20.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining,
20.1.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
20.1.2.4 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a
full kevlar suit.
20.1.2.5 In the case of competitors wearing apparel
as described in 20.1.2.1 and 20.1.2.2 and
20.1.2.3:
a) Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back or a leather or similar
jacket with in-built back protection
or a jacket and commercially
manufactured back protector,
b) Protection of the back must be
192
20.1.3 Footwear
20.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least overlap
the trousers with the rider in a racing
position on the machine.
20.1.4 Gloves
20.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
20.1.4.2 Fingerless gloves may be worn by
passengers on sidecars.
20.1.5 Goggles and Visors
20.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
20.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
20.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
20.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition.
20.1.7 Footwear in pits
20.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
20.2
Frames and Parts - DIRT TRACK
20.2.1 Senior - Solo
20.2.1.1 For Dirt Track competition a machine:
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
a) May be constructed as either a
slider type or Motocross type,
b) Must have a gearbox with a
minimum of 2 gear ratios,
c) Must have rear suspension,
d) Must have a minimum of 1 working
brake.
20.2.1.2 Tyres
a) The rear tyre must be a maximum
width of 150mm when measured
at a point on the tyre located at 90º
to the where the tyre contacts the
ground and at a pressure inflated to
14psi.(9.6KPa)
b) Tyre pressure may be adjusted after
measurement.
20.2.1.3If hand protectors are used, they must be
of a shatterproof material.
20.2.2 Senior - Sidecar
20.2.2.1 Wheel track measurement, taken
between the longitudinal centres of
the rear and sidecar wheels must be
between 810mm and 1,100mm.
20.2.2.2 Ground clearance must be at least 75mm
unladen.
20.2.2.3 The lean of the motorcycle at saddle
height must be no more than 50mm.
20.2.2.4 When multiple tyres on 1 wheel are used,
the maximum collective width of the tyres
must not exceed 280mm.
20.2.2.5 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard
in plan view, taken from a line drawn no
further rearwards than the lowest point
of the front down tubes to the forward
most point of the sidecar wheel tyre and
terminating no further rearwards than a
line drawn at right angles to the machine
from the rearmost point of the rear tyre,
must be:
a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the
sidecar wheel,
b) At least 300mm wide, having at
least 25mm radius to all corners.
20.2.2.6 The leading edge of the sidecar floor
must be protected by a nose cone or a
rail of at least 50mm height.
20.2.2.7 The drive must be transmitted to the
track through the rear wheel of the
motorcycle.
20.2.2.8 1 efficient rear wheel brake must be
fitted.
20.2.2.9 Safety chains must be fitted to all
20
dirt track
machines equipped with girder type front
forks.
20.2.2.10A passenger must be carried in a suitably
constructed sidecar.
20.2.2.11There must be no less than 4 sidecar
mounting points.
20.2.2.12There must be no more than 50mm
between baseboard and motorcycle
and baseboard and sidecar wheel. The
baseboard must be arranged to prevent
the passenger’s feet being trapped.
20.2.2.13Handholds on the sidecar:
a) Must be finished with a loop of at
least 100mm,
b) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork
c) Adjacent to the nose section of the
sidecar and less than 200mm from
the track surface must be at an angle
of at least 45° from the horizontal
20.2.2.14A suitable passenger handhold must be
provided on the off side of the rear wheel.
20.2.2.15Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet are
not permitted.
20.2.2.16The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 45° above
a horizontal line drawn through the rear
wheel axle and be valanced to baseboard
level on the inside and to axle level on the
outside, with the suspension depressed.
20.2.2.17The sidecar mudguard must cover at least
180° of the periphery of the wheel and
be valanced to baseboard level on both
sides.
20.2.2.18All footrests, brake levers, and gear levers
on the opposite side of the motorcycle to
the sidecar must be folding, or be shielded
by a continuous bar of 12mm minimum
diameter.
20.2.2.19Any open area between the footrests,
the continuous bar and the offside of the
motorcycle must be filled in with a suitable
material.
20.3
20.3.1
20.3.2
20.4 NOISE EMISSIONS - DIRT TRACK
Noise emissions must not exceed 96db(A)
unless a lower limit is provided for in SR.
Noise emission levels will be measured
as shown at 12.10.2.
Machine & rider identification
193
- dirt track
20 enjoy the ride
dirt track
20.4.0.1 Numberplates and numbers shall comply
with GCR 12.6.
20.5
SIDECAR
600cc
Fuel - DIRT TRACK
1100cc
QUADS
Open 2-stroke
Open 4-stroke
450cc
300cc
20.5.0.1 Fuel for all Dirt Track machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for:
(i) lubricating oil for 2-stroke engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for 4
stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”,
20.5.0.2 In addition, for Senior and Classic
competition, commercially manufactured
Methanol may be used.
20.5.0.3 Environmental Protection - A protective
matting or catch tray must be placed
underneath the engine/gearbox and fuel
tank of any solo or sidecar while parked
in the pit, paddock or work area.
20.6
Junior CLASSES - DIRT TRACK
20.6.0.1 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.17.
20.6.0.2 Type of tyre to be used in Junior Dirt
Track competition must be stipulated in
the Supplementary Regulations
20.7
Classes - DIRT TRACK
20.7.0.1 The capacity classes for senior machines
are:
SOLO
125cc
250cc
500cc Slider
500cc
2-stroke & Over
450cc 4-stroke
450cc 4-stroke
Unlimited
Women’s Senior
Unlimited
194
CAPACITY
Up to 125cc
Over 125cc to 250cc
Slider Type – over 250cc to
500cc
MX Frame – 2-stroke over 250cc
to 500cc
MX Frame – 4-stroke over 450cc
MX Frame – 4-stroke over 250cc
to 450cc
Includes 500cc slider machines
Classes
Pro Lites*
Pro Open
250 Slider
MX Open
CAPACITY
1 or 2 cylinder engines - up to
650cc
4 cylinder engines - up to 600cc
Over 600cc and up to 1100cc
CAPACITY
Up to 550cc
Up to 700cc
Single 4-stroke
Single 2-stroke
Capacities
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX
Frame
250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc
4-Stroke, MX Frame
Up to 250cc
500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc
4-Stroke, MX Frame
Unlimited MX & Slider
Unlimited Capacity, MX Frame
Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar
Unlimited Open
Women’s Open
1100cc Dirt
Track Sidecar
Quads Pro
450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame
Open
Quads
Unlimited Capacity, OEM
Unlimited
Frame
* Sliders eligible until 1/1/2011
Riders are eligible to enter one class
above capacity of the machine entered
for Senior riders only.
20.7.0.2 Machines competing in any 1,100cc
sidecar event:
a) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
b) On liquid-cooled engines, an
overflow pipe must direct any
overflow of coolant away from the
rider and passenger.
20.7.0.3. The capacity classes for junior machines are:
50 cc Auto
7 to under 9 yrs
65cc
7 to under 9 yrs, 9 to under 11 yrs,
11 to under 13 yrs
85cc 2 stroke
& 150cc 4
stroke Std
Wheel
9 to under 11 yrs
85cc 2 stroke
& 150cc 4
stroke Std &
Big Wheel
11 to under 13 yrs, 13 to under 16
yrs.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
80cc 4 stroke
8 to under 11 yrs, 11 to under 14 yrs.
125cc 2 stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
200 to 250cc 4
stroke
13 to under 16 yrs
80 to 100cc 2
stroke/up to
150cc 4 stroke
sidecar
9 to under 13 yrs, 13 to under 16 yrs
(Rider and passenger)
65cc MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard Wheel, OEM MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard & Big Wheel, OEM
MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX
frame, Junior Girls
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Slider
80cc 4-Stroke Modified, OEM
frame
100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc
2-Stroke, MX frame
100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX
frame, Junior Girls
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, Slider
(separate from 01/01/2011)
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX
frame
20.8
7-U 9 YRS, 9–U
13 YRS
9-U11 YRS
11-U13 YRS,
13-U16 YRS
11–U16 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
7-U10 YRS, 10U14 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
13–U 16 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
Competition Rules - DIRT TRACK
20.8.1 Entries
20.8.1.1 No machine may be entered more than
once in a class.
20.8.1.2 Any machine, which is entered in more
than 1 class, must display the allocated
riding number for that class on all 3 number
plates when being used in each class.
20.8.2 Practice and Qualifying
20.8.2.1 Practice and qualifying shall be as
prescribed in SR.
20.8.3 Starts
20.8.3.1 The method of starting will be prescribed
in SR.
20.8.3.2 Starting positions will be prescribed in SR.
20.8.3.3 Unless otherwise determined in the
SR’s all Competitors must be called to
the start line at least 2 minutes before
each start.
20
20.9 AUSTRALIAN
CHAMPIONSHIP
dirt track
DIRT
TRACK
20.9.1 Preferred Championships Dates
20.9.1.1 The Australian Dirt Track Championship
shall generally be conducted on the 2nd or
3rd weekend of October each year.
20.9.2 Solo Format where there are more than
12 entries per class
20.9.2.1 The championship comprises:
a) Qualifying events to determine the
entries for heats,
b) 3 rounds of heats,
c) A 1 race repercharge,
d) A 1 race final.
20.9.3 Solo Format where there are 12 or less
entries per class
20.9.3.1 The championship comprises 4 races.
20.9.3.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 4 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.4 Qualifying
20.9.4.1 To be eligible to compete in heats and
finals a competitor must either:
a) Be graded A or B in Dirt Track, or
b) Qualify for the available heat
positions having regard for the
previous sub rule,
c) For single row starts, starting
positions will be determined by ballot.
20.9.5 Heats and Final
20.9.5.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 12.
20.9.5.2 The right to compete in the final will be
filled by:
a) The 10 competitors accumulating the
highest number of points during the
course of heats,
b) The first 2 placings of the
repercharge.
20.9.5.3 The repercharge will be contested by
competitors who finish in 11th to 22nd
inclusive during the course of heats.
20.9.5.4 The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.5.5 Grid positions will be pre drawn and listed
in the program for heats and/or rounds.
Riders choice for grid positions in the
finals will apply. Top points scorer has first
195
choice and so on as per point score result. 195
20 If electronic timing is used, qualifying time
will determine the choice of grid position
for the first heat only, thereafter the grid
positions are determined by the finishing
position in the previous race.
20.9.6 Sidecar Format where there are more
than 6 entries per class
20.9.6.1 The Championship comprises:
a) 3 rounds of heats,
b) A 1 race repercharge,
c) A 1 race final.
20.9.7 Sidecar Format where there are 6
entries or fewer per class
20.9.7.1 The Championship comprises 4 races.
20.9.7.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 4 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.8 Heats and Final
20.9.8.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 6.
20.9.8.2 The right to compete in the final will be
filled by:
a) The 5 competitors accumulating the
highest number of points during the
course of heats;
b) The winner of the repercharge.
20.9.8.3 The repercharge will be contested by
competitors who finish in 6th to 11th places
inclusive during the course of heats.
20.9.8.4 The finishing order of each competitor
in the final will determine Championship
placings.
20.9.9 Scoring
20.9.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring
system in GCR 12.14.
20.10australian junior dirt track
championships
20.10.1 Solo Format where there are more than
12 entries per class
20.10.1.1The championship comprises:
a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats,
b) 3 rounds of final heats.
196
enjoy the ride
dirt track
20.10.2 Solo Format where there are 12 or less
entries per class
20.10.2.1The Championship comprises 7 races,
20.10.2.2Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 7 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.10.3 Heats and Final
20.10.3.1The number of heat positions must not
exceed 12.
20.10.3.2The right to compete in the finals will be
filled by the 12 competitors accumulating
the highest number of points during the
course of heats.
20.10.3.3Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 3 finals will determine Championship
placings.
20.10.4 Sidecar Format for more than 6 entries
per class
20.10.4.1The Championship comprises:
a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats,
b) 3 rounds of final heats.
20.10.5 Sidecar Format where there are 6 or
less entries per class
20.10.5.1The championship comprises 7 races.
20.10.5.2Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 7 races will determine Championship
placings.
20.10.6 Heats and Final
20.10.6.1The number of heat positions must not
exceed 6.
20.10.6.2The right to compete in the finals will be
filled by the 6 competitors accumulating
the highest number of points during the
course of heats.
20.10.6.3Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 3 finals will determine Championship
placings.
20.10.7 Race Distance
20.10.7.1All races will be a minimum of 4 laps.
20.10.8 Venues
20.10.8.1Venues used for Australian Junior Dirt
Track Championships will be closed to
competitors for a minimum of 21 days
prior to the event.
20.10.9 Scoring
20.10.9.1All races will be scored using the scoring
system in Chapter GCR 12.14.
2009
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
21
21.1
Track
Protective Clothing - TRACK
MACHINES
21.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete on a Track machine in any Track
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
21.1.1 Helmet
21.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1 ].
21.1.2 Clothing
21.1.2.1 A 1-piece suit or jacket and trousers
constructed of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability which meets
FIM requirements in Art 65.07 and 65.08,
21.1.2.2 Where jackets or 1-piece suits are fitted
with front opening slide fasteners, a safety
strap must be fitted and secured at the
neck,
21.1.2.3 In the case of jackets and trousers,
provision must be made to attach the rear
of the jacket securely to the trousers,
21.1.2.4 The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather or
enclosed plastic foam at least 8mm thick
at the:
a) Shoulders,
b) Elbows,
c) Both sides of torso and hip joint, and
d) Knees.
21.1.2.5 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine.
21.1.3Footwear
21.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must be:
a) Constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability but must not be
constructed of rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position, and
c) For solo track slider competitors, in
the case of the left foot, have a steel
skid and be made with a curved front
extending at least 50mm over the toe
of the boot.
21.1.4Gloves
21.1.4.1 Gloves of non-split leather or other
material of similar or greater durability and
having the following properties:
a) A minimum thickness of 1.5mm,
b) Be fire retardant,
c) Be resistant to abrasion,
d) Have perspiration absorbing
qualities,
e) Be medically non-toxic and nonallergenic.
21.1.5 Goggles and Visors
21.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
197
197
21 track
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
21.1.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
21.1.6Hair and Jewellery
21.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jersey,
21.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
21.2
Protective Clothing Motocross or Enduro
machines
21.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete on any Motocross or Enduro
type machine in any Track competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
21.2.1Helmet
21.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
198
21.2.2Clothing
21.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or synthetic material
of similar durability,
21.2.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be noncombustible and be fitted with a lining,
21.2.2.3 A jersey which must be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural
or synthetic fibre, and
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
198
enjoy the ride
body and arms.
21.2.2.4 Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back or a leather or similar jacket
with in-built back protection or a jacket
and commercially manufactured back
protector,
21.2.2.5 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine if wearing leathers, or a
full kevlar suit.
21.2.2.6 In the case of competitors wearing apparel
as described in 21.1.2.1 and 21.1.2.2 and
21.1.2.3:
a) Commercially manufactured armour
which protects the elbows, shoulders
and the back,
b) Protection of the back must be
continuous and cover all of the back
area between the collar and the base
of the spine.
21.2.3Footwear
21.2.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Be of a length that must at least
overlap the trousers with the rider in
a racing position on the machine.
21.2.4Gloves
21.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
21.2.5Goggles and Visors
21.2.5.1 Spectacles, protective goggles, helmet
visors and “tear-offs” may be worn
provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
21.2.5.2 Visors mounted on the helmet or peak
may not be used unless:
a) The visor is made of a flexible
material that will not shatter on
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
impact,
b) Any rivets or screws used to mount
the mechanism are fitted with their
heads flush with the inner or lower
surface, provided that where flush
finishing is impractical on a peak,
round headed screws or pop rivets
projecting no more than 3mm from
the surface may be used.
21.2.6Hair and Jewellery
21.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
21.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
21.2.7Footwear in pits
21.2.7.1 Closed footwear imust be worn n the pit
area at all times.
21.3frames and parts - track
21.3.0.1 Brakes must not be fitted to track slider
type machines of 500cc. Motocross type
machines must be fitted with at least 1
effective brake.
21.3.0.2 Rear suspension and swingarm must be
fitted.
21.3.0.3 Must have a minimum of 2 gears.
21.3.0.4 Minimum weight of 85 kg.
21.3.0.5 For long track only, the rear wheel rim
must have a maximum width of 100 mm,
be 19” or 22” in diameter, as defined in the
SR.
21.3.0.6 If hand protectors are used, they must be
of a shatterproof material.
21.3.1Sidecar
21.3.1.1 The wheel track must be between 635mm
and 1,000mm measured between the
longitudinal centres of the rear and
sidecar wheels.
21.3.1.2 The ground clearance must be at least
75mm unladen.
21.3.1.3 The stagger at the top of the sidecar
wheel must be:
a) Inwards, no more than 300mm.
b) Outwards, nil.
21.3.1.4 The dimensions of the sidecar baseboard in
plan view, taken from a line drawn no further
rearwards than the lowest point of the front
down tubes to the forward-most point of
the sidecar wheel tyre and terminating no
21
track
further rearwards than a line drawn at right
angles to the machine from the rearmost
point of the rear tyre, must be:
a) At least 760mm long adjacent to the
sidecar wheel,
b) At least 300mm wide, having at
least 25mm radius to all corners.
21.3.1.5 All edges of the sidecar floor, not
otherwise protected, must be protected
by a nose cone or a rail of at least 50mm
height.
21.3.1.6 There must be no more than 50mm
between the baseboard and motorcycle
and the baseboard and sidecar wheel.
The baseboard must be arranged so as
not to allow the passenger’s feet to be
trapped.
21.3.1.7 The drive must be transmitted to the
track through the rear wheel of the
motorcycle.
21.3.1.8 Safety chains must be fitted to all
machines equipped with girder type front
forks.
21.3.1.9 A passenger must be carried in a suitably
constructed sidecar.
21.3.1.10The sidecar must be attached to the left
hand side of the motorcycle.
21.3.1.11There must be no less than 4 sidecar
mounting points.
21.3.1.12Stirrup fittings for the passenger’s feet
are not permitted.
21.3.1.13Handholds:
a) Must be finished with a loop of at
least 100mm,
b) Must not project beyond a line taken
with the outer edge of the sidecar
mudguard or bodywork,
c) Adjacent to the nose section of
the sidecar and less than 200mm
from the track surface must be at
a minimum angle of 45° from the
horizontal.
21.3.1.14A suitable passenger handhold must
be provided on the off-side of the rear
wheel.
21.3.1.15The rear end of the rear wheel mudguard
must terminate not more than 45°
above a horizontal line drawn through
the rear wheel axle and be valanced to
baseboard level on the inside and to axle
level on the outside, with the suspension
depressed.
199
199
21 enjoy the ride
track
21.3.1.16The sidecar mudguard, if fitted, must
cover at least 180° of the periphery of
the wheel and be valanced to baseboard
level on both sides.
21.3.1.17A sidecar wheel disc may be fitted
instead of a sidecar mudguard.
21.3.1.18The rear wheel sprocket must have an
approved guard, being either:
a) A fully enclosed steel chain guard,
or
b) If a plastic or part open chain guard
is used, a steel bolt of not less than
10mm minimum diameter placed
outside the bottom rear quadrant
of the clutch sprocket. This bolt, if
damaged, must be replaced.
21.3.1.19Where Harley-type forks are used, an
approved bolt must be fitted to lock the
triple clamp.
21.3.1.20There must be a kill switch which must:
a) Cut out the ignition,
b) Operate on the primary circuit,
c) Be fitted with a lanyard which must:
i) Have a total extended length
not exceeding 500mm,
ii) Be attached around the rider’s
right wrist when the machine is
in motion,
iii) Not be secured to the
handlebar unless by a readily
torn material.
21.4engines - Track
21.4.1 General
21.4.1.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
98dB(A) when measured as per GCR
12.10
21.4.2 Classes & Capacities
200
CLASS
CAPACITY
125cc Solo
Up to 125cc
250cc Solo
Over 125cc to 250cc
500cc MX Frame
Solo
Over 250cc to 500cc
500cc Slider Frame
Solo
Over 250cc to 500cc
450cc 4 stroke MX
Frame Solo
Over 250cc to 450cc
Over 450cc 4 stroke
MX Frame Solo
Over 450cc
Women’s Senior
Unlimited
1100cc Sidecar
Up to 1100cc
Classes
Pro Lites*
Pro Open
250 Slider
MX Open
TRACK
Capacities
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX
Frame
250cc 2-Stroke & 450cc
4-Stroke, MX Frame
Up to 250cc
500cc 2 Stroke & Over 460cc
4-Stroke, MX Frame
500cc 4-Stroke Slider
500cc Long
Track Slider
Women’s
Unlimited Capacity, MX Frame
Open
1100cc Dirt
Up to 1100cc Dirt Track Sidecar
Track Sidecar
1100cc Long
Up to 1100cc Long Track
Track Sidecar
Sidecar
Quads Pro
450cc 4 Stroke, OEM Frame
Open
Quads
Unlimited Capacity, OEM Frame
Unlimited
* Sliders eligible until 1/1/2011
21.4.2.1 Riders are eligible to enter one class
above capacity of the machine entered
for Senior riders only. excluding the
Over 450cc 4 stroke and 500cc 2 stroke.
21.4.3 Sidecar
21.4.3.1 For a machine competing in any event,
the engine must comply as follows:
a) The engine capacity must not
exceed 1,100cc,
b) Supercharged and turbocharged
engines must not exceed 500cc,
c) On liquid cooled engines, an
overflow pipe must be used to direct
any overflow of coolant away from
the rider and passenger.
21.5fuel - TRACK
21.5.0.1 Fuel must be:
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON; and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
manufacture except for:
(i) Lubricating oil for 2-stroke
engines
(ii) Upper cylinder lubricant for
4-stroke engines
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
21.5.0.2 For Senior and Classic competition the
following fuels are permitted:
a) Commercially available Methanol, or
b) Unleaded fuel which complies with
GCR 20.5
21.5.0.3 Environmental Protection - A protective
matting or catch tray must be placed
underneath the engine/gearbox and fuel
tank of any solo or sidecar while parked
in the pit, paddock or work area.
21.6track - Junior
21.6.0.1 50cc machines are to comply with GCR
12.17.
21.6.0.2 Motocross knobby tyres on the rear of
any machine over 85cc are not allowed.
21.6.0.3 The capacity classes for junior
machines are:
65cc MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard Wheel, OEM MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard & Big Wheel, OEM
MX frame
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Standard & Big Wheel, OEM MX
frame, Junior Girls
85cc 2-Stroke & 150cc 4-Stroke,
Slider
80cc 4-Stroke Modified, OEM
frame
100cc 2 -Stroke to 150cc
2-Stroke, MX frame
100cc to 150cc 2 -Stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX
frame, Junior Girls
100cc to 150cc 2-Stroke &
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, Slider
(separate from 01/01/2011)
200cc to 250cc 4-Stroke, MX
frame
7-U 9 YRS, 9–U
13 YRS
9-U11 YRS
11-U13 YRS,
13-U16 YRS
21
21.7
track
CLASSIC TRACK
21.7.0.1 Engines must have been manufactured
before 31st December 1976.
21.7.0.2 Competitors must be aged at least 30
years at the date of the competition.
21.7.1Frame and Parts - Classic Track
21.7.1.1 The frame:
a) Must have conventional swingarm
rear suspension with twin shock
absorbers,
b) Must have a front wheel diameter of
23” (594mm),
c) Must have a rear wheel diameter of
19” (482mm) or 22” (560mm), as
specified in the SR,
d) Must have rear tyres with a
maximum tread pattern depth of
8mm,
e) Must not be fitted leading-link front
forks.
21.7.2 Engine Specifications - Classic Track
21.7.2.1 The engine must be:
a) Single cylinder,
b) 2 valve, push rod operated,
c) Single spark plug,
d) Of a maximum capacity of 500cc
with a 2% tolerance,
e) Vertical in the chassis,
f) Fitted with a round slide carburettor
of 38mm maximum bore,
g) Must not be fitted with a centre port
cross flow cylinder head.
11–U16 YRS
21.7.3 Gearbox - Classic Track
21.7.3.1The gearbox must have at least 2 gears.
13-U 16 YRS
21.8competition Rules - track
7-U10 YRS, 10U14 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
21.8.1 Starts
21.8.1.1 All starts, other than handicap starts will
be single row.
21.8.1.2 Grid positions will be pre-drawn and
listed in the program for heats and/or
rounds.
21.8.1.3 Riders choice for grid positions in the
finals will apply, top scorer has first
choice down through points score.
21.8.1.4 If electronic timing is used; qualifying time
will determine the choice of grid position
13-U 16 YRS
13–U 16 YRS
13-U 16 YRS
201
21 enjoy the ride
track
for the first heat only, the grid positions
thereafter will be determined by finishing
position in the previous race.
21.8.1.5 The first competitor who touches the tapes
after the displaying of the green light
and before the tapes are raised will be
excluded and the event will be re-started.
21.8.1.6 Unless otherwise determined in the
SR’s all Competitors must be called to
the start line at least 2 minutes before
each start.
21.8.2 Flags and Signals
21.8.2.1 The dimensions of flags must be 600mm
x 600mm.
a) All control lights:
i) Must be visible to all
competitors,
ii) May only be operated by the
Steward or the Steward’s
nominee.
b) In addition to, or substitution for the
flags and lights applicable to other
disciplines GCR , the following
signals apply:
i) Start - National flag,
ii) Race stoppage- Red flag or red
light,
iii) Immediate danger, slow- Yellow
flag waved or yellow light,
iv) Course clear- Green flag held
stationary.
21.9.3.2 The right to compete in the finals will be
filled by the 12 competitors accumulating
the highest number of points during the
course of heats.
21.9.3.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 3 finals will determine Championship
placings.
21.9.3.4 For single row starts, starting positions
will be determined by ballot.
21.9.4
Sidecar Format where there are more
than 6 entries per class
21.9.4.1 The championship comprises:
a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats,
b) 3 rounds of final heats.
21.9.5
Sidecar Format where there are 6 or
less entries per class
21.9.5.1 The championship comprises 7 races.
21.9.5.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 7 races will determine Championship
placings.
21.9.6 Heats and Final
21.9.6.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 6.
21.9.6.2 The right to compete in the finals will be
filled by the 6 competitors accumulating
the highest number of points during the
course of heats.
21.9.6.3 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 3 finals will determine Championship
placings.
21.8.3 Stewards - Track
21.8.3.1 A minimum of 1 Steward is required at all
meetings in Track.
21.9.7 Race Distance
21.9.7.1 All races will be a minimum of 4 laps and
a maximum of 5 laps.
21.9
21.9.8 Venues
21.9.8.1 Venues used for Australian Junior Long
Track Championships will be closed to
competitors for a minimum of 21 days
prior to the event.
AUSTRALIAN JUNIOR TRACK
CHAMPIONSHIPS
21.9.1
Solo Format for more than 12 entries
per class
21.9.1.1 The Championship comprises:
a) 4 rounds of qualifying heats.
b) 3 rounds of final heats.
21.9.2
Solo Format for 12 or less entries per
class
21.9.2.1 The Championship comprises 7 races.
21.9.2.2 Points accumulated by each competitor in
the 7 races will determine Championship
placings.
21.9.3 Heats and Final
21.9.3.1 The number of heat positions must not
exceed 12.
202
21.9.9 Scoring
21.9.9.1 All races will be scored using the scoring
system in GCR 12.14.
21.10
AUSTRALIAN SENIOR TRACK
CHAMPIONSHIPS
21.10.1.1The Australian Senior Track Championship
will be conducted as a single meeting
at a venue selected by the Dirt Track
Commission.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
2009
22
22.1
Protective Clothing – QUADS
FOOTWEAR IN PITS
22.2.0.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
22.3
quads
QUADS
22.1.0.1 Protective clothing and requirements
are as provided in the discipline specific
sections of the GCRs.
22.2.
22
Frames and Parts - Quads
22.3.0.1 A quad must have:
a) 4 wheels,
b) A wheel at each corner of the
machine,
c) The front wheels must be used for
steering and the rear wheels for
driving,
d) A maximum overall width, including
the rear tyres of 1400mm,
e) A maximum wheel base of 1500mm,
f) There must be a seat for 1 person,
g) The rider must straddle the seat,
h) A chain guard as per GCR 12.8.8,
i) A frame [Nerf Bar] between the front
and rear wheels which must:
i) Be of closed loop design,
ii) Not extend beyond a point
of the widest dimensions of
the vehicle, measured with
a straight edge touching the
outside of the front and rear
tyres,
iii) Constructed to prevent the
riders feet from going below
the bars (material webbing is
acceptable),
iv) Be bolted or welded to the
frame,
v) Be close enough to the front
and rear wheels to prevent
locking together of competitors’
machines,
vi) Have no sharp, protruding or
open end tubing.
j) A self closing throttle,
k) An engine cut-out switch, of lanyard
type attached to the body,
l) Effective brakes on all wheels,
m) Handlebars, rubber hand grips,
handlebar levers and number plates,
n) Noise emissions of no more than
94/96 dB(A) as measured in GCR
12.10. depending on the discipline,
o) No sharp or protruding extremities,
p) Glass, mirrors and headlights
removed.
22.3.0.2 Mudguards which:
a) Must be fitted over the rear wheels,
b) May be fitted over the front wheels.
22.3.0.3 All Junior quads must retain OEM
engine cases and frames.
22.3.0.4 Reducing the capacity of larger
203
22 machines to suit the class capacity is
not permitted:
22.3.1 Tyres- Quads
22.3.1.1 Rear tyres may be prescribed in the SR.
22.4 Engines - quads
22.4.1Capacities- Quads
22.4.1.1 The maximum engine capacity for a
2-stroke engined quad shall not exceed
550cc, and be no more than 2 cylinders.
22.4.1.2 The maximum capacity for a 4-stroke
engined quad shall not exceed 700cc
and be no more than 2 cylinders.
22.4.1.3 The actual engine capacity of a machine
competing in a capacity class is not to
exceed the prescribed capacity for that
class by more than 5%.
22.4.1.4 Where in Junior competition, the words
OEM standard are used, all quads must
be OEM machines with no modifications
22.4.2 RIDER AND MACHINE IDENTIFICATION
- QUADS
22.4.2.1 Number plates are to:
a) Comply with GCR 12.6,
b) Be mounted centrally at the front
and rear of the machine.
22.4.2.2 No competitor may compete unless
wearing the machine identification
number on his or her back in contrasting
colours and with a minimum size of
125mm height and 20mm width of stroke.
22.5
Fuel- quads
22.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines must:
a) Be Unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON, and
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating
oil for 2-stroke engines, and
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”
204
enjoy the ride
quads
22.6
Classes and age groupsquads
22.6.1 Quads- Club Level Racing
CLASS(ES)
50cc STD
50cc STD
90cc 2-stroke Standard.
110cc 4-stroke Standard
90cc 2-stroke Modified
110cc 4-stroke Modified
200cc 2-stroke Modified
Air Cooled
300cc 4-stroke Modified
Air Cooled
200cc 2-stroke Modified
Water Cooled
300cc 4-stroke Modified
Water Cooled
Open 2-stroke Modified,
(max capacity 550cc)
Open 4-stroke Modified,
(max capacity 700cc)
22.6.2
Race Together
Race Together
Race Together
Race Together
RACING
Race Together
Quads- Dirt Track Classes
CLASS(ES)
Open 2-stroke modified
(max. capacity 550cc)
Open 4-stroke modified
(max. capacity 700cc)
450cc single cylinder
4-stroke
300cc single cylinder
2-stroke.
22.6.4
Race Together
Quads- Stadium Classes
CLASS(ES)
Open 2-stroke Modified,
(max capacity 550cc)
Open 4-stroke Modified,
(max capacity 700cc)
22.6.3
RACING
No suspension
With suspension
RACING
Race together
Race together
Quads- Speedway
CLASS(ES)
RACING
Open Outlaw Senior
451cc to 700cc 4-stroke
Open Outlaw Senior
351cc to 550cc 2-stroke
Race together
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Pro Senior
450cc 4-stroke
Race together*
Pro Senior
350cc 2-stroke
Junior 12 to 15 years
350cc 4-stroke
Race together
Junior 12 to 15 years
200cc 2-stroke
Junior 9 to U13 years
110cc 4-stroke modified
Race together
Junior 9 to U13 years
90cc 2-stroke modified
Junior 7 to 10 years
110cc 4-stroke OEM
Race together
Junior 7 to 10 years
90cc 2-stroke OEM
Junior 9 to 12 years
110cc 4-stroke OEM
Race together
Junior 9 to 12 years
90cc 2-stroke OEM
Junior 7 to 9 years
50cc Auto and Semi Auto OEM (Competitive
class)
Junior 5 to U9 years
50cc Auto and Semi Auto OEM (Non Competitive
class)
*Zero Tolerance
22.6.5 Quads- Enduro/Cross Country,
Desert Classes
Enduro/Cross Country, Desert only
Up to 850cc 2WD/4WD
22.6.6 Junior Age Groups
22.6.6.1 Subject to the next sub rule and GCR
12.16.0.1, no person who:
a) Has attained the age of 16 years, or
b) Is unable to right their machine
may compete in any junior competition.
22.6.6.2 No junior who has attained the age of 9
years may participate on a 50cc machine.
22.6.6.3 Junior competitors in the following
age groups may compete in the
corresponding classes:
AGE RANGE
5 to under 9 years
CLASS(ES)
50cc non-competition miniStandard
22
7 to under 9 years
7 to under 10 yrs
9 to under 13 yrs
9 to under 13 yrs
12 to under 16 yrs
15 to under 16
yrs
22.7
quads
50cc Auto or Semi Auto
Standard.
up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc
4-stroke Standard.
up to 90cc 2-stroke or 110cc
4-stroke Standard.
up to 90cc 2-stroke or
110cc 4-stroke -Modified.
up to 200cc 2-stroke or
300cc 4-stroke.-Modified
up to 200cc water cooled
2-stroke Modified or 300cc
water cooled 4-stroke
Modified
Competition Rules - quads
22.7.1 Starting
22.7.1.1 Unless otherwise determined in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
22.7.1.2 The order and position of each competitor
will be at the discretion of the Promoter and
will be determined on the day of the event.
22.7.1.3 The starting grid for all events will:
a) Have not less than 2 metre space for
each quad,
b) Be in a straight line,
c) Allow for no more than 20
competitors.
22.7.1.4 The maximum number of starters must be
specified in SR.
22.7.1.5 Unless otherwise determined in the SR:
a) All competitors must be called to the
start line at least 2 minutes before
each start,
b) At the end of the 2 minutes, and
when the starter is ready, the starter
will hold up a 30 second sign for a
full 30 seconds,
c) At the end of 30 seconds a 5 second
sign will be displayed,
d) The gate will drop between 5 and 10
seconds after the 5 second sign is shown.
22.7.2 Finishing
22.7.2.1 The finish line must be:
a) Marked with a flexible post at each
side of the track,
b) Clearly visible to the judge.
205
205
enjoy the ride
23
23.1
MOTO-TRIALS
Protective Clothing – MotoTRIALS
e)
23.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Trials competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
f)
23.1.1 Helmet
23.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label, or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
23.1.2 Clothing
23.1.2.1 Trousers and a shirt.
23.1.3 Footwear
23.1.3.1 Calf length boots constructed of leather
or similar durable material.
23.1.4 Footwear in pits
23.1.4.1 Closed footwear imust be worn in the pit
area at all times.
23.2
206
Classes and grades – MOTOTRIALS
23.2.1 Classes
23.2.1.1 Classes in Moto-Trials are:
a) Open solo- which may be subdivided into Expert, A, B, C and
Clubman grades,
b) Open sidecar- which may be
subdivided into A & B grades,
c) Juniors - 7 to under 16 years,
d) Veteran- for competitors 40 years
of age and over and will use the
Venables handicap system. (This
handicap system is based on a
formula devised by the late Ralph
Venables, in that the riders’ age is
subtracted from 70. The number
206
g)
h)
i)
remaining is added to the riders
points lost, as a handicap),
Classic - for machines manufactured
before 1965,
Post Classic (Twin Shock) - for
machines manufactured before
1986. The machines may not be
fitted with disc brakes or monoshocks,
Women,
Masters - for competitors of 35 years
of age and over. No handicapping
system will apply,
Youth - for competitors aged
between 16 and Under 21 years at
the first day of the event. This class
will compete using the Masters lines.
23.2.2 Junior
23.2.2.1 The following age groups and capacity
classes subject to GCR 12.16.0.1
may compete on courses for junior
competitions:
CLASS
CAPACITY
Junior 7 - 12 years
Junior Open
Up to 200cc
13 to 15 years Open
Capacity
7 to 15 years Open
Capacity - Women Only
Junior Women
23.2.3 Identification Plates
23.2.3.1 Identification plates must:
a) Measure 200mm x 150mm +/-10%,
b) Have the rider’s name displayed on
the identification plate, using lettering
25mm high minimum.
23.2.3.2 Identification plates may include reference to:
a) Where a rider completed the
Australian Moto-Trials Championship
in the first 10 places in the previous
year, that rider’s place in the
Championship, and
b) The rider’s club or sponsor, providing
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
23moto-trials
b) Leaded fuel, providing that:
i) The fuel is purchased from
suppliers approved by
Environment Australia,
the background colour of the plate
remains prominent and clearly
visible.
23.2.4 Rider and Grade Identification
23.2.4.1 The following grades will have the
following identification plates:
CLASS/GRADE
A grade and experts
B grade
Masters
Youth
C grade & Veterans
Juniors, Clubman &
Post Classic
Women
Sidecars - A grade
Sidecars - B grade
Classic
23.3
PLATE BACKGROUND
COLOUR
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Blue
White
White
Red
Yellow
Black
FRAMES & PARTS - mOTO-TRIALS
23.3.1 Tyre Types
23.3.1.1 With the exception of mini-bikes and and
the sidecar tyres of sidecars, tyres must
be of a Trials Universal pattern on all
machines.
23.3.2 Ignition cut-out switch
23.3.2.1 All machines must be fitted with an
effective ignition cut-out switch operating
on the primary circuit and attached to the
handlebars.
23.4fuel- moto-trials
23.4.0.1 Fuel for machines other than Classic
competition must :
a) Be unleaded, and
b) Be no more than 100 RON,
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia, or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
23.4.0.2 Fuel for Classic Moto-Trials must be:
a) As per GCR 23.4.0.1, or
23.5
Classic Trials
23.5.0.1 The eligibility and dating of Classic
Motorcycles shall be considered in terms
of major and minor components and the
period of the motorcycle shall be the
period of the latest major component.
23.5.0.2 Major components are:
a) All engine and gearbox external
castings,
b) Frames,
c) Brakes,
d) Wheel hubs,
e) Forks, and
f) Carburettors.
23.5.0.3 Mk1 Amal Concentric carburettors may be
used.
23.5.0.4 Major components that were manufactured
outside the period, but which are visually
indistinguishable from period components
shall be eligible for that period.
23.5.0.5 All other components shall be considered
as minor components.
23.5.0.6 Minor components may be modified
or updated provided that they remain
visually compatible with the period being
depicted.
23.5.0.7 For the purposes of determining eligibility
machines are categorised as follows:
a) Pre-1965:
i) Manufactured before 31st
December 1964,
b) Pre-1965 heavyweight solo:
i) Non-unit construction engines
with an original capacity of over
250cc, or
ii) Unit construction engines with
an original capacity of over
350cc.
c) Pre-1965 lightweight solo:
i) Non-unit construction engines
with an original capacity of
250cc or less,
ii) Unit construction engines with
an original capacity of 350cc or
less.
207
207
enjoy the ride
23 moto-trials
d) Post Classic (Twin Shock):
i) For models designed and first
manufactured between 1st
January 1965 to 31st December
1986,
ii) Disc brake models are not
eligible,
iii) Pre-1965 machines that have
been modified so as to provide
a ground clearance or chassis
performance more in keeping
with this era shall compete as
specials in this Post Classic
category.
23.6
Sidecar - Moto-trials
23.6.1 Designs and Dimensions
23.6.1.1 There must be a platform and nose cone
or platform and front plates with the
following dimensions:
a) Overall length must be at least
775mm,
b) The wheel track must be at least
750mm,
c) The nose cone or front plate must
be at least 200mm wide and 200mm
high at the rear. The nose cone
must taper to at least 100mm at the
front,
d) The width from the rear of the nose
cone to the rear of the sidecar must
be at least 200mm,
e) The inner sideboard of the platform
must be either 130mm high or
there must be a gap of no more
than 50mm between the sideboard
and any adjacent point on the
motorcycle.
23.6.1.2 The sidecar and machine wheels, if
exposed, must be valanced on the inside.
23.6.1.3 Passenger grab rails, handles and straps
may be fitted.
23.6.1.4 Sidecar wheel drive is prohibited.
23.6.1.5 An effective cut out switch must be
attached to the handlebars.
23.6.1.6 Identification plates are required (refer
GCR 12.6).
23.6.1.7 Efficient brakes must be fitted to the front
and rear wheels.
23.6.1.8 When brake cam arms or lever are of
208
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
23.7
Competition Rules – Moto-trials
23.7.1 General
23.7.1.1 The result of a Moto-Trial or any class of
Moto-Trial is decided on the total number
of points lost, the winner being the
competitor who loses the least number of
points.
23.7.1.2 In the hearing and determination of any
protest or appeal arising out of a MotoTrial, video evidence may not be used.
23.7.1.3 In the event of a tie in points, the tie is to
be broken as follows:
a) The competitor who completes the
greatest number of sections without
loss of points wins,
b) If the tie continues, the competitor
wins who completes the greatest
number of sections with the loss of 1
point, 2 points, 3 points and so on,
c) If there is still a tie, a ride-off must
take place, starting from the 1st
section at a severity level decided by
the Clerk of Course and continuing
in numerical order until the tie is
broken.
23.7.1.4 Meetings may be held in the following
categories:
a) Trials,
b) No-Stop Trials,
c) Super Trials.
23.7.1.5 Unless otherwise stipulated in SR all
meetings will run using the trials rules
described in GCR 23.7
23.7.2 Courses
23.7.2.1 Observed sections:
a) Must be clearly named or numbered,
b) Must have a clearly marked start and
finish,
c) Must have clearly marked
boundaries,
d) Must be preceded by an observed
area of the route where the
competitors are controlled,
e) Must, wherever possible, be
bounded by natural obstacles,
although artificial boundaries may be
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
23.7.2.2
23.7.2.3
23.7.2.4
23.7.2.5
23.7.2.6
used to define the lateral limits of
sections,
f) May be reduced in places by the
use of gates at a minimum width of
1200mm for solos and 2000mm for
sidecars.
A machine is deemed to be in an
observed section from the time the front
axle passes the “Section Begins” gate
until the front axle passes the “Section
Ends” gate.
Passage through section must be
indicated by gates which consist of:
a) 2 arrows pointing inwards,
b) An arrow and a natural obstacle or
boundary,
c) Coloured rectangles, red for right
and white for left may be used to
indicate section outer boundaries.
The available width between 2 successive
gates may be limited by means of tape
which must be:
a) Placed no more than 500mm above
the ground,
b) Not inside the line of markers on the
same side.
Where a section is marked by stakes
they must be:
a) Of flexible material,
b) Connected by tape placed no more
than 500mm above the ground,
c) Coloured Red for right and White for
left.
The Promoter:
a) May modify the design of a section
between the passage of the last
competitor on 1 lap and the first
competitor on the following lap, and
b) Must give adequate notice to
competitors of these modifications
provided that such modification will
23moto-trials
not justify a supplementary time
allowance for the modified section to
be inspected.
23.7.3 Penalties - Competitions
23.7.3.1 The following terms have the following
respective meanings:
a) Footing occurs when:
i) Any part of the body of the rider
touches the ground,
ii) Any part of the machine other
than the:
Footrests,
Wheels,
Tyres,
Engine casing,
Frame,
Protection plates under the engine,
Sidecar body,
touches the ground or an obstacle without stopping progress of the machine,
iii) Sliding a foot along the ground
is deemed to be footing more
than twice,
b) Stopping occurs when the machine
fails to maintain forward progress
relative to the direction of the
course,
c) Dismounting occurs when the rider
has both feet on the ground, on the
same side of or behind the machine.
23.7.3.2 The penalties on the following page
apply:
209
209
enjoy the ride
23 moto-trials
INFRINGEMENT
Footing once
Footing twice
Footing more than twice
Stopping without footing
Stopping whilst footing once
Footing twice whilst stopped
Footing more than twice whilst stopped
Moving backwards without footing
Moving backwards whilst footing
Moving either wheel sideways whilst stopped, without footing
The machine crosses a boundary with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground
The machine passes the wrong side of a boundary or grade marker for a riders own
grade with either wheel, that wheel being on the ground.
The machine jumps over a boundary or marker for a riders own grade with both
wheels to avoid part of a course.
Breaking a boundary tape or dislodging a boundary marker
Riding over or riding on or dislodging a grade marker for a riders own grade.
Missing a gate or riding through a gate in the wrong direction, for a riders own grade.
Rider does not have both hands on the handlebar when he foots, whilst stationery
Engine stopping whilst rider stationary and rider footing or leaning
Crossing machine tracks whilst moving forward
The handlebar of the motorcycle touches the ground
Dismounting from the machine with both feet on the ground, on the same side or
behind the machine
Any part of sidecar passenger touching ground or other obstacle
INFRINGEMENT
Practising on course prior to event
For disorderly conduct towards an official
Rider or Minder arguing with an official
Not vacating a section after failure
Handing in scorecard after finish time (per minute)*
Handing in scorecard more than 30 minutes after finish time*
Losing a scorecard (per section)
Rider or Minder altering a section
Missing a section
Refusing to attempt a section
Minder obstructing or conversing with observer regarding scoring
Late to Scrutineering (per minute)
* Or as detailed in the SR
210
23.7.3.3 The greatest penalty incurred in a section
is the only one to be taken into account
for each competitor.
23.7.3.4 A competitor who receives the maximum
5 point penalty in a section must vacate
that section either:
a) At the first available opportunity, or
b) As directed by an official.
POINTS LOST
NOSUPER
TRIALS
STOP
TRIALS
TRIALS
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
0
5
0
1
5
5
2
5
5
3
5
5
5
5
0
5
5
5
0
5
0
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
POINTS LOST
ALL TRIALS
Exclusion
100
10
10
1
Exclusion
5
5
5
5
5
1
Th
Sports
prou
Motorcyc
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
S LOST
NOSUPER
TOP
TRIALS
IALS
1
1
2
2
3
3
5
0
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0
5
5
5
0
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
23.7.3.5 A time allowance of 90 seconds is
allowed for each rider to complete each
section. Each rider who fails to complete
a section within the ninety second time
allowance will be deemed to have failed
that section. The time will start when the
rider passes the section beginning line.
The decision of the observer in charge of
this time measurement shall be deemed a
statement of fact.
Note: This rule will be applied to the National
Championships, and to all State
Championship rounds. Subject to
inclusion in the SR, any promoter may
choose to apply this rule to other open
events.
23.7.3.6 Where necessary, for Moto-Trials,
organisers may include a time limit to
complete the first lap. This instruction
should be included and defined in the SR.
23.7.4 Minder - Moto-trials
23.7.4.1 Each competitor in an event may have
a Minder who, for the purposes of these
Rules, will be a competitor.
23.7.4.2 A Minder must be identified as such in
accordance with the requirements of the
SR.
S LOST
TRIALS
lusion
00
10
10
1
lusion
5
5
5
23moto-trials
23.8
AUSTRALIAN MOTO-TRIALS
CHAMPIONSHIPS
23.8.1 Use of Course
23.8.1.1 For
the
Australian
Moto-Trials
Championships, only those competing for
the championships may use the course
during the period of competition.
23.8.2 Preferred championship Date
23.8.2.1 It is recommended that the Australian
Moto-Trials Championship be conducted
by 31st August in each year.
23.8.3 Standards
23.8.3.1 Promoters must ensure that the standards
of sections must provide for all levels of
competitor in each class.
23.8.3.2 Riders of any nationality may be awarded
an Australian Championship. The MotoTrials Commission recommends that the
Promoter provides a trophy for the best
Australian should an Australian not win
the title.
23.8.4 Handicap
23.8.4.1 The Venables handicap GCR 23.2.1.1(d)
must be used for the Veteran’s class.
Winning
WinningPartnershiP
PartnershiP
The
Australian
The
Australian
Sports
Commission
Sports
Commission
proudly
supports
proudly
supports
Motorcycling
Australia
Motorcycling
Australia
The The
Australian
Sports
Commission
is is
Australian
Sports
Commission
Motorcycling
Australia
is one
Motorcycling
Australia
is one
the Australian
Government
agency
that that
the Australian
Government
agency
of many
national
sporting
of many
national
sporting
develops,
manages
and and
invests
in sport
develops,
manages
invests
in sport organisations
thatthat
has has
formed
organisations
formed
at allatlevels
in Australia.
Motorcycling
all levels
in Australia.
Motorcycling
a winning
partnership
withwith
the the
a winning
partnership
Australia
has has
worked
closely
withwith
the the
Australia
worked
closely
Australian
Sports
Commission
Australian
Sports
Commission
Australian
Sports
Commission
to develop
Australian
Sports
Commission
to develop to develop
its sport
in Australia.
to develop
its sport
in Australia.
motorcycling
fromfrom
community
participation
motorcycling
community
participation
to high-level
performance.
to high-level
performance.
www.ausport.gov.au
www.ausport.gov.au
24
24.1
SUPERMOTO
Protective Clothing –
SUPERMOTO
24.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Supermoto competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
24.1.1 Helmet
24.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting full-face
helmet which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
24.1.2 Clothing
24.1.2.1 A 1-piece leather suit or jacket and
trousers constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater durability,
which meets FIM requirements,
a) Where jackets or 1-piece suits
are fitted with front opening slide
fasteners, a safety strap must be
fitted and secured at the neck,
b) In the case of a jacket and trousers,
provision must be made to attach
the rear of the jacket securely to the
trousers,
c) The following areas must be padded
with at least a double layer of leather
or enclosed plastic foam at least
8mm thick:
i) Shoulders,
ii) Elbows,
iii) Both sides of torso and hip joint,
and
iv) Knees.
24.1.2.2 A commercially manufactured back
protector, which continuously covers the
back area between the collar line and the
base of the spine.
212
24.1.3 Footwear
24.1.3.1 Boots with ankle and calf protection which
must:
a) Be constructed of leather or other
material of similar or greater
durability. but not constructed of
rubber,
b) At least overlap the suit or trousers
when the rider is in the normal riding
position,
c) Not have soft leather soles.
24.1.3.2 Motocross boots are approved.
24.1.4 Gloves
24.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
24.1.5 Goggles and Visors
24.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Visors are an integral part of the
helmet,
d) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
e) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
24.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
24.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
24.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
24.1.7 Footwear in pits
24.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the pit
area at all times.
24.2
Frames and parts- supermoto
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
24.2.1 Tyres
24.2.1.1 Knobby tyres are not permitted.
24.2.1.2 Additional cuts and/or grooves may be
made to tyres.
24.2.2 Rims
24.2.2.1 Rims must be up to 17” in S1, S2 and S3
classes.
24.2.2.2 Rims other than 17” may be used in S4,
S5, S6 classes.
24.2.2.3 Any rim size can be used in S7/S8 classes.
24.2.3 Brakes
24.2.3.1 A pin or locknut must be fitted to the
brake pad fixture. The safety wire used
on the brake caliper bolts must be visible.
24.2.4 Hand Protectors
24.2.4.1 If hand protectors are used, they must be
of a shatter proof material.
24.3
Engines- supermoto
24.3.1 General
24.3.1.1 Plugs or caps which, if removed, permit
the discharge of any lubricating, cooling
or hydraulic fluids, must be wire-locked
or otherwise secured in the tightened
position in a manner approved by the
Scrutineer.
24.3.1.2 Lock wiring used on oil and water filler
caps and drain plugs must be visible.
24.3.1.3 Where flexible oil lines other than those
supplied as standard equipment by the
original machine manufacturer are used,
they must incorporate high pressure hose
secured by high pressure connections.
Worm drive hose clamps may not be used.
24.3.1.4 All hoses must be securely fitted and
guarded to prevent contact with:
a) The ground,
b) Tyres or other moving parts over the
full movement of the suspension.
24.3.1.5 Only single or twin cylinder engines may
be used.
24.3.1.6 On all engines, an oil catch tank of 500cc
minimum, properly fastened, or a closed
breather system must be installed.
24.3.1.7 The only liquid coolant permitted is
water.
24.3.1.8 Lubricating, cooling and hydraulic
fluid levels must be maintained within
manufacturers’ specifications.
24
supermoto
24.3.1.9 A self-closing throttle must be fitted.
24.3.1.10A non-return valve must be fitted to the
tank breather pipe which must discharge
into a catch tank with a minimum capacity
of 350cc.
24.4
NOISE EMISSIONS - SUPERMOTO
24.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
94/96db(a) unless a lower limit is
provided for in SR
24.5fuel- supermoto
24.5.0.1 Fuel for all machines must :
a) Be unleaded; and
b) Be no more than 100 RON.
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating
oil for 2-stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
24.6capacity classes- supermoto
CLASS
S1
S2
S3
S4 Clubman
S5 Clubman
S6 Clubman
S7 Junior
S8 Junior
S9 Women’s
Quads Open
2-stroke
Quads. Open
4-stroke
Quads 450cc
Quads 300cc
Quad Pro Open
Quad Unlimited
Open
CAPACITY
Over 250cc 2-stroke
Over 450cc to 700cc 4-stroke
Up to 250cc 2-stroke
Up to 450cc 4-stroke
125cc to 200cc 2-stroke
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
Open Class
250cc 2-stroke
Up to 450cc 4-stroke
125cc 2-stroke
Up to 250cc 4-stroke
13-15 years, up to 125cc 2-stroke
13-15 years, up to 250cc 4-stroke
Senior unlimited
Up to 550cc
Up to 700cc
Single 4-stroke
Single 2-stroke
450cc 4-stroke
Unlimited
24.7competition Rules - supermoto
24.7.0.1 Senior classes of the same capacity may
213
24 supermoto
be combined if provided for in SR.
24.7.1 Starting
24.7.1.1 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR,
massed starts must be used.
24.7.1.2 Unless otherwise provided for in the SR,
qualifying for starting grid positions must
be held.
24.7.1.3 In the absence of qualifying, the Clerk
of Course must allocate starting grid
positions.
24.7.2 Grid Positions
24.7.2.1 There must be a maximum of 4 riders per
row with a minimum of 1 metre between
riders.
24.7.2.2 There must be a minimum of 4 metres
between rows.
24.7.2.3 No more than 30 riders may participate in
each race.
24.7.3 Stopping and Re-Running
24.7.3.1 The Steward or Clerk of Course who has
excluded a competitor for unfair conduct
and considers that such conduct has:
a) Given an advantage to the team of
which the offender is a member,
b) In the case of a non-team event,
jeopardised the fair chances of 1 or
more of the other competitors in the
event,
may declare the event void and order a
re-run.
24.7.3.2 If the event continues, any competitor
unable to cross the finish line as a
result of such conduct on the part of the
excluded competitor may be deemed to
have finished the race in the place:
a) Held immediately before such
conduct,
b) Having regard to any advancement
in placing following the exclusion, in
some other place.
24.7.3.3 A Steward or Clerk of Course may stop
an event and order it to be re-run if it
would be dangerous for it to continue.
24.7.3.4 In any re-run:
a) Any competitor who:
i) Fell in the stopped event as a
result of having been fouled,
ii) Intentionally laid down their
machine in the interests of
safety, or
214
iii) Left the course in the interests
enjoy the ride
of safety,
may participate.
b) Any competitor who:
i) Caused or contributed to the
event being stopped,
ii) Failed to start in,
iii) Retired from,
iv) Was excluded from, or
v) Had been lapped during the
course of the stopped event,
may not participate.
24.7.3.5 Where the Steward or Clerk of Course
has stopped a race due to danger the
following will apply:
a) If no more than 2 laps of the stopped
race were completed:
i) The stopped race will be
declared null and void,
ii) The race may be re-run,
iii) The re-run race will be for the
full race distance,
iv) The original grid positions will be
used,
v) The place of any machine
unable to take part in the re-run
race will be left vacant,
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer.
b) If more than 2 laps, but less than
75% of the race distance, have been
completed:
i) The race may be re-started, but
only once,
ii) The restart must occur no more
than 30 minutes after the race
has been stopped,
iii) The re-started race distance will
be equal to the balance of the
stopped race distance,
iv) Positions on the grid for the restarted race will be determined
by the order of competitors at
the finish line of the last full lap
of the stopped race,
v) Only competitors who have
completed at least 75% of
the laps completed by the
leading competitor at the time
of stopping will be permitted to
participate in the re-started race,
MQ MOMS Ad [outlined].ind
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
vi) Machines may be repaired
or replaced provided they
have been approved by the
Scrutineer,
vii) The stopped race and any rerun will be deemed to be parts
of the 1 race,
viii)The winner will be the
competitor having the highest
number of laps at the finish,
ix) Where 2 or more competitors
complete the same number of
laps the winning order will be
determined by the time taken by
each to complete those laps,
x) If at least 75% of the scheduled
race distance is completed full
points will be awarded,
xi) If less than 75% of the
scheduled race distance is
completed half points will be
awarded.
MQ MOMS Ad [outlined].indd 1
24
supermoto
24.7.4 Jump Start
24.7.4.1 If the front wheel spindle of the motorcycle
crosses the line which marks the front of
that riders’ starting position on the grid
before the red light goes out, this will be
considered as a jump start.
24.7.4.2 Upon the recommendation of the Clerk
of Course, a board reading “Jump Start”
together with the rider’s number will be
displayed at the start/finish line to a rider
who committed the jumped start.
24.7.4.3 The penalty for a jump start is a mandatory
15 seconds to be added to the infringing
rider(s) time(s).
24.8
AUSTRALIAN SUPERMOTO
CHAMPIONSHIP
24.8.0.1 The Australian Supermoto
Championships are to be conducted
annually.
24.8.0.2 The method of conducting this
Championship will be listed in the SR for
the Event(s).
30/09/2009 3:28:29 PM
enjoy the ride
25
25.1
ENDURO AND RELIABILITY TRIALS
Protective Clothing - enduro
& reliability trials
25.1.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Enduro or Reliability Trial
competition unless wearing the following
protective equipment and clothing:
25.1.1 Helmet
25.1.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
25.1.2 Clothing
25.1.2.1 Trousers of:
a) Leather,
b) Nylon lined Motocross type,
c) Padded denim Motocross type,
d) Reinforced padded nylon,
e) Padded waterproof waxed cotton
when worn so that no part of the body is
uncovered when the competitor is in the
normal racing position.
25.1.2.2 Trousers of other than leather must be
non-combustible and be fitted with a
lining.
25.1.2.3 A riding top of:
a) Leather,or
b) Close knit fabric of natural or
synthetic fibre; or
c) Waxed cotton
which leaves no part of the body uncovered
when the competitor is in the normal riding
position
25.1.2.4 Or a 1 piece suit of leather, reinforced
nylon, or waxed cotton
216
25.1.3 Footwear
25.1.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Of recognised Motocross type,
b) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
c) Of a length that must at least cover
¾ of the length of the lower leg, with
the rider in a racing position on the
machine.
25.1.4 Gloves
25.1.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
25.1.5 Goggles and Visors
25.1.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, and/or helmet visors
must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not
used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a flexible
material.
25.1.5.2 Tear-offs on goggles are not permitted for
Enduro events.
25.1.5.3 A competitor must, at the start of the event
and each special test, be wearing goggles
or a similar form of eye protection. It is
strongly recommended that the competitor
wear the eye protection at all times during
the event. Where the competitor removes
their eye protection during the course of
an event, they do so entirely at their own
risk.
25.1.6 Hair and Jewellery
25.1.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must
be confined in the helmet or jacket. It is
recommended that hair longer than
shoulder length be confined in the
helmet or jacket. Where the competitor
chooses not to confine their hair as
described, they do so entirely at their
own risk.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
enduro and reliability trials
with a protection pad on the cross bar.
Handlebars without a cross member must
be equipped with a protection pad located
in the middle of the handlebars, covering
the handlebar clamps. Except for
“Safari” type events where navigation
equipment is mounted above the
handlebar clamps and/or cross bars.
25.1.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or securely
covered with tape prior to competition. It
is recommended that body jewellery
is removed or securely covered with
tape prior to competition. Where the
competitor chooses not to remove or
securely cover jewellery with tape,
they do so entirely at their own risk.
25.1.7 Footwear in pits
25.1.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in any fuel
control area, pit area, start area, work
area or Parc Fermé at all times.
25.2 Frames And Parts - enduro &
reliability trials
25.2.1 Solo Classes
25.2.1.1 The classes for solo are to be determined
by the RCB.
25.2.1.2 Hand lever protectors may be single or
double mounted.
25.2.1.3 If hand lever protectors are fitted, they
must be of shatterproof material.
25.2.1.4 All machines must be fitted with an
effective ignition cut-off switch located on
the handlebars.
25.2.1.5 Where road authority registration is
required, the rear mudguard must be of an
Enduro style, equipped with a rear-facing
tail light clearly visible to following road
users. The must be sufficient space below
the rear light to mount the numberplate.
25.2.1.6 The handlebars must be equipped
25.3
NOISE EMISSIONS - ENDURO &
RELIABILITY TRIALS
25.3.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed 94dB(A)
unless a lower limit is provided for in the
SR or by the circuit hire agreement.
25.3.0.2 Measurement as shown at GCR 12.10
25.4fuel- enduro & reliability
trials
25.4.0.1 Fuel for all machines must :
a) Be unleaded; and
b) Be no more than 100 RON.
c) Contain no additives other than
those added at the point of
manufacture except for lubricating oil
for 2-stroke engines.
d) Be readily available from retail petrol
pumps within Australia; or
e) Be a brand of fuel homologated by
MA that is compatible with the “Fuel
Quality Standards Act 2000”.
25.4.0.2 For Enduro events, it is recommended that
fuel containers do not exceed 10 litres and
are fitted with a suitable pouring spout.
217
25 25.5
218
enduro and reliability trials
Competition Rules- enduro &
reliability trials
25.5.1 Courses
25.5.1.1 Courses must be clearly marked.
25.5.1.2 Each course must:
a) Have time check points which must:
i) Have a digital clock showing
hours minutes and seconds at
the control table,
ii) Have a check list showing arrival
time of each competitor in the
time check,
iii) Be placed at the entrance to
the parc fermé for the start and
finish of each day of the event,
iv) Be placed at intermediate points
selected by the Promoter and
indicated on the itinerary,
v) Preferably be no less than 5 nor
more than 35 kilometres apart,
vi) Be indicated by:
White flags placed 200
metres, and
Yellow flags placed 20
metres
before the control table, and
Green flags placed 2 metres
after the control table,
Flags placed on both sides
of the course so as to be clearly
visible to the competitors.
25.5.1.3 Each course may:
a) Have route check points which:
i) Need not be marked on the
route card,
ii) Must be indicated by blue flags
placed on either side of the
course 200 metres before the
route check,
iii) Have a check list of the progress
of each competitor.
b) Have time check points with no
service which:
i) Will display a white flag with
a black cross on both sides of
the track 70 metres before the
control table.
ii) GCR 25.4.11(b),(d) and (f) do
not apply.
218 25.5.1.4 For multi-day events each course may
enjoy the ride
have:
a) A final service area before the final
time check point,
b) Before the final service area, a prefinish Time Check, which is a no
service time check.
After which competitors have 15 minutes to reach the final time check.
25.5.1.5 The area between the yellow and green
flags is considered parc fermé concerning
access.
25.5.2 Enduro Flags
25.5.2.1 For Enduros, flags will have the following
meanings:
a) White flags displayed on pegs- Entry
to fuel control: Time check 200
metres,
b) Yellow flags displayed on pegsEntry to time check Time check 20
metres,
c) Blue flags displayed on pegs- Route
check approximately 200 metres,
d) White flag with Black Cross
displayed on pegs- No service time
check approximately 70 metres,
e) Green Flag displayed on pegs - Exit
from Time Check.
25.5.3 Entries
25.5.3.1 After the closing date for entries:
a) A competitor may apply in writing to
the Race Secretary for permission to
change machines, and be entered in
the relevant class,
b) A team may apply in writing to the
Race Secretary for permission:
i) For a team member to change
machines and be entered in the
relevant class,
ii) To substitute 1 entered team
member for another.
25.5.3.2 The Race Secretary may grant permission
subject to such conditions as he or she
thinks fit or may refuse permission.
25.5.3.3 A competitor who is substituted may not
compete without the permission of the
Race Secretary.
25.5.3.4 No team or competitor may change the
capacity of an entered machine.
25.5.3.5 Applications must be delivered to the
Race Secretary before the preliminary
machine examination.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
25.5.4 The Starting Area
25.5.4.1 The starting area must may:
a) Contain a Parc Fermé to which all
access and egress is controlled
and which connects directly to the
working area,
b) Contain a working area from which
there is only 1 exit to the starting
enclosure and where machine
maintenance may be carried out,
c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1
end of which is the starting line and
in which the competitors await the
starting signal,
d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise
regulated as to access so as to
prevent the entry of unauthorised
persons,
e) Be in the charge of officials who are
clearly identified,
f) Have its entrance and exit clearly
marked.
25.5.4.2 No competitor or person other than:
a) The Steward,
b) The Clerk of Course, or
c) Any other official in charge thereof,
may enter the starting area unless authorised by a relevant official or otherwise for purposes permitted under these Rules.
25.5.4.3 The SR may prescribe the time for
delivery of machines into the starting area
before the start of an event and thereafter
machines must:
a) Remain in the starting area until the
start,
b) Be returned at the end of each day
for detention overnight,
c) Be released in time for the start of
the next day,
d) Be in the open air and not covered in
any manner.
25.5.5 Preliminary Examination
25.5.5.1 Before each event, there must be a
preliminary examination of competing
machines.
25.5.5.2 At the preliminary examination, each
machine may be tested for noise
and marked if it does not exceed the
prescribed noise emission levels.
25.5.5.3 At the conclusion of the preliminary
enduro and reliability trials
examination each machine must be
delivered into the parc fermé. No
motorcycle may enter parc fermé without a
stand approved at machine examination.
25.5.5.4 An event commences at the conclusion of
the preliminary examination.
25.5.6 Starting Order and Numbers
25.5.6.1 The starting order of groups or classes
will be as determined by the SR.
25.5.6.2 The starting numbers of riders will be
determined by a draw for each class.
25.5.7 Starting Procedures
25.5.7.1 The start signal for each competitor must
be given as nearly as practicable to that
competitor’s scheduled starting time.
25.5.7.2 It is not permitted to start the engine in:
a) The parc fermé, working area, or
b) The starting area before the starting
signal is given.
25.5.7.3 Within 1 minute of the signal being given,
the competitor must:
a) Start the engine at the starting line
using the machine’s kick starter or
starter motor,
b) Cross a second line 20 metres from
the starting line under engine power.
25.5.7.4 A competitor who arrives at the starting
line more than 1 minute late for that
competitor’s allocated starting time:
a) Will lose 60 points for every minute
late,
b) Must be allocated a new start time
which must be the indicated time of
arrival at the starting line ignoring
seconds,
c) Must comply with standard starting
procedures,
25.5.7.5 If the competitor is more than 60 minutes
late, they will be excluded for the day.
25.5.7.6 On each day of the event, competitors
may enter the parc fermé 15 minutes
before their starting times and move their
machines by hand to the entry to the work
area.
25.5.7.7 Competitors will may have 10 minutes
before their starting times to carry out
machine preparation.
25.5.8 Event Procedures
25.5.8.1 For Enduros, the total time for the day of
competition must not exceed 71/2 hours,
including the 15 minutes at the final time 219
219
25 enduro and reliability trials
check.
25.5.8.2 Competitors must at all times during the
event:
a) Remain on the course,
b) Follow the competition direction.
25.5.8.3 At the beginning or end of a lap, a section
or day, the Clerk of Course, due to weather
or other conditions, may:
a) Declare a section of the course to be
impassable and in that event:
i) That section will cease to be part
of the course, and
ii) Any penalties incurred in that
section will not be taken into
account in scoring for the event.
b) Change the time schedule for the
section to a slower schedule.
25.5.8.4 Each competitor must be allocated a
starting time and a time for each section
between time checks.
25.5.8.5 The recorded arrival time for each
competitor in a section is the starting time
for that competitor in the next section.
25.5.8.6 During an event the competitor
must have all marked parts on the
motorcycle at all times when on the
course. [ Except in the case of Rule
25.5.11 i) vi)]
25.5.8.7 During an event, a competitor must not
stop between the yellow flags and the
control table.
25.5.8.8 A competitor may pass the final time
check at the entrance to the parc fermé
early, without penalty.
25.5.8.9 When the machine is placed in the Parc
Fermé it must be completely equipped
with all the marked parts.
25.5.8.10At the end of any event there may be a
final examination at which any 1 or more
of the machines may be impounded for
examination.
25.5.8.11If a competitor can convince the Jury he
was delayed by abnormal circumstances
outside his control, (e.g. providing
assistance to an injured competitor),
an allowance may be granted. Alleged
baulking by another competitor is not an
abnormal circumstance.
25.5.8.12When the case of a rider is under
discussion he may continue in the event
until the jury makes the final decision.
220
enjoy the ride
25.5.9 Restarts
25.5.9.1 A competitor who retires, or is excluded
from an event for a day:
a) For multi-day events, may restart in
the competition on following days
from the rear of the field,
b) For single day events, or if the
competitor is excluded or retires for a
second time from a multi-day event,
may not continue on the course.
25.5.9.2 To be eligible to restart, a competitor must
deliver the machine to the parc fermé at
least 60 minutes before the amended
start time.
25.5.10 Time Cards, Route Cards and Itinerary
25.5.10.1Each competitor must stop at all time
checkpoints and route checkpoints.
25.5.10.2Time cards must be issued and route
cards may be issued:
a) For the first day, at the preliminary
examination,
b) For all other days, as competitors
leave the parc fermé at the end of
the previous day.
25.5.10.3Time cards:
a) Must be presented at each control
table, or, on demand, to an official,
b) Must be handed in at the end of
each day to the final control official,
c) Must not be altered or obliterated by
any competitor,
d) Must not be exchanged between
competitors,
e) Must, in the event of loss, be
replaced by the official in charge of
the next time control,
f) May show the prescribed running
time for each section.
25.5.10.4Route cards:
a) Must be presented at all route
checks,
b) Must be handed in at the end of
each day to the final control official,
c) Must not be altered or obliterated by
any competitor,
d) Must not be exchanged between
competitors,
e) Must, in the event of loss, be
replaced by the official in charge of
the next time control.
25.5.10.5Itineraries:
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
a) Must be issued at the preliminary
examination or displayed prominently
in the starting area,
b) Must clearly indicate all competition
distances and show the prescribed
running time for each section,
c) Must contain samples of signs or
indicators used for course markings,
d) Are, for all purposes connected with the
competition, deemed to be accurate.
25.5.11 Maintenance, Repair, Alteration and
Refuelling
25.5.11.1A machine may be cleaned, altered,
repaired or refueled during an event as
follows:
a) Subject to sub-Rule b), assistance is
not permitted during the course of an
event,
b) A competitor may receive assistance
for the following:
i) Refueling,
ii) Removing, replacing and
replenishing:
Coolant,
Engine and gearbox lubricating oils and removal and replacement of oil filters.
iii) Removing air from the braking
circuit,
iv) Inflating tubes and tyres.
c) No work on the machine may take
place:
i) In any tent, vehicle or other
enclosed place,
ii) In the parc fermé,
iii) In the Time Check area.
d) Subject to sub-Rule e), a competitor
may, for the purposes of carrying out
alterations or repairs, receive tools,
tubes and air bottles at any place on
the course.
The rider is allowed to change
any unmarked parts anywhere
on the course but may receive
spare parts and tools only in the
servicing areas.
e) A competitor may not receive or use
the following tools:
i) Any form of welding equipment
other than for repairs to the
exhaust system,
enduro and reliability trials
f)
g)
h)
i)
ii) Pressure cleaning apparatus,
iii) Electrical and air powered tools
operated by remote connection.
A competitor may, for the purposes
of carrying out alterations or repairs,
receive spare parts:
i) In the working area in the
starting area,
ii) Between the white and yellow
flags adjacent to a time check
point.
A competitor may leave used parts
where the alterations or repairs were
carried out.
Junior competitors may receive parts
anywhere on the course.
For repairs to an exhaust silencer:
i) Repairs must be carried out
under the supervision of an
official,
ii) A competitor will be allowed 1
hour from the original scheduled
finishing time to complete
repairs,
iii) The repaired machine must
submit to a noise test before
being allowed to enter the parc
fermé at the end of the day.
i) A rider wishing to repair or
replace the silencer of his
machine can do so at the end
of the day, after the last time
check and before entering
the Parc Fermé. The work
must be carried out under the
supervision of an official.
ii) The rider will be allowed an
extra time of 60 minutes for this
work.
iii) The same applies to riders
who for any reason have been
told by the Clerk of the Course
to have their machines noise
tested.
iv) The rider may request as many
noise tests as he wishes during
the 60 minutes allowance.
v) After 60 minutes have elapsed,
the rider will be required to
present his machine to the
noise control test official for
testing. If the noise level is
above the required standard,
221
221
25 enduro and reliability trials
the rider will be disqualified
(or other penalties given as
provided for in the GCRs).
vi) If the silencer is changed
during the day, the rider must
present it to be noted at the
next time check point. At the
end of the day, a noise control
test will be carried out during
the 60 minutes allowance. If
the test is passed, the silencer
will be marked with the official
paint. If not, the rider may be
disqualified (or other penalties
given as provided for in the
GCRs.)
j) The engine must be stopped during
refuelling,
k) The rider must dismount from the
motorcycle during refuelling,
l) An environmental mat or other
effective device is required to be
used when refueling.The minimum
dimensions of the mat or other
effective devices must be at least
500mm x 500mm. The penalty
for non compliance may be
discretionary,
m) No fuel may be carried other than
in a tank or container permanently
attached to the machine,
n) Unless otherwise stated in the SR,
replacement of any fluids except
water or coolant is only permitted in
the work area and at a Time Check
between the white and yellow flags
where service is permitted,
o) There must be at least 1 refueling
depot every 50 km.,
p) Tyres may only be changed:
i) At the final service area,
ii) In the work area at the start.
25.5.12 Assistance
25.5.12.1All outside assistance is forbidden, other
than the normal assistance given at the
Official Time Checks and to clean the
number plates and plastic parts of the
motorcycle with the aid of a sponge or
cloth.
25.5.12.2The term “outside assistance” refers to
the act involved when any person, other
than the rider or an official performing
his duties, comes into contact with the
222
enjoy the ride
motorcycle.
25.5.12.3No machine may be moved otherwise
than by:
a) Its engine, or
b) The actions of its rider.
25.5.12.4No competitor may be accompanied
anywhere on the course.
25.5.12.5The term “accompanied” refers to
the act of riding in company for the
purpose of receiving assistance, with
any person other than a registered
official of the event in the course of
their duties.
25.5.12.6Junior competitors may receive outside
assistance anywhere on the course.
25.5.12.6In any replenishment area, the chain can
be lubricated but only the rider is allowed
to do this work.
25.5.13 Inspection and Marking
25.5.13.1At any time check a relevant official:
a) Must record the time as displayed on
the clock when the competitor’s time
card is presented,
b) May inspect any machine,
c) May mark any part,
d) May direct the alteration of any
machine which does not comply with
any requirement of these Rules or
the SR,
e) May direct the administration of any
noise or other test,
f) May report any competitor or
machine to the jury or a key official.
25.5.13.2Any competitor required to submit to a
noise test under the preceding Rule:
a) May request further tests during
the 30 minutes next after the
completion of the initial test,
b) May be required, at the expiration of
that time, to submit to a further test,
c) May not continue in the event if,
at the expiration of that time, the
machine does not comply with the
prescribed noise emission levels.
25.5.14 Timed Tests
25.5.14.1Timed tests must be as follows:
a) Average speed must not exceed 50
km/h.
b) Competitors may inspect test
courses on foot but not by wheeled
vehicle,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
c) Be safe and of a reasonable degree
of difficulty,
d) For multi-day events, be marked
not less than 48 hours before the
scheduled start time for the test,
e) A rider who leaves the test course
and gains an advantage may incur
penalties as in GCR 4.3.2.
25.5.15 Cross Tests and Enduro Tests
25.5.15.1Cross tests and Enduro tests must be as
follows:
a) Cross test courses must:
i) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres
in length,
ii) Be specially prepared for the
test,
iii) Have safety zones at all bends
and other places of potential
danger to spectators, with
a minimum width of 1 metre
to which spectators have no
access,
iv) Start within 1 kilometre of a
time check point,
v) Have the start and finish line in
the same vicinity.
b) Enduro test courses must:
i) Be readily accessible to a 4
wheel drive vehicle,
ii) Be on a section of the course
between 2 time checks,
iii) Be between 2 and 5 kilometres
in length,
iv) Be untimed during the first lap
and timed during subsequent
laps,
v) For multi-day events, an enduro
test which is ridden on previous
days and repeated in the same
direction on future days may be
timed on the first lap of these
days.
c) Each competitor must:
i) Start with the engine running,
ii) Come to a stop at the start line,
as directed by an official, and
start within 10 seconds after
being directed by the official,
iii) The riders start time will be the
moment the front wheel moves
past the recording device or
at the expiration of the 10
enduro and reliability trials
seconds.
d) More than 1 test may be run on the
same course in each day,
e) Tests must have flying finishes
with each competitor’s time being
recorded at the point of crossing
the finish line,
f) Competitors may inspect special
test courses on foot,
g) As each competitor finishes they
must resume the principal course
without stopping.
25.5.16 Final Test
25.5.16.1 At the end of an event, there may be a
final test which must:
a) Be conducted on a closed circuit,
b) Consist of not less than 5 or more
than 10 laps, with the actual
number of laps prescribed in the
SR,
c) Cover not less than 10 or more
than 18 kilometres.
25.5.16.2Before the start of the test all machines
must be delivered to a parc fermé.
25.5.16.3Prior to competition, there will be a
voluntary escorted preliminary lap of
the course.
25.5.16.4Tests will be divided into groups based
on classes.
25.5.16.5 Should a competitor finish the road test
late, the competitor may be transferred
to another group.
25.5.16.6Restart competitors must not compete
in a test with competitors who are still in
the competition. They may compete in
a separate test. if 1 is scheduled by the
organisers
25.5.16.7 For multi-day events, massed starts
must be used with grid positions
determined by placings at the end of
the previous day.
25.5.16.8For 1 day events, grid positions must
be allocated by the Promoter.
25.5.16.9At the conclusion of the prescribed
number of laps by the leading rider, the
chequered flag will be shown. From the
time the race winner takes the chequered
flag 5 minutes will be allowed for other
riders to complete the lap they are on,
after which the test is over
223
223
25 enduro and reliability trials
25.5.17 Finish of Event
25.5.17.1All finishing machines may be
impounded for 30 minutes.
25.5.17.2For each machine an event finishes:
a) If there is a final examination, at
the conclusion of the examination
of the machine,
b) If there is no final examination, at
the moment the machine arrives at
the final time check.
25.5.17.3A rider is considered to have finished
the enduro when he has passed the
final Time Check of the event. Failure
to complete the final Speed Test (if
applicable) will incur the maximum
penalty as per Rule 25.5.18
25.5.18 Penalties
25.5.18.1Penalty points are incurred as follows:
PENALTY
Late arrival at the start line
Not crossing the 20m line under
power within time
Early and late arrival at a time check
Stopping between yellow flags and
control table at time check
Starting of engine in starting area
prior to start signal
Starting the engine in the parc fermé
or work area
Uncompleted day for a competitor
Special tests - for each 1/100 sec
Final test – for each uncompleted lap
plus the time of the slowest completed
test time in the same class
Individuals who restart – per day plus
points for completed special tests
POINTS
60 points per
minute
10 points
60 points per
minute
60 points
60 points
120 points
7,200 points
1/100 point
60 points
7200 points
25.5.19 Classification of Individuals & Teams
25.5.19.1Classification will be determined inversely
by the number of penalty points incurred
by each competitor or team.
For individual classification, the time
obtained each day will be added for
each rider in each class and in each
category. The rider with the total lowest
time will be placed first and so on.
25.5.19.2For individuals, daily penalty points will be
accumulated.
25.5.19.3For teams:
a) On any day, the score awarded to a
224
team from an individual competitor
enjoy the ride
will be the difference between that
competitor’s point score for that day
and the point score of the lowest
scoring competitor for that day in the
same class.
a) For the team classification, the
times obtained by each team rider
will be added together to form the
daily time of the team. The team
with the total lowest time will be
placed first and so on,
b) Daily penalty points will be
accumulated.
25.5.19.4Where a competitor is a member of a
team:
a) The team will incur 15,000 7,200
penalty points for each day of
the event that that rider does not
complete.
b) If the competitor is permitted to restart
after exclusion for a day, the team will
incur 15,000 7,200 points for the day
the competitor was excluded plus
15,000 7,200 for each following day.
25.5.20 Exclusion from an Event
25.5.20.1A competitor is liable to be excluded from
an event for any of the following acts
during the event:
a) Competing on a machine with an
engine capacity different from that
stated on the entry form,
b) Receiving spare parts or tools
anywhere on the course except
the service areas. (ie. The Working
Area and at Time Checks between
the white and yellow flags),
i) Outside the working area, or
ii) At time checks outside the area
between the white and yellow
flags,
c) Replacing any marked part without
authoriSation,
d) Failing to have all marked parts on
the motorcycle at all times when
on the course. [ Except in the case
of Rule 25.5.11 i) vi)]
e) Placing the motorcycle in the
Parc Fermé without all the marked
parts.
f) Without authorisation, entering the
parc fermé other than to collect or
deliver the machine,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
g) In the parc fermé:
i) Touching any other competitor’s
machine,
ii) Touching his or her machine
other than for purposes of
collection or delivery,
h) Smoking in the parc fermé, working
area, or between the white and
yellow flags,
i) Placing the machine in the parc
fermé more than 2 hours after the
competitor’s scheduled finishing
time,
j) Without authorisation, placing the
machine in any tent, vehicle or other
enclosed place,
k) Carrying fuel on a machine other
than in a permanently attached tank
or container,
l) Not stopping the engine during
refueling,
m) Without authorisation:
i) Communicating with
accompanying persons,
ii) Being accompanied by another
competitor,
iii) Accompanying another
competitor.
n) Not observing traffic regulations,
o) Knowingly failing to hand in time
cards at the finish of each day,
p) Altering a time card or route card or
using another rider’s card,
q) Practicing on the special test course,
r) Inspecting the special test course
other than on foot,
s) Riding against the direction of the
course,
t) Competing on a machine the engine
of which exceeds the maximum
capacity of the entered class.
25.5.21 Exclusion for a Day
25.5.21.1A competitor is liable to be excluded for
the day from an event if, during that day,
they do any of the following:
a) Failing to pass a noise control test,
b) Refueling outside refueling areas,
c) Failing to deposit the machine in the
parc fermé forthwith after the final
check-in of the day,
d) Entering the parc fermé with the
enduro and reliability trials
engine running,
e) Receiving outside assistance other
than for purposes of:
i) Refueling,
ii) Removing, replacing and
replenishing:
Coolant,
Brake fluids,
Engine and gearbox lubricating oils. and removal and replacement of oil filters.
iii) Inflating tubes and tyres.
f) Arriving more than 60 minutes late
for:
i) The start,
ii) A time check.
g) Moving the machine otherwise than
by:
i) Its engine, or
ii) The actions of the competitor.
h) Riding off the course or against the
course direction,
i) Failing to get the time card and/or
control check list marked at a time
check,
j) Missing a time check or a route
check,
k) Changing tyres other than:
i) At the final service area, or
ii) In the working area in the start
area.
l) Receiving or using prohibited tools.
25.5.21.2A competitor liable to the penalties
prescribed in the 2 preceding Rules may
apply to the Steward for a reduction in
penalty. The Steward, on being satisfied
that penalties were incurred in exceptional
circumstances, may:
a) Determine that no penalty should be
imposed,
b) Impose a lesser penalty.
25.5.22 Explanation of Results
25.5.22.1A competitor may, no more than 24 hours
after the publication of the results of
any day’s run, request from the Clerk of
Course an explanation of those results.
225
225
25 enjoy the ride
enduro and reliability trials
25.6
COMPETITION RULES - jUNIOR
ENDURO
25.6.1.1 These rules are additional to and/or
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other enduro rules apply in this form of
the discipline unless modified by SCB by
laws or by the event SR.
25.6.2 Frames and Parts - Junior Enduro
25.6.2.1 Junior Solo wheel sizes:
CLASS
FRONT
50cc Demo
10” (254mm)
50cc Auto
65cc
85cc 2- &
150 cc 4-stroke
100cc
125cc - 200cc
2-stroke
250cc 4-stroke
REAR
25.7 AUSTRALIAN 4 DAY ENDURO
CHAMPIONSHIPS
10” (254mm)
25.7.1 Description of A4DE
25.7.1.1 The Australian Enduro Championships
will be a 4 day event known as the
Australian 4 Day Enduro (A4DE).
The A4DE will determine both the
Australian Team’s and the Australian
Individual Championships.
12” (305mm)
14” (356mm)
16” to 19”
(407mm to 482mm)
85cc Big Wheel
10”or 12”
(254 or 305mm)
14” to 15”
(356 to 381mm)
15” to 17”
(381 to 432mm)
18” to 21”
(457 to 534mm)
18” to 21”
(457 to 534mm)
17” to 21”
(432 to 534mm)
17” to 21”
(432 to 534mm)
25.6.2.2 Solo handlebars must be securely plugged
and have the following widths.
CLASS
80cc
80cc 4-stroke
100cc
200cc 2-stroke and 250cc 4-stroke
starting their machine at the special
test start line.
25.6.5.2 Junior riders may be given a new start
time should they stall their machine on
the start line.
25.6.5.3 Junior competitors may receive
parts anywhere on the course.
25.6.5.4 Junior competitors may receive outside
assistance anywhere on the course.
WIDTH (mm)
800
800
850
850
25.6.3 Engines - Junior Enduro
25.6.3.1 Maximum capacity of motorcycles for
Junior Enduro is 200cc 2-Stroke and
250cc 4-Stroke.
25.6.4 Enduro Courses- Junior
25.6.4.1 Enduro courses for juniors should have
time checks no less than 5km and no
more than 20km apart.
25.6.4.2 Enduro courses for juniors must have 1
refueling stop every 35km.
25.6.4.3 For Junior Enduros the total time for
the day of competition must not exceed
4 hours, including the 15 minutes at
the final time check.
25.6.5 Junior Event Procedures
226 25.6.5.1 Junior riders may receive assistance
25.7.2 A4DE Entries
25.7.2.1 The number of entries, both as to
maximum and minimum numbers, will
be as specified in the SR.
25.7.2.2 The closing date for entries will be 14
days before the event.
25.7.2.3 Priority will be given to teams over
individuals.
25.7.2.4 Each team entering for the event may
nominate a manager.
25.7.2.5 Team manager’s names must be
submitted to the Promoter no later
than the end of the preliminary
examination.
25.7.2.6 The team manager is responsible for
representing the team.
25.7.3 A4DE Jury
25.7.3.1 Each State which has entered a Trophy
Team or a Junior Trophy Team may
nominate a representative for the Jury,
subject to GCR 2.5.11.3.
25.7.4 A4DE Solo Classes
CLASS
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Class 5
CAPACITY
Up to 200cc 2-Stroke.
220cc to 250cc 2 stroke
Up to 250cc 4-Stroke.
290cc to 450cc 4 stroke
290cc to 500cc 2 stroke and
Over 500cc 4-Stroke.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Enduro 1
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke & 150cc to
250cc 4 stroke
Enduro 2
175cc to 250cc 2 stroke & 275cc to
450cc 4 stroke
Enduro 3
290cc to 500cc 2 stroke & 475cc to
650cc 4 stroke
25.7.5
25.7.5.1
25
A4DE Veteran Class
Riders must have turned 35 years before
1st January in the year of competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.7.6 A4DE Masters Class
Riders must have turned 45 years of age
before the 1st January in the year of
competition. Machines may be of any
capacity.
25.7.7 A4DE Women’s Class
25.7.7.1Women may ride machines of any
capacity.
25.7.7.2 To constitute a class, the number of
contestants entered and competeing will
be 6.
25.7.7.3 Should there be insufficient numbers in
this class, each competitor will compete
in the appropriate capacity class
25.7.8 Change of Machine
25.7.8.1 After the closing date for entries:
a) A competitor may apply in writing
to the jury for permission to change
machines,
b) A team may apply in writing to the
jury for permission:
i) For a team member to change
machines or to ride the entered
machine in a class different from
the 1 for which it was entered,
ii) To substitute 1 entered team
member for another.
c) Applications must be delivered to
the Clerk of the Course before the
preliminary machine examination,
d) The jury may grant permission
subject to such conditions as it thinks
fit or may refuse permission,
e) No team or competitor may change
the capacity of an entered machine.
25.7.9 Eligibility
25.7.9.1 Only solo machines are eligible for the
A4DE.
25.7.9.2 All machines entered in the A4DE must
enduro and reliability trials
have:
a) Working commercially available
headlight and tail light, visible to
other road users, either:
i) Permanently wired to illuminate,
or
ii) Able to be switched on or off
by a single switch mounted
on the handlebar or headlight
assembly.
b) A working brake light, visible to other
road users, operated by the brake
pedal or handlebar brake lever,
c) Other requirements as specified in
the SR to comply with road traffic
laws of the host State.
25.7.9.3 No motorcycle may enter the A4DE parc
fermé without a fixed stand approved at
machine examination.
25.7.9.4 Where a stand breaks during 1 of the days
of competition, the competitor has until the
end of the next day’s competition to repair
or replace the stand. In the meantime,
the machine will be allowed into the parc
fermé without a stand under conditions
decided by the Clerk of Course. Failure
to repair of replace the stand within the
prescribed time will result in exclusion for
the event.
25.7.10 Cancellation
25.7.10.1MA may, if it considers that there are
insufficient entries for an A4DE, cancel
the event.
25.7.10.2In the event of a cancellation under this
Rule, entry fees must be refunded.
25.8
THE COURSE – A4DE
25.8.1 Requirements of Course
25.8.1.1 The course must consist of roads that are
passable in all kinds of weather.
25.8.1.2 The total distance to be covered will be no
less than 600 km nor more than 1,000 km
with no more than 3 laps each day.
25.8.1.3 The course must be marked with a
different colour for each day. A different
colour must be used for marking the
route each day except when the route
is the same and in the same direction
on consecutive days.
25.8.1.4 A draft of the proposed SR for the event,
together with samples of all marking signs 227
227
25 enduro and reliability trials
25.8.1.5
25.8.1.6
25.8.1.6
25.8.1.7
228
to be used in the event, must be delivered
to the Enduro Commission not less than 4
months before the date of the event.
The starting order must be established
to allow the Trophy, Junior Trophy and
selected seeded riders to start first
Riders not in Trophy Teams may be
seeded The seeded position of riders must
be approved by the Enduro Commission.
At the end of each day the course must:
a) Have a final service area before the
final time check point,
b) Have before the final service area, a
pre-finish time check point,
i) Which is a no service time
check,
ii) After which competitors have 15
minutes to reach the final time
check.
The starting area must:
a) Contain a parc fermé to which all
access and egress is controlled
and which connects directly to the
working area,
b) Contain a working area from which
there is only 1 exit to the starting
enclosure and where machine
maintenance may be carried out,
c) Contain a starting enclosure at 1
end of which is the starting line and
in which the competitors await the
starting signal,
d) Be secured by fencing or otherwise
regulated as to access so as to
prevent the entry of unauthorised
persons,
e) Be in the charge of officials who are
clearly identified,
f) Have its entrance and exit clearly
marked.
25.8.2 Completion of Course
25.8.2.1 Subject to the following sub-Rules, each
competitor must complete all 4 runs.
25.8.2.2 A competitor who is excluded for 1 day:
a) May restart on the next following day,
but
b) If excluded for a further 1 day, may
not restart.
25.8.2.3 For a team to be classified as finishing, at
least 1 rider must complete the course.
25.8.2.4 If the event is stopped prematurely by the
enjoy the ride
jury it cannot be re-run.
25.8.2.5 If the event is stopped before the majority
of riders have completed half the total
distance the event will be declared null
and void.
25.8.2.6 If the event is stopped at a later stage
the jury will decide whether the event is
void or declare such results and awards
as they consider justified according to the
circumstances.
25.8.3 Tests of Course
25.8.3.1 On each of the first 3 days there must be
at least 4 special tests which must consist
of at least 1 Enduro test and 1 cross
test:
a) At the end of the final day there must
be a final test,or
b) There must be a shortened final day
with at least 3 timed tests.
25.9Preliminary Examination- A4DE
25.9.1Preliminary Examination - Marking of Parts
25.9.1.1 The Scrutineer must, using paint, mark
the following parts At the preliminary
examination, the following parts will
be marked with paint or non removable
sticker with competitor’s numbers as
follows:
a) Main section of the frame on the
right hand side of steering head - 1
b) Hub of each wheel - 2
c) Right side of crankcase - 1
d) Exhaust system - 1
25.9.1.2 The markings on wheel hubs, crankcase
and exhaust system must be heat
resistant.
25.9.1.3Other than for the purpose of repairs and
maintenance authorised under these
Rules, no competitor may, during an
event, without authorisation replace or
change, or cause or permit to be replaced
or changed, any part marked at the
preliminary examination.
25.9.1.4 The rider will sign an agreement
certifying that the parts have been
properly marked. This declaration
must indicate the frame number.
25.9.1.5 The use of an environmental mat, or
other effective device, is obligatory at the
place where assistance and refueling is
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
authorised by the organiser.
25.10 Publication of Results - A4DE
25.10.1 Publications of Results Requirements
25.10.1.1Subject to the following Rule, the results
of each day of the competition must be
published as soon as possible after the
completion of the day.
25.10.1.2 If it is impracticable to publish in accordance
with the preceding Rule, the results
must be published before the evening
jury meeting and competitors must be
informed not later than the time for
resumption of the next day.
25.11 A4DE Awards
25.11.1 A4DE Awards – The Challenge Trophy
25.11.1.1The Trophy is an Australian Championship
competition for State teams, and other
invited teams.
25.11.1.2Subject to the following 2 Rules, each
SCB may enter 1 team comprising 6
competitors whose licences must have
been issued by that SCB.
25.11.1.3MNSW may enter, in addition to its own
team, an ACT team which comprises
a team of competitors in which each
competitor:
a) Must hold a licence issued by
MNSW;
b) Must have a licence, which names
an ACT Club.
25.11.1.4An SCB, which includes in its team a
competitor:
a) Who has previously held a licence
issued in Australia; and
b) Who is competing under Chapter 3;
must have been the issuing SCB for that previous Australian licence.
25.11.1.5The 6 motorcycles of each team must belong
to at least 3 different capacity classes.
25.11.1.6The winning team will be awarded the
Challenge Trophy.
25.11.1.7Each member of the winning team will be
awarded a souvenir trophy.
25.11.1.8The second and third placed teams will
receive special awards.
25.11.1.9The results of the Challenge Trophy will
enduro and reliability trials
be established in the following order:
a) The team with the highest number of
riders finishing the event.
b) The team with the lowest number of
points.
25.11.1.10 Ties will be resolved in the following
manner:
a) The score of the rider with the
highest number of points will be
deducted from the team’s total
points.
b) If a tie still exists, the scores of the
2 riders with the highest number
of points will be deducted from the
team’s total points.
25.11.1.11Riders nominated in the Veterans, Masters
and Women’s class are not eligible for the
Trophy Team.
25.11.2 A4DE Awards – The Junior Trophy
25.11.2.1The Junior Trophy is an Australian
Championship for State Teams, and other
invited national teams.
25.11.2.2Subject to the following 2 Rules, each
SCB may enter 1 team comprising 4
competitors whose licences must have
been issued by that SCB.
25.11.2.3MNSW may enter, in addition to its own
team, an ACT team which comprises
a team of competitors in which each
competitor:
a) Must hold a licence issued by
MNSW;
b) Must have a licence, which names
an ACT Club.
25.11.2.4An SCB, which includes in its team a
competitor:
a) Who has previously held a licence
issued in Australia; and
b) Who is competing under Chapter 3.
must have been the issuing SCB for that
previous Australian licence.
25.11.2.5Each competitor must be under the age of
23 years as at January 1 in the year of the
event
25.11.2.6A rider nominated for a Trophy Team
cannot also be a member of a Junior
Trophy Team.
25.11.2.7The 4 motorcycles in each team must be
at least of 2 different classes.
25.11.2.8Results will be determined as for the
229
229
25 Trophy Teams.
25.11.2.9Each member of the winning team will be
awarded a souvenir trophy.
25.11.2.10 The second and third placed teams will
receive special awards.
25.11.2.11 Riders nominated in the Women’s class are not
eligible for the Junior Trophy Team.
25.11.3 A4DE Awards – The Club Team Awards
25.11.3.1The Club Team Awards are a competition
into which each SCB may enter 1 or more
teams.
25.11.3.2A Club Team:
a) Must be nominated by a
motorcycling club affiliated to the
SCB;
b) Must consist of 3 three riders
each of whom must have their
competition licence issued
through the nominating club.
25.11.3.3No competitor may be a member of more
than 1 one club team.
25.11.3.4Competitors in the Trophy, Junior Trophy
or Motorcycle Trade team events are
ineligible for this competition.
25.11.3.5Results will be determined as for the
Trophy Teams.
25.11.3.6The first 3 three club teams will receive
special awards.
25.11.3.7Riders nominated as Veterans, Masters
and Women’s classes are eligible and
classification points will be calculated as
per the Veterans, Masters and Women’s
classes.
25.11.4 A4DE Awards – The Trade Team Awards
25.11.4.1The Trade Team Awards are a competition
in which any trader within the motorcycle
trade may enter a team consisting of 3
riders.
25.11.4.2A competitor may not be a member of
more than 1 Trade Team
25.11.4.3A competitor in a Club team is ineligible
for this competition.
25.11.4.4Results will be determined as for the
Trophy Teams.
25.11.4.5The 3 best teams will receive special
awards.
25.11.4.6Riders nominated as Veterans, Masters
and Women’s classes are eligible but will
230
enjoy the ride
enduro and reliability trials
be scored as per the capacity class of the
motorcycle they are riding.
25.11.5 A4DE Awards – The Individual Riders
Medals
25.11.5.1The Gold Medal of MA will be awarded to
all riders whose total number of points do
not exceed 110% of the number of points
achieved by the first rider of that class.
25.11.5.2The Silver Medal of MA will be awarded to
all riders whose total number of points do
not exceed 140% of the number of points
achieved by the first rider of that class.
25.11.5.3The Bronze Medal of MA will be awarded
to all riders who complete the A4DE within
the allotted time.
25.12 CROSS COUNTRY
25.12.0.1These rules are additional to and/or
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other Enduro rules apply in this form of
the discipline unless modified by SCB
bylaws or the event SR.
25.12.0.2Cross Country is an off road, natural
terrain, continuous multi-lap event with
each lap being between 10 kms and 20
kms in length. The rider or team in each
class completing the most laps in the
least elapsed time will be declared the
winner of the class.
25.12.0.3Cross Country events may be run over:
a) A specified number of laps, or
b) A specified length of time.
25.12.0.4Cross Country events must:
a) Start with riders lined up in single
rows,
b) Have a maximum of 40 riders per
row,
c) Start only 1 row at a time,
d) Have a minimum of 1 minute
between rows starting.
25.12.0.5Prior to competition there will be an
escorted preliminary lap of the course.
25.12.0.6Outside mechanical assistance is
permitted in areas designated by the
organiser (including receiving tools and
parts).
25.12.1 Cross Country Pony Express
25.12.1.1Pony Express is a form of Cross Country
racing in which usually riders participate
under the following conditions:
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
25
a) 2 riders and 2 machines,
b) 2 riders and 1 machine,
c) Iron man Class - 1 rider and 1
machine.
25.13 sprint
25.13.0.1These rules are additional to and/or
exceptions to current Enduro rules. All
other enduro rules apply in this form of
the discipline unless modified by SCB
by-laws or the event SR.
25.13.0.2Sprint is an off road, natural terrain
event consisting of a number of heats of
a short course. Each heat is set along
the lines of an Enduro Special Test. The
rider in each class with the least total
elapsed time will be declared the winner
of the class.
25.13.0.3Sprint heats will adhere to Enduro rules
for Timed tests (GCR 25.5.14)
25.13.0.4The Clerk of Course will confirm the
number of heats to be run on the day
as soon as practical after the end of the
first heat.
25.13.0.5To be considered a finisher, riders must
start all heats and complete at least
75% of the heats.
25.13.0.6A rider who does not complete a heat
will be awarded the slowest heat time in
their class plus 100 seconds.
25.13.0.7In National and Open Competitions a
rider is only permitted to enter 1 class
of the event.
25.13.0.8Multiple entry of 1 machine in the same class is not permitted.
25.13.0.9Full mechanical assistance is permitted in areas designated by the organiser.
25.13.0.10 A Cross Country Sprint may include a timed enduro loop between each heat.
25.13.0.11Prior to competition there will be an escorted preliminary lap of the sprint
25.14 Australian Off Road
Championships
25.14.1 Description of AOR Championships
25.14.1.1 The Australian Off Road Championships
will be decided over a series of events
from the enduro discipline. These may
include Enduro, Sprint, Cross Country
and Enduro Sprint. The number of
rounds will be prescribed in the Series
Supplementary Regulations.
enduro and reliability trials
25.14.2 Australian Off Road Championship Entries
25.14.2.1For a Championship to be awarded there
must be a minimum of 10 entries in each
class (Women minimum of 6 entries for
2009) for each round of the Championship
25.13.3 Australian Off Road Championship classes
SENIOR CLASSES
CAPACITY
Class E1
100cc to 150cc 2 stroke &
150cc to 250cc 4 stroke
Class E2
175cc to 250cc 2 stroke &
275cc to 450cc 4 stroke
Class E3
290cc to 500cc 2 stroke &
475cc to 650cc 4 stroke
JUNIOR CLASSES
CAPACITY
Class J1 - 9-11yrs
85cc 2 stroke
Up to 150cc 4 stroke
(Standard Wheels only)
Class J2 - 12-13yrs
85cc 2 stroke
Up to 150cc 4 stroke
Class J3 - 14-15yrs
85cc 2 stroke
Up to 150cc 4 stroke
Class J4 - 13-14 yrs
125cc - 200cc 2-stroke
150cc - 250cc 4-stroke
Class J5 - 15 yrs
125cc - 200cc 2-stroke
150cc - 250cc 4-stroke
25.14.4 Australian Off Road ChampionshipVeterans Class.
25.14.4.1Riders must have turned 35 years before
1 January in the year of competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.14.5 Australian Off Road ChampionshipMasters Class
25.14.5.1Riders must have turned 45 years before
1 January in the year of the competition.
Machines may be of any capacity.
25.14.6Australian Off Road Championship-
Womens Class
25.14.6.1Women may ride machines of any
capacity.
25.14.6.2To constitute a class, there must be a
minimum of 6 competitors entered and
competing in the Womens class.
25.14.6.3Should there be insuffficient numbers in
this class, the riders will be included in the
appropriate capacity class.
231
231
25 enduro and reliability trials
25.14.7 Validity of Championships
25.14.7.1For a Championship to be awarded in
a class there must be a valid field in at
least 75% of the rounds in that class (a
minimum of 10 competitors for each
class except the Womens class which
must have a minimum of 6 otherwise
the total of all rounds will not constitute a
Championship.
25.14.8 Australian Off Road Eligibility
25.14.8.1Only solo machines are eligible for the
Australian Off Road Championships.
232
enjoy the ride
25.14.8.2All machines must comply with GCRs
25.2.1.2 to 25.2.1.6.
25.14.8.3The use of an environment mat, or
other effective device is obligatory at the
place where assistance and refueling is
authorised by the organiser.
25.14.9 Australian Off Road Awards
25.14.9.1Winners and place getters will receive MA
medallions as per GCR 13.3.1
25.14.9.2Other awards and/or prizemoney will be
awarded as detailed in the Event SR.
2009 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26
26.1
MINIKHANA
INTRODUCTION
The following Minikhana Rules are written to
facilitate the organisation of uniform, safe and fair
competitions.
The express purpose of Minikhana motorcycling
is the development of riding skills and techniques
for junior competitors by providing an organised
competition, where skill, rather than speed is the
determining factor.
26.2
Protective Clothing- minikhana
26.2.0.1 No competitor may practice, start or
compete in any Minikhana competition
unless wearing the following protective
equipment and clothing:
26.2.1 Helmet
26.2.1.1 An approved and correctly fitting helmet
which must:
a) Carry the Standards Association of
Australia “AS 1698” label; or
b) Be approved under Rule 01.69
& 01.70 of the Road Racing FIM
Technical Rules [see Appendix 1].
26.2.2 Clothing
26.2.2.1 Trousers of leather or a non-combustible
synthetic material.
26.2.2.2 A long sleeved shirt or jersey which must
be:
a) Made of close knit fabric of natural
or synthetic fibre,
b) Must be a snug fit and provide
protection against abrasion to the
body and arms.
26.2.2.3 For Minicross, mini Enduro and Reliability
events commercially manufactured body
armour must be worn.
26.2.3 Footwear
26.2.3.1 Boots which must be:
a) Constructed of leather, plastic or
other similarly durable material, and
b) Of a length that must at least cover ¾ of
the length of the lower leg, with the rider
in a racing position on the machine.
26.2.4 Gloves
26.2.4.1 Gloves of leather or other material of
similar or greater durability.
26.2.5 Goggles and Visors
26.2.5.1 Eye protection, including spectacles,
protective goggles, helmet visors and/or
‘tear-offs’ must be worn provided:
a) Eye protectors and spectacles are
made of non-shattering material,
b) Eye protectors which cause visual
disturbance are not to be used,
c) Metal or perspex face shields are not used,
d) Eye shades or peaks are of a
flexible material.
26.2.6 Hair and Jewellery
26.2.6.1 Hair longer than shoulder length must be
confined in the helmet or jacket.
26.2.6.2 Body jewellery is to be removed or
securely covered with tape prior to
competition.
26.2.7 Footwear in pits
26.2.7.1 Closed footwear must be worn in the
pit area or any competition area at all
times.
26.3
Frames and parts- MINIKHANA
26.3.0.1 All machines must remain standard with
the manufacturer’s specifications with
the exception of:
a) Exhaust system,
b) Gearing,
c) Carburettor jetting,
d) Plastics,
e) Handlebars.
26.3.0.2 With the exception of rear shock
absorber(s), all motorcycles shall comply
with the manufacturer’s specifications.
26.3.0.3 Efficient brakes must be fitted as per
manufacturer’s specifications.
26.3.0.4 When the brake arm or lever is of the
233
enjoy the ride
26 minikhana
open or hooked type, the brake actuating
rod or cable must be secured so as to
prevent accidental dislodgment.
26.3.0.5 An ignition cut out switch, operating on
the primary circuit must be fitted to the
handlebars in an accessible position.
26.3.0.6 Handlebar pads must be fitted over
crossbar or handlebar mounting clamp.
26.3.0.7 Handlebar ends must be securely plugged.
26.3.0.8 Handlebar lever protectors, where fitted,
must be single mounted.
26.3.0.9 All glass and plastic lenses shall be either
removed or covered with a fabric backed tape.
26.3.0.10Front and rear mudguards to be fitted.
26.3.0.11 Wheel sizes:
CLASS
FRONT
REAR
Miniwheel
14”
12”
Standard Wheel
17”
14”
Big Wheel
19”
16”
26.4engines- MINIKHANA
26.4.0.1 Noise emissions must not exceed
95dB(A) as measured in GCR 12.10
26.4.0.2 50cc motorcycles are to comply with GCR 12.10
26.4.0.3 The maximum capacity of any engine
in Minikhana is 100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke .
26.5
Classes & categories- minikhana
26.5.0.1 No 50cc rider shall exceed the age of 11 yrs.
26.5.0.2 Riders in the Mini Wheel grades shall be a
minimum age of 7 years and under 16 years.
26.5.0.3 Riders in the 85cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
grades shall be a minimum age of 9 years.
26.5.0.4 Riders in the Big Wheel 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke class shall be
a minimum age of 12 years.
26.5.0.5 All Big Wheel 85cc/100cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke riders aged between 12
years and 15 years must ride in the Junior
Combined grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke category.
26.5.0.6 All senior riders can only ride in either
the Senior Combined grade Big Wheel
85cc/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke
or Senior A grade Big Wheel 85cc/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke categories.
26.5.1 Grading
26.5.1.1 Senior competitors can only compete in either
the Senior A or Combined Grade 85/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke categories.
234
26.5.1.2 The Big Wheel class shall be the premier class
and shall be the final event of the meeting.
26.5.1.3 Competitors shall be graded according to
ability into 1 of the following classes for
their age group and machine capacity.
a
A Grade
b
B Grade
c
C Grade
d
Mini Wheel
e
Junior Combined
Big Wheel
Senior Combined
Big Wheel
Senior A Big
Wheel.
f
g
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
50cc, 65cc, 85cc 2-stroke or
150cc 4-stroke
(Aged 7 to U16) Subject to all
other rules machines prescribed in
12.16.1.1.a and correct wheel size
for 65 cc prescribed in 12.17.3 are
permitted to be used in this grade
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke (Aged 12 to U16),
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke
85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke
26.5.1.4 Grading of competitors is utilised instead
of grouping. Age differences of more than
4 years is acceptable.
26.5.1.5 A competitor may change their grading
by making formal application through the
competitors club.
26.5.1.6 A competitor who successfully requests
to be upgraded within the competitor’s
age group shall not be down graded
whilst eligible for that age group.
26.5.1.7 A competitor may be granted a temporary
grading change for any particular competition
with the approval of the SCB Grading Officer
to ensure each event has the required number
of starters. Such temporary grading changes
shall be effective for only that meeting. Points
earned during temporary grading changes
shall be accredited to the competitor’s
accumulated tally for the competitor’s official
grade.
26.5.1.8 A competitor who elects to ride in a higher grade
must continue in that class for future events.
26.5.1.9 All competitors may be upgraded within
the competitor’s age group by successful
completion of Championship events or accrual
of 21 points in the competitors accumulated
tally.
26.5.1.10Grading books will be available on all
competition days.
26.5.1.11Grading changes will not occur at
Championship events.
26.5.1.12Riders who place 1st or 2nd in C grade at
interclub or State events will be upgraded
to B Grade. Riders who place 1st in B
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26minikhana
grade at interclub or State events will be
upgraded to A Grade.
26.5.1.13When a rider goes from 80cc Mini Wheel
to a 65cc the rider may be dropped a
maximum of 1 grade and if the rider
goes from 80cc Mini Wheel to 85/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke the rider may
be dropped a maximum of 2 grades. Any
60cc rider going to Mini Wheel 80cc must
ride at the equivalent grade.
26.5.1.14 When a rider who has ridden in 85/100cc
2-stroke or 150cc 4-stroke grade goes to Junior
combined Big Wheel 85/100cc 2-stroke or 150cc
4-stroke, they must ride at the equivalent grade.
26.5.1.15When a rider who has ridden an automatic
50cc machine and goes up to a geared 60cc
or 80cc machine the rider may be dropped a
maximum of 2 grades.
26.5.2 Rider and Machine Identification
26.5.2.1 All competitors must wear an approved
riding vest or jersey with club and rider
number identification as an outer garment.
26.5.3 Minikhana Number Plates
26.5.3.1 The background colour on the front and
side number plates (the size of which will
be as per manufacturer’s specification) is
the official grading colour.
CLASS/GRADE
A Grade
B Grade
C Grade
Non Competitive
Mini Wheel Grade
Junior Combined
Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
Senior Combined
Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
Senior A Grade
Big Wheel
85cc/100cc
BACKGROUND
FIGURE
COLOUR
COLOUR
Yellow
Black
Red
White
White
Black
Green
White
Background & number colours
to be in accordance with the
appropriate grading of the rider.
Background & number colours
to be in accordance with the
appropriate grading of the rider.
Black
White
Yellow
Black
26.6competition Rules- MINIKHANA
26.6.0.1 A machine may only be ridden by 1 rider during a
meeting and may not be substituted for another.
26.6.0.2 Placings can only be achieved by the
correct completion of an event.
26.6.1 Scoring
26.6.1.1 For Championship events, points will be
awarded as listed below:
a) Club, the club amassing the most
number of places will be the
Championship Club;.
b) Individual, the competitors amassing the
highest point score in each class shall be
the Championship winner of that class
PLACING
CLUB POINTS
1st
2nd
3rd
3 points
2 points
1 point
INDIVIDUAL
POINTS
17 points
12 points
9 points
26.6.1.2 For other than Trials, ties for 1st or 2nd will
be resolved by a run-off between the tied
competitors. Trials will be resolved by a
count back. Competitors tied for 3rd will
each be awarded 3rd place.
26.6.1.3 For all other events the method of scoring
will be as prescribed in SR.
26.6.2 Starting Procedure
26.6.2.1 All starts shall be from the right hand end of the
Start/Finish line facing towards the course.
26.6.2.2 All starts shall be flag starts.
26.6.2.3 Minicross starts may be by mechanical means.
26.6.2.4 Footing areas shall be on the start/finish
line side of marker 1 and on the opposite
side for all other markers.
26.6.2.5 Unless otherwise stated, only the left foot
may be used when footing permitted.
26.6.2.6 Start and finish of an event is deemed to
be when:
a) The front axle crosses the start line, and
b) The front axle crosses the finish line.
26.6.2.7 Competitors are to stop competing and
remain stationary when shown the Black
Flag. The Marshall will display the Black
Flag until acknowlegded by the Event
Controller.
26.6.2.8 Competitors must be informed of faults when
reported by either the flag Marshal or an official.
26.6.2.9 A minimum of 4 lanes will be available per
each event area. Competitors to draw for
lanes.
26.6.2.10The number of heats will be maximised to
ensure maximum amount of competitors
compete in the final while not unduly
increase the total number of heats.
26.6.2.11Use the following table to calculate
numbers of riders in heats.
235
enjoy the ride
26 minikhana
Total no of Riders
4
5
6
+4
+3 +2
+2 +2 +2
7
+3 +2 +2
8
+2 +2 +2 +2
9
+3 +2 +2 +2
10
+3 +3 +2 +2
11
+3 +3 +3 +2
12
+3 +3 +3 +3
13
+4 +3 +3 +3
14
+4 +4 +3 +3
15
+4 +4 +4 +3
16
+4 +4 +4 +4
17
+2 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
18
+3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
19
+4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
20
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3
21
+4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
22
+4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
23
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
24
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
25
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
26
+4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
27
+4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3 +3
28
+4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3 +3
29
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
30
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
31
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
32
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
33
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3 +3
34
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
35
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
25mm P.V.C. pipe
36
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
Witch’s hat
37
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3 +3
38
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +3
39
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 3+
40
+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +4
26.6.3 Fault
26.6.3.1 Fault, as defined by elimination faults for
each event:
a) Competitors making more than 2
false starts in an event shall be
eliminated,
b) Only successful completion of
an event will allow competitors to
progress to the next round,
c) Allowing front axle to cross into the
footing area of a marker already
completed will be deemed to have
not followed the course procedure,
d) Only competitors having been equally
placed in their heat/semi finals may
compete against each other in a final.
(i.e. 1st v 1st, 2nd v 2nd, etc).
26.6.4 Flags and Signals
26.6.4.1 Competitors who do not obey flag signals
will be excluded from the event.
26.6.5
Witch’s Hats (diagram)
V- Slot to accept
150 mm rubber ring
Witch’s Hat
760mm
Approx 500mm
236
NUMBER IN HEATS
26.6.2.12The official of the event shall advise each
competitor of successful completion of the
course.
26.6.2.13Competitors must complete the course to
win the event:
a) If all competitors in a final fault, 1
re-run must occur and if the re-run
is unsuccessfully completed the last
competitor to fault shall be declared
the winner,
b) If there are insufficient competitors for
more than 1 heat then the heat will be
deemed to be the final. There will be
no re-runs if all riders fault. Only
riders successfully completing
the course can place in the event.
Riders must complete the course to
gain a place.
26
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26.7
MInIkhana
COURSES- MINIKHANA
F= 4m
E= 1.83m E= 1.83m
E = 4 metres.
C = 2.7 metres
F = 16.5 metres.
26.7.2 Orange Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.2.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used.
4
A
3
A
2
C= 2.74m
1
B
D= 3m
26.7.3 Orange Course Procedure
26.7.3.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone
markers to his / her left circles marker 5, returns to pass
marker 1 and then continues to pass marker 1.
26.7.3.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker
per circuit until after circling marker 1 the competitor then
continues to cross the finish line.
26.7.3.3 Unlimited footing with the left foot is permitted.
26.7.3.4 In case of machine stalling, the competitor may restart the
engine ensuring only the left foot makes contact with the ground.
26.7.3.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.3.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner
of that round of events.
There shall
be 500mm
between
event
areas
A
C= 2.74m
Note: There shall be 500mm between event areas.
NOTE:
G= 16.5m
B = Footing area for marker 1.
area for
marker 1
5
C= 2.74m
D = 3.0 metres.
B= Footing
A
C= 2.74m
A = Footing area for marker 2, 3, 4, 5.
A= Footing
area for
marker 2,3,4,5
C= 2.74m
26.7.1 Basic Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.1.1 The basic course layout for 1 competitor will cover an area of
4 metres by 16.5 metres.
26.7.1.2 The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked with
lane tape or rope.
26.7.1.3 Traffic cones (witches hats) will be used as the required markers
placed along the centre line of the course at 2.7 metre spacings.
Start
Finish
Basic Course
not drawn to scale
Flag
Marshall
26.7.4 Orange Course Elimination
26.7.4.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers or tapes,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Removing both hands from handlebars,
d) Not straddling machine,
e) Failing to follow course procedure,
f) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed,
g) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously
rounded marker.
4
26.7.5
2
5
3
Looping (see Orange Diagram for details)
26.7.6 Looping Course and Procedure
26.7.6.1 This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Orange
event with the exception that footing is not permitted.
26.7.6.2 Competitors who stall their machine may restart provided that
neither foot makes contact with the ground.
26.7.6.3 Competitors will also be eliminated if either foot makes any
contact with the ground.
1
Finish
Marshall
Finish
Start
Orange
not drawn to scale
237
26
enjoy the ride
MInIkhana
26.7.6.4 Finishing order will be achieved as in the Orange event.
Flag
Marshall
26.7.7 Ring Return Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.7.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the
centre of the traffic cone and rubber rings.
26.7.7.2 Plumber’s rings approximately 150 mm inside diameter to be used.
26.7.7.3 The pole to be inserted in the traffic cone as per Witch’s Hat
diagram.
26.7.7.4 Rubber rings to be placed on poles at markers 2, 3, 4, & 5 on the
side furthermost from the start / finish line.
26.7.8 Ring Return Procedure
26.7.8.1 Competitor starts at the Start line and keeping traffic cone markers
to their left circles marker 5, picking up the ring and returns to pass
marker 1 and places ring over marker 1 pole and then continues to
pass marker 4 repeating the process of retrieving the rings.
26.7.8.2 This is repeated reducing the course length by 1 marker per circuit
until after circling marker 2.
26.7.8.3 After the final ring is placed over marker 1 pole they then complete
an extra circuit around marker 5 before crossing the finish line.
26.7.8.4 Footing with the left foot is permitted in the footing areas only.
26.7.8.5 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have
successfully completed the course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.8.6 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner
of that round of events.
2
1
Finish
Marshall
Start
Finish
Ring Return
not drawn to scale
F= 4m
E= 1.83m E= 1.83m
A= Footing
area for
marker 2,3,4,5
B= Footing
area for
marker 1
A
NOTE:
There shall
be 500mm
between
event
areas
5
A
4
G= 16.5m
C= 2.74m
A
3
C= 2.74m
A
2
C= 2.74m
1
B
D= 3m
238
26.7.11 Bending Procedure
26.7.11.1 Competitors start at the start line and passes marker 1 on
competitors left side, then changes direction to pass marker 2 on
competitors right side, marker 3 on competitors left side, marker
4 on competitors right side and circles marker 5 on competitors
left side and returns to the finish line passing the markers in the
same manner, i.e. markers 4 and 2 on competitor’s right side and
markers 3 and 1 on competitors left.
3
C= 2.74m
26.7.10 Bending Course (see Basic Diagram for details)
26.7.10.1 Basic course with traffic cones only to be used.
4
C= 2.74m
26.7.9 Ring Return Elimination
26.7.9.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be
touched by the hand during removal or placement of the ring
over the pole,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure,
g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed,
h) Front axle passing into defined footing area of previously
rounded marker,
i) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground,
j) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting to pick up ring.
5
Start
Finish
Basic Course
not drawn to scale
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26
MInIkhana
26.7.11.2 Crossing the finishing line after passing marker 1.
26.7.11.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final /
final.
26.7.11.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the
winner of that round of events.
Flag
Marshall
Footing area
LEFT foot
only
26.7.12 Bending Elimination
26.7.12.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers or tapes,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing outside footing area behind marker 5,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure.
5
4
26.7.13 Ring Bending Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.13.1 This uses the basic course layout with the addition of poles in the
centre of the traffic cone and 3 rubber rings. Rubber rings will be
placed on the pole in marker 5, 1 per time by an official.
26.7.14 Ring Bending Procedure
26.7.14.1 Competitors will ride the course in the same manner as in the
Bending event with the exception that when circling marker 5 the
competitor removes thee rubber ring from the pole (official will
place next rubber ring on marker 5 pole) and then proceeds to
marker 1 as in the Bending event.
26.7.14.2 Competitor will circle marker 1 and place rubber ring over the pole
in marker 1 and will then continue the event until all 3 rubber rings
have been placed over marker 1 when the competitor will cross
the finishing line.
26.7.14.3 The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who
have successfully completed the course per heat / semi final /
final.
26.7.14.4 The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will
be the winner of that round of events.
26.7.16 Slow Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.16.1 The course will be a lane 500mm wide by 16.5 metres long.
2
1
Footing area
LEFT foot only
on return
Finish
Marshall
Finish
Bending
Orange
Start
not
to scale
scale
not drawn
drawn to
Finish
500mm
wide
16.5 metres
26.7.15 Ring Bending Elimination
26.7.15.1 Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching markers, poles or tapes. Poles may only be
touched by the hand during removal or placement of the ring
over the pole,
b) Footing with the right foot,
c) Footing with the left foot outside of the footing area,
d) Removing both hands from handlebars,
e) Not straddling machine,
f) Failing to follow course procedure,
g) Crossing the start / finish line before course is completed,
h) Dropping ring allowing it touch the ground,
i) Causing ring to fall over marker while attempting pt pick up
ring.
3
Start
Slow Ride
239
enjoy the ride
26 minikhana
26.7.17 Slow Course Procedure
26.7.17.1Competitor will start with the machine’s front axle on the start line.
26.7.17.2At the start order the competitor has a maximum of 3 seconds to enter the event area (front axle
passes start line) and ensure their feet are not in contact with the ground.
26.7.17.3Forward motion does not have to be maintained.
26.7.17.4Event is complete when front axle passes finish line.
26.7.17.5The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the
course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.17.6The competitor who had the highest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events.
26.7.18 Slow Course Elimination
26.7.18.1Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Slow start (feet in contact with ground after 3 seconds),
b) Touching tapes,
c) Footing.
26.7.19 Clover Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.19.1Competitors will ride passing through the 6 markers placed in a triangle to form a clover pattern.
26.7.19.2Car tyres will be used as course markers.
26.7.20 Clover Procedure
26.7.20.1Competitors will start from start line and circles marker 1 on their left side then circle marker 2 on
their right then circle marker 3 on their right and exit through the start finish line markers.
26.7.20.2Competitors may foot providing that both feet do not touch the ground at the same time and there
shall be no determining factors as to when the left or right footing commences or ceases other than
the requirement that the left foot may touch for left turns and right foot for right turns.
26.7.20.3The finishing order shall be the elapsed time of competitors who have successfully completed the
course per heat / semi final / final.
26.7.20.4The competitor who had the lowest elapsed time will be the winner of that round of events.
7.65 metres
7.65 metres
2 metres
5.65 metres
5.65 metres
2 metres
2 metres
26.7.22 No Footing Clover Course (see
Diagram for details)
26.7.22.1This uses the same course and
6.65 metres
riding procedure as the Clover event
with the exception that footing is not
permitted.
26.7.22.2Competitors will also be eliminated
if either foot makes any contact with
the ground.
26.7.22.3Finishing order will be achieved as in the Clover event.
5.65 metres
5.65 metres
26.7.21 Clover Elimination
26.7.21.1Competitors will be eliminated from
the event for the following:
a) Touching a marker,
b) Both feet making contact with
the ground at the same time,
c) Failure to follow the course
procedure,
d) Riding outside the course
boundary.
Start & Finish
2 metres
Clover
not drawn to scale
26.7.23 Start and Park Course (see Diagram for details)
240 26.7.23.1The basic course layout will cover an area of 6 metres by 20 metres.
6.65 metres
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26minikhana
26.7.23.2The side and end boundary of the course shall be marked
with lane tape or rope.
26.7.23.3Witch’s Hats will be used as the required markers placed
along the centre line of the course at 4 metre spacings.
4 metres
4 metres
Stop
Box
Start
4 metres
2m
wide
Start and Park
not drawn to scale
26.7.26 O Ring Relay Course (see Diagram for details)
26.7.26.1This uses the same course and riding procedure as the Start and Park
event with the exception that competitors will be in teams.
26.7.26.2An O ring, as used in the Ring events, shall be carried by each competitor
in turn whilst riding the course.
26.7.26.3Competitors cannot start their leg of the relay until the previous competitor
has successfully completed the course and passed on the O
ring.
6 metres
Imaginary line through
centre of witch’s hat
50 metres
1m
wide
Stop
Box
2 metres
long
26.7.27 Acceleration and Braking Course
26.7.27.1This event is conducted on an out and back course.
26.7.27.2A marker is placed 50 metres from the start finish line.
26.7.27.3Competitors will leave start line circle the marker and return
to the stop box.
26.7.27.4Competitor’s machine must be completely in the confines of
the stop box.
26.7.27.5Footing with left foot is only permitted at the marker on the
side opposite to the start line and in the stop box.
26.7.27.6The competitor who successfully completes the course with
the lowest elapsed time will be the winner.
26.7.27.7The nature of this type of event precludes it being used as a
run-off event.
4 metres
26.7.25 Start and Park Elimination
26.7.25.1Competitors will be eliminated from the event for the following:
a) Touching a marker,
b) Footing,
c) Bumping,
d) Failure to follow the course procedure,
e) Riding outside the course boundary,
f) Stopping and parking machine outside of stopping area,
g) Failure to turn engine off,
h) Machine failing to remain on stand.
4 metres
26.7.24 Start and Park Procedure
26.7.24.14 or more competitors will start at the start line and proceed
to pass the markers, marker 1 to the competitors’ left, marker
2 to the competitors’ right and circle marker 3 to their left and
return passing marker 2 to their right and then proceeds to the
stopping area, where the competitor will stop their machine,
turn off the engine and place the machine on its stand, then
run to the finishing line.
26.7.24.2Competitors whose machine has no stand may have an
assistant appointed by the Clerk of Course to hold the
machine.
6 metres
Start
Acceleration & Braking
not drawn to scale
241
26 minikhana
242
enjoy the ride
26.7.28 Acceleration and Braking Course Penalties
26.7.28.1Penalties will be awarded against
competitors for the following:
a) Footing with right foot - (+ 5
seconds),
b) Footing outside the area behind
marker - (+ 5 seconds),
c) Touching the marker - (+ 5 seconds),
d) Bike not stopping within stopping
box (i. e. Both axles must be wholly
within the stopping Box) (+ 5
seconds),
e) With machine correctly in stopping
box, left foot only footing is permitted
out of stopping box without penalty,
f) Failure to follow course procedure (+ 1 minute).
26.7.28.2The event has only been completed
once the penciller has indicated to the
rider that the bike can leave the box.
26.7.30 Minicross Procedure
26.7.30.1A maximum of 4 competitors will complete
the course at once.
26.7.30.2Competitors will be encouraged to pass
each other when it is safe to do so.
26.7.30.3When passing, competitors must not
make contact with the other competitors.
26.7.30.4Competitors must ensure that at all times
they do not obstruct another competitor
from successfully completing the course.
26.7.30.5In the case of a competitor falling the
event will be stopped. The Competitor
responsible for the fall shall be excluded
from the rerun subject to Clerk of Course
approval.
26.7.30.6Competitors who hit the tyre barriers or
leave the course proper may re-enter the
course at the closest safe point to where
they left the course ensuring that no
advantage is gained.
26.7.29 Minicross Course
26.7.29.1Minicross introduces competitors to
Motocross style riding and helps to
develop competitors riding skills and
balance.
26.7.29.2The event shall be conducted over a
course with obstacles and tight corners:
a) No level straight will be longer than
20 metres,
b) Jumps, chicanes, berms etc must be
positioned so that speeds are kept
low,
c) The recommended maximum
separation between obstacles, which
significantly reduce speed, is 33
metres,
d) There shall be no double, triple,
or reverse canyon jumps. A jump
is defined as being greater than
500mm in vertical height,
e) There will be no man-made stutter
jumps,
f) The width of the track must allow
safe overtaking,
g) Tyre barriers shall be used where
different sections of the track are in
close proximity to each other,
h) The first 9 metres of the track will be
divided into 4 2metre wide lanes.
26.7.32 Minicross Elimination
26.7.32.1Competitors will be eliminated from the
event for the following:
a) Crossing the lane markers during the
first 9 metres of the event,
b) Failure to follow the course proper,
c) Causing another competitor to fault,
d) Failure to re-enter course correctly,
e) Passing while yellow flag is
displayed.
26.7.31 Minicross Practice
26.7.31.1For practice, a maximum of 12
competitors may participate on the track
under a stationary yellow flag.
26.7.31.2Any competitor passing will be excluded,
however in the case of a competitor falling
or stopping due to mechanical failure, the
yellow flag shall be waved, but passing
may be permitted provided the course
marshall indicates it is safe.
26.7.33 Minicross Footing and No Footing
26.7.33.1Minicross can be conducted as either
a footing or no-footing event. In NoFooting Minicross any competitors will be
eliminated if footing occurs.
26.7.34 Mini Trials Course
26.7.34.1Where possible this event is to be
conducted over natural terrain.
26.7.34.2Artificial boundaries and obstacles may
be used.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
26minikhana
26.7.34.3The course will be marked in red on the
right hand side and in white on the left
hand side by either markers or tape.
26.7.34.4Minimum size of markers to be no less
than 100mm wide.
26.7.34.5Tapes and markers to be clearly visible.
26.7.35 Procedure
26.7.35.1The start and finish of each Observed
section is to be clearly defined.
26.7.35.2Artificial boundaries may be used to
define the lateral limits.
26.7.35.3A machine will be deemed to be in an
Observed Section when the front axle
passes the “Section Begin” marker and
until it passes the “Section End” marker.
26.7.36 Failure
26.7.36.1A failure is considered to have occurred
when:
a) The machine ceases to move in
a forward direction, relative to the
course, with the competitor footing,
b) The competitor dismounts the
machine,
c) The machine crosses a boundary,
d) The machine passes the wrong side
of a boundary marker prior to the
front axle passes the “Section Ends”
sign,
e) The competitor or the machine
receives outside assistance,
f) The competitor breaks the tape or
dislodges the tape anchors.
26.7.37 Mini Trials Footing
26.7.37.1Footing will be deemed to have occurred
if any part of the body of the competitor
touches the ground or any part of the
competitor leans on an obstacle (tree,
wall, etc).
26.7.37.2Footing outside the lateral limits of a
section does not constitute a failure (i.e.
1 point loss footing penalty only).
26.7.39 Mini Enduro Course
26.7.39.1This event is conducted over varying
distances of rough terrain.
26.7.39.2Competitors learn the benefits of well
maintained and reliable machinery and
the ability to pace themselves.
26.7.40 Mini Enduro Procedure
26.7.40.1Competitors have a predetermined time
to complete the course.
26.7.40.2The competitor whose time is closest to
the predetermined time will be the winner.
26.7.40.3The natural terrain course is to be well
defined with directional arrows and
adequately staffed by Marshals.
26.7.40.4Special sections may be added.
26.7.40.5Points will be lost for failure to observe
signs and completion of special sections.
26.7.40.6Competitors are rewarded for their skill in
completing the penalty areas.
26.7.40.7A number of penalty areas and
checkpoints should be included.
26.7.40.8Each grade is to attempt to complete a
preset number of laps in a reasonable
time.
26.7.40.9In Mini Enduro with Special Penalty
sections the competitor with the least
points lost will be the winner.
26.7.41 Hill Climb Course
26.7.41.1The course for this event will be a hill
which can be readily negotiable by the
competitors.
26.7.42 Hill Climb Procedure
26.7.42.1To increase the skill level a series of turns
and obstacles will be included.
26.7.42.2The competitor whose elapsed time to
successfully complete the event is closest
to the predetermined time shall be the
winner.
26.7.42.3Only 1 competitor will ride the event at a
time.
26.7.38 Mini Trials Marking
26.7.38.1Method of marking will be as listed:
FAULT
Clean
Footing once
Footing twice
Footing more than twice
Failure
Not attempting a section
POINTS
0
1
2
3
5
10
243
27 27
27.1
ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF COMPETITION
Alternative Activities
27.1.0.1 Promoters may seek to conduct
activities which are outside mainstream
motorcycle sport. Such alternative forms
of competition may include, but are not
limited to:
a) Sand drags,
b) Hill climbs,
c) Other motorcycle activities.
27.1.1 Administration of Rules
27.1.1.1 These rules are to be administered in
accordance with GCR 2.1.1.
27.1.2 The Licensing and Powers of Officials
27.1.2.1 Key Officials are required to be at least
Level 3.
27.1.2.2 The
powers,
authorities
and
responsibilities of officials controlling
these activities are those in GCR 2.5.
27.1.3 The Appointment of Officials
27.1.3.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of
officials.
Thinking about Rule changes?
If you believe a rule should be changed or
a new rule added, you can have your say
by working through your Club to propose
amendments and/or additions.
Proposals for changes can be sent to your
SCB or direct to MA. Their addresses are at
the front of this book.
The most successful applications are when
the proposer includes the new wording for an
existing rule, or where a new rule should sit
in the structure of this book, and includes a
rationale on why the rule should be changed
or added.
There’s a form to register your interest in rule
changes on page 41.
It’s YOUR SPORT-
we welcome your input
244
enjoy the ride
alternative competition
27.2
Venues - alternative
activities
27.2.0.1 Venues must be inspected and licensed in
accordance with GCR 4.1.
27.3
Permits - aLTERNATIVE
ACTIVITIES
27.3.0.1 An application for a permit must be in the
prescribed form to the RCB and must:
a) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee and draft SR,
b) Be submitted at least 2 months
before the date set for the meeting,
c) Be accompanied by evidence that
the RCB’s requirements regarding
officials, indemnity forms and safety
will be met,
d) Identify the proposed venue,
e) Include details of all ancillary
activities.
27.4
Supplementary RegulationsaLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.4.0.1 Promoters must include comprehensive
details of the proposed competition in SR.
27.4.0.2 SCBs must submit the SR to MA for
approval.
27.5
Licensing of Competitors aLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.5.0.1 All competitors must be licensed in
accordance with Chapter 3.
27.6
Technical Specifications aLTERNATIVE ACTIVITIES
27.6.0.1 The technical specifications must be
approved by MA and be included in the
SR.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
28
28 recreational motorcycle activity
RECREATIONAL MOTORCYCLE ACTIVITY
28.0.1 Purpose
28.0.1.1 The purpose of these rules is to regulate
and control recreational motorcycle
activity which seeks to be sanctioned by
MA.
a) The by laws are made under
paragraph 2 of the Constitution,
b) The by laws, and any determination
made under them, and in
accordance with them, bind
all Controlling Bodies and all
participants in recreational activity,
c) The by laws are to be interpreted
with the intent that recreational
activity be safe.
28.1
RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
28.1.0.1 Recreational activity must not:
a) Be competitive,
b) Involve starts or finishes as defined
in Chapter 12,
c) Be scored or timed,
d) Have any results which may or may
not be published.
28.2
CONTROLLING BODIESrecreational activities
28.2.0.1 SCBs are responsible for
administration of these by laws.
28.3
the
OFFICIALS – recreational
activities
28.3.0.1 Officials
controlling
recreational
activity are required to be licensed, in
accordance with GCR 2.5.
28.3.0.2 The
powers,
authorities
and
responsibilities of officials controlling
recreational activity are those in GCR
2.5.
28.3.1 The Appointment of Officials
28.3.1.1 GCR 4.2.5 applies for the appointment of
officials.
28.4
VENUES – recreational
activities
28.4.0.1 Venues for recreational activities must
be inspected and licensed in accordance
with GCR 4.1
28.5
THE PROMOTION AND CONDUCT
OF RECREATIONAL ACTIVITY
28.5.0.1 Subject to these by laws, recreational
activity may be promoted or conducted
by:
a) An SCB,
b) A club,
c) An affiliated Promoter.
28.6
PERMITS – recreational
activities
28.6.0.1 No recreational activity may be promoted
or conducted without a Recreational
Permit.
28.6.0.2 An application for a recreational permit
must be in the prescribed form to the SCB
and must:
a) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
b) Be submitted at least 14 days before
the date set for the meeting,
c) Be accompanied by evidence that
the SCB’s requirements regarding
officials, indemnity forms and safety
will be met,
d) Identify the proposed venue,
e) Provide evidence the club is insured
to the satisfaction of the SCB.
28.6.0.3 If a meeting does not take place, any fee
paid for the permit must be repaid unless
in the opinion of the SCB the meeting did
not take place because of the conduct of
the permit holder. In that event, the SCB
may withhold the refund wholly or in part
at its discretion.
28.6.0.4 GCR 4.2.4 applies regarding forfeiture of
a permit.
245
28 recreatIonal Motorcycle actIvIty
28.7
ENTRIES
28.7.0.1 A Promoter may invite entries from any
person who holds:
a) A Recreational Licence.
b) A Competition Licence.
28.8
LICENSING OF PARTICIPANTS
28.8.0.1 A person may not participate in any
recreational activity unless licensed under
these Rules.
28.8.0.2 Persons being issued with a Recreational
Licence do not need to be a financial
member of a club.
28.8.0.3 An application for a Recreational Licence
must:
a) Be to the SCB to which their club is
affiliated,
b) Be in the prescribed form,
c) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee,
d) If the applicant is a minor, be
accompanied by the written
authorisation of at least 1 of the
applicant’s parents or the legal
guardian of the applicant.
28.8.0.4 An application may be lodged with:a)
The club secretary, or
b) The SCB, or
c) The Promoter.
28.8.0.5 If the application is lodged with the club
secretary or Promoter and:
a) The club secretary or Promoter
ensures the form is correctly filled in,
b) The prescribed fee is paid and the
applicant must be issued with the
top copy of the application form
which may be issued as proof of
being licence for no more than 14
days from the date the application is
countersigned by the club secretary
or Promoter,
c) Relevant officials are satisfied the
applicant can competently control
their motorcycle.
28.8.0.6 Applications lodged with the club
secretaries or Promoter are to be sent to
the SCB with the prescribed fee within 48
hours of them being counter signed by the
club secretary or Promoter.
28.8.0.7
On receipt of an application for the issue
246
enjoy the ride
or renewal of a Recreational Licence the
SCB may:
a) Delay the issue or renewal for no
more than 14 days,
b) Refuse to issue or renew the licence,
c) Issue or renew the licence on such
terms and conditions as it thinks fit.
28.8.0.8 An applicant who is aggrieved by a
decision of the SCB under the previous
by law may appeal to the appellate body
of that SCB.
28.8.0.9 An SCB which issues an Annual
Recreational Licence must, within 1
month of issue, notify MA which must
enter the information on a register of
licensed recreational riders maintained
for that purpose and kept at the registered
office of MA.
28.8.0.10 An Annual Recreational Licence continues
in force for 12 months from date of issue.
28.8.0.11 A recreational licensee must produce
the licence on demand to any key official
during any meeting.
www.ma.org.au
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
29
29
natIonal teaM selectIon polIcy
NATIONAL TEAM SELECTION POLICY
The purpose of these Rules are to maintain and
improve best possible results in all International
competitions.
29.1.1 Process of Selection
29.1.1.1 All athletes wishing to be considered for
selection must:
a) Sign the MA Code of Conduct
[Appendix 3] at the time of entering
the relevant National Championship.
29.1.1.2 Selected Riders
a) Riders selected in National Teams in
all disciplines must sign a contract
with MA,
b) Riders should not sign either
document unless they have a full
and clear understanding of all terms
and conditions. Riders may wish to
contact the following for clarification.
i) Their legal advisor
ii) Motorcycling Australia
(03 9684 0500)
iii) ANZSLA Sports Law Referral
Service (1800 804 031).
29.1.1.3 The Code of Conduct will be attached
to all entry forms for each event. Both
documents will be posted on the MA
website at www.ma.org.au.
29.1.2 General Selection Policy
29.1.2.1 Each discipline selection committee may,
at its discretion, apply specific objective
criteria according to the requirements of
the particular discipline.
29.1.2.2 In general terms, each committee will
make selections with regard to but not
restricted by:
a) A rider’s fitness subject to a
medical examination by a medical
practitioner appointed or approved
by MA,
b) Results attained in the relevant
National Championship of the
selection year in question,
c) Results attained in International
and World championships of the
year prior to and during the year of
selection,
d) The Rider’s behaviour as outlined
in the code of conduct in relation
to previous selections and dealings
with administrators,
e) The rider’s ability to adapt to a team
oriented environment,
f) The Riders record in relation to any
appearances before any State or
National tribunal,
g) The availability of the rider to
compete in the relevant World
Championship,
h) The willingness of the rider to sign
the Riders contract with MA,
i) Whether a rider has incurred a
previous ban by failing a drug test
conducted in accordance with the
Anti Doping Policy of MA,
j) The potential of a rider to represent
Australia on a long-term basis,
k) The availability of machinery to a
potential candidate.
29.1.2.3 Riders must be Australian citizens to
qualify for selection.
29.1.3 Other Criteria
29.1.3.1 Each relevant discipline may contain
specific criteria not set down in the policy
above. This information will be available
on the MA website: www.ma.org.au.
29.1.4 Application of Criteria
29.1.4.3 Each selection committee will apply the
principles of natural justice to the policy
as well as to each individual selection.
29.1.4.4 The committee shall also be conscious
and apply equal weight under the criteria
to the consideration of each selection.
29.1.4.5 The committee should also be prepared
to provide feedback either written or
verbal to rider who has missed selection
and may wish to query the reasons
behind their non-selection so that their
future opportunities may be enhanced.
29.1.5 Appeals
29.1.5.1 The sole ground for any appeal in relation
to the non-selection of a competitor will
be that this selection policy was not
followed or implemented in a just or fair
manner.
29.1.5.2 In the first instance, any complaint will be
referred to the Tribunal of MA.
247
247
29
enjoy the ride
national team selection policy
29.1.5.3 The appeal must:
a) Be in writing and signed by the
appellant,
b) Be lodged within 21 days of the
original decision with the Tribunal,
and
c) Be accompanied by the prescribed
fee.
29.1.5.4 In some instances, the fee may be
refunded in part or whole if the appeal is
upheld.
29.1.5.5 Other requirements for the appeal appear
in the Manual of Motorcycle Sport under
the heading “Appellate Bodies”[ Chapter
5]
29.1.5.6 Only 1 further avenue of appeal exists, to
the National Sport Dispute Centre.
29.1.5.7 Riders should seek legal advice prior to
any further appeal action.
29.1.6 Injuries/Misadventure
29.1.6.1 The relevant selection committee shall
have at its absolute discretion, the right
to replace any rider, as long as at all
times it complies with the selection policy
of MA.
29.1.6.2 Selected riders must be willing to undergo
a medical examination to determine their
fitness to compete.
29.1.6.3 In case of bereavement, machine
problems
or
other
extenuating
circumstances, the selection committee
will make a determination on a case by
case basis.
29.1.7 Removal from National Squad
29.1.7.1 A Team Manager may, at their discretion,
remove a team member from the squad
if:
a) The member breaches or fails to
comply with the Riders’ contract and
Code of Conduct,
b) By reason of injury, the member
is unable to complete team
requirements,
c) The member breaches or fails to
comply with the requirements of the
Anti Doping Policy of MA,
d) Fails to comply with a reasonable
direction of the team Manager that
is given in accordance with the role
description of Team Managers.
29.1.7.2 The decision to remove a team member
must be ratified by the CEO of MA.
MA MEMBERS
RECEIVE
HUNDREDS
OF
DISCOUNTS
visit
248
www.ma.org.au
org.au
app 1 helMet approvals & fIttInG
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
APPENDIX 1
30.1.1
HELMET APPROVALS & FITTING
APPROVAL LABELS FOR HELMETS
30.1.1.1 Helmets must carry one of the following approval labels, as listed in Rule 01.70 of the FIM Technical Rules.
a)
b)
c)
d)
Europe
Great Britain
USA
Japan
ECE 22 – 04, ECE 22 - 05
BS 6658 Grade A & B (All disciplines)
DOT Federal Standard No 218 / SNELL M95, M2000, M2005
JIS T 8133:2000, or
Australia
Standards Association of Australia AS1698
30.1.2
International Helmet Standards
Refer also www.fim.ch
30.1.2.1 ECE 22 - 05 “P” [EUROPE]
30.1.2.2 The ECE mark consists of a circle surrounding the letter E followed by a
distinguishing number of the country which has granted approval, as follows:
E1
E6
Germany
Belgium
E2
E7
France
Hungary
E3
E8
E11
E16
E21
United Kingdom
Norway
Portugal
E12
E17
E22
E26
E31
Slovenia
Bosnia &
Herzegovinia
not assigned
Australia
E27
E32
Austria
Finland
Russian
Federation
Slovakia
Latvia
E37
E46
Turkey
Ukraine
E36
E45
E4
051039
0008. 031
E4
E9
Netherlands
Spain
E5
E10
Sweden
Yugoslavia
E13
E18
E23
Italy
Czech
Republic
Luxembourg
Denmark
Greece
E14
E19
E24
Switzerland
Roumania
Ireland
E15
E20
E25
not assigned
Poland
Croatia
E28
E33
Bielo Russia
not assigned
E29
E34
Estonia
Bulgaria
E30
E35
not assigned
not assigned
E40
E47
Macedonia
South Africa
E43
E48
Japan
New Zealand
E44
E49
not assigned
not assigned
30.1.2.3 Below the letter E the approval number should always begin with 05. Below the approval number is
the serial production number [Label is on retention system or comfort interior]
30.1.2.4 [JAPAN] JIS 813 : 2000 [Label affixed inside the helmet]
30.1.2.5 [USA] SNELL M2005 [Label affixed inside the helmet]
30.1.2.6 [AUSTRALIA] AS 1698 [Label affixed to the helmet]
OR
OR
For more details consult the FIM Technical Rule Book.
OR
249
The
Sports C
proudl
Motorcyclin
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 1
helmet approvals & fitting
Helmet fitting guide
1. 2. 3. 4
5. 6
7. 8. 9
10. 11 Start by measuring the size required at the crown of the head.
Put helmet on and connect the strap, then tighten as required.
Check that there is no side to side movement [image 3]
With your head tilted forwards, try to pull the helmet off from the back [see images 4a-c].
Check that you can see clearly over your shoulders.
Make sure you can breathe easily in the helmet and that no part of the helmet covers your nose or
mouth.
Never wind a scarf around the helmet so that it may obstructs air from entering your helmet.
Never have a scarf trapped under the strap.
Make sure you can open the visor with one gloved hand.
Satisfy yourself the back of your helmet is designed to protect your neck.
Always buy the best helmet you can afford.
3
4a
4b
4c
Winning PartnershiP
The Australian
Sports Commission
proudly supports
Motorcycling Australia
The Australian Sports Commission is
the Australian Government agency that
develops, manages and invests in sport
at all levels in Australia. Motorcycling
Australia has worked closely with the
Australian Sports Commission to develop
motorcycling from community participation
to high-level performance.
Motorcycling Australia is one
of many national sporting
organisations that has formed
a winning partnership with the
Australian Sports Commission
to develop its sport in Australia.
www.ausport.gov.au
251
enjoy the ride
app 2model supp regs
appendix 2 MODEL SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
These model Supplementary Regulations are available online at www.ma.org.au
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
[INSERT EVENT NAME]
[INSERT DAY & DATE]
[INSERT VENUE]
[INSERT PROMOTER /
CLUB LOGO HERE]
SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS
EVENT:_______________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Meeting Name]
DATE:_ _______________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Meeting Day and Date ]
VENUE:_______________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Venue Name]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
[Insert Venue Location]
TRACK LICENCE NUMBER:_ ____________________ MA PERMIT / IMN NUMBER__________________
EVENT CONTACT_______________________________________________________________________
[Insert Contact Name]
_____________________________________________________________________________________
[Insert address for correspondence & Contact Number]
EVENT KEY OFFICIALS
Steward [RCB Appointment]_______________________________________________________________
Clerk of Course ________________________________________________________________________
Race Secretary ________________________________________________________________________
1. ANNOUNCEMENT
The [Insert Club or Promoter here], hereafter called the Promoter will conduct [Insert Meeting Name] for [Insert
type of categories] at the [Insert venue name and location], on [Insert meeting day and date].
2. JURISDICTION
2.1 The abovementioned meeting has been authorised by [Insert RCB] which has issued the Motorcycling Australia
2.2 Permit Number [Insert Permit Number] and is open to holders of current Motorcycling Australia [Insert licence
category] Licences.
The meeting will be held in accordance with the current General Competition Rules (GCR’s) contained in the
Manual of Motorcycle Sport, these Supplementary Regulations, and any final instructions approved by [Insert
RCB]. By entering this meeting all parties agree to comply with these rules, regulations, by-laws and instructions.
3. EVENT OFFICIALS
The following officials will be overseeing the meeting:
Steward [MA Appointment]_ ________________
Clerk of Course __________________________
Race Secretary _________________________
Scrutineer ______________________________
[Other] ______________________________
252
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 2model supp regs
4. ENTRIES
10. SCRUTINEERING
4.1
10.1
10.2 4.2
4.3 4.4 Entries are now open and close last mail
[Insert closing day & date]. Late entries will not
be accepted.
In the case of postponement or abandonment
of the meeting, all or any part of the entry fee
may be retained by the [Club or Promoter whichever is applicable], if such retention is
approved by [Insert RCB].
Only entries received on the official entry form
that is accompanied by the correct fee will be
accepted.
Entry fees will only be refunded if a rider
informs [Insert Promoter/Club], in writing, 10
days before the event. A medical certificate is
required if a rider withdraws less than 10 days
before the event.
10.3 10.4 5. INSURANCE
5.1 5.2 National Personal Accident Scheme provides
basic cover for death and permanent disability.
Ambulance Insurance is compulsory for
licensees.
It is strongly recommended that competitors
give consideration to taking out weekly
benefits insurance.
10.5 6. MEDICAL SERVICES
[Insert details of what type or types of medical
services shall be in attendance at the meeting and
at what times they will be available].
[Note to Promoters: Australian Championships
require civil ambulances to be in attendance at all
times ie, ambulance to transport injured to hospital]
7. ENTRY FEE
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 [Insert entry fee for each category].
Payment by [Insert acceptable payment
methods] only. Any fees for dishonoured
cheques will be the responsibility of the
entrant.
Cheques and Money Orders are to be made
payable to the [Insert club or promoter name
– whichever is applicable].
Please include a self addressed stamped
envelope for confirmation of entry, the issuing
of entry passes and any final instructions.
8. ENTRY PASSES
[Insert details of the number of passes issued
for each entry].
9. CLASSES OF COMPETITION
[Insert details of each class of competition]
Scrutineering will begin at [Insert time]
Machines entered in the competition must have
successfully passed a machine examination prior
to taking part in practice, qualifying or racing. An
MA decal will be placed on the front number plate
to indicate that it has been successfully examined.
Current competition licences and full riding gear
must be presented at scrutineering. Eligibility
checks can take place at any time during the
meeting. Machines which suffer accident
damage in practice or race sessions must be
re-examined before participating again.
In addition to pulling down and checking of
machines after official protests have been
received by the Clerk of Course in accordance
with the GCRs, the Scrutineer can check and
pull down, at their discretion, any machine that
has taken part in the event. Failure to comply
with this regulation will result in the matter
being referred to the Clerk of Course for further
action.
Machines will not be sealed for later checking
after the event. All machines that are to be
pulled down and scrutineered will take place at
the circuit before the machine is released by the
Scrutineer. A member of the rider’s team must
be available at all times to assist with the strip
down. Failure to comply with this regulation will
result in the matter being referred to the Clerk
of Course for further action.
11. AWARDS AND PRIZEMONEY
[Insert details of awards and/or prizemoney for
each class of competition].
12. ENTRIES TO CONSTITUTE A CLASS
12.1 To constitute a class for the purpose of
gaining Championship status, the number of
contestants entered and competing in each
class shall be
[Insert details for each class of competition]
[Refer to GCR’s for details of classes]
12.2 Should there be insufficient entries in any class
of competition, the decision to run or cancel the
class, or to combine events and re-distribute
any awards and/or prizemoney, will be at the
discretion of the [club or promoter - whichever
is applicable], subject to [Insert RCB] approval.
13. RACE FORMAT
[Insert details of the race format for each
class of competition. Include details for heats,
Semi-finals, finals & or rounds of competition –
whichever is applicable].
253
253
enjoy the ride
app 2model supp regs
14. MACHINES AND RIDERS
14.1 14.2 14.3 All machines entered must comply with the
current GCRs for [Insert Discipline] competition.
Multiple entry of the 1 machine in the same
class of competition is not permitted.
[Insert details of any other restrictions such as
whether change of machine is allowed during
competition etc.]
21. EVENT SCHEDULE
[Insert details of timetable for meeting –
15. NUMBER PLATES
Wherever possible, competitors will be
allocated their registered riding number or
their preferred riding number. All others will be
allocated numbers at the [Club’s or Promoter’s
- whichever is applicable] discretion.
All number plates on all machines MUST
comply with the GCRs and must not contain
any decals or advertising other than the
required MA decal.
16. GRID POSITIONS
A riders’ briefing will be held prior to the
commencement of racing, which ALL
competitors MUST attend. Details will be
included in the final instructions.
18. ANTI-DOPING POLICY
18.1 18.2 All competitors and officials are advised that
drug testing may take place in accordance with
MA’s Anti-Doping Policy, as carried out by the
Australian Sports Anti-Doping Authority. Refer
to GCR 11 for details.
If any doubts exist over banned substances it
is recommended competitors contact the Drugs
in Sport Hotline, tel 1800 020 506. When drug
testing takes place, the payment of prizemoney
may be delayed at [Insert RCB] discretion until
the results of the tests are known.
19. ALCOHOL TESTING PROCEDURE
All competitors and officials are advised that
random breath-testing may take place during
the competition.
20. CODE OF CONDUCT
All competitors, officials and parents are reminded
254
22. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
[Insert details of the circuit – including its type of
construction, length and the direction of racing]
23. STARTS
of MA’s Code of Conduct contained within MA’s
Member Protection Regulations, found at www.
ma.org.au or Appendix 3 of the GCR, which is a
guide to appropriate behaviour at all motorcycle
race meetings. This Code of Conduct applies to
this Meeting and will be enforced.
[Insert details of start procedure as per GCR’s]
24. RACING
[Insert details of how many laps of practice or
how much practice time shall be allocated for
each class of competition and over how many
laps each heat, semi-final, final or round of
competition shall be contested].
[Insert details on how grid positions shall be
determined or allocated – refer to GCRs for
details]
17. RIDERS’ BRIEFING
including time that gates open, scrutineering
times, when riders briefing shall occur, practice
time, time racing commences and racing
schedule and/or order of events].
For the purposes of drug and alcohol testing,
the commencement of the meeting will be
deemed to be [insert time – usually same as
start of scrutineering] with the completion of
the meeting for the participant being when the
participant has vacated the venue.
25. NOISE
[Insert details of any noise restrictions that
apply to the meeting at the venue].
Noise testing may take place at any time at the
discretion of the Chief Scrutineer or the Clerk of
Course. Refer to GCR 12.10 for details.
26. GST
The Goods and Services Tax affects the
payment of prizemoney. If you do not provide
an ABN or declare the sport is a hobby, the
Promoter must withhold 48.5% of prizemoney
over $50.00 which is otherwise payable to you.
Please tick 1 of the boxes on the entry form and
if appropriate provide your ABN to ensure the
full amount of prize money is paid to you.
27. PRESENTATIONS
[Location and time they shall be conducted (If
applicable)]
28. FACILITIES
[Type of facilities that are available at the venue
(If applicable)]
29. TYRES
[Identify any restrictions on the use of various
types of tyres (If applicable)
30. ADMISSION CHARGES
[Cost of entry to the venue per person ie: Adult,
Child, Pensioner etc. - If applicable]
31. DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC INFORMATION
[Any discipline specific issues that are
applicable]
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
[INSERT EVENT NAME]
[INSERT DAY & DATE]
[INSERT VENUE]
MOTORCYCLING
A U S T R A L I A
app 2model supp regs
[INSERT PROMOTER /
CLUB LOGO HERE]
ENTRY FORM
Entries Close:
Send to:
[Insert closing date of entries]
[Insert contact name]
[Insert address]
[Insert City/Town, Postcode, State]
[Insert number and/or fax]
Office Use Only:
Allocated Rider No:
RIDER DETAILS
Rider’s First Name: ________________________ Rider’s Surname: ________________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________
City/town: ________________________________ State: _____________________ Postcode: ____________
Tel: _ ______________________________ Mob: _______________________________________________
Date of birth: ________________________ E-mail: ______________________________________________
Next of Kin: ____________________________________________ Next of Kin Tel: ____________________
MA Lic. No.: ______________________________ Expiry Date: _ _______________ Grade: _____________
1st Preferred number plate: _ _________2nd Preferred number plate: ___________
PASSENGER DETAILS (SIDECAR ONLY)
Passenger’s First Name: ____________________ Passenger’s Surname: ____________________________
Address: _______________________________________________________________________________
City/town: ________________________________ State: _____________________ Postcode: ____________
Tel: _ ______________________________ Mob: _______________________________________________
Date of birth: ________________________ E-mail: ______________________________________________
Next of Kin: ____________________________________________ Next of Kin Tel:_____________________
MA Lic. No.: ______________________________ Expiry Date: __________________ Grade: ____________
Must be completed by all competitors/entrants
I/we are completely aware of the mechanical and electrical specification of the motorcycle which I/we have entered in
this event and guarantee that this motorcycle conforms with all rules stated in the GCR’s of MA and these Supplementary
Regulations.
Rider’s Name: _____________________ Signature:________________________ Date:__________________
Entrant’s Name: _ __________________ Signature: _______________________ Date:__________________
RIDER MACHINE DETAILS
1st Bike - Make/Model & Capacity_ _______________ 2nd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity: ______________
3rd Bike – Make/Model & Capacity:_______________ 4th Bike – Make/Model & Capacity:_______________
255
enjoy the ride
MANUAL OF supp
MOTORCYCLE
SPORT
app2009
2model
regs
Classes
Machine Details and Capacity
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
[Promoter to Insert Class] [Competitor Insert Machine details and capacity]
Rider Age
Entry Fee
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
[Competitor Insert Age] [Promoter Insert
Entry Fee]
Total Entry Fee
ENTRY FEES:
PAYMENT
Cheque,
Credit card
Money order)
Make Payment to: ___________________________________ ABN:__________________________________
[Promoter Insert Name and Address]
Card type:
MasterCard
Visa
[Insert ABN]
Bankcard
Credit card:
Expiry Date:
/
Total Amount: $_____________
Name of card holder: _______________________ Signature:______________________________________
Office Use Only
Date Received:
256
Money Received:
[Promoter Insert Info as
required]
[Promoter Insert Info as
required]
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 2model supp regs
Checklist for creating supplementary Regulations
Announcement and Jurisdiction
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
Name of Promoter
Name or title of competition
Persons eligible to compete
Types of vehicles eligible
Date
Permit, class of and number
Track licence number
Authority granting the permit
A statement that competition is held under MA
Rules
Entries
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
Date of opening of entries.
Where entries to be sent.
Date and time of closing entries.
Amount of entry fee.
Conditions as to return of fee.
Minimum and maximum number of entries.
Teams, composition of.
Teams, how and when may be entered.
Substitution of riders.
Transfer of entries.
Awards
□□ Special awards and condition attached thereto.
□□ Period of holding special awards if not won
outright.
□□ Other awards
Who are the Officials
□□
□□
□□
□□
Stewards of the meeting.
Clerk of the Course.
Race Secretary.
Other officials.
Event Description [Speed Meeting]
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
Place and time of start, paddock, weighing out
Riders and Vehicles
The Course
Method of starting
Direction or danger signs
Flag signals
Length of course
Nature of course
Returning to start
Practicing
Replenishment
Observation.
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
□□
Method of timing
Number of runs
Handicapping
Assessment of performance.
General
Advertisement
Promoters’ Liability
Description [Reliability Trial]
□□ Place and time of start
□□ Riders and vehicles
□□ The course.
□□ Starting order
□□ Route marking
□□ Nature of course
□□ Length of course
□□ Itinerary
□□ Route cards
□□ Practising
□□ Meal stops
□□ Observation
□□ Balking
□□ Non‑stop section
□□ Definition of a stop and a failure
□□ Footing and failure on hills
□□ Involuntary delays
□□ Checks
□□ Position of rider or passenger on vehicle
□□ Speed
□□ Time checks
□□ Method of control
□□ Time allowances
□□ Time arrangements
□□ Other tests
□□ Assessment of performance
□□ Bonus marks
□□ Penalties
□□ Method of allotting awards
□□ General
□□ Outside assistance
□□ Advertisements
□□ Retirement
□□ Promoters’ liability
□□ Alcohol and drug testing
□□ Indicate that that alcohol and drug testing may
take place at the meeting
257
257
enjoy the ride
app 3member protection policy
appendix 3 MEMBER PROTECTION POLICY
1.
Purpose of this MEMBER
PROTECTION policy
This Member Protection Policy aims to ensure the
core values, good reputation and positive behaviours
and attitudes of MA are maintained. It assists us in
ensuring that everyone involved in our sport is treated
with respect and dignity, is safe and protected from
abuse. This policy also ensures that everyone in our
sport is aware of their legal and ethical rights and
responsibilities. The policy also reflects our support
for the principles and values that are the essence of
Australian sport - of fairness, respect, responsibility
and safety.
The policy contains the procedures that support our
commitment to eliminating discrimination, harassment,
child abuse and other forms of inappropriate behaviour
from our sport. As part of this commitment, MA will take
disciplinary action against any person or organisation
bound by this policy if they breach it.
This policy has been endorsed by the Board of the
MA and has been incorporated into our regulations
in accordance with clause 71 of the MA Constitution.
The policy starts on January 1, 2007 and will operate
until replaced. This policy and/or its attachments may
be amended from time to time by a resolution of the
Board in accordance with the Constitution. Copies of
this policy and its attachments can also be obtained
from our office, or website at www.ma.org.au.
2.
Who this MEMBER PROTECTION
policy applies to:
This policy applies to the following organisations and
individuals:
•
MA,
•
Members,
•
Persons appointed or sitting on Boards,
Committees and sub-committees of MA and
members,
•
Employees, officials and volunteers appointed or
elected by MA or members,
•
Support personnel such as Managers,
physiotherapists, psychologists, masseurs, sport
trainers),
•
Coaches (including assistant coaches) who:
•
258
Are appointed and/or employed by MA
or members (whether paid or unpaid),
or
•
Have an agreement (whether or not
in writing) with MA or a members,
•
Riders who enter or participate in any activity or
event (including camps and training sessions)
which are held or sanctioned by MA or a
member,
•
Any person or organisation, who or which is a
member of, or affiliated to, MA, or a member,
•
Any other person or organisation who, or which
agrees in writing or otherwise to be bound by this
policy, and
•
Parents, guardians, spectators and sponsors to
the extent that is possible.
This policy will continue to apply to a person even after
they have stopped their membership, association or
employment with MA if disciplinary action relating to
an allegation of child abuse against that person has
commenced.
3.
Code of conduct
MA requires every individual and organisation bound
by this policy to:
1.
Be ethical, fair and honest in all their dealings
with other people and MA,
2.
Treat all persons with respect and courtesy and
have proper regard for their dignity, rights and
obligations,
3.
Always place the safety and welfare of children
above other considerations,
4.
Comply with MA’s Constitution, rules and policies
including this policy,
5.
Operate within the rules and spirit of the sport,
6.
Comply with all relevant Australian laws (Federal
and State), particularly anti-discrimination and
child protection laws,
7.
Be responsible & accountable for their conduct, and
8.
Abide by the Code of Conduct outlined in
Attachment A of this policy.
4.
Organisational responsibilities
MA must:
1.
Adopt, implement and comply with this policy,
2.
Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this
policy and the consequences for breaching it,
3.
Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all
times,
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3member protection policy
4.
Promptly deal with any breaches of, or complaints
made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive,
fair, timely and confidential manner;
5.
6.
Understanding the possible consequences of
breaching this policy.
Apply this policy consistently without fear or favour,
6.
Policy position statements
6.
Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed
under this policy,
Child protection policy
7.
Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or
accessible to the persons to whom this policy
applies,
8.
Appoint or have access to appropriately-trained
people to receive and handle complaints and
allegations and display the names and contact
details in a way that is readily accessible, and
MA acknowledges that its staff and volunteers provide
a valuable contribution to the positive experiences of its
junior participants. MA aims to ensure this continues and
to protect the safety and welfare of its junior participants.
Several measures will be used to achieve this such as:
9.
Monitor and review this policy at least annually.
•
Prohibiting any form of abuse against children,
•
Providing opportunities for our juniors to
contribute to and provide feedback on our
program development,
•
Carefully selecting and screening people whose
role requires them to have direct and unsupervised
contact with children. (See Clause 7),
•
Ensuring our Codes of Conduct, particularly for
roles associated with junior sport, are promoted,
enforced and reviewed,
•
Providing procedures for raising concerns or
complaints (See Clause 10), and
•
Providing education and/or information to those
involved in our sport on child abuse and child
protection.
Members must:
1.
Adopt, implement and comply with this policy,
2.
Publish, distribute and otherwise promote this
policy and the consequences for breaching it,
3.
Promote appropriate standards of conduct at all
times,
4.
Promptly deal with any breaches of or complaints
made under this policy in an impartial, sensitive,
fair, timely and confidential manner,
5.
Apply this policy consistently without fear or
favour,
6.
Recognise and enforce any penalty imposed
under this policy,
7.
Comply with their respective State-specific child
protection requirements (See Page 260), and
8.
Ensure that a copy of this policy is available or
accessible to the persons to whom this policy applies.
5.
Individual responsibilities
Individuals bound by this policy are responsible for:
1.
Making themselves aware of the policy and
complying with the standards of conduct outlined
in this policy,
2.
Consenting to a National Police check if the
individual holds or applies for a role that involves
direct and unsupervised contact with people
under the age of 18 years,
3.
Complying with all other requirements of this
policy,
4.
Co-operating in providing a discrimination,
child abuse and harassment free sporting
environment,
5.
Being aware of State-specific child protection
requirements, and
Every person and organisation bound by this policy
must always place the safety and welfare of children
above all other considerations.
MA requires that any child who is abused or anyone
who reasonably suspects that a child has been or is
being abused by someone within its sport, to report
it immediately to the Police or relevant Government
agency and the Member Protection Information Officer
(“MPIO”). Descriptions of the sorts of activity which
may be abuse are in the definitions at Clause 13.
All allegations of child abuse will be dealt with promptly,
seriously, sensitively and confidentially. A person will
not be victimised for reporting an allegation of child
abuse and the privacy of all persons concerned will be
respected. MA’s procedures for handling allegations of
child abuse are outlined in Clause 9.1.
If anyone bound by this policy reasonably suspects
that a child is being abused by their parent/s, they are
advised to contact the relevant Government department
for Youth, Family and Community Services in their
State or Territory.
Taking Images of Children
Images of children can be used inappropriately or
illegally. MA requires that individuals and associations,
wherever possible, obtain permission from a child’s 259
enjoy the ride
app 3member protection policy
parent/guardian before taking an image of a child that is
not their own and ensure that the parent knows the way
the image will be used. MA will only use appropriate
images of a child, relevant to our sport and ensure that
the child is suitably clothed in a manner that promotes
the sport, displays its successes, etc. MA also requires
the privacy of others to be respected and disallows
the use of camera phones, videos and cameras inside
changing areas, showers and toilets.
If MA uses an image of a child it will not name or identify
him/her or use both the first name and surname of the
child unless it has first, wherever possible, obtained
consent to do so from the parent/guardian. MA will
not display personal information such as residential
address, email address or telephone numbers
without gaining consent from the parent/guardian.
MA acknowledges that information about individual’s
hobbies, likes/dislikes, school, etc can be used as
grooming tools by paedophiles or other persons. As
such, MA will take reasonable care when publishing
such information in a public forum.
MA requires its members, member associations and
clubs to do likewise.
Anti-discrimination and harassment policy
MA aims to provide a sport environment where all those
involved in its activities are treated with dignity and
respect, and without harassment or discrimination.
MA recognises that all those involved in its activities
cannot enjoy themselves, perform to their best, or be
effective or fully productive if they are being treated
unfairly, discriminated against or harassed because
of their age, disability , family responsibilities, gender
identity, homosexuality or sexual orientation, irrelevant
medical or criminal record, marital status, political
belief, pregnancy or breastfeeding, race, religion, sex,
social origin and/or Trade Union membership/activity.
MA prohibits all forms of harassment and discrimination
based on personal characteristics listed in the
definitions.
Discrimination and harassment are
extremely distressing, offensive, humiliating and/
or threatening and create an uncomfortable and
unpleasant environment. In most circumstances
discrimination and harassment are against the law.
Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which
could be regarded as harassment or discrimination are
provided in the Definitions at Clause 13.
If any person feels they are being harassed or
discriminated against by another person or organisation
bound by this policy, please refer to Clause 16 of the
MA constitution.
Sexual relationships policy
260 MA takes the position that sexual relationships between
coaches and adult athletes that they coach should be
avoided. MA takes the view that such relationships,
while not necessarily constituting unlawful harassment,
can have harmful effects on the individual athlete
involved, on other athletes and coaches, and on the
sport’s public image.
Such relationships tend to be intentionally or
unintentionally exploitative because there is usually
a disparity between coaches and athletes in terms of
authority, power, maturity, status and dependence.
MA’s policy position is similar to other organisations
who disallow professionals such as teachers, doctors
and counsellors to have sexual relationships with their
clients or students.
Should a sexual relationship develop between an
athlete and coach, MA will investigate whether any
action against the coach is necessary. Factors that may
be relevant to consider are the age and maturity of the
athlete relative to the coach, the financial or emotional
dependence of the athlete on the coach, and the
likelihood of the relationship having any adverse impact
on the athlete and/or other athletes. If it is determined
that the sexual relationship is inappropriate, action
may be taken to stop the coaching relationship with
the athlete. Action may include transfer, a request for
resignation or dismissal from coaching duties.
If an athlete attempts to initiate an intimate sexual
relationship, the coach must take personal responsibility
for discouraging such approaches, explaining the
ethical basis for such action. The coach may wish to
approach MA or a MPIO if they feel harassed.
The law is always the minimum standard for behaviour within
MA and therefore sex with a child is a criminal offence.
Gender identity policy
MA is committed to providing an inclusive sporting
environment where transgender or transsexual people
involved in its activities are able to contribute and
participate. MA expects everyone who is bound by
this policy to treat people who identify as transgender
or transsexual fairly and with dignity and respect. This
includes acting with sensitivity and respect where a person
is undergoing gender transition. We will not tolerate any
unlawful discrimination or harassment against a person
who identifies as transgender or transsexual or who is
thought to be transgender or transsexual.
Descriptions of some of the types of behaviour which
could be regarded as transgender or transsexual
discrimination or harassment are provided in the
Definitions at Clause 13.
If any person feels they are being harassed or
discriminated against by another person or organisation
bound by this policy, please refer to our complaints
procedure outlined in Clause 10 of this policy. This will
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3member protection policy
explain what to do about the behaviour and how MA will
deal with the problem.
such number of MPIOs as they consider appropriate. It
is the role of a MPIO to:
MA recognises that the exclusion of transgender or
transsexual people from participation in sporting events
has significant implications for their health, well-being
and involvement in community life. In general MA will
facilitate transgender or transsexual persons participating
in our sport of the sex with which they identify.
1.
Provide a point of contact for persons wishing to
make a complaint under this policy,
2.
Inform complainants of the options and
procedures for resolution of complaints under
this policy;
3.
Refer complaints or allegations of breaches of
this policy to the organisation which appointed
him/her; and
4.
Carry out the functions assigned to mpios
throughout this policy.
MA also recognises there is debate over whether a
male to female transgender person obtains any physical
advantage over other female participants. This debate
is reflected in the divergent discrimination laws across
the country. If issues of performance advantage arise,
MA will seek advice on the application of those laws in
the particular circumstances.
MA is aware that the International Olympic Committee
(IOC) has established criteria for selection and
participation in the Olympic Games. Where a
transgender or transsexual person intends competing
at an elite level, we will encourage them to obtain
advice about the IOC’s criteria which may differ from
the position taken by MA.
9.
An allegation of child abuse is a very serious matter
and must be handled with a high degree of sensitivity.
The following is a basic outline of the key processes
to follow. More information can be obtained from the
relevant State or Territory Government agency.
1.
MA notes that drug testing procedures and prohibitions
also apply to people who identify as transgender or
transsexual. A person receiving treatment involving a
prohibited substance or method, as described on the
WADA prohibited list, should apply for a therapeutic
use exemption.
7.
Member protection Policy Screening
MA will implement screening procedures for people
who currently occupy or who apply for any work (paid
or voluntary) that involves direct and unsupervised
contact with people under the age of 18 years.
ScreScreening under this policy is not a replacement for
any other procedure required by law. The requirements
under the law of each State and Territory are set out in
Attachment C and MA and member organisations must
comply with these requirements. If State or Territory
legislation sets an equivalent or higher standard of
screening, the requirement to screen people need not
be followed.
Under this policy MA and Members are required
to comply with the screening process as set out in
Attachment C(1) or the Working with Children Check
(WWCC) laws in the relevant State or Territory as set
out in Attachment C(2).
8.
Member protection
information officers (mpios)
MA and members shall be responsible for appointing
Child abuse procedures
Any complaints, concerns or allegations of child
abuse should be made or referred to a MPIO who
should obtain and clarify basic details (if possible)
but should not elicit detailed information about
the abuse. The initial response of the person that
receives the complaint from the child (or person
on behalf of the child) is crucial to the well-being
of the child. It is important for the person receiving
the information to:
•
Listen to, be supportive and do not
dispute what the child says,
•
Reassure the child that what has
occurred is not the fault of the child,
•
Ensure the child is safe,
•
Be honest with the child and explain
that other people may need to be told in
order to stop what is happening, and
•
Ensure that what the child says is quite
clear but do not elicit detailed information
about the abuse. You should avoid
suggestive or leading questions.
2.
Any individual or organisation to which this policy
applies, should immediately report any incident
of a serious or a criminal nature to the police and
other appropriate authority. If the allegation is of a
criminal nature, report the incident immediately to
the police. If the allegation involves a child at risk
of harm you may need to report to both the police
and the relevant government agency.
3
The MPIO should assess the risks and take
interim action to ensure the child’s/children’s 261
enjoy the ride
app 3member protection policy
safety. Some options could include redeployment
of the alleged offender to a non-child related
position, supervision of the alleged offender or
removal/suspension from their duties until the
allegations are finally determined. The support
needs of the person against whom the complaint
is made should also be addressed.
5.
Inform the relevant government authority, if
required by law; and
6.
Consult by seeking advice from the relevant state or
territory authority that administers the relevant law.
4
Any further investigation by MA into allegations
of a more serious or criminal nature should only
be carried out upon advice from the Police and
relevant Government agency.
5
For allegations of a less serious nature (e.g.
verbal abuse) and independent person with
appropriate expertise shall be appointed to
make contact and meet with each of the people
involved to obtain details of the allegation. Strict
confidentiality, impartiality, fairness and due
process must be maintained at all times.
If, following this information complaint procedure, the
complaint is not resolved informally, the complainant may
make a formal complaint to the CEO of MA. Nothing in
this policy prevents the complainant taking action under
State or Federal legislation. It is not necessary to provide
a written complaint under this clause.
6
10.
If disciplinary action is to be taken, follow the
procedures outlined in Clause 12 of this policy.
Complaints procedures
MA aims to provide an easy to use, confidential
and trustworthy procedure for complaints based on
the principles of natural justice. Any person may
report a complaint (complainant) about a person/s or
organisation bound by this policy if they reasonably
believe that a person/s or a sporting organisation has
breached this policy. A complaint should be reported
to a MPIO.
A complaint may be reported as an informal or formal
complaint. The complainant decides whether the
complaint will be dealt with informally or formally unless
the MPIO considers that the complaint falls outside the
parameters of this policy and would be better dealt with
another way.
All complaints will be dealt with promptly, seriously,
sensitively and confidentially.
10.1
Informal complaint resolution procedure
If a complainant makes an approach to MA, a full
member, a club or a person within these organisations,
it is desirable that the complainant also seeks the
advice of a MPIO who will:
1.
Listen to the complainant in an empathetic,
supportive manner;
2.
Inform the complainant about their possible
options;
3.
Act as a support person for the complainant,
including supporting them through any mediation
process if the complainant wishes;
262 4.
Keep the matter confidential;
A complainant may seek to try and resolve the complaint
by mediation in accordance with Clause 10.4.
10.2
Vexatious complaints & victimisation
MA aims to ensure our complaints procedure has
integrity and is free of unfair repercussions or
victimisation. If at any point in the complaint process
the MPIO considers that a complainant has knowingly
made an untrue complaint or the complaint is vexatious
or malicious, the matter may be referred to the Board
or a judicial committee appointed by the Board for
appropriate action which may include disciplinary
action against the complainant.
MA will also take all necessary steps to make sure
that people involved in a complaint are not victimised
by anyone for coming forward with a complaint or for
helping to sort it out. Disciplinary measures will be
imposed on anyone who victimises another person for
making a complaint.
10.3
Mediation
MA aims to sort out complaints with the minimum of fuss
wherever possible. In many cases, complaints can be sorted
out by agreement between the people involved with no
need for disciplinary action. The people involved in a formal
complaint - the complainant and the person complained
about (respondent) - may also seek the assistance of a
neutral third person or a mediator. Lawyers are not able to
negotiate on behalf of the complainant and/or respondent.
Mediation may occur either before or after an investigation
of a complaint. If a complainant wishes to try and resolve
the complaint with the assistance of a mediator, the
MPIO will, in consultation with the complainant, arrange
for a mediator to mediate the complaint.
10.4
Tribunals
A hearings tribunal may be formed to hear a formal
complaint that has been referred by MPIO, or an alleged
breach of the policy. MA’s tribunal hearings procedure
is outlined in clause 16 of the MA constitution and in
Chapter 6 of these GCRs.
There is no appeal in respect of a decision of a hearing
tribunal. The decision of the hearing tribunal is final and
binding on the people involved in the hearing.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3member protection policy
Every organisation bound by this policy will recognise
and enforce any decision made, and form of discipline
imposed, by an appeals tribunal under this policy.
11.breaches of this Member
protection policy
It is a breach of this policy for any person or organisation
to which this policy applies, to have been found to have:
1.
Done anything contrary to this policy,
2.
Breached the code of conduct,
3.
Brought MA into disrepute,
4.
Failed to follow MA policies and procedures for
the protection, safety and welfare of children,
5.
Appointed or continued to appoint a person to a
role that involves working with children and young
people contrary to this policy,
6.
Discriminated against or harassed any person,
7.
Victimised another person for reporting a
complaint,
8.
Engaged in a sexually inappropriate relationship
with a person that the person supervises, or has
influence, authority or power over,
9.
Disclosed to any unauthorised person or
organisation any MA information that is of a
private, confidential or privileged nature,
specific definitions and more detail on some of the
words in this dictionary can be sourced from the relevant
State/Territory child protection commissions or Equal
Opportunity and Anti-discrimination Commissions.
Abuse is a form of harassment and includes physical
abuse, emotional abuse, sexual abuse, neglect, and
abuse of power. Examples of abusive behaviour include
bullying, humiliation, verbal abuse and insults.
Child abuse relates to children at risk of harm (usually
by adults, sometimes by other children) and often by
those they know and trust. It can take many forms.
Children may be harmed by both verbal and physical
actions and by people failing to provide them with basic
care. Child abuse may include:
•
Physical abuse by hurting a child or a child’s
development (e.g. hitting, shaking or other
physical harm; giving a child alcohol or drugs;
giving bad nutritional advice; or training that
exceeds the child’s development or maturity).
•
Sexual abuse by adults or other children where a
child is encouraged or forced to watch or engage
in sexual activity or where a child is subject to any
other inappropriate conduct of a sexual nature
(e.g. sexual intercourse, masturbation, oral sex,
pornography including child pornography or
inappropriate touching or conversations).
•
Emotional abuse by ill-treating a child (e.g.
humiliation, taunting, sarcasm, yelling, negative
criticism, name calling, ignoring or placing
unrealistic expectations on a child).
11. Failed to comply with a penalty imposed after
a finding that the individual or organisation has
breached this policy, or
•
Neglect (e.g. failing to give food, water, shelter
or clothing or to protect a child from danger or
foreseeable risk of harm or injury).
12. Failed to comply with a direction given to the
individual or organisation during the discipline
process.
Complaint means a complaint made under clause 10
of this policy.
12.
Constitution means the Constitution of MA in force from
time to time.
10. Made a complaint they knew to be untrue,
vexatious, malicious or improper,
Forms of discipline
If an individual or organisation to which this policy
applies breaches this policy, 1 or more forms of discipline
may be imposed. These may include making a verbal
or written apology, paying a fine, being suspended
or de-registered or having a person’s appointment or
employment terminated. More information on the range
of disciplinary measures and the factors that will be
considered before imposing discipline is included in the
MA Constitution and these GCRs.
13.definitions
This Clause sets out the meaning of words used in this
policy and its attachments without limiting the ordinary
and natural meaning of the words. State/Territory
Complainant means the person making a complaint.
Discrimination means treating or proposing to treat
someone less favourably than someone else because
of a particular characteristic in the same or similar
circumstancesin certain areas of public life (this is
direct discrimination). The law also covers indirect
discrimination. This is imposing or intending to impose
an unreasonable requirement, condition or practice that
is the same for everyone, but which has an unequal
or disproportional effect on individuals or groups with
particular characteristics. The characteristics covered
by discrimination law across Australia are:
•
Age,
263
enjoy the ride
app 3member protection policy
•
Disability,
•
Family/carer responsibilities,
•
Gender identity/transgender status,
•
Homosexuality and sexual orientation,
•
Irrelevant medical record,
•
Irrelevant criminal record,
•
Physical features,
•
Political belief/activity,
•
Pregnancy and breastfeeding,
Some exceptions to State and Federal antidiscrimination law apply: examples include:
•
Race,
•
•
Religious belief/activity,
•
Sex or gender,
Holding a competitive sporting activity for females
only who are 12 years of age or over where
strength, stamina or physique is relevant; or
•
Social origin,
•
•
Trade Union membership/activity,
Not selecting a participant if the person’s disability
means he or she is not reasonably capable of
performing the actions reasonably required for
that sporting activity.
Some States & Territories include additional characteristics.
Discrimination is not permitted in the areas of
employment (including volunteer and unpaid
employment); the provision of goods and services; the
selection or otherwise of any person for competition or a
team (domestic or international); the entry or otherwise
of any player or other person to any competition;
obtaining or retaining membership of an organisation
(including the rights and privileges of membership).
Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or
encouraging another person to engage in discrimination
may also be discriminatory conduct.
Member means any member recognised as such under
the MA constitution.
Harassment is any type of behaviour that the other person
does not want and does not return and that is offensive,
abusive, belittling, intimidating or threatening – whether
this is face-to-face, indirectly or via communication
technologies such as mobile phone and computers. The
behaviour is unwelcome and of a type that a reasonable
person would recognise as being unwelcome and likely
to cause the recipient to feel offended, humiliated or
intimidated..
Unlawful harassment includes the above but is
either sexual or targets a person because of their
race, sex, pregnancy, marital status, sexuality or
other characteristic (see characteristic list under
discrimination).
It does not matter whether the harassment was
intended, the focus is on the impact of the behaviour.
The basic rule is if someone else finds it harassing then
it could be harassment. Harassment may be a single
incident or repeated. It may be explicit or implicit,
264 verbal or non-verbal.
Discrimination and harassment are not permitted in
the areas of employment (including volunteer and
unpaid employment); the provision of goods and
services including access to sporting facilities; when
providing education and accommodation; the selection
or otherwise of any person for competition or a team
(domestic or international); the entry or otherwise of
any player or other person to any competition; obtaining
or retaining membership of clubs and organisations
(including the rights and privileges of membership).
Requesting, assisting, instructing, inducing or
encouraging another person to engage in discrimination
or harassment may also be against the law.
Whether or not the behaviour is harassment is
determined from the point of view of the person
receiving the harassment. The basic rule is if someone
else finds it harassing then it could be harassment.
Harassment may be a single incident or repeated. It
may be explicit or implicit, verbal or non-verbal.
It is also a breach of discrimination law to victimise
a person who is involved in making a complaint of
discrimination or harassment. For example, a player is
ostracised by her male coach for complaining about his
sexist behaviour to another club official or for supporting
another player who has made such a complaint.
Public acts of racial hatred which are reasonably
likely in the circumstances to offend, insult, humiliate
or intimidate are also prohibited. This applies to
spectators, participants or any other person who
engages in such an act in public. Some state and
territories also prohibit public acts that vilify on other
grounds such as homosexuality, gender identify, hiv/
aids, religion and disability - see vilification.
Junior means a person under the age of eighteen (18)
years who is participating in an activity of MA.
Mediator means a person appointed to mediate
complaints made under this policy. It is preferable that
the mediator has relevant skills, qualifications and/or
training in mediation.
Member protection is a term used by the Australian
sport industry to describe the practices and procedures
that protect members – both individual members such
as players, coaches and officials, and the member
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3member protection policy
organisations such as clubs, full members, other
affiliated associations and the national body. Member
protection involves:
comments, jokes, propositions, display of pornographic
or offensive material or other behaviour that creates a
sexually hostile environment.
•
Protecting those that are involved in sport
activities from harassment, abuse, discrimination
and other forms of inappropriate behaviour
•
Adopting appropriate measures to ensure the
right people are involved in an organisation,
particularly in relation to those involved with
juniors, and
Sexual harassment is not behaviour based on mutual
attraction, friendship and respect. If the interaction
is between consenting adults, it is not sexual
harassment.
•
Providing education.
Member Protection Information Officer (MPIO) means a
person appointed under Clause 8.1 Of this policy trained
to be the first point of contact for a person reporting a
complaint under, or a breach of, this policy. The MPIO
provides confidential information and moral support to the
person with the concern or who is alleging harassment
or a breach of this policy. They help the complainant
deal with any emotions they may have about what has
happened and operate as a sounding board as the
complainant decides what they want to do. The MPIO
may accompany the complainant in anything they decide
to do, if it feels appropriate and they are happy to do it.
Natural justice incorporates the following principles:
•
A person who is the subject of a complaint must
be fully informed of the allegations against them,
•
A person who is the subject of a complaint
must be given full opportunity to respond to the
allegations and raise any matters in their own
defence,
•
All parties need to be heard and all relevant
submissions considered,
•
Irrelevant matters should not be taken into
account,
•
No person may judge their own case,
•
The decision maker/s must be unbiased, fair & just,
•
The penalties imposed must not outweigh the
‘crime’.
Police check means a national criminal history record
check conducted as a prudent pre-employment or preengagement background check on a person.
Policy and this policy mean this Member Protection
Policy.
Respondent means the person who is being complained
about.
Sexual harassment means unwanted, unwelcome or
uninvited behaviour of a sexual nature which makes
a person feel humiliated, intimidated or offended.
Sexual harassment can take many different forms
and may include unwanted physical contact, verbal
Sexual offence means a criminal offence involving
sexual activity or acts of indecency including but not
limited to (due to differences under State/Territory
legislation):
•
Rape,
•
Indecent assault,
•
Sexual assault,
•
Assault with intent to have sexual intercourse,
•
Incest,
•
Sexual penetration of child under the age of 16
•
Indecent act with child under the age of 16
•
Sexual relationship with child under the age of 16
•
Sexual offences against people with impaired
mental functioning,
•
Abduction and detention,
•
Procuring sexual penetration by threats or fraud,
•
Procuring sexual penetration of child under the
age of 16,
•
Bestiality,
•
Soliciting acts of sexual penetration or indecent acts,
•
Promoting or engaging in acts of child
prostitution,
•
Obtaining benefits from child prostitution,
•
Possession of child pornography,
•
Publishing child pornography & indecent articles.
Victimisation means subjecting a person or threatening
to subject a person to any detriment or unfair treatment
because that person has or intends to pursue
their rights to make a complaint under government
legislation (e.g. Anti-discrimination) or under this policy,
or for supporting another person to make a complaint.
Vilification involves a person or organisation doing
public acts to incite hatred towards, serious contempt
for, or severe ridicule of a person or group of persons
having any of the attributes or characteristics within the
meaning of discrimination. Public acts that may amount
to vilification include any form of communication to the
public and any conduct observable by the public.
Young people/person means people in the 13 – 18 year
265
age group.
app 3member protection policy
enjoy the ride
Attachment A - Code of conduct
As a member of MA or a person required to comply with MA’s member protection policy you must meet the
following requirements in regard to your conduct during any activity held or sanctioned by MA or a member and
in any role you hold within those organisations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
266
Respect the rights, dignity and worth of others,
Be fair, considerate and honest in all dealing with others,
Be professional in, and accept responsibility for, your actions,
Make a commitment to providing quality service,
Be aware of, and maintain an uncompromising adhesion to, MA’s standards, rules, regulations and policies,
Operate within the rules of the sport including national and international guidelines which govern MA,
Do not use your involvement with MA or a member to promote your own beliefs, behaviours or practices
where these are inconsistent with those of MA,
Demonstrate a high degree of individual responsibility especially when dealing with any person under 18
years of age, as your words and actions are an example,
Avoid unaccompanied and unobserved activities with any person under 18 years of age, wherever possible,
Refrain from any form of harassment of others,
Refrain from any behaviour that may bring MA or a member into disrepute,
Provide a safe environment for the conduct of the activity,
Show concern and caution towards others who may be sick or injured,
Be a positive role model,
Understand the repercussions if you breach, or are aware of any breaches of, this code of behaviour.
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3member protection policy
Attachment B - Member protection declaration
MA has a duty of care to its members and to the general public who interact with its employees, volunteers,
members and others involved with its activities. As part of this duty of care and as a requirement of MA’s
member protection policy, MA must enquire into the background of those applying for, undertaking or remaining
in any work (paid or voluntary) that involved direct and unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18
years.
I __________________________________________ (name) of _ ___________________________________
___________________________________________ (Address) Born ____________________ Sincerely
declare:
1.
2.
I do not have any criminal charge pending before the courts.
I do not have any criminal convictions or findings of guilt for sexual offences, offences related to children
or acts of violence.
3. I have not had any disciplinary proceedings brought against me by an employer, sporting organisation
or similar body involving child abuse, sexual misconduct or harassment, acts of violence, intimidation or
other forms of harassment.
4. I have never been sanctioned for an anti-doping rule violation under any anti-doping policy applicable to
me.
5. I have never participated in, facilitated or encouraged any practice prohibited by the world anti-doping
agency code or any other anti-doping policy applicable to me.
6. To my knowledge there is no other matter that MA may consider to constitute a risk to its members,
employees, volunteers, athletes or reputation by engaging me.
7. I will notify the CEO of the organisation(s) engaging me immediately upon becoming aware that any of the
matters set out in clauses 1 to 6 above has changed for whatever reason.
Declared in the State/Territory of_ __________ on _________________ (Date)__________________________
signature
Parent/guardian consent (in respect of person under the age of 18 years)
I have read and understood the declaration provided by my child. I confirm and warrant that the contents of the
declaration provided by my child are true and correct in every particular.
Name: _ ________________________Signature: ________________________________Date: _____________
267
app 3member protection policy
ATTACHMENT C - CHILD PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
SCREENING/WORKING
CHECK REQUIREMENTS
WITH
CHILDREN
BACKGROUND
Child protection is about keeping children safe from
harm/abuse. Child abuse is illegal, and all States and
Territories have their own systems and laws that cover
screening and/or the reporting and investigation of cases
of child abuse.
Working with Children Check (WWCC) laws aim to
prevent people who pose a risk from working with
children as paid employees or volunteers. In New South
Wales, Queensland, Western Australia, Victoria and
South Australia laws require individuals involved in areas
such as sport and recreation to undertake a check to
determine their suitability to work (in a paid or volunteer
capacity) with children. This is done by checking certain
criminal history and other matters. In some states
this also involves reviewing relevant findings from
disciplinary proceedings. There are also requirements
placed on organisations.
The Northern Territory government has passed new
law and screening will be compulsory from January
2010. The Australian Capital Territory and Tasmania
are currently reviewing their screening laws. New
requirements and amendments will be added to this
policy as they are introduced.
State and territory WWCC requirements may also apply
to individuals who visit states with screening laws. For
example, if a state association or club takes players U18
into New South Wales for training camps, competition
or other activities, those travelling with the teams must
comply with NSW law.
The state WWCC requirements apply regardless of MA’s
Member Protection Policy or any similar policy adopted
by a member organisation.
The following attachments provide:
•
summary information on state and territory
WWCC requirements and where to obtain more
information and relevant forms; and
•
MA’s screening requirements for people
residing in ACT and Tasmania.
The MA Member Protection Declaration is provided at
Attachment B.
C(1) - SCREENING REQUIREMENTS - For
States/Territories without Working With
Children Checks such as ACT and Tasmania
268
enjoy the ride
This attachment sets out the screening process for
people in MA who work, coach, supervise or have
regular unsupervised contact with people under the
age of 18 years.
MA will, and also requires state associations and clubs
to:
1.
Identify positions (paid or voluntary) that
involve working, coaching, supervising or regular
unsupervised contact with people under the age of 18
years.
2.
Obtain a completed Member Protection
Declaration (MPD) (Attachment B) from all people who
are identified in the above step and keep it in a secure
place.
3.
Provide an opportunity for a person to give
an explanation if a MPD is not provided or it reveals
that the person does not satisfactorily meet any of the
clauses in the MPD. MA (or the state association or
club) will then make an assessment as to whether the
person may be unsuitable to work with people under
the age of 18 years. If unsatisfied, it will not appoint the
person to the role/position.
4.
Where possible, check a person’s referees
(verbal or written) about his/her suitability for the role.
5.
Ask the people identified in step 1 (including
people applying for a position and people who currently
occupy a position that involves direct and unsupervised
contact with people under the age of 18 years) to sign
a consent form for a national police check.
6.
Request (or ask the person to request) a
national ‘Part Exclusion’ police check from the relevant
police jurisdiction. This check excludes irrelevant
records. If the police check indicates a relevant
offence, MA (or the member organisation) will provide
an opportunity for the person to give an explanation,
and then it will make an assessment as to whether
the person may pose a risk to or be unsuitable to work
with people under the age of 18 years. If MA (or the
member organisation) remains unsatisfied then it will
not appoint the person to the role.
7.
Make an assessment as to whether the
person may be unsuitable to work with people under
the age of 18 years if the person does not agree to
a national police check after explaining why it is a
requirement under MA’s policy. If unsatisfied, MA (or
the member organisation) will:
(a)
in the case of an existing employee/
volunteer, transfer the person to another role which does
not require them to work directly and unsupervised with
people under the age of 18 years. If this is not possible,
then end the appointment; or
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 3member protection policy
(b)
in the case of someone applying for the
position/role, not appoint them.
8.
Decide whether to offer the person
the position taking into account the result of the
police check and any other information MA (or the
member organisation) has available to it. Where it
is not practical to complete the police check prior to
the person commencing in the position, MA (or the
member organisation) will complete the check as soon
as possible, and if necessary, act immediately on the
outcome. 9.
Protect the privacy of any person who is
checked and maintain confidentiality of any information
obtained through the checking process.
10.
Return information collected during
screening (such as a completed MPD form, police
records and referee reports) to the relevant person
if that person is not appointed to the position, or
otherwise destroy such records within 28 days of the
date of the decision or the expiry of any appeal period,
unless within that time the person requests that the
documents be returned to him/her. For appointed
persons, information will be kept on file in a secure
location.
Where a national police check is obtained under this
member protection policy, another organisation which
is also required to screen may obtain a copy of the
national police check provided that the consent of the
relevant person is obtained and the national police
check was performed in the immediately preceding two
years.
C(2) – WORKING WITH CHILDREN CHILD
PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
The following information was updated in April 2009. It
is subject to change at any time.
QUEENSLAND
A person will need a Working with Children Check, also
known as the blue card, if they propose to work in a
paid or voluntary capacity or to carry on a business in
a child-related area regulated by the Commission for
Children and Young People and Child Guardian Act
2000. Once a person is checked and approved they
are issued with a “blue card.” Volunteers and paid
employees employed in sporting organisations generally
fall under the ‘churches, clubs and associations’
category of regulated employment. Volunteers and
paid employees employed in private businesses may
fall under the ‘sport and active recreation’ category
of regulated employment. The check is a detailed
national criminal history check including charges and
investigations relating to children.
People such as those with previous convictions involving
children are disqualified from applying for or renewing a
blue card (refer to website below for details).
A blue card remains current for two years. Existing card
holders will be notified by the Queensland Commission
for Children and Young People and Child Guardian
before their card expires.
In addition to obligations regarding the blue card,
employers must develop and implement a written child
protection risk management strategy and review it each
year.
For more information on the blue card, including current
forms: www.ccypg.qld.gov.au or call 1800 113 611.
NEW SOUTH WALES
All organisations within NSW that employ people in
child-related employment (in a paid or unpaid capacity)
must meet the requirements of the Working with
Children Check (WWCC). Child related employment
is work which primarily involves direct unsupervised
contact with children. The WWCC involves three
components:
1.
Ensuring all paid and unpaid employees
sign a Prohibited Employment Declaration which states
they are not prohibited from working with children.
2.
Submitting all applicants for paid
employment to NSW Sport and Recreation for a WWCC
background check. NSW Sport and Recreation only
carries out checks for paid employees.
3.
Reporting relevant employment proceedings
for any paid and unpaid employees to the Commission
for Children and Young People. A relevant employment
proceeding involves any reportable conduct committed
outside of work as well as in the workplace with or in the
presence of a child/ren.
Sporting organisations are responsible for managing
the WWCC process. Individuals cannot apply for a
WWCC directly. Sporting organisations should register
with NSW Sport and Recreation, providing a contact
who will receive the information on the background
checks.
A WWCC is valid for employment in that position within
the organisation. Short-term employees (where that
person is being employed for periods of less than six
269
app 3member protection policy
enjoy the ride
months and returning for short periods throughout a
12 month period) only need to be checked once every
12 months.
disciplinary bodes (currently only the Victorian Institute
of Teaching). There is an exemption for volunteers
whose own children are involved in the particular
activity; however they should still be required to
complete the screening process.
For more information, including the required forms:
www.kids.nsw.gov.au or call 02 9286 7219 or www.
dsr.nsw.gov.au/children/resources.asp or call 02 9006
3700.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
The Working with Children Check (WWC Check) is
a compulsory and rigorous criminal record check for
certain people who carry out ‘child-related work’ in WA.
A person is in ’child-related work’ if the usual duties of
his/her work involves, or is likely to involve, contact
with a child in connection with specified categories
of work (see the website below for further details).
It includes child-related work carried out by paid
employees, volunteers, unpaid people and the selfemployed. Parents volunteering in connection with
their child’s activity are exempt (although this does
not apply to overnight camps); however they should
still be required to complete the non-WWC Check
screening process. There are other exemptions,
for example volunteers under 18 years old. Further
details about exemptions can be found on the website
below. Only those in child-related work under the Act
may apply.
Applicants will be issued with either:
•
An Assessment Notice in the form of a
WWC Card enabling them to be in all types of childrelated work for three years unless there are new
offences of concern.
•
An Interim Negative Notice, which
prohibits them from child-related work until a final
decision is made on their application.
•
A Negative Notice, which prohibits them
from child-related work.
There are set obligations and strong penalties
for non–compliance including for employers and
volunteer co-coordinators.
For more information: www.checkwwc.wa.gov.au or
call 1800 883 979 (toll free).
VICTORIA
The Working with Children (WWC) Check creates
a mandatory minimum checking standard across
Victoria. The Working with Children Act 2005 requires
that some people who work or volunteer in childrelated work require a WWC Check. The check
involves a national police records check and a review
270 of relevant findings from prescribed professional
A person who has no criminal or professional
disciplinary history will be granted an assessment
notice. This notice will entitle the person to undertake
child-related work in Victoria and is valid for five years
(unless revoked). A person deemed unsuitable to
work or volunteer with children will be given a negative
notice and cannot work in child-related work in Victoria.
For more information: www.justice.vic.gov.au/
workingwithchildren or call 1300 652 879.
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
There are provisions under the Children’s Protection
(Miscellaneous) Amendment Act 2005 that apply to
non-government and volunteer organisations that are
entrusted with the care of children or who regularly
come into contact with children. These provisions
require organisations to have strategies in place to
prevent and minimise opportunities for abuse and
to appropriately respond when abuse occurs or is
suspected, and to implement guidelines and processes
that clearly outline effective and timely responses to
child protection issues and steps of action.
Be aware that criminal history reports are likely to
be introduced and mandatory for some positions in
sporting organisations from 2010/2011.
Staff and volunteers who work with children are
mandated notifiers and have a legal obligation to
report any suspected child abuse and/or neglect.
For more information: www.families.sa.gov.au/
childsafe or call 08 8226 7000.
NORTHERN TERRITORY
From January 2010, all persons employed in child
related work, either paid or as a volunteer, must
hold a valid clearance notice issued by the SAFE NT
Screening Authority. There are penalties for failure to
comply. Sports coaches, trainers, team administrators,
officials and volunteers of Sporting Organisations that
deal with children are caught.
Clearance notices are valid for two years from date
of issue unless revoked, and are transferable within
employment fields. As a part of the assessment
process, SAFE NT will consider the applicant’s criminal
history record and other relevant information.
For more information contact 1800 SAFE NT (1800
723 368).
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
Appendix 4-PRIVACY REGULATION
Appendix 4- PRIVACY REGULATION
We respect your privacy and are committed to
protecting your personal information. This document
sets out our policy on how we will manage your
personal information.
What is personal information?
Personal information is information or an opinion
(including information or an opinion forming part of a
database) from which it is possible to determine your
identity. Examples of personal information include your
name, postal address, telephone number and email
address.
How do we collect your personal information?
We collect personal information about you in a number
of ways, including:
•
directly from you, for example, when you
provide information to us by phone, email, in an
application form or through our web site; and
•
from third parties, such as from our State
Controlling Bodies and affiliated clubs (together
the “Other Motorcycling Associations”).
How do we use your personal information?
We and third parties (including the Other Motorcycling
Associations) to whom we disclose your personal
information in accordance with this Privacy Policy, may
use your personal information in order to:
•
verify your identity;
•
develop, run, administer and market competitions,
programs, activities and other events relating to
motorcycling;
•
market products, services, merchandise and
special offers made available by us, Other
Motorcycling Associations or our respective
corporate partners, licensees, suppliers and
sponsors;
•
administer and manage our web site and provide
you with access to our web site;
•
keep you informed of news and information (such
as advance notice of ticket sales) relating to
motorcycling, including by distributing newsletters,
publications and other communication via various
mediums;
•
research and develop new competitions,
programs, activities and other events relating to
motorcycling; and
•
research and develop new products, services
and merchandise relating to motorcycling.
If you do not wish to receive our newsletters, publications
and other communications, please advise us in writing
(contact details are set out below).
We will require parties that we disclose personal
information to, to keep the information confidential and
not to use the information other than the purpose for
which it is disclosed to them.
Health and sensitive information
In some circumstances we may collect:
•
information about your health; or
•
other sensitive information about you (for
example, information about your racial or ethnic
origin).
We may use health information about you to ensure
that motorcycling programs in which you participate are
run safely and in accordance with any special health
needs you may have and for insurance purposes.
In addition, we may use de-identified health information
and other sensitive information to carry out research, to
prepare submissions to government or a government
body or to plan events and activities. De-identified
information is information which has been aggregated
or otherwise de-identified so that it cannot be used to
identify you or any other individual.
When do we disclose your personal information?
We may disclose your personal information to:
•
organisations (including the Other Motorcycling
Associations ) involved in motorcycling programs
and initiatives in Australia;
•
companies that we have engaged to carry out
functions and activities on our behalf;
•
our professional advisers, including
accountants, auditors and lawyers;
•
our insurers;
•
the Australian Institute of Sport; and
•
otherwise as required or authorised by law.
our
Our web site
When you visit our web site, our systems may record
271
enjoy the ride
Appendix 4-PRIVACY REGULATION
certain information about your use of our web site (such
as which web pages you visit and the time and date of
your visit). We use this information to help analyse and
improve the performance of our web site.
In addition, we may use “cookies” on our web site.
Cookies are small text files that help a web site
to remember your preferences and improve your
experience of using that web site. Using cookies
is standard practice for most large web sites. In
some cases, the cookies that we use may collect
some personal information about you. We will treat
this information in the same way as other personal
information we collect about you. If you prefer, you may
be able to disable cookies on your internet browser.
However, if you do so, you will not be able to enjoy the
enhanced user experience that our cookies offer.
Websites linked to our website are not subject to our
privacy standards, policies or procedures. These
individual websites would need to be contacted or
reviewed directly to determine their privacy standards,
policies and procedures.
Accuracy of your personal information
We take all reasonable precautions to ensure that the
personal information we collect, use and disclose is
accurate, complete and up-to-date. However, we rely
on the accuracy of personal information as provided to
us both directly and indirectly.
1.
Confidentiality requirements of our employees
and service providers;
2.
Security measures for computer/data base
system access; and
3.
Security measures on our website, www.ma.org.
au
How can you access the personal information we
hold about you?
Subject to some exceptions provided by law, you have
the right to access your personal information. For
security purposes, if you would like to access personal
information that we hold about you, we require you to put
your request in writing. If we do not allow you access to
any part of the personal information we hold about you,
we will tell you why. We will not charge you for lodging
a request to access your personal information, but we
may charge you for our reasonable costs in supplying
you with access to this information.
How to contact us
If you have any questions in relation to this Privacy
Policy, you can write to our Privacy Officer at PO Box
134, South Melbourne Vic 3205 or send an email to
mail@ma.org.au.
Changes to this Privacy Policy
If you find that the personal information we hold about
you is inaccurate, incomplete or out-of-date, please
contact us immediately (our contact details are set out
below) and we will take reasonable steps to ensure that
it is corrected.
From time to time, we may need to change this Privacy
Policy to reflect our changing business practices. We
may change the Privacy Policy at any time by posting
the changed Privacy Policy on our web site.
Protecting Personal Information
MA collects information about you to provide you with
services to facilitate your involvement in motorcycling
and to conduct marketing activities and market
research. If the information is not provided, MA may not
be able to provide certain services.
We store personal information in paper and/or in
electronic form. The security of information is important
to us and reasonable steps to protect it from misuse,
loss, unauthorised access, modification or disclosure
will be taken.
272
Some of the security measures that we use include:
Privacy Collection Statement
2010 MANUAL OF MOTORCYCLE SPORT
app 5&6Oh&s and ENVT policies
appendix 5
OCCUPATIONAL
HEALTH AND SAFETY
POLICY
appendix 6
ENVIRONMENTAL
SUSTAINABILITY
POLICY
Statement
Statement
Motorcycling Australia recognises the importance of
providing all stakeholders, employees’ volunteers,
officials, contractors, visitors and participants with a
safe and healthy work environment under their control.
Motorcycling Australia (MA) is the governing body of
motorcycle sport in Australia.
Objectives
MA is committed to the environment through
development and promotion of an environmental
program which is committed to incorporating principles
of sustainability in motorcycle sport within Australia.
Our goal is to prevent all occupational injuries and
illnesses. Motorcycling Australia will achieve this by:
Objectives
• Managing a workplace health and safety program for
all Motorcycling Australia’s stakeholders
• Ensuring safety is a prime consideration in all
operations and practices
• Involving stakeholders in occupational health and
safety matters and consulting with them on ways to
recognise, evaluate and control workplace hazards
• Providing instruction, training and supervision to
improve individuals understanding of workplace
hazards, including safe work practices and emergency
procedures. Motorcycling Australia will implement and
maintain an ongoing occupational health and safety
program, including conduct regular inspections aimed
at reducing workplace incidents.
All stakeholders are responsible and accountable for
the safety of their employees, contractors, officials,
volunteers, participants, spectators and company
property under their control. All employees, officials
(voluntary/paid), competitors, associated competition
participants, non competitive participants and others
are responsible for ensuring all regulations, procedures
and safe work practices are followed at all times. All
Stakeholders are expected to fulfil their obligations by:
• Following all safety directions, legislation, regulations
and procedures
• Reporting all injures and safety incidents
• Actively participating in safety initiatives
MA’s goal is to establish a culture of continuous
environmental improvement across motorcycling sport
in Australia. To achieve this we will:
•
Establish and maintain an Environmental
Program
•
Comply with all relevant legislation, regulations,
policies, local laws and site agreements that are
designed to protect the environment.
•
Implement a National Environmental Code
and Management Plan that aims to prevent
pollution, minimise the potential for adverse
environmental impacts and explore improved
environmental options, especially in relation to:
1. Noise emissions
2. Soil and ground water contamination (eg,
pit/motorcycle clean up practices)
3. Emissions to air (eg fuel vapour, dust,
fumes, odour)
4. Protection of flora and fauna
5. Discharges to water catchment areas (eg
spills of fuel, brake fluids, coolant, oils, litter,
degreasing, cleaning agents)
6. Protection of cultural heritage
All employees, officials (voluntary/paid), competitors,
associated competition participants, non competitive
participants and others will comply with MA’s
Environmental Sustainability Policy.
273
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising